As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2001
Registration No. 333-


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                         8093                        23-2872718
(State or Other Jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial         (I.R.S. Employer
    of Incorporation or
        Organization)          Classification Code Number)        Identification No.)


4716 Old Gettysburg Road
P.O. Box 2034
Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055
(717) 972-1100
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

See Table of Additional Registrants Below

Michael E. Tarvin, Esq.
4716 Old Gettysburg Road
P.O. Box 2034
Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055
(717) 972-1100
(Name, address including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)

With a Copy to:
Christopher G. Karras, Esq.
Dechert
4000 Bell Atlantic Tower
1717 Arch Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19103
(215) 994-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_] If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



                                                                    Proposed
                                                                     Maximum
                                                  Proposed Maximum  Aggregate   Amount of
       Title of each Class of        Amount to be  Offering Price   Offering   Registration
    Securities to be Registered       Registered      Per Unit      Price(1)       Fee
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due
 2009..........................      $175,000,000       100%       175,000,000  $43,750(3)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guarantees(2)......................      N/A             --            --           --



(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The other companies listed in the Table of Additional Registrants below have guaranteed, jointly and severally, the 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 being registered hereby. The Guarantors are registering the Guarantees. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required with respect to the Guarantees.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has elected to offset $26,842 of the filing fee against the amount previously paid by the Registrant as the filing fee for its Registration Statement on Form S-1, (Reg. No. 333-48856), filed on October 27, 2000 ("Form S-1"). The Registrant registered $200,000,000 worth of equity securities on Form S-1, but sold only $98,325,000 worth of securities, and the offering under that Registration Statement has been completed.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall filed a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Additional Registrants

                                               State of
                                           Incorporation or    IRS Employer
Name                                         Organization   Identification No.
----                                       ---------------- ------------------
Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies,
 Inc.                                       Oregon              93-1142552
Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.               Oregon              93-1131111
Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.        Arizona             86-0489265
Allegany Hearing and Speech Inc.            Maryland            52-1472846
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.       Delaware            76-0232151
Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.         Georgia             58-1442208
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.            California           97-272879
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.                 Delaware            51-0364566
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.      New Jersey          22-2214110
Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, LLC     Delaware            23-2980113
Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.                     Delaware            65-0366469
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.              Florida             65-0008000
C.E.R. West, Inc.                           Michigan            38-3027085
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy,
 Inc.                                       California          23-2727340
CCISUB, Inc.                                North Carolina      56-1342767
CMC Center Corporation                      California          97-2563269
Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation
 Agency, Inc.                               Louisiana           72-0800244
Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation,
 Inc.                                       Michigan            38-2362109
Center for Physical Therapy & Sports
 Rehabilitation, Inc.                       New Mexico          85-0364910
CenterTherapy, Inc.                         Minnesota           41-1255299
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.             Pennsylvania        25-1713794
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.         Connecticut         06-1319031
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.    Minnesota           41-1402188
Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.       Louisiana           72-1207656
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.            Virginia            54-1323120
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical
 Therapy, Inc.                              California          94-2828815
Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.           Pennsylvania        25-1694794
Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.                    Maryland            52-1022420
Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich
 Physical Therapists, Inc.                  Pennsylvania        23-2028573
Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.       Minnesota           41-1508202
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.             Georgia             58-2146248
Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia,
 Inc.                                       Georgia             58-1827718
Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.              Georgia             58-1305983
GP Therapy, L.L.C.                          Georgia             58-2216877
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy
 Associates, Inc.                           California          68-0165676
Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports
 Medicine, Inc.                             Pennsylvania        25-1766476
Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.          Florida             59-2202550
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.           Florida             59-3217476
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.               Arizona             86-0336407
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation
 Associates, Inc.                           California          77-0012421
Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.             California          94-2259895
Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.               California          77-0187472
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.         California          93-0948981
Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports
 Medicine, Inc.                             Indiana             35-1436134
Intensiva Healthcare Corporation            Delaware            43-1690769
Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis,
 Inc.                                       Missouri            43-1726282
Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.       Pennsylvania        23-2888279
Joyner Sportsmedicine Institute, Inc.       Pennsylvania        23-2696896

i

                                                State of
                                            Incorporation or    IRS Employer
Name                                          Organization   Identification No.
----                                        ---------------- ------------------
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.       Kentucky            61-1205126
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.              California          94-2611032
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.                        Arizona             86-0429011
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc.    New Jersey          22-3121482
Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.          Michigan            38-2371931
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.                Michigan            38-2828917
MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.               Delaware            51-0371296
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.                New Jersey          22-2308963
New England Health Group, Inc.               Massachusetts       04-3296305
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.         New Mexico          85-0284878
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.             Ohio                35-1569389
NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.                Delaware            25-1877030
NovaCare Occupational Health Services,
 Inc.                                        Delaware            23-2884053
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc.     Kansas              48-0916409
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East,
 Inc.                                        Delaware            23-2862027
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West,
 Inc.                                        Delaware            23-2862029
NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.                Minnesota           36-4071272
NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.           Delaware            25-1844938
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.                 Florida             65-0075347
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of
 Cupertino, Inc.                             California          94-2483339
P.T. Services Company                        Ohio                34-1726528
P.T. Services, Inc.                          Ohio                34-1113297
P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.           Ohio                34-1222395
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy
 Clinic, Orthopaedic                         Illinois            36-3229108
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy
 Corporation                                 California          94-2363553
Physical Focus, Inc.                         Delaware            68-0291690
Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.       Louisiana           72-0896478
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.           Arizona             86-0695632
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.             Louisiana           72-1034266
Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey
 Cape, Inc.                                  New Jersey          22-3058977
Physio-Associates, Inc.                      Pennsylvania        25-1353511
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.                     North Carolina      56-1859040
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.          North Carolina      56-1975154
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.          South Carolina      58-2304811
Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.       North Carolina      56-1960115
Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.   North Carolina      56-1818102
Pro Active Therapy of South Carolina, Inc.   South Carolina      58-2304502
Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.         Virginia            58-2342213
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.      North Carolina      56-1916359
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.      Ohio                31-0792815
Quad City Management, Inc.                   Iowa                42-1363158
RCI (Colorado), Inc.                         Delaware            84-1196213
RCI (Exertec), Inc.                          Delaware            23-2726794
RCI (Michigan), Inc.                         Delaware            23-2768957
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.),Inc.                        Delaware            36-3879849
RCI (WRS), Inc.                              Delaware            36-3879850
RCI Nevada, Inc.                             Delaware            13-3682015
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.                       Oklahoma            73-1386799
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.              California          77-0325407

ii

                                              State of
                                          Incorporation or      IRS Employer
Name                                        Organization     Identification No.
----                                    -------------------- ------------------
Rehab Advantage, Inc.                   Delaware                 23-2947351
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.     Delaware                 23-2737890
Rehab Provider Network--California,
 Inc.                                   California               95-4418601
Rehab Provider Network--Delaware, Inc.  Delaware                 23-2745660
Rehab Provider Network--Georgia, Inc.   Georgia                  23-2791215
Rehab Provider Network--Indiana, Inc.   Indiana                  35-1900442
Rehab Provider Network--Maryland, Inc.  Maryland                 23-2796898
Rehab Provider Network--Michigan, Inc.  Michigan                 23-2804801
Rehab Provider Network--New Jersey,
 Inc.                                   New Jersey               23-2745661
Rehab Provider Network--Ohio, Inc.      Ohio                     23-2804807
Rehab Provider Network--Oklahoma, Inc.  Oklahoma                 23-2803420
Rehab Provider Network--Pennsylvania,
 Inc.                                   Pennsylvania             23-2745659
Rehab Provider Network--Virginia        Virginia                 23-2796901
Rehab Provider Network--Washington
 D.C., Inc.                             District of Columbia     23-2796900
Rehab Provider Network of Colorado,
 Inc.                                   Colorado                 93-1204512
Rehab Provider Network of Florida,
 Inc.                                   Florida                  65-0426653
Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.  Nevada                   23-2790203
Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico,
 Inc.                                   New Mexico               74-2796295
Rehab Provider Network of North
 Carolina, Inc.                         North Carolina           56-2099749
Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.   Texas                    74-2796265
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin,
 Inc.                                   Wisconsin                36-4095936
Rehab World, Inc.                       Delaware                 23-2700468
Rehab/Work Hardening Management
 Associates, Ltd.                       Pennsylvania             23-2644918
RehabClinics, Inc.                      Delaware                 13-3595267
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.              Delaware                 68-0287794
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.             Illinois                 36-3382403
RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.         Delaware                 23-2728173
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.                Delaware                 65-0366467
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.                Delaware                 23-2736153
RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.              Delaware                 75-2284952
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.               Delaware                 75-2422771
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.         Pennsylvania             23-2800212
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.            Oregon                   93-1016762
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T., Physical
 Therapy, Inc.                          California               94-2750162
S.T.A.R.T., Inc                         Massachusetts            04-2710250
Select Air Corporation                  Delaware                 23-2872733
Select Employment Services, Inc.        Delaware                 25-1812245
Select Hospital Investors, Inc.         Delaware                 51-0402736
SelectMark, Inc.                        Delaware                 51-0400776
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.        Delaware                 25-1820753
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.        Delaware                 23-2906982
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.      Delaware                 25-1805051
Select Medical of New York, Inc.        Delaware                 23-2916448
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.            Delaware                 25-1820754
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.    Delaware                 23-2896808
Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.        Delaware                 25-1874244
Select Specialty Hospital--Akron, Inc.  Missouri                 43-1742017
Select Specialty Hospital--Akron II,
 Inc.                                   Delaware                 25-1883131
Select Specialty Hospital--Ann Arbor,
 Inc.                                   Missouri                 38-3389548

iii

                                                State of
                                            Incorporation or    IRS Employer
Name                                          Organization   Identification No.
----                                        ---------------- ------------------
Select Specialty Hospital--Battle Creek,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         38-3389544
Select Specialty Hospital--Beech Grove,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         43-1726278
Select Specialty Hospital--Camp Hill, Inc.      Delaware         25-1866523
Select Specialty Hospital--Camp Hill, L.P.      Delaware         25-1885943
Select Specialty Hospital--Central
 Detroit, Inc.                                  Delaware         25-1862676
Select Specialty Hospital--Charleston,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1866522
Select Specialty Hospital--Cincinnati,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         31-1574892
Select Specialty Hospital--Columbus, Inc.       Delaware         25-1813127
Select Specialty Hospital--
 Columbus/University, Inc.                      Missouri         31-1476471
Select Specialty Hospital--Dallas, Inc.         Delaware         25-1813126
Select Specialty Hospital--Denver, Inc.         Delaware         76-0292237
Select Specialty Hospital--Durham, Inc.         Delaware         25-1822461
Select Specialty Hospital--Erie, Inc.           Delaware         25-1858065
Select Specialty Hospital--Evansville,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         43-1726283
Select Specialty Hospital--Flint, Inc.          Missouri         38-3329100
Select Specialty Hospital--Fort Smith,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         71-0813112
Select Specialty Hospital--Fort Wayne,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         35-1994301
Select Specialty Hospital--Greensburg,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1855814
Select Specialty Hospital--Houston, Inc.        Delaware         25-1813124
Select Specialty Hospital--Indianapolis,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1813123
Select Specialty Hospital--Jackson, Inc.        Delaware         25-1880780
Select Specialty Hospital--Johnstown, Inc.      Missouri         52-2110603
Select Specialty Hospital--Kansas City,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         43-1732618
Select Specialty Hospital--Knoxville, Inc.      Delaware         25-1813122
Select Specialty Hospital--Little Rock,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1813121
Select Specialty Hospital--Louisville,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1816237
Select Specialty Hospital--Macomb County,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         38-3345654
Select Specialty Hospital--Memphis, Inc.        Delaware         25-1813120
Select Specialty Hospital--Mesa, Inc.           Delaware         25-1821705
Select Specialty Hospital--Miami, Inc.          Delaware         25-1855474
Select Specialty Hospital--Milwaukee, Inc.      Delaware         25-1820734
Select Specialty Hospital--Morgantown,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1855473
Select Specialty Hospital--Nashville, Inc       Delaware         25-1813119
Select Specialty Hospital--New Orleans,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1862678
Select Specialty Hospital--North
 Knoxville, Inc.                                Missouri         62-1684861
Select Specialty Hospital--Northwest
 Detroit, Inc.                                  Delaware         25-1862677
Select Specialty Hospital--Northwest
 Indiana, Inc.                                  Missouri         43-1726280
Select Specialty Hospital--Oklahoma City,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1813118
Select Specialty Hospital--Oklahoma City/
 East Campus, Inc.                              Missouri         43-1699215
Select Specialty Hospital--Omaha, Inc.          Missouri         47-0815478
Select Specialty Hospital--
 Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc.                        Missouri         52-2075622
Select Specialty Hospital--Phoenix, Inc.        Delaware         25-1813117
Select Specialty Hospital--Pittsburgh,
 Inc.                                           Missouri         23-2911846
Select Specialty Hospital--Pontiac, Inc.        Missouri         38-3389212
Select Specialty Hospital--Reno, Inc.           Missouri         88-0383585
Select Specialty Hospital--San Antonio,
 Inc.                                           Delaware         25-1843089
Select Specialty Hospital--Sioux Falls,
 Inc.                                           Missouri        91-17773396
Select Specialty Hospital--Topeka, Inc.         Missouri         74-2826467

iv

                                                State of
                                            Incorporation or    IRS Employer
Name                                          Organization   Identification No.
----                                        ---------------- ------------------
Select Specialty Hospital--TriCities, Inc.    Delaware           25-1813125
Select Specialty Hospital--Tulsa, Inc.        Delaware           25-1913116
Select Specialty Hospital--West Columbus,
 Inc.                                         Delaware           25-1816235
Select Specialty Hospital--Western
 Michigan, Inc.                               Missouri           38-3297128
Select Specialty Hospital--Wichita, Inc.      Missouri           48-1196430
Select Specialty Hospital--Wilmington,
 Inc.                                         Missouri           51-0382465
Select Specialty Hospital--Wyandotte, Inc.    Delaware           25-1862675
Select Specialty Hospital--Youngstown,
 Inc.                                         Missouri           34-1880514
Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.              Delaware           25-1813128
Select Synergos, Inc.                         Delaware           25-1813114
Select Unit Management, Inc                   Delaware           71-0776296
SLMC Finance Corporation                      Delaware           51-0406794
SMC of Florida, Inc.                          Delaware           23-2935684
South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates,
 Inc.                                         New Jersey         22-2126713
South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports
 Medicine Center, Inc.                        New Jersey         22-2544574
Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.              Pennsylvania       25-1760081
Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.          Arizona            86-0376633
Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.        New Mexico         85-0310482
Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.              New Mexico         85-0333685
Southwest Therapists, Inc.                    New Mexico         85-0278777
Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy
 Centers, Inc.                                California         77-0134614
Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation
 Services, Inc.                               Florida            59-2922487
Sports Therapy and Arthritis
 Rehabilitation, Inc.                         Delaware           23-2725850
Star Physical Therapy, Inc.                   Florida           65-007-6000
Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.                        California         77-0325407
The Center for Physical Therapy and
 Rehabilitation, Inc.                         New Mexico         85-0349202
The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial
 Rehabilitation Network, Inc.                 Pennsylvania       23-2626897
TJ Partnership I                              Florida            23-2827568
Treister, Inc.                                Ohio               34-1021034
Union Square Center for Rehabilitation &
 Sports Medicine, Inc.                        California         94-2986892
Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.        Pennsylvania       23-2081856
Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.                 Arizona            86-0490865
Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.         Minnesota          41-1529147
West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.       Pennsylvania       25-1504470
West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.              Ohio               31-1182791
West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.           Minnesota          41-1631716
Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.              Arizona            86-0470129

The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the principal offices of the additional registrants listed above (the "Additional Registrants") is 4716 Old Gettysburg Road, P.O. Box 2034, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055. The telephone number at that address is
(717) 972-1100.

v

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +

+not exchange these securities as described in this prospectus until the       +
+registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is   +
+effective. This prospectus is not an offer to exchange these securities and   +
+is not soliciting tenders of old notes in any state where the offer or sale   +
+is not permitted.                                                             +

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 26, 2001

PROSPECTUS

[LOGO]

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 for all outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009

of

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME ON , 2001, UNLESS EXTENDED.


Terms of the exchange offer:

--We will exchange all old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

--You may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

--We believe that the exchange of old notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see "United States Federal Income Tax Considerations" on page 144 for more information.

--We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

--The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the old notes do not apply to the new notes.


See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 for a discussion of risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering their old notes.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is , 2001.


In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date on the cover of this prospectus.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                      Page
                                      ----
Summary.............................    1
Risk Factors........................   16
Use of Proceeds.....................   26
Capitalization......................   27
Selected Consolidated Financial and
 Other Data.........................   29
Management's Discussion and Analysis
 of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations......................   35
Our Business........................   49
The Exchange Offer..................   67
Management..........................   75
Related Party Transactions..........   84

                                     Page
                                     ----
Principal Stockholders.............   91
Description of Notes...............   94
Description of Other Indebtedness..  135
Book-Entry Settlement and
 Clearance.........................  137
Exchange and Registration Rights
 Agreement.........................  139
United States Federal Income Tax
 Consequences .....................  142
Plan of Distribution...............  146
Legal Matters......................  147
Experts............................  147
Where You Can Find More
 Information.......................  147
Index to Consolidated Financial
 Statements........................  F-1


Select Medical Corporation is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 4716 Old Gettysburg Road, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055, and our telephone number at that address is (717) 972-1100. Our World Wide Web site address is www.selectmedicalcorp.com. The information in our web site is not part of this prospectus. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SLMC."


Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this prospectus we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding the healthcare industry. We obtained this information and these statistics from various third-party sources, discussions with our customers and our own internal estimates. We believe that these sources and estimates are reliable, but we have not independently verified them and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness.


i

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this prospectus that are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements within the meaning of U.S. federal securities law. Such forward-looking statements reflect management's beliefs and assumptions and are based on information currently available to management. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company or industry results to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward- looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties and other factors include, among others:

. general economic, demographic and business conditions, both nationally and in regions where we operate;

. the effect of existing or future governmental regulation and federal and state legislative and enforcement initiatives on our business, including the Balanced Budget Act of 1997;

. changes in Medicare reimbursement levels;

. our ability to implement successfully our acquisition and development strategies, and the unforeseen risks to which our future acquisitions may expose us;

. the availability and terms of financing to fund the expansion of our business, including the acquisition of additional long term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics;

. our ability to attract and retain qualified management personnel and to recruit and retain nurses and other healthcare personnel;

. the failure of our long term acute care hospitals to maintain their status as such;

. our ability to enter into managed care provider arrangements on terms attractive to us, and the effect of cost containment initiatives undertaken by third party payors of our services;

. changes in generally accepted accounting principles that may affect our reported results of operations;

. the effect of liability and other claims asserted against us; and

. the effect of competition in the markets we serve.

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth or referred to above. We are not obligated to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

You can identify forward-looking statements by those that are not historical in nature, particularly those that use terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "anticipate," "contemplate," "estimate," "believe," "plan," "project," "predict," "potential," "continue" or the negative of these or similar terms. In evaluating these forward-looking statements, you should consider various factors, including the risk factors described in this prospectus. Such factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking Statement.

ii

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the financial statements and related notes and the risks of investing discussed under "Risk Factors," before investing.

In this prospectus, "Company," "we," "our," "us" and "Select" refer to Select Medical Corporation, With respect to the descriptions of our business contained in this prospectus, such terms refer to Select Medical Corporation and our subsidiaries.

Summary

The Exchange Offer

On June 11, 2001, we issued and sold $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009, referred to as the old notes. In connection with that sale, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes in which we agreed to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the old notes. As requested by the registration rights agreement, we are offering to exchange $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009, referred to as the new notes, the issuance of which will be registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of our old notes. We refer to this offer to exchange new notes for old notes in accordance with the terms set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal as the exchange offer. You are entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes. We urge you to read the discussions under the headings "The Exchange Offer" and "The New Notes" in this summary for further information regarding the exchange offer and the new notes.

Company Overview

We are the second largest operator of specialty acute care hospitals for long term stay patients in the United States based on the number of our facilities. We are also the second largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States based on the number of our clinics. As of March 31, 2001, we operated 56 specialty acute care hospitals in 21 states and 675 outpatient rehabilitation clinics in 29 states, the District of Columbia and seven Canadian provinces. We began operations in 1997 under the leadership of our current management team, including our co-founders, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio, both of whom have significant experience in the healthcare industry. Under this leadership, we have grown our business through strategic acquisitions and internal development initiatives. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2001, we had net operating revenues of $834.3 million and EBITDA of $96.5 million. For the same period, we earned 50.2% of our net operating revenues from our outpatient rehabilitation business and 49.8% from our specialty acute care hospitals. In April 2001, we completed a $98.3 million initial public offering of our common stock.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Position

Since beginning our operations in 1997, we believe we have developed a reputation as a high quality, cost-effective health care provider in the markets we serve. We are the second largest operator of specialty acute care hospitals for long term stay patients in the United States and the second largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States. As of March 31, 2001, we operated 56 specialty hospitals with 2,068 available licensed beds in 21 states, and we also operated 675 outpatient rehabilitation clinics in 29 states, the District of Columbia and seven Canadian provinces. Our leadership positions allow us to attract and retain patients, aid us in our marketing efforts to payors and referral sources and help us negotiate more favorable contracts.

1

Experienced and Proven Management Team

Our Chief Executive Officer has founded and operated four healthcare companies, two of which he co-founded with our President. Our five senior operations executives have an average of 23 years of experience in the healthcare industry. In addition, 17 of the Company's 23 officers have worked together in previous healthcare companies.

Significant Scale

Our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics provide us with significant scale and advantages over many of our competitors. These advantages allow us to leverage our operating costs by centralizing administrative functions at our corporate office and spreading the costs of operating these functions over a large base of operations. We believe that our size also gives us an advantage in negotiating contracts with commercial insurers.

Multiple Business Lines and Geographic Diversity

We have a leading presence in two attractive segments of the healthcare industry, which we believe diversifies our business risk. Because we provide both inpatient care in our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient care in our rehabilitation clinics, we do not rely exclusively on a single business line for our net operating revenues or EBITDA. Our geographic diversification and the mix of our business also reduces our exposure to any single governmental or commercial reimbursement source.

Proven Operating Performance

We have established a track record of improving the financial performance of the hospitals and clinics we operate. A significant reason for our strong operating performance over the past several years has been our disciplined approach to growth and intense focus on margin improvement and cash flow preservation, which is evidenced by:

. a 2.1 percentage point increase in EBITDA margins for the fiscal year 2000 compared to the fiscal year 1999;

. our ability to reduce costs by standardizing procedures and centralizing administrative functions; and

. a reduction in accounts receivable days outstanding from 119 as of December 31, 1999 to 81 as of March 31, 2001.

Experience in Successfully Completing and Integrating Acquisitions

Since we began operations in 1997, we have completed three significant acquisitions for approximately $366 million in aggregate consideration, as well as a number of smaller acquisitions. We believe we have significantly improved the operating performance of the facilities we have acquired. We are selective in identifying and pursuing acquisitions, focusing on strategic opportunities where we can leverage management's expertise and enhance operating performance.

Demonstrated Development Expertise

From our inception through March 31, 2001, we developed 20 new specialty acute care hospitals and 66 outpatient rehabilitation clinics. These initiatives have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify new opportunities and implement start-up plans.

2

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals

Our specialty hospitals treat patients with serious and often complex medical conditions such as respiratory failure, neuromuscular disorders, cardiac disorders, non-healing wounds, renal disorders and cancer. Patients are admitted to our specialty acute care hospitals from general acute care hospitals in our markets. These patients generally require longer stays and a higher level of clinical attention than patients in general acute care hospitals. Furthermore, general acute care hospitals usually are not adequately compensated for the treatment of this type of patient. The differences in clinical expertise and reimbursement rates provide general acute care hospitals and their physicians with incentives to discharge longer stay, medically complex patients to our facilities. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2001 we generated revenue of $404.7 million and EBITDA of $48.0 million in our specialty acute care hospital business.

Nearly all of our facilities are located in leased space within general acute care hospitals. The leased spaces are commonly referred to as a "hospital within a hospital." We believe this model provides several advantages to patients, host hospitals, physicians and us:

. Patients benefit from being in a setting specialized to meet their unique medical needs without having the disruption of being transferred to another location.

. In addition to being provided with a place to transfer high-cost, long-stay patients, host hospitals benefit by receiving payments from us for rent and ancillary services.

. Physicians affiliated with the host hospital are provided with the convenience of being able to monitor the progress of their patients without traveling to another location.

. We benefit from the ability to operate specialty hospitals without the capital investment often associated with buying or building a freestanding facility. We also gain operating cost efficiencies by contracting with these host hospitals for selected services at discounted rates.

The key elements of our specialty acute care hospital strategy are to:

. Provide High Quality and Cost Effective Care

To effectively address the complex nature of our patients' medical conditions, we have developed specialized treatment programs focused on their needs. Additionally, our staffing models are designed to ensure that patients have access to the necessary level of clinical attention and that our resources are being deployed in an efficient, cost-effective manner. The quality of the patient care we provide is continually monitored using several measures, including patient, payor and physician satisfaction surveys, as well as clinical outcomes.

. Reduce Costs

We continually seek to improve operating efficiency and reduce costs at our hospitals by standardizing and centralizing key administrative functions. We believe that by optimizing staffing based on our occupancy and the clinical needs of our patients, we can lower our variable cost per patient. Additionally, as part of our operating philosophy, we continue to focus on initiatives that will reduce expenses, such as group purchasing arrangements to receive discounts for pharmaceutical and medical supplies.

. Increase Higher Margin Commercial Volume

We typically receive higher reimbursement rates from commercial insurers than we do from the federal Medicare program. As a result, we work to expand relationships with insurers to increase commercial patient volume. Although the level of care we provide is complex and staff intensive, we typically have lower operating expenses because of our "hospital within a hospital" operating

3

model and we provide a much narrower range of patient services than a general acute care hospital. As a result of these lower costs, we offer more attractive rates to commercial payors. We also believe that we offer commercial enrollees customized treatment programs not offered in traditional acute care facilities.

. Develop New Specialty Acute Care Hospitals

Our goal is to develop 10 new specialty acute care hospitals each year using our "hospital within a hospital" model by leasing space from general acute care hospitals with leading market positions and significant scale. We seek to contract with various types of general hospitals, including for-profit, not-for-profit and university affiliates. We intend to continue to expand our high quality facility base while maintaining our high standards of care.

. Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

In addition to our development initiatives, we intend to grow our network of specialty hospitals
through strategic acquisitions. We adhere to selective criteria in our analysis and have historically been able to obtain assets for what we believe are attractive valuations. We have a focused team of professionals that formulates and executes an integration plan, and we have generally been able to increase margins at acquired facilities by streamlining various functions and standardizing our staffing models.

Outpatient Rehabilitation

Our outpatient rehabilitation clinics provide physical, occupational and speech therapy typically to patients with musculoskeletal impairments that restrict their ability to perform normal activities of daily living. We also provide rehabilitation management services and staffing on a contract basis to other healthcare providers. Patients are generally referred or directed to our clinics by a physician, employer or health insurer who believes that a patient can benefit from our services. We believe that our services are attractive to healthcare payors who are seeking to provide the most cost-effective level of care to their members. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2001 we generated revenue of $418.6 million and EBITDA of $67.3 million from our outpatient rehabilitation business.

The key elements of our outpatient rehabilitation strategy are to:

. Increase Market Share

Having a strong market share in our local markets allows us to benefit from heightened brand awareness, economies of scale and increased leverage when negotiating payor contracts. To increase our market share, we seek to expand the services and programs we provide and generate loyalty with patients and referral sources by providing high quality care and strong customer service.

. Optimize the Profitability of Our Payor Contracts

We continually review new and existing payor contracts to determine how each of the contracts affects our profitability. We create a retention strategy for each of our top performing contracts and a re- negotiation strategy for contracts that do not meet our defined criteria.

. Improve Margins

To improve operating margins we continually revise and streamline operational processes. We consistently seek to utilize labor efficiently. Additionally, we have been successful in reducing overhead costs following acquisitions. We believe that we will be able to improve margins in the future by continuing to combine administrative functions, improve labor utilization, and consolidate information systems.

4

. Grow Through New Development and Disciplined Acquisitions

We intend to open new clinics in our current markets where we believe we can benefit from existing referral relationships and brand awareness to produce incremental growth and operating leverage. Additionally, we intend to continually evaluate acquisition opportunities that may enhance the scale of our business and expand our geographic reach.

. Maintain Strong Employee Relations

We seek to retain, motivate and educate our employees whose relationships with referral sources, such as physicians and healthcare case managers, are key to our success. We attempt to motivate them by implementing a performance-based program, a defined career path, timely and open communication on company developments, and internal training programs. We also focus on empowering our employees by giving them a high degree of autonomy in determining local market strategy. This management approach reflects the unique nature of each market we operate in and the importance of encouraging our employees to assume responsibility for their clinic's performance.

Industry Overview

According to the Health Care Financing Administration (the name of which is being changed to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services), total U.S. healthcare spending is estimated to grow 6.6% in 2001 and at an annual average rate of 6.5% from 2001 through 2008. By these estimates, healthcare expenditures will account for approximately $2.2 trillion, or 16.2%, of the total U.S. gross domestic product by 2008.

Demographic considerations also affect long term growth projections for healthcare spending. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are approximately 35 million Americans aged 65 or older in the U.S. today, who comprise approximately 13% of the total U.S. population. By the year 2030 the number of elderly is expected to climb to 70 million, or 20% of the total population. In addition to this aging population, there is also an increasing life expectancy among Americans, with the number of people aged 85 years and older expected to increase from 4.3 million to 8.9 million by the year 2030. We believe that this increase in life expectancy will increase demand for healthcare services and, as importantly, the demand for innovative, more sophisticated means of delivering those services.

We believe that growth in spending will create opportunities for low cost, high quality healthcare providers like us. We believe that continued spending pressure will encourage efficiency by directing patients toward lower- cost settings such as our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics.

5

The Exchange Offer

Notes Offered.................. $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9
                                1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009. The
                                terms of the new notes and old notes are
                                identical in all material respects, except
                                for transfer restrictions and registration
                                rights relating to the old notes.

The Exchange Offer............. We are offering the new notes to you in
                                exchange for a like principal amount of old
                                notes. Old notes may be exchanged only in
                                integral multiples of $1,000. We intend by
                                the issuance of the new notes to satisfy our
                                obligations contained in the Exchange and
                                Registration Rights Agreement. See "Exchange
                                and Registration Rights Agreement."

Expiration Date; Withdrawal of  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
 Tender........................ New York City time, on     , 2001, or such
                                later date and time to which it may be
                                extended by us. The tender of old notes
                                pursuant to the exchange offer may be
                                withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration
                                date of the exchange offer. Any old notes not
                                accepted for exchange for any reason will be
                                returned without expense to the tendering
                                holder thereof as promptly as practicable
                                after the expiration or termination of the
                                exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange      Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to
 Offer......................... issue new notes in exchange for, any old
                                notes is subject to customary conditions
                                relating to compliance with any applicable
                                law or any applicable interpretation by the
                                staff of the Securities and Exchange
                                Commission, the receipt of any applicable
                                governmental approvals and the absence of any
                                actions or proceedings of any governmental
                                agency or court which could materially impair
                                our ability to consummate the exchange offer.
                                We currently expect that each of the
                                conditions will be satisfied and that no
                                waivers will be necessary. See "The Exchange
                                Offer -- Conditions to the Exchange Offer."

Procedures for Tendering Old    If you wish to participate in the exchange
 Notes......................... offer and tender your old notes, you must
                                complete, sign and date the letter of
                                transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of
                                transmittal, in accordance with its
                                instructions and the instructions in this
                                prospectus, and mail or otherwise deliver the
                                letter of transmittal, or the facsimile,
                                together with the old notes and any other
                                required documentation, to the exchange agent
                                at the address set forth herein. See "The
                                Exchange Offer-- Procedures for Tendering Old
                                Notes."

Use of Proceeds................ We will not receive any proceeds from the
                                exchange offer.

Exchange Agent................. State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. is
                                serving as the exchange agent in connection
                                with the exchange offer.

Federal Income Tax              We believe that the exchange of notes
 Consequences.................. pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a
                                taxable event for U.S. federal income tax
                                purposes. See "United States Federal Income
                                Tax Consequences."

6

Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we believe that holders of old notes (other than any holder who is an "affiliate" of our company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally may offer the new notes for resale, resell the new notes and otherwise transfer the new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided:

. the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business;

. the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of the new notes; and

. neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the new notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the new notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable jurisdiction or in compliance with an available exemption from registration or qualification. We have agreed, under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and subject to limitations specified in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the applicable jurisdictions as any holder of the notes reasonably requests in writing. If a holder of old notes does not exchange the old notes for new notes according to the terms of the exchange offer, the old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend printed on the old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange; Resales of New Notes."

The old notes are currently eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) market. Following commencement of the exchange offer but prior to its completion, the old notes may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market. Following completion of the exchange offer, the new notes will not be eligible for PORTAL trading.

7

The New Notes

The terms of the new notes and the old notes are identical in all material respects, except for transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes.

Issuer......................... Select Medical Corporation

Maturity Date.................. June 15, 2009.

Interest Payment Dates......... June 15 and December 15 of each year,
                                commencing December 15, 2001.

Optional Redemption............ On or after June 15, 2005, Select may redeem
                                some or all of the notes at the redemption
                                prices listed in the section entitled
                                "Description of Notes--Optional Redemption."
                                Select may not redeem the notes before June
                                15, 2005, except that at any time before June
                                15, 2004, Select may redeem up to 35% of the
                                original principal amount of the notes with
                                the proceeds of certain offerings of common
                                equity at a redemption price equal to 109
                                1/2% of the principal amount of the notes,
                                together with accrued and unpaid interest, so
                                long as 65% of the original principal amount
                                of the notes remain outstanding after each
                                permitted redemption made with equity
                                proceeds.

Change of Control.............. Upon a change of control, each holder of the
                                notes may require Select to repurchase such
                                holder's notes, in whole or in part, at a
                                purchase price equal to 101% of the principal
                                amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
                                interest to the purchase date.

Guarantees..................... Substantially all of Select's operations are
                                conducted through its subsidiaries. Select's
                                obligations under the new notes will be fully
                                and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior
                                subordinated basis by all of its wholly owned
                                domestic subsidiaries. For the twelve months
                                ended March 31, 2001, Select's wholly owned
                                domestic subsidiaries generated approximately
                                76% of Select's EBITDA. At March 31, 2001,
                                those subsidiaries represented approximately
                                84% of Select's total assets.

Ranking........................ The new notes will be subordinated in right
                                of payment to all of Select's existing and
                                future senior indebtedness, including
                                Select's obligations in respect of the senior
                                credit facility. The guarantees of the new
                                notes will be subordinated in right of
                                payment to all existing and future senior
                                indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantors,
                                including any borrowings or guarantees by
                                those subsidiaries under the senior credit
                                facility. The new notes will rank equally in
                                right of payment with all of Select's
                                existing and future senior subordinated
                                indebtedness and senior to all of Select's
                                other existing and future subordinated
                                indebtedness. The guarantees of the new notes
                                will rank equally in right of payment with
                                all senior subordinated indebtedness and
                                senior to all subordinated indebtedness of
                                the subsidiary guarantors.

8

                                As of March 31, 2001, on a pro forma as
                                adjusted basis for the sale of the old notes,
                                and giving effect to $25.6 million of net
                                borrowings under Select's senior credit
                                facility subsequent to that date, Select and
                                its subsidiaries would have had approximately
                                $112.8 million of
                                indebtedness to which the new notes would
                                have been subordinated, and approximately
                                $4.6 million of indebtedness to which the new
                                notes would rank equally. This amount
                                includes $103.2 million in borrowings under
                                Select's senior credit facility but does not
                                include up to an additional $149.3 million
                                available to Select and its subsidiaries
                                under its senior credit facility.

                                As of March 31, 2001 on the basis described
                                above, Select's subsidiary guarantors would
                                have had $108.3 million of guarantor senior
                                indebtedness to which their respective
                                guarantees of the new notes would be
                                subordinated. The subsidiary guarantors would
                                have had approximately $4.6 million of
                                guarantor senior subordinated indebtedness
                                with which their respective guarantees of the
                                new notes would rank equally.

Certain Covenants.............. The notes are governed by an indenture with
                                State Street Bank and Trust Company, as
                                trustee. The indenture, among other things,
                                restricts our ability to:

                                .incur additional debt;

                                .incur debt that is junior to our senior debt
                                but senior to the notes;

                                .pay dividends and redeem stock or redeem
                                subordinated debt;

                                .incur or permit to exist certain liens;

                                .enter into agreements that restrict
                                dividends from subsidiaries;

                                .sell assets;

                                .enter into transactions with affiliates;

                                .sell capital stock of subsidiaries;

                                .merge or consolidate; and

                                .enter different lines of business.

                                The covenants listed above are subject to
                                certain exceptions and limitations described
                                in the indenture.

For a more detailed discussion of the new notes, see "Description of Notes."

You should refer to the section entitled "Risk Factors" for an explanation of certain risks in investing in the new notes.

9

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial and other data below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. We derived the historical financial data for the periods ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 from our audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the historical financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and March 31, 2001, and as of March 31, 2001, from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. You should also read "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and the accompanying "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." All of these materials are contained later in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2000 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if these events had been completed on January 1, 2000, and as adjusted for the sale of the old notes and use of proceeds from that sale as if it had been completed on January 1, 2000, and exclude extraordinary items. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2001 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the old notes and use of proceeds from that sale as if these events had been completed on March 31, 2001. The pro forma as adjusted statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2001 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the old notes and use of proceeds from that sale as if these events had been completed on January 1, 2001. The data for the twelve month period ended March 31, 2001, which we refer to as the pro forma as adjusted LTM period, are unaudited and are derived by adding data for the year ended December 31, 2000 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2001, and subtracting therefrom the data from the three month period ended March 31, 2000, and pro forma for our initial public offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom and as adjusted for the sale of the old notes and use of proceeds from that sale as if it had been completed on April 1, 2000, and excludes extraordinary items.

10

                                                                          For the three months ended
                                   Year Ended December 31,                         March 31,
                          ---------------------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                                                                          Pro Forma
                                                                                                         As Adjusted
                                                              Pro Forma                       Pro Forma   LTM ended
                                                             As Adjusted                     As Adjusted  March 31,
                            1998        1999        2000       2000(h)     2000      2001      2001(i)     2001(j)
                          ---------   ---------   ---------  ----------- --------  --------  ----------- -----------
                                                 (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data
Net operating revenues..  $ 149,043   $ 455,975   $ 805,897   $ 805,897  $196,722  $225,088   $225,088    $834,263
Operating expenses (a)..    145,450     413,731     714,227     714,227   174,471   198,056    198,056     737,812
Depreciation and
 amortization...........      4,942      16,741      30,401      30,401     7,021     7,816      7,816      31,196
Special charges (b).....     10,157       5,223         --          --        --        --         --          --
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............    (11,506)     20,280      61,269      61,269    15,230    19,216     19,216      65,255
Other income............        --          --          --          --        --        --         --          --
Interest expense
 (income), net..........      4,976      21,099      35,187      30,220     8,765     7,775      6,926      29,623
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes and
 extraordinary items....    (16,482)       (819)     26,082      31,049     6,465    11,441     12,290      35,632
Minority interests (c)..      1,744       3,662       4,144       4,144     1,118     1,407      1,407       4,433
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and
 extraordinary item.....    (18,226)     (4,481)     21,938      26,905     5,347    10,034     10,883      31,199
Income tax provision
 (benefit)..............       (182)      2,811       9,979      11,966     2,513     3,913      4,244      13,200
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....    (18,044)     (7,292)     11,959      14,939     2,834     6,121      6,639      17,999
Extraordinary item (d)..        --        5,814       6,247         --        --        --         --          --
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss).......    (18,044)    (13,106)      5,712      14,939     2,834     6,121      6,639      17,999
Less: Preferred
 dividends .............     (2,540)     (5,175)     (8,780)        --     (2,117)   (2,306)       --          --
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss)
 available to common
 stockholders ..........  $ (20,584)  $ (18,281)  $  (3,068)  $  14,939  $    717  $  3,815   $  6,639    $ 17,999
                          =========   =========   =========   =========  ========  ========   ========    ========
Net income (loss) per
 common share:
 Basic:
   Net income (loss)
    before extraordinary
    item................  $   (1.64)  $   (0.50)  $    0.13   $    0.33  $   0.03  $   0.15   $   0.15    $   0.40
   Extraordinary item...        --        (0.24)      (0.25)        --        --        --         --          --
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
   Net income (loss)....  $   (1.64)  $   (0.74)  $   (0.12)  $    0.33  $   0.03  $   0.15   $   0.15    $   0.40
                          =========   =========   =========   =========  ========  ========   ========    ========
 Diluted:
   Net income (loss)
    before extraordinary
    item................  $   (1.64)  $   (0.50)  $    0.12   $    0.32  $   0.03  $   0.13   $   0.14    $   0.39
   Extraordinary item...        --        (0.24)      (0.24)        --        --        --         --           -
                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  --------  --------   --------    --------
   Net income (loss)....  $   (1.64)  $   (0.74)  $   (0.12)  $    0.32  $   0.03  $   0.13   $   0.14    $   0.39
                          =========   =========   =========   =========  ========  ========   ========    ========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding (e):
 Basic..................     12,517      24,557      25,457      44,783    25,492    25,476     44,802      44,793
 Diluted................     12,517      24,557      25,907      46,025    25,504    36,078     46,188      46,107
Other data:
EBITDA (f)..............  $   3,593   $  42,244   $  91,670   $  91,670  $ 22,251  $ 27,032   $ 27,032    $ 96,451
EBITDA as a % of net
 revenue................        2.4 %       9.3 %      11.4%       11.4%     11.3%     12.0%      12.0%       11.6%
Capital expenditures....  $   6,423   $  10,896   $  22,430   $  22,430  $  5,934  $  5,325   $  5,325    $ 21,821
Ratio of EBITDA to net
 interest...............                                                                                      3.3x
Cash Flow Data:
 Cash flow (used in)
  provided by operating
  activities............  $ (24,702)  $ (25,157)  $  22,513              $  8,491  $ 24,819
 Cash flow (used in)
  provided by investing
  activities............   (209,481)   (181,262)     14,197                (7,456)   (7,205)
 Cash flow provided by
  (used in) financing
  activities............    242,298     197,480     (37,616)                 (877)  (18,531)
 Ratio of Earnings to
  fixed charges (g).....        n/a         n/a         1.1x        1.6x      1.2x      1.4x       1.9x

(footnotes begin on page 12)

11

                                                          As of March 31, 2001
                                                        ------------------------
                                                                    Pro Forma
                                                         Actual  As Adjusted (k)
                                                        -------- ---------------
                                                             (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents.............................. $  2,174    $  3,351
Working capital........................................  110,733      92,869
Total assets...........................................  581,396     588,073
Total debt.............................................  289,426     272,500
Preferred stock........................................  131,879         --
Total stockholders' equity.............................   52,320     201,241

Selected Operating Data

The following table sets forth operating statistics for our specialty acute care hospitals and our outpatient rehabilitation business for each of the periods presented. The data in the table reflect the changes in the number of specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics we operate that resulted from acquisitions, start-up activities and closures. The operating statistics reflect data for the period of time these operations were managed by us. The same specialty hospital data include hospitals operated by us for the comparable periods. Further information on our acquisition activities can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

                                                            Three months ended
                               Year Ended December 31,           March 31,
                              ----------------------------  --------------------
                                1998      1999      2000      2000       2001
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
                                          (dollars in thousands)
Specialty Hospital Data:
 Number of hospitals--start
  of period.................       --         39        44         44         54
   Number of hospitals
    acquired................        37       --        --         --         --
   Number of hospital start-
    ups.....................         2         6        10          3          2
   Number of hospitals
    closed..................       --          1       --         --         --
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
 Number of hospitals--end of
  period (l)................        39        44        54         47         56
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
 Available licensed beds
  (m).......................     1,428     1,649     1,982      1,770      2,068
 Admissions (n).............     2,640    12,421    14,210      3,613      4,191
 Patient days (o)...........    74,418   358,304   427,448    103,301    123,740
 Average length of stay
  (p).......................        29        30        30         29         31
 Occupancy rate (q).........        52%       63%       63%        66%        68%
 Percent patient days--
  Medicare (r)..............        78%       78%       76%        77%        76%
 EBITDA (f).................  $  3,147  $ 35,929  $ 44,550  $   9,911  $  13,395
 Same Specialty Hospital
  Data:
   Admissions (n)...........              11,796    12,415      3,520      3,738
   Patient days (o).........             342,417   375,653    101,695    111,475
   Average length of stay
    (p).....................                  30        30         29         31
   Occupancy rate (q).......                  65%       70%        67%        74%
   Percent patient days--
    Medicare (r)............                  78%       76%        77%        76%
   EBITDA (f)...............            $ 36,942  $ 42,192  $  10,686  $  13,638
Outpatient Rehabilitation
 Data:
 Number of clinics--start of
  period....................        66        94       620        620        636
   Number of clinics
    acquired................        21       516        17          1        --
   Number of clinics start-
    ups.....................        11        14        32          6          9
   Number of clinics
    closed/sold.............         4         4        33          8         21
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
 Number of clinics owned--
  end of period.............        94       620       636        619        624
 Number of clinics managed--
  end of period (s).........        21        38        43         41         51
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
 Total number of clinics....       115       658       679        660        675
                              --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------
 EBITDA (f).................  $ 12,598  $ 22,697  $ 65,420  $  17,173  $  19,056

(footnotes on following page)

12

(a) Operating expenses include cost of services, general and administrative expenses, and bad debt expenses.
(b) Reflects asset impairments of $6.3 million and litigation settlement costs of $3.8 million in 1998 and asset impairments of $5.2 million in 1999.
(c) Reflects interests held by other parties in subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships owned and controlled by us.
(d) Reflects the write-off of deferred financing costs that resulted from the refinancing of our senior credit facility in November 1999 and September 2000.
(e) For information concerning calculation of weighted average shares outstanding, see note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
(f) We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and special charges, other income, minority interest, and extraordinary items. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles. Items excluded from EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA is a measure commonly used by financial analysts and investors to evaluate the financial results of companies in our industry, and we believe it therefore provides useful information to investors. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operations, investing or financing activities, or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance or liquidity. Because EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is susceptible to varying calculations, EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. For purposes of the covenants in the indenture governing the notes offered hereby, EBITDA is defined differently.

The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                                   For the three months ended
                                Year Ended December 31,                     March 31,             Pro Forma
                         ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------- As Adjusted
                                                        Pro Forma                     Pro Forma   LTM ended
                                                       As Adjusted                   As Adjusted  March 31,
                           1998      1999      2000       2000      2000     2001       2001        2001
                         --------  --------  --------  ----------- -------  -------  ----------- -----------
                                                         (in thousands)

EBITDA.................  $  3,593  $ 42,244  $ 91,670   $ 91,670   $22,251  $27,032    $27,032    $  96,451
Depreciation and
 amortization..........    (4,942)  (16,741)  (30,401)   (30,401)   (7,021)  (7,816)    (7,816)    (31,196)
Special charge.........   (10,157)   (5,223)      --         --        --       --         --           --
Other income...........       --        --        --         --        --       --         --           --
Interest income........       406       362       939        939        82      241        241        1,098
Interest expense.......    (5,382)  (21,461)  (36,126)   (31,159)   (8,847)  (8,016)    (7,167)    (30,721)
Minority interest......    (1,744)   (3,662)   (4,144)    (4,144)   (1,118)  (1,407)    (1,407)     (4,433)
Income tax (expense)
 benefit...............       182    (2,811)   (9,979)   (11,966)   (2,513)  (3,913)    (4,244)    (13,200)
Extraordinary item.....       --     (5,814)   (6,247)       --        --       --         --           --
                         --------  --------  --------   --------   -------  -------    -------    ---------
Net income (loss)......  $(18,044) $(13,106) $  5,712   $ 14,939   $ 2,834  $ 6,121    $ 6,639    $  17,999
                         ========  ========  ========   ========   =======  =======    =======    =========

(g) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes, fixed charges, minority interest in income of subsidiaries and income (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures. Fixed charges include preferred dividend requirement of subsidiary, deemed dividend on preferred stock conversion, interest expense and the portion of operating rents that is deemed representative of an interest factor. Due to our losses in 1998 and 1999, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. We would have had to generate additional earnings of approximately $18.9 million and $14.5 million in 1998 and 1999, respectively, to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

13

(h) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000 reflects the following adjustments as a result of our initial public offering and the sale of the old notes as if each had occurred on January 1, 2000:
. a reduction in interest expense of $5.0 million (which includes $0.9 million of discount amortization related to our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes) resulting from: (i) the repayment of $114.9 million of 10.2% indebtedness under our senior credit facility and (ii) the repayment of $90.0 million of our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes offset by (iii) interest expense associated with the notes. See footnote (k).
. additional tax expense of $2.0 million related to the $5.0 million interest expense decrease described above.
. the reversal of $3.7 million of preferred dividends on our Class B Preferred Stock which converted into common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering, and the reversal of $5.1 million of dividends on Class A Preferred Stock as if such stock were redeemed on January 1, 2000.
. an additional 792,000 options and warrants that become dilutive based on a stock price of $9.50 on January 1, 2000.
. an additional 9,000,000 shares of common stock for our initial public offering, 1,350,000 shares for the exercise of the overallotments by the underwriters and 9,216,000 shares for the automatic conversion of our Class B Preferred Stock upon our initial public offering.
. the transfer of 240,048 shares back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
. excludes extraordinary items.
(i) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 reflects the following adjustments as a result of our initial public offering and the sale of the old notes as if each had occurred on January 1, 2001:
. a reduction in interest expense of $0.8 million (which includes $0.2 million of discount amortization related to our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes) resulting from: (i) the repayment of $114.9 million of 8.8% indebtedness under our senior credit facility and (ii) the repayment of $90 million of our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes offset by (iii) interest expense associated with the notes. See footnote (k).
. additional tax expense of $0.3 million related to the $0.8 million interest expense decrease described above.
. the reversal of $1.0 million of preferred dividends on our Class B Preferred Stock which converted into common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering, and the reversal of $1.3 million of dividends on our Class A Preferred Stock as if such stock were redeemed on January 1, 2001.
. an additional 9,000,000 shares of common stock for our initial public offering, 1,350,000 shares for the exercise of the overallotments by the underwriters, 9,216,000 shares for the automatic conversion of our Class B Preferred Stock upon our initial public offering.
. the transfer of 240,048 shares back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
. excludes estimated extraordinary item of approximately $14.4 million related to the early extinguishment of debt resulting from this offering.
(j) The pro forma as adjusted LTM consolidated statement of operations was derived by adding the results for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2001 and subtracting therefrom the results for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The results for the LTM consolidated statement of operations were adjusted to reflect the following as a result of our initial public offering and the sale of the old notes as if each had occurred on April 1, 2000:
. a reduction in interest expense of $4.6 million (which includes $0.9 million of discount amortization associated with our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes) resulting from: (i) the repayment of $114.9 million of 9.9% indebtedness under our senior credit facility and (ii) the repayment of $90.0 million of our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes offset by (iii) the interest expense associated with the notes. See footnote (k).

14

. additional tax expense of $1.8 million related to the $4.6 million interest expense decrease described above.
. the reversal of $3.8 million of preferred dividends on our Class B Preferred Stock which converted into common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering, and the reversal of $5.2 million of preferred dividends on Class A Preferred Stock as if such stock were redeemed on March 31, 2000.
. an additional 9,000,000 shares of common stock for our initial public offering, 1,350,000 shares for the exercise of the overallotments by the underwriters, 9,216,000 shares for the automatic conversion of our Class B Preferred Stock upon our initial public offering.
. the transfer of 240,048 shares back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
. excludes estimated extraordinary loss of approximately $14.4 million related to the early extinguishment of debt resulting from this offering.
(k) We reflected:
. the application of the net proceeds from the initial public offering including $35.9 million to repay loans under our senior credit facility, $52.8 million to redeem our Class A Preferred Stock and $0.7 million for general corporate purposes.
. the application of the proceeds from the sale of old notes including $90.0 million to repay our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes, $79.0 million to repay loans under our senior credit facility, $5.5 million for offering fees and $0.5 million for general corporate purposes. In addition, during the period from March 31, 2001 to June 6, 2001, we have incurred an additional $25.6 million of indebtedness under our senior credit facility that is not reflected in the pro forma as adjusted total debt as of March 31, 2001.
(l) As of March 31, 2001, we owned 100% of all of our hospitals except for two hospitals that had a 20% minority owner and three hospitals that had a 3% minority owner.
(m) Available licensed beds are the number of beds that are licensed with the appropriate state agency and which are readily available for patient use at the end of the period indicated.
(n) Admissions represent the number of patients admitted for treatment.
(o) Patient days represent the total number of days of care provided to patients.
(p) Average length of stay (days) represents the average number of days patients stay in our hospitals per admission, calculated by dividing total patient days by the number of discharges for the period.
(q) We calculate occupancy rate by dividing the average daily number of patients in our hospitals by the weighted average number of available licensed beds over the period indicated.
(r) We calculate percentage by dividing the number of Medicare patient days by the total number of patient days.
(s) Managed clinics are clinics that we operate through long term management arrangements and clinics operated through unconsolidated joint ventures.

15

RISK FACTORS

Our business involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond our control. You should carefully consider each of the risks and uncertainties we describe below and all of the other information in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties we describe below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not currently know or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

Our substantial indebtedness may limit cash flow available to invest in the ongoing needs of our business to generate future cash flow, which could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. The following chart sets forth important credit information on a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to our initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom and as adjusted for the sale of the old notes and the use of the proceeds from that sale as of March 31, 2001, or at the beginning of the period, specified below:

                                                              At March 31, 2001
                                                              ------------------
                                                                 (dollars in
                                                                  millions)
Total indebtedness...........................................       $272.5
Stockholders' equity.........................................        201.2
                                                              Three months ended
                                                                March 31, 2001
                                                              ------------------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...........................         1.9x

As of June 6, 2001, after giving effect to the sale of the old notes and the amendment to our senior credit facility, we would have had approximately $149.3 million of availability under our senior credit facility, subject to specific requirements, including compliance with financial covenants.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

. require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

. increase the amount of interest expense that we have to pay, because certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which, if interest rates increase, could result in higher interest expense;

. increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry conditions;

. limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industry in which we operate;

. prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of specific changes of control in our ownership, which failure to repurchase would constitute a default under the indenture governing our notes; or

. place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.

See "Capitalization," "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data," and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

16

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries will be able to incur more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us or our subsidiaries from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. As of June 6, 2001, we had approximately $149.3 million of availability under our senior credit facility, subject to specific requirements, including compliance with financial covenants, all of which would be senior to the notes. To the extent new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries' currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described above would increase. See "Description of Notes" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

If there are changes in the rates or methods of government reimbursements for our services, our net operating revenues and net income could decline.

Approximately 35% of our net operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2000 came from the highly regulated federal Medicare program. The methods and rates of Medicare reimbursements may change at any time. Our specialty acute care hospitals operate as Medicare-designated long term acute care hospitals. As long term acute care hospitals, they receive reimbursements from Medicare based on the actual costs incurred during the treatment of a patient, subject to a cap. Many other types of healthcare providers, including general acute care hospitals, receive reimbursements from Medicare under prospective payment systems. These systems reimburse providers fixed amounts, subject to adjustments, based on each patient's expected cost of treatment. Congress has directed the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to develop a prospective payment system applicable to long term acute care hospitals. The Secretary has not developed such a prospective payment system to date but may do so in the future. The application of a prospective payment system to long term acute care hospitals could reduce the level of reimbursement we receive from the Medicare program for our services and negatively affect our profit margins.

Our outpatient rehabilitation clinics receive payments from the Medicare program under a fee schedule. These payments were to be subject to annual limits, originally $1,500 per patient, effective January 1, 1999. Congress has imposed a moratorium on these limits through 2002. The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services is required to review this annual limit and make a proposal to Congress to revise the payment system for outpatient rehabilitation. Any changes adopted by Congress, which could include reduced annual limits or a new payment system, could have an adverse effect on our outpatient rehabilitation business. See "Our Business--Government Regulations-- Overview of U.S. and State Government Reimbursements."

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, including possible changes in government reimbursement rates or methods. If we cannot generate the required cash, we may not be able to make the required payments under the notes.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our future financial results would be subject to substantial fluctuations upon a significant change in government reimbursement rates or methods. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our inability to pay our debts would require us to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as selling assets, refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness or selling equity capital. However, we cannot assure you that any alternative strategies will be feasible at the time or prove

17

adequate. Also, some alternative strategies would require the prior consent of our senior secured lenders, which we may not be able to obtain. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

If our hospitals fail to maintain their exemption from the Medicare prospective payment system or fail to qualify as hospitals separate from their host hospitals, our profitability may decline.

As of March 31, 2001, 50 of our 56 hospitals were certified as Medicare long term acute care hospitals, and the remaining six were in the process of becoming certified as Medicare long term acute care hospitals. If our hospitals fail to meet or maintain the standards for certification as long term acute care hospitals, such as average minimum length of patient stay, they will not receive cost-based reimbursement but will instead receive predetermined payments applicable to general acute care hospitals under the prospective payment system. Such predetermined payments would likely result in our hospitals receiving less Medicare reimbursement than they currently receive for their patient services. Moreover, nearly all of our hospitals are subject to additional Medicare criteria because they operate as separate hospitals located in space leased from, and located in, a general acute care hospital, known as a host hospital. This is known as a "hospital within a hospital" model. These additional criteria include limitations on services purchased from the host hospital and other requirements concerning separateness from the host hospital. If several of our hospitals were to lose their cost-based reimbursement status or failed to comply with the separateness requirements, our profit margins would likely decrease. See "Our Business--Government Regulations--Overview of U.S. and State Government Reimbursements--Long Term Acute Care Hospital Medicare Reimbursement."

Future cost containment initiatives undertaken by private third party payors may limit our future net operating revenues and profitability.

Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability of our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with hospitals and other healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend may continue and may limit reimbursements for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates.

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may result in increased costs or sanctions that reduce our net operating revenues and profitability.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to:

. facility and professional licensure, including certificates of need;

. conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self- referral;

. addition of facilities and services; and

. payment for services.

Recently, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry, including the specialty acute care hospital and outpatient rehabilitation clinic businesses. The ongoing investigations relate to, among other things, various referral practices, cost reporting, billing practices, physician ownership and joint ventures involving hospitals. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could

18

subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs, and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations. See "Our Business--Government Regulations."

If we fail to cultivate new or maintain established relationships with the physicians in our markets, our net operating revenues may decrease.

Our success is, in part, dependent upon the admissions and referral practices of the physicians in the communities our hospitals and our outpatient rehabilitation clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Physicians referring patients to our hospitals and clinics are generally not our employees and, in many of the markets that we serve, most physicians have admitting privileges at other hospitals and are free to refer their patients to other providers. If we are unable to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians, our hospitals' admissions and clinics' businesses may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

Shortages in qualified nurses could increase our operating costs significantly.

Our specialty acute care hospitals are highly dependent on nurses for patient care. The availability of qualified nurses has declined in recent years, and the salaries for nurses have risen accordingly. We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and retain qualified nurses in the future. Additionally, the cost of attracting and retaining nurses may be higher than we anticipate, and as a result, our profitability could decline.

Future acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to pursue acquisitions of specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, additional operating losses, amortization of the intangible assets of acquired companies, dilutive issuances of equity securities and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

. difficulties integrating acquired personnel and harmonizing distinct cultures into our business;

. diversion of management's time from existing operations;

. potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies; and

. assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare regulations.

For example, following two acquisitions in 1998, we recorded a special charge of $6.3 million related to impairment of assets. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-- Special Charges." In addition, following our acquisition of Intensiva Healthcare Corporation, we determined that one of the hospitals owned by Intensiva was underperforming, and we closed that hospital in the following year at a cost of $3.5 million.

We cannot assure you that we will succeed in obtaining financing for acquisitions at a reasonable cost, or that such financing will not contain restrictive covenants that limit our operating flexibility. We also may be unable to operate acquired hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics profitably or succeed in achieving improvements in their financial performance.

19

If our assumptions regarding the beneficial life of our intangible assets prove to be inaccurate, or subsequently change, our current earnings may be overstated and future earnings also may be adversely affected.

Our balance sheet has an amount designated as "intangible assets" that represents 43% of our assets and 475% of our stockholders' equity at March 31, 2001. Upon the consummation of an acquisition, we undertake a process to value the tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business to determine the appropriate allocation of the purchase price. In this process, we consider the value of tangible assets such as property and equipment, unrecorded assets and various intangible assets. Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, trademarks, management service agreements and assembled workforce. Goodwill arises when an acquirer pays more for a business than the fair value of the tangible and separately measurable intangible net assets. Generally accepted accounting principles require the amortization of goodwill and all other intangible assets over the period benefited. The current estimated useful life is 40 years for our goodwill and trademarks, 20 years for our management service agreements and 7 years for our assembled workforce. We have determined the useful lives of these intangible assets by examining the attributes of each of the intangible assets at the time of acquisition. In making this determination of useful lives, we have reviewed with our independent accountants the significant factors that we considered in arriving at the consideration we paid for, and the expected period of benefit from, the acquired business.

We continuously review the appropriateness of the amortization periods we are using and may in the future change them as necessary to reflect any revised expectations. This information is also reviewed with our independent accountants. If the factors we considered, and which give rise to our intangible assets, result in an actual beneficial period shorter than our determined useful life, earnings reported in the periods immediately following some acquisitions would be overstated. In addition, in later years, we would be burdened by a continuing charge against earnings without the associated benefit to income. Earnings in later years could also be affected significantly if we subsequently determine that the remaining balance of an intangible has been impaired.

Competition may limit our ability to acquire hospitals and clinics and adversely affect our growth.

We have historically faced limited competition in acquiring specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics, but we may face heightened competition in the future. Our competitors may acquire or seek to acquire many of the hospitals and clinics that would be suitable candidates for us. This could limit our ability to grow by acquisitions or make our cost of acquisitions higher and less profitable.

If we fail to compete effectively with other hospitals, clinics and healthcare providers, our net operating revenues and profitability may decline.

The healthcare business is highly competitive, and we compete with other hospitals, rehabilitation clinics and other healthcare providers for patients. If we are unable to compete effectively in the specialty acute care hospital and outpatient rehabilitation businesses, our net operating revenues and profitability may decline. More than half of our specialty hospitals operate in geographic areas where we compete with at least one other hospital that provides similar services. Our outpatient rehabilitation clinics face competition from a variety of local and national outpatient rehabilitation providers. Other outpatient rehabilitation clinics in markets we serve may have greater name recognition and longer operating histories than our clinics. The managers of these clinics may also have stronger relationships with physicians in their communities, which could give them a competitive advantage for patient referrals.

Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities.

In recent years, physicians, hospital and other healthcare providers have become subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging malpractice, product liability or related legal theories. Many of these actions involve large claims and significant defense costs. To protect ourselves from the cost of these

20

claims, we maintain professional malpractice liability insurance and general liability insurance coverage in amounts and with deductibles that we believe to be appropriate for our operations, with policy limits generally equal to $1.0 million per claim and annual aggregate limits of $3.0 million. We also maintain $20.0 million in excess liability coverage. However, our insurance coverage does not cover punitive damages and may not cover all claims against us or continue to be available at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to maintain adequate insurance coverage or are required to pay punitive damages, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities. We are also subject to lawsuits under a federal whistleblower statute designed to combat fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary damages and award bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring the suits. See "Our Business--Legal Proceedings" and "Our Business--Government Regulations-- Other Healthcare Regulations."

We may experience difficulties integrating the information systems relating to our outpatient rehabilitation business, which could cause business interruption.

We currently manage our outpatient rehabilitation business using seven billing systems. During the next 18 months, we plan to transition gradually to a common system to manage all of our scheduling, billing, collecting and patient information for our outpatient rehabilitation clinics. If our systems integration fails or works improperly, we could face interruption in the segments of our business undergoing the transition while we correct the problem. The interruption in the affected segment of our business could include our inability to bill patients and payors for the services we provide. A sustained inability to bill and collect payments would have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations.

RISK RELATING TO THE OFFERING

Your right to receive payments on the new notes, like the old notes, is junior to our existing senior indebtedness and the existing senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantors and possibly all of our and their future indebtedness. Further, claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will generally have priority with respect to the assets of those subsidiaries over your claims.

The new notes, like the old notes, and the subsidiary guarantees will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of our and the subsidiary guarantors' respective current and future senior indebtedness to the extent set forth in the indenture. As of March 31, 2001, on a pro forma as adjusted basis for the sale of the old notes, and giving effect to approximately $25.6 million of net borrowings under our senior credit facility subsequent to that date, we and our subsidiaries would have had approximately $112.8 million of indebtedness to which the notes would have been subordinated. Because of the subordination provisions of the notes, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of our company or any guarantor, our assets or the assets of the guarantors would be available to pay obligations under the notes and our other senior subordinated obligations only after all payments had been made on our senior indebtedness or the senior indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors. Sufficient assets may not remain after all these payments have been made to make any payments on the notes and our other senior subordinated obligations, including payments of interest when due. In addition, all payments on the notes and the guarantees will be prohibited in the event of a payment default on our senior indebtedness (including borrowings under the senior credit facilities) and, for limited periods, upon the occurrence of other defaults under the senior credit facilities.

We conduct all of our business through our subsidiaries. The aggregate net operating revenues and EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2001 of our subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the notes were $39.3 million and $5.2 million, respectively, and at March 31, 2001, those subsidiaries had total assets of $93.5 million (these amounts do not include the net operating revenues, EBITDA and assets of a number of third party professional corporations that are treated as "Subsidiaries" for purposes of the indenture governing the notes, but are not consolidated with our financial results). Claims of creditors of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and unsecured creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, will generally have priority with respect to their assets and earnings over the claims of creditors of our company, including holders of the notes, even if the obligations of the subsidiaries do not constitute senior indebtedness. See "Description of Notes-- Ranking" and "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness." See also "Description of Notes--Subsidiary Guarantees" and Note 20 to Select's audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

21

The new notes, like the old notes, are not secured by our assets and those of our subsidiaries, and the lenders under the senior credit facility will be entitled to remedies available to a secured lender, which gives them priority over the note holders to collect amounts due on our debt.

In addition to being subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, the new notes, like the old notes, and the subsidiary guarantees will not be secured by any of our assets. Our obligations under the senior credit facility are secured by, among other things, a first priority pledge of all of our capital stock, mortgages upon all of the real property owned by us in the U.S. and by substantially all of the assets of our company and each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized material domestic (and, to the extent no adverse tax consequences will result, foreign) subsidiaries. If we become insolvent or are liquidated, or if payment under the senior credit facility or in respect of any other secured senior indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under the senior credit facility or holders of other secured senior indebtedness will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law (in addition to any remedies that may be available under documents pertaining to the senior credit facility or the other senior debt). Upon the occurrence of any default under the senior credit facility (and even without accelerating the indebtedness under the senior credit facility), the lenders may be able to prohibit the payment of the notes and guarantees either by limiting our ability to access our cash flow or under the subordination provisions contained in the indenture governing the notes. In addition, we and or the subsidiary guarantors may incur additional secured senior indebtedness, the holders of which will also be entitled to the remedies available to a secured lender. See "Description of Other Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes."

Restrictions imposed by our senior credit facility and the indenture governing these notes limit our ability to engage in or enter into business, operating and financing arrangements, which could prevent us from taking advantage of potentially profitable business opportunities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our debt instruments, including the senior credit facility and these notes, may affect adversely our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. For example, our senior credit facility restricts our ability to, among other things:

. incur additional debt;

. pay dividends;

. make certain investments;

. incur or permit to exist certain liens;

. enter into transactions with affiliates;

. merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company;

. transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

. redeem subordinated debt;

. incur capital expenditures; and

. incur contingent obligations.

The indenture governing the notes offered hereby includes similar restrictions. See "Description of Notes." Our senior credit facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios which become more restrictive over time. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our senior credit facility. In the event of any default under our senior credit facility, the lenders under our senior credit facility could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding together with accrued and unpaid interest and other fees, to be due and payable, to require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings or to prevent us from making debt service payments on these notes, any of which would be an event of default under these notes. See "Description of Notes" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

22

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture governing the notes, which would violate the terms of the notes.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase all these notes. We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds available for us to make any required repurchases of the notes, upon a change of control. In addition, our senior credit facility will prohibit us from purchasing any notes and provide that the occurrence of a change of control constitutes a default. If we do not repay all borrowings under our senior credit facility or obtain a consent of our lenders under our senior credit facility to repurchase the notes, we will be prohibited from purchasing the notes. Our failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute a default under the indenture governing the notes, which, in turn, would constitute a default under our senior credit facility. See "Description of Notes--Change of Control."

A subsidiary guarantee could be voided if it constitutes a fraudulent transfer under U.S. bankruptcy laws or comparable state laws, which could result in the holders of the notes not being able to rely on that subsidiary guarantor to satisfy claims.

Under U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee can be voided, or claims under a guarantee may be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

. intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee; and

. the guarantor:

. was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence;

. was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor's remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

. intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor under a guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the governing law. Generally, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

. the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

. the present fair salable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

. it could not pay its debts as they become due.

There is no public trading market for the new notes and an active trading market may not develop for the new notes.

The old notes are currently eligible for trading in the PORTAL Market, a screen-based market operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers. The PORTAL market is limited to qualified institutional investors as defined by Rule 144A of the Securities Act. The new notes are new securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the notes on any securities exchange or stock market.

23

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc. acted as initial purchasers in connection with the offer and sale of the old notes. The initial purchasers have informed us that they intend to make a market in the new notes. However, these initial purchasers may cease their market-making at any time. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes, and the market price quoted for the new notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the new notes.

Failure to tender your old notes for new notes could limit your ability to resell the old notes.

The old notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be resold, offered for resale or otherwise transferred unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. In addition, we will no longer be under an obligation to register the old notes under the Securities Act except in the limited circumstances provided under the registration rights agreement. If you want to exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

RISK RELATING TO OUR STRUCTURE

We have a holding company structure and will depend on distributions from our operating subsidiaries to pay these notes. Contractual or legal restrictions applicable to our subsidiaries could limit distributions from them.

We are a holding company and derive all of our operating income from, and hold substantially all of our assets through, our subsidiaries. The effect of this structure is that we will depend on the earnings of our subsidiaries, and the payment or other distributions to us of these earnings, to meet our obligations under our senior credit facility and these notes. Provisions of law, like those requiring that dividends be paid only out of surplus, and provisions of our senior indebtedness limit the ability of our subsidiaries to make payments or other distributions to us. Our subsidiaries also could agree to other contractual restrictions on their ability to make distributions. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

Because certain of our significant stockholders and our senior management control us, they will be able to determine the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, regardless of the preferences of the minority stockholders.

Affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, and our directors and executive officers together own a majority of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, they are able to:

. elect our entire board of directors;

. control our management and policies; and

. determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

24

Affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, and our management are also able to prevent or cause a change in control of us and will be able to amend our certificate of incorporation and by-laws without the approval of any other of our stockholders.

If provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law delay or prevent a change in control of our company, we may be unable to consummate a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable by:

. authorizing the issuance of preferred stock, the terms of which may be determined at the sole discretion of the board of directors;

. providing for a classified board of directors with staggered three- year terms;

. establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at meetings; and

. providing for the establishment of a shareholder rights plan.

25

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes, we will receive in exchange old notes of like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the new notes. The old notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.

The net proceeds from the sale of the old notes was about $169.5 million, after deducting discounts, commissions and expenses of this offering. We used $92.2 million of the net proceeds of the old notes to retire our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes which were issued to WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P., in December 1998, February 1999 and November 1999. The 10% Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 1998 and February 1999 were to mature on December 15, 2008, and the 10% Senior Subordinated note issued in November 1999 was to mature on November 19, 2009. We used about $79.0 million of the net proceeds of the old notes to repay part of our senior indebtedness under both the term loan and revolving portions of our senior credit facility. The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. Our senior credit facility matures in September 2005 and bears interest at a fluctuating rate, which as of March 31, 2001, was a weighted average interest rate of approximately 8.8%. The senior credit facility indebtedness that we repaid with the proceeds from the sale of the old notes was incurred to refinance existing bank debt. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Resources and Liquidity," and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

26

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2001 on an actual basis, on a pro forma basis to give effect to our initial public offering and the use of the proceeds therefrom, and on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the old notes and the use of proceeds from that sale.

On April 10, 2001 we completed an initial public offering of 9,000,000 shares of our common stock. Our net proceeds after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions was approximately $77.5 million. On April 20, 2001 the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1,350,000 shares of common stock to cover overallotments. The net proceeds from the exercise of this option was $11.9 million after deduction of the underwriters' discount. The combined net proceeds were used to repay $35.9 million of our senior indebtedness under our senior credit facility, to redeem $52.8 million of our Class A Preferred Stock and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. Upon the consummation of our initial public offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B Preferred Stock converted automatically into .576 shares of our common stock. As June 6, 2001, we had total indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility of $178.8 million, excluding $3.4 million of letters of credit.

Common stock data excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, under which options to purchase 4,849,475 shares were outstanding as of March 31, 2001 at a weighted average exercise price of $7.00 per share, and under warrants outstanding to purchase 1,873,283 shares at an exercise price of $6.08 per share. You should read this table in conjunction with our "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data," our "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                   As of March 31, 2001
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                         Pro       Pro Forma
                                              Actual   Forma(e)  As Adjusted(f)
                                             --------  --------  --------------
                                                  (dollars in thousands)
Long term debt:
  Senior credit facility.................... $188,763  $152,836     $ 73,836
  9 1/2% senior subordinated notes due
   2009.....................................       --        --      175,000
  10% senior subordinated notes due
   2008(a)..................................   56,840    56,840           --
  10% senior subordinated note due 2009(a)..   20,159    20,159           --
  Seller notes(b)...........................   21,367    21,367       21,367
  Other.....................................    2,297     2,297        2,297
                                             --------  --------     --------
Total debt..................................  289,426   253,499      272,500
Preferred stock, $.01 par value
  Class A: 55,000 shares authorized, 52,838
   shares issued and outstanding--actual; no
   share authorized, issued and
   outstanding--pro forma and pro forma as
   adjusted(c)..............................   66,781        --           --
  Class B: 16,000,000 shares authorized,
   16,000,000 shares issued and
   outstanding--actual; no shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding--pro
   forma and pro forma as adjusted(c).......   65,098        --           --
  Undesignated preferred stock, no shares
   authorized or outstanding--actual;
   10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares
   issued and outstanding--pro forma and pro
   forma as adjusted........................       --        --           --
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 78,000,000
   shares authorized, 25,697,164 shares
   issued--actual; 45,263,164 shares
   issued--pro forma; 200,000,000 shares
   authorized, 45,023,116 shares issued--pro
   forma as adjusted........................      257       452          450
Capital in excess of par....................   70,765   220,012      219,493
Accumulated deficit(d)......................  (17,636)  (17,636)     (17,636)
Treasury stock, at cost; 221,411 shares.....   (1,039)   (1,039)      (1,039)
Cumulative translation adjustment...........      (27)      (27)         (27)
                                             --------  --------     --------
Total stockholders' equity..................   52,320   201,762      201,241
                                             --------  --------     --------
Total capitalization........................ $473,625  $455,261     $473,741
                                             ========  ========     ========

(footnotes on following page)

27

(a) Our 10% senior subordinated notes due 2008 and 2009 had 240,048 common shares attached which were recorded at the estimated fair value on the date of issuance. The common shares issued were recorded at a discount and were amortized over the life of the debt. These shares were transferred back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes, which we repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the old notes.
(b) Seller notes consist of notes issued or assumed by us as past consideration for some of our acquired businesses. They generally bear interest at 6% per annum and mature at various times.
(c) On April 3, 2001 we amended our Restated Certificates of Incorporation to provide that the Class A Preferred Stock may be redeemed without paying the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. On April 4, 2001, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation to provide that the Class B Preferred Stock may be converted without paying the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. In addition, the amendment changed the required minimum price per share paid by the public necessary for the conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock to Common Stock to $9.50. The $19.3 million of accrued and unpaid dividends on the Class A Preferred Stock and Class B Preferred Stock were paid on May 2, 2001.
(d) We excluded the estimated extraordinary loss of approximately $14.4 million resulting from the repayment of the senior credit facility and the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
(e) The pro forma reflects the following adjustments.
. the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering of approximately $77.5 million and the underwriters exercise of their overallotment option of $11.9 million to redeem $52.8 million of our Class A Preferred Stock and to repay $35.9 million of debt under our senior credit facility,
. the conversion of 16,000,000 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock with a value of $60 million into 9,216,000 shares of our common stock.
(f) The pro forma as adjusted reflects the following additional adjustments:
. the issuance of $175 million principal amount of the old notes.
. the repayment of the 10% senior subordinated notes due 2008 and 2009 of $90.0 million.
. the repayment of $79 million of borrowings under the senior credit facility.
. the return of 240,048 common shares attached to the 10% senior subordinated notes due 2008 and 2009. See footnote (a) above for further description of these shares.

28

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated historical financial and other data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. You should also read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." All of these materials are contained in this prospectus. We were formed in December 1996, but capitalization and operations did not commence until February 7, 1997 when we acquired all of the outstanding common stock of our predecessor company, Sports and Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, P.A. The predecessor company data as of December 31, 1996, for the period ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997 through February 6, 1997 has been derived from unaudited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Because of substantial differences in the predecessor company's capital structure, per share information for the predecessor company has been excluded. The data as of December 31, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from consolidated financial statements audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 1998, 1999, and 2000 and the related notes appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 2001 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements also contained in this prospectus and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited interim period. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2000 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, and as adjusted for the sale of the old notes and the use of proceeds from that sale as if it had been completed on January 1, 2000, and exclude extraordinary items. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the old notes and the use of proceeds from that sale as if these events had been completed on December 31, 2000. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2001 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the old notes and the use of proceeds from that sale as if these events had been completed on March 31, 2001. The pro forma as adjusted statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2001 are pro forma for our initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the old notes and the use of proceeds from that sale as if these events had been completed on January 1, 2001.

29

                            Predecessor Company
                          ------------------------
                                       January 1,             Year Ended December 31,
                                          1997     ------------------------------------------------------
                           Year Ended    Through                                               Pro Forma
                          December 31, February 6,                                            As Adjusted
                              1996        1997      1997       1998       1999       2000       2000(h)
                          ------------ ----------- -------   --------   --------   --------   -----------
                                           (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data
Net operating revenues..     $3,323      $  456    $11,194   $149,043   $455,975   $805,897    $805,897
Operating expenses (a)..      2,828         300     13,740    145,450    413,731    714,227     714,227
Depreciation and
 amortization...........        112           8        285      4,942     16,741     30,401      30,401
Special charge (b)......         --          --         --     10,157      5,223         --          --
                             ------      ------    -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        383         148     (2,831)   (11,506)    20,280     61,269      61,269
Other income............         74          --      6,022         --         --         --          --
Interest expense
 (income), net..........         62           9        (64)     4,976     21,099     35,187      30,220
                             ------      ------    -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes and
 extraordinary item.....        395         139      3,255    (16,482)      (819)    26,082      31,049
Minority interests (c)..         --          --         --      1,744      3,662      4,144       4,144
                             ------      ------    -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and
 extraordinary item.....        395         139      3,255    (18,226)    (4,481)    21,938      26,905
Income tax provision
 (benefit)..............        195          38      1,308       (182)     2,811      9,979      11,966
                             ------      ------    -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....        200         101      1,947    (18,044)    (7,292)    11,959      14,939
Extraordinary item (d)..         --          --         --         --      5,814      6,247          --
                             ------      ------    -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss).......     $  200      $  101      1,947    (18,044)   (13,106)     5,712      14,939
                             ======      ======
Less: Preferred
 dividends..............                              (266)    (2,540)    (5,175)    (8,780)         --
                                                   -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
Net income (loss)
 available to common
 stockholders...........                           $ 1,681   $(20,584)  $(18,281)  $ (3,068)   $ 14,939
                                                   =======   ========   ========   ========    ========
Net income (loss) per
 common share:
 Basic:
 Net income (loss)
  before extraordinary
  item..................                           $  0.26   $  (1.64)  $  (0.50)  $   0.13    $   0.33
 Extraordinary item.....                                --         --      (0.24)     (0.25)         --
                                                   -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
 Net income (loss) per
  common share..........                           $  0.26   $  (1.64)  $  (0.74)  $  (0.12)   $   0.33
                                                   =======   ========   ========   ========    ========
 Diluted:
 Net income (loss)
  before extraordinary
  item..................                           $  0.26   $  (1.64)  $  (0.50)  $   0.12    $   0.32
 Extraordinary item.....                                --         --      (0.24)     (0.24)         --
                                                   -------   --------   --------   --------    --------
 Net income (loss) per
  common share..........                           $  0.26   $  (1.64)  $  (0.74)  $  (0.12)   $   0.32
                                                   =======   ========   ========   ========    ========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding (e):
 Basic..................                             6,557     12,517     24,557     25,457      44,783
 Diluted................                             6,564     12,517     24,557     25,907      46,025

Other data:
EBITDA (f)..............     $  495      $  156    $(2,546)  $  3,593   $ 42,244   $ 91,670    $ 91,670
EBITDA as a % of net
 revenue................       14.9%       34.2%     (22.7)%      2.4 %      9.3 %     11.4 %      11.4%
Capital Expenditures....                             1,319      6,423     10,896     22,430      22,430
Cash flow data:
 Cash flow (used in)
  provided by operating
  activities............                           $(2,367)  $(24,702)  $(25,157)  $ 22,513
 Cash flow (used in)
  provided by investing
  activities............                              (671)  (209,481)  (181,262)    14,197
 Cash flow provided by
  (used in) financing
  activities............                             7,897    242,298    197,480    (37,616)
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges (g)......                              3.4x        n/a        n/a       1.1x        1.6x

(footnotes begin on page 31)

30

                         Predecessor
                           Company                  As of December 31,
                         ------------ ----------------------------------------------
                                                                          Pro Forma
                            As of                                            As
                         December 31,                                    Adjusted(i)
                             1996      1997     1998     1999     2000      2000
                         ------------ ------- -------- -------- -------- -----------
                                         (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance
 Sheet Data
Cash and cash
 equivalents............    $   15    $ 4,859 $ 13,001 $  4,067 $  3,151   $ 4,328
Working capital.........      (331)     4,248   39,807  132,598  109,243    91,379
Total assets............     1,825     18,191  336,949  620,718  586,800   593,477
Total debt..............       272      3,059  156,080  340,821  302,788   285,862
Preferred stock.........       --       5,717   55,843  120,804  129,573       --
Total stockholders'
 equity.................       207      5,052   60,494   49,437   48,498   197,419

                                                   For the three months
                                                     ended March 31,
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                (unaudited)        Pro Forma
                                             ------------------  As Adjusted(j)
                                               2000      2001         2001
                                             --------  --------  --------------
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Net operating revenues.....................  $196,722  $225,088     $225,088
Operating expenses (a).....................   174,471   198,056      198,056
Depreciation and amortization..............     7,021     7,816        7,816
Special charges (b)........................       --        --           --
                                             --------  --------     --------
Income from operations.....................    15,230    19,216       19,216
Other income...............................       --        --           --
Interest expense (income), net.............     8,765     7,775        6,926
                                             --------  --------     --------
Income before minority interests, income
 taxes and extraordinary items.............     6,465    11,441       12,290
Minority interests (c).....................     1,118     1,407        1,407
                                             --------  --------     --------
Income before income taxes and
 extraordinary item........................     5,347    10,034       10,883
Income tax provision (benefit).............     2,513     3,913        4,244
                                             --------  --------     --------
Net income before extraordinary item.......     2,834     6,121        6,639
Extraordinary item (d).....................       --        --           --
                                             --------  --------     --------
Net income ................................     2,834     6,121        6,639
Less: Preferred dividends .................    (2,117)   (2,306)         --
                                             --------  --------     --------
Net income available to common stockholders
 ..........................................  $    717  $  3,815     $  6,639
                                             ========  ========     ========
Net income per common share:
 Basic:
   Net income before extraordinary item....  $   0.03  $   0.15     $   0.15
   Extraordinary item......................       --        --           --
                                             --------  --------     --------
   Net income..............................  $   0.03  $   0.15     $   0.15
                                             ========  ========     ========
 Diluted:
   Net income before extraordinary item....  $   0.03  $   0.13     $   0.14
   Extraordinary item......................       --        --           --
                                             --------  --------     --------
   Net income..............................  $   0.03  $   0.13     $   0.14
                                             ========  ========     ========
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding (e):
 Basic.....................................    25,492    25,476       44,802
 Diluted...................................    25,504    36,078       46,188
Other data:
EBITDA (f).................................  $ 22,251  $ 27,032     $ 27,032
EBITDA as a % of net revenue...............      11.3%     12.0%        12.0%
Capital Expenditures.......................     5,934     5,325        5,325
Cash flow data:
 Cash flow (used in) provided by operating
  activities...............................  $  8,491  $ 24,819
 Cash flow (used in) provided by investing
  activities...............................    (7,456)   (7,205)
 Cash flow provided by (used in) financing
  activities...............................      (877)  (18,531)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (g).....       1.2x      1.4x        1.9x

                                                          As of March 31, 2001
                                                         -----------------------
                                                                    Pro Forma
                                                          Actual  As Adjusted(i)
                                                         -------- --------------
                                                              (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents............................... $  2,174    $ 3,351
Working capital.........................................  110,733     92,869
Total assets............................................  581,396    588,073
Total debt..............................................  289,426    272,500
Preferred stock.........................................  131,879        --
Total stockholders' equity..............................   52,320    201,241

(footnotes begin on the following page)

31

Selected Operating Data

The following table sets forth operating statistics for our specialty acute care hospitals and our outpatient rehabilitation clinics for each of the periods presented. The data in the table reflect the changes in the number of specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics we operate that resulted from acquisitions, start-up activities and closures. The same specialty hospital data include hospitals operated by us for the comparable periods. The operating statistics reflect data for the period of time these operations were managed by us. Further information on our acquisition activities can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

                                        Year Ended              Three months
                                        December 31           ended March 31,
                                 ---------------------------  -----------------
                                  1998      1999      2000     2000      2001
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
                                   (dollars in thousands)
Specialty Hospital Data:
 Number of hospitals--start of
  period.......................       --        39        44       44        54
   Number of hospitals
    acquired...................       37        --        --        0         0
   Number of hospital start-
    ups........................        2         6        10        3         2
   Number of hospitals closed..      --          1        --        0         0
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
 Number of hospitals--end of
  period (k)...................       39        44        54       47        56
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
 Available licensed beds (l)...    1,428     1,649     1,982    1,770     2,068
 Admissions (m)................    2,640    12,421    14,210    3,613     4,191
 Patient days (n)..............   74,418   358,304   427,448  103,301   123,740
 Average length of stay (o)....       29        30        30       29        31
 Occupancy rate (p)............       52%       63%       63%      66%       68%
 Percent patient days--
  Medicare (q).................       78%       78%       76%      77%       76%
 EBITDA (f)....................  $ 3,147  $ 35,929  $ 44,550  $ 9,911  $ 13,395
 Same Specialty Hospital Data:
   Admissions (l)..............             11,796    12,415    3,520     3,738
   Patient days (m)............            342,417   375,653  101,695   111,475
   Average length of stay (n)..                 30        30       29        31
   Occupancy rate (o)..........                 65%       70%      67%       74%
   Percent patient days--
    Medicare (p)...............                 78%       76%      77%       76%
   EBITDA (f)..................           $ 36,942  $ 42,192  $10,686  $ 13,638
Outpatient Rehabilitation Data:
 Number of clinics--start of
  period.......................       66        94       620      620       636
   Number of clinics acquired..       21       516        17        1         0
   Number of clinics start-
    ups........................       11        14        32        6         9
   Number of clinics
    closed/sold................        4         4        33        8        21
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
 Number of clinics owned--end
  of period....................       94       620       636      619       624
 Number of clinics managed--
  end of period (r)............       21        38        43       41        51
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
 Total number of clinics.......      115       658       679      660       675
                                 -------  --------  --------  -------  --------
 EBITDA (f)....................  $12,598  $ 22,697  $ 65,420  $17,173  $ 19,056

(a) Operating expenses include cost of services, general and administrative expenses, and bad debt expenses.
(b) Reflects asset impairments of $6.3 million and litigation settlement costs of $3.8 million in 1998 and asset impairments of $5.2 million in 1999.
(c) Reflects interests held by other parties in subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships owned and controlled by us.
(d) Reflects the write-off of deferred financing costs that resulted from the refinancing of our senior credit facility in November 1999 and September 2000.
(e) For information concerning calculation of weighted average shares outstanding, see note 14 to Select Medical Corporation's Consolidated Financial Statements.

32

(f) We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and special charges, other income, minority interest, and extraordinary items. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles. Items excluded from EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA is a measure commonly used by financial analysts and investors to evaluate the financial results of companies in our industry, and we believe it therefore provides useful information to investors. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operations, investing or financing activities, or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance or liquidity. Because EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is susceptible to varying calculations, EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. For purposes of the covenants in the indenture governing the notes offered hereby, EBITDA is defined differently.

The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                                      For the three months
                                Year Ended December 31,                  ended March 31,
                         ----------------------------------------- -----------------------------
                                                        Pro Forma                     Pro Forma
                                                       As Adjusted                   As Adjusted
                           1998      1999      2000       2000      2000     2001       2001
                         --------  --------  --------  ----------- -------  -------  -----------
                                                     (in thousands)

EBITDA.................. $  3,593  $ 42,244  $ 91,670   $ 91,670   $22,251  $27,032    $27,032
Depreciation and
 amortization...........   (4,942)  (16,741)  (30,401)   (30,401)   (7,021)  (7,816)    (7,816)
Special charge..........  (10,157)   (5,223)      --         --        --       --         --
Other income............      --        --        --         --        --       --         --
Interest income.........      406       362       939        939        82      241        241
Interest expense........   (5,382)  (21,461)   36,126    (31,159)   (8,847)  (8,016)    (7,167)
Minority interest.......   (1,744)   (3,662)   (4,144)    (4,144)   (1,118)  (1,407)    (1,407)
Income tax (expense)
 benefit................      182    (2,811)   (9,979)   (11,966)   (2,513)  (3,913)    (4,244)
Extraordinary item......      --     (5,814)   (6,247)       --        --       --         --
                         --------  --------  --------   --------   -------  -------    -------
Net income (loss)....... $(18,044) $(13,106) $  5,712   $ 14,939   $ 2,834  $ 6,121    $ 6,639
                         ========  ========  ========   ========   =======  =======    =======

(g) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes, fixed charges, minority interest in income of subsidiaries and income (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures. Fixed charges include preferred dividend requirement of subsidiary, deemed dividend on preferred stock conversion, interest expense and the portion of operating rents that is deemed representative of an interest factor. Due to our losses in 1998 and 1999, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. We would have had to generate additional earnings of approximately $19.0 million and $14.7 million in 1998 and 1999, respectively, to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.
(h) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000 reflects the following adjustments as a result of an initial public offering and the sale of the old notes as if each had occurred on January 1, 2000:
. a reduction in interest expense of $5.0 million (which includes $0.9 million of discount amortization related to our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes) resulting from: (i) the repayment of $114.9 million of 10.2% senior debt under our senior credit facility and (ii) the repayment of $90.0 million of our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes offset by (iii) interest expense associated with the notes. See footnote (i).
. additional tax expense of $2.0 million related to the $5.0 million interest expense decrease described above.
. the reversal of $3.7 million of preferred dividends on our Class B Preferred Stock which converted into common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering, and the reversal of $5.1 million dividends on Class A Preferred Stock as if such stock were redeemed on January 1, 2000.
(footnotes on following page)

33

. an additional 792,000 options and warrants that became dilutive based on a stock price of $9.50 on January 1, 2000.
. an additional 9,000,000 shares of common stock for our initial public offering, 1,350,000 shares for the exercise of the overallotments by the underwriters and 9,216,000 shares for the automatic conversion of our Class B Preferred Stock upon our initial public offering.
. the transfer of 240,048 shares back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
(i) We reflected:
. the application of the net proceeds from the initial public offering including $35.9 million to repay loans under our senior credit facility, $52.8 million to redeem our Class A Preferred Stock and $0.7 million for general corporate purposes.
. the application of the proceeds from the sale of the old notes, including $90.0 million to repay our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes, $79.0 million to repay loans under our senior credit facility, $5.5 million for offering fees and $0.5 million for general corporate purposes. In addition, during the period from March 31, 2001 to June 6, 2001, we have incurred an additional $25.6 million of indebtedness under our senior credit facility that is not reflected in the pro forma as adjusted total debt as of March 31, 2001.
(j) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 reflects the following adjustments as a result of our initial public offering and the sale of the old notes as if each had occurred on January 1, 2001:
. a reduction in interest expense of $0.8 million (which includes $0.2 million of discount amortization related to our 10% Senior Subordinated Notes) resulting from: (i) the repayment of $114.9 million of 8.8% senior indebtedness under our bank credit facility and (ii) the repayment of $90 million of Senior Subordinated Notes offset by (iii) interest expense associated with the notes. See footnote (i).
. additional tax expense of $0.3 million related to the $0.8 million interest expense decrease described above.
. the reversal of $1.0 million of preferred dividends on our Class B Preferred Stock which converted into common stock upon the completion of our initial public offering, and the reversal of $1.3 million of dividends on our Class A Preferred Stock as if such stock were redeemed on January 1, 2001.
. an additional 9,000,000 shares of common stock for our initial public offering, 1,350,000 shares for the exercise of the overallotments by the underwriters and 9,216,000 shares for the automatic conversion of our Class B Preferred Stock upon our initial public offering.
. the transfer of 240,048 shares back to us at no additional cost upon the repayment in full of the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes.
(k) As of March 31, 2001 we owned 100% of all of our hospitals except for two hospitals that had a 20% minority owner and three hospitals that had a 3% minority owner.
(l) Available licensed beds are the number of beds that are licensed with the appropriate state agency and which are readily available for patient use at the end of the period indicated.
(m) Admissions represent the number of patient admitted for treatment.
(n) Patient days represent the total number of days of care provided to patients.
(o) Average length of stay (days) represents the average number of days patients stay in our hospitals per admission, calculated by dividing total patient days by the number of discharges for the period.
(p) We calculate occupancy rate by dividing the average daily number of patients in our hospitals by the weighted average number of available licensed beds over the period indicated.
(q) We calculate percentage by dividing the number of Medicare patient days by the total number of patient days.
(r) Managed clinics are clinics that we operate through long term management arrangements and clinics operated through unconsolidated joint ventures.

34

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read this discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are the second largest operator of specialty acute care hospitals for long term stay patients in the United States based on the number of our facilities. We are also the second largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States based on the number of our clinics. As of March 31, 2001, we operated 56 specialty acute care hospitals in 21 states and 675 outpatient rehabilitation clinics in 29 states, the District of Columbia and seven Canadian provinces. We began operations in 1997 under the leadership of our current management team.

We operate through two business segments, our specialty acute care hospital segment and our outpatient rehabilitation segment. For the three months ended March 31, 2001, we had net operating revenues of $225.1 million. Of this total, we earned 48.3% of our net operating revenues from our outpatient rehabilitation business and 51.7% from our specialty hospitals.

Our specialty acute care hospital segment consists of hospitals designed to serve the needs of long term stay acute patients. These patients typically suffer from serious and often complex medical conditions that require a high degree of care. Our outpatient rehabilitation business consists of clinics and contract services that provide physical, occupational and speech rehabilitation services. Our patients are typically diagnosed with musculoskeletal impairments that restrict their ability to perform normal activities of daily living.

Significant Acquisitions

Since our formation, we have completed three significant acquisitions for an aggregate consideration of $366.4 million, excluding subsequent purchase price adjustments for accounting purposes. As a result of these acquisitions, the results from period to period are not comparable.

On November 19, 1999, we acquired the Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division of NovaCare, Inc. for approximately $200 million consisting of cash and the assumption of seller notes. The purchase was funded through the sale of Class B Preferred Stock, common stock, issuance of senior subordinated debt, and borrowings under our credit facility. At the time of acquisition, NovaCare operated approximately 500 physical rehabilitation clinics and 35 occupational health centers. Following the completion of the acquisition, we closed or sold 28 of these occupational health centers.

On December 15, 1998, we acquired Intensiva Healthcare Corporation for $103.6 million in cash. The purchase was funded through the sale of common stock, issuance of senior subordinated debt and borrowings under our credit facility. At the time of acquisition, Intensiva Healthcare operated 22 specialty acute care hospitals and had others in development.

On June 30, 1998, we acquired American Transitional Hospitals, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., for $62.8 million in cash. We funded this purchase through borrowings under our credit facility. At the time of acquisition, American Transitional Hospitals operated 15 specialty acute care hospitals. For a discussion of the factors we consider in acquisitions, see "Our Business--Specialty Acute Care Hospital Strategy" and "Our Business--Outpatient Strategy."

Development of New Specialty Acute Care Hospitals

Our goal is to open approximately 10 new specialty acute care hospitals each year, utilizing our "hospital within a hospital" model. We internally developed and opened two hospitals in 1998, six hospitals in

35

1999, ten hospitals in 2000 and two hospitals for the quarter ended March 31, 2001. Each internally developed hospital has typically required approximately $450,000 for leasehold improvements and approximately $250,000 for equipment. During the initial year of operations, each newly developed hospital has typically incurred losses of approximately $400,000 and required an additional investment of $2.0 million to fund working capital.

Sources of Revenue

Our net operating revenues are derived from a number of sources, including commercial, managed care, private and governmental payors. Our net operating revenues include amounts estimated by management to be reimbursable from each of the applicable payors and the federal Medicare program. Amounts we receive for treatment of patients are generally less than the standard billing rates. We account for the differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates as contractual adjustments, which we deduct from gross revenues to arrive at net operating revenues.

Our specialty hospitals are paid by Medicare under a cost-based reimbursement methodology. These payments are subject to final cost report settlements based on administrative review and audit by third parties. An annual cost report is filed for each provider to report the cost of providing services and to settle the difference between the interim payments we receive and final costs. We record adjustments to the original estimates in the periods that such adjustments become known. Because our routine payments from Medicare are different than the final reimbursement due to us under the cost based reimbursement system, we record a receivable or payable for the difference. Net amount due to Medicare was $13.1 million as of December 31, 1999. We recorded this amount as due to third party payors on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2000 and March 31, 2001 we had a receivable from Medicare of $2.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively. Substantially all Medicare cost reports are settled through 1997.

Net operating revenues generated directly from the Medicare program represented approximately 35.9% of net operating revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 and 35.1%, 48.1% and 37.9% for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The decline in the percentage of our net operating revenue coming from Medicare during the year ended December 31, 2000 was principally related to the acquisition of the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division, which receives a comparatively lower percentage of its revenues from Medicare.

Legislative and regulatory action has resulted in continuing uncertainty about the Medicare reimbursement programs. The federal government might, in the future, reduce the funds available under that program or require more stringent utilization and quality reviews of hospital facilities. For example, because Congress has directed the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services to develop a prospective payment system for long term acute care hospitals, the way in which our specialty hospitals are reimbursed may change. The Secretary has not developed such a system to date, but may do so in the future. This change, if implemented, could reduce the reimbursements we receive from the Medicare program. Additionally, there may be a continued rise in managed care programs or future restructuring of the financing and delivery of healthcare in the United States. These events could have an adverse effect on our future financial results.

Other revenue primarily represents amounts the Medicare program reimburses us for a portion of our corporate expenses that are related to our specialty hospital operations.

36

Results of Operations

The following table outlines, for the periods indicated, selected operating data as a percentage of net operating revenues.

                                      Year Ended          Three Months Ended
                                     December 31,              March 31,
                                   ---------------------  --------------------
                                   1998    1999    2000     2000       2001
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Net operating revenues...........  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of services (a).............   86.5    84.1    81.5       82.0       80.6
General and administrative.......    8.4     4.7     3.5        3.7        3.7
Bad debt expense.................    2.7     1.9     3.6        3.0        3.7
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
EBITDA (b).......................    2.4     9.3    11.4       11.3       12.0
Depreciation and amortization....    3.3     3.7     3.8        3.6        3.5
Special charges..................    6.8     1.2     --         --         --
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) from operations....   (7.7)    4.4     7.6        7.7        8.5
Other income.....................    --      --      --         --         --
Interest expense, net............    3.3     4.6     4.4        4.4        3.5
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before minority
 interests, income taxes and
 extraordinary item..............  (11.0)   (0.2)    3.2        3.3        5.0
Minority interests...............    1.2     0.8     0.5        0.6        0.6
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes
 and extraordinary item..........  (12.2)   (1.0)    2.7        2.7        4.4
Income tax (benefit).............   (0.1)    0.6     1.2        1.3        1.7
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) before
 extraordinary item..............  (12.1)   (1.6)    1.5        1.4        2.7
Extraordinary item...............    --      1.3     0.8        --         --
                                   -----   -----   -----  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)................  (12.1)%  (2.9)%   0.7%       1.4%       2.7%
                                   =====   =====   =====  =========  =========

(footnotes on following page)

37

The following table summarizes selected financial data by business segment, for the periods indicated.

                                                              Three
                                                          Months Ended
                           Year Ended December 31,          March 31,
                          ----------------------------  ------------------   Increase
                            1998      1999      2000      2000      2001    (Decrease)
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------
                                          (dollars in thousands)
Net operating revenues:
 Specialty hospitals....  $ 62,715  $307,464  $378,910  $ 87,351  $113,150     29.5%
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........    83,059   141,740   416,775   106,869   108,673      1.7
 Other..................     3,269     6,771    10,212     2,502     3,265     30.5
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------    -----
 Total company..........  $149,043  $455,975  $805,897  $196,722  $225,088     14.4%
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========    =====
EBITDA: (b)
 Specialty hospitals....  $  3,147  $ 35,929  $ 44,550  $  9,911  $ 13,395     35.2%
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........    12,598    22,697    65,420    17,173    19,056     11.0
 Other..................   (12,150)  (16,382)  (18,300)   (4,833)   (5,419)   (12.2)
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------    -----
 Total company..........  $  3,595  $ 42,244  $ 91,670  $ 22,251  $ 27,032     21.5%
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========    =====
Income (loss) from
 operations:
 Specialty hospitals....  $  1,182  $ 28,016  $ 35,421  $  8,180  $ 10,915     33.4%
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........     4,323    16,222    49,258    13,134    15,351     16.9
 Other..................   (17,011)  (23,958)  (23,410)   (6,084)   (7,050)   (15.9)
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------    -----
 Total company..........  $(11,506) $ 20,280  $ 61,269  $ 15,230  $ 19,216     26.2%
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========    =====
EBITDA margins: (b)
 Specialty hospitals....       5.0%     11.7%     11.8%     11.3%     11.8%     4.3%
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........      15.2      16.0      15.7      16.1      17.5      9.1
 Other..................        NM        NM        NM       N/M       N/M      N/M
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------    -----
 Total company..........       2.4%      9.3%     11.4%     11.3%     12.0%     6.2%
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========    =====
Total assets:
 Specialty hospitals....  $240,266  $250,034  $246,495  $259,945  $255,290
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........    90,267   350,419   329,874   353,649   314,962
 Other..................     6,416    20,265    10,431    22,497    11,144
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
 Total company..........  $336,949  $620,718  $586,800  $636,091  $581,396
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
Capital expenditures:
 Speciality hospitals...  $  3,632  $  7,243  $ 13,677  $  3,865  $  3,055
 Outpatient
  rehabilitation........     2,042     3,085     6,399     1,215     1,742
 Other..................       749       568     2,354       854       528
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
 Total company..........  $  6,423  $ 10,896  $ 22,430  $  5,934  $  5,325
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========


NM-Not Meaningful.
(a) Cost of services include salaries, wages and benefits, operating supplies, lease and rent expense and other operating costs.
(b) We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and special charges, other income, minority interest and extraordinary items. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles. Items excluded from EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA is a measure commonly used by financial analysts and investors to evaluate the financial results of companies in our industry, and we believe it therefore provides useful information to investors. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operations, investing or financing activities, or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial performance or liquidity. Because EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is susceptible to varying calculations, EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. For purposes of the covenants in the indenture governing the notes offered hereby, EBITDA is defined differently.

38

The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                              For the three
                                                              months ended
                                Year Ended December 31,         March 31,
                               ----------------------------  ----------------
                                 1998      1999      2000     2000     2001
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                             (in thousands)

EBITDA.......................  $  3,593  $ 42,244  $ 91,670  $22,251  $27,032
Depreciation and
 amortization................    (4,942)  (16,741)  (30,401)  (7,021)  (7,816)
Special charge...............   (10,157)   (5,223)      --       --       --
Other income.................       --        --        --       --       --
Interest income..............       406       362       939       82      241
Interest expense.............    (5,382)  (21,461)  (36,126)  (8,847)  (8,016)
Minority interest............    (1,744)   (3,662)   (4,144)  (1,118)  (1,407)
Income tax (expense)
 benefit.....................       182    (2,811)   (9,979)  (2,513)  (3,913)
Extraordinary item...........       --     (5,814)   (6,247)     --       --
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Net income (loss)............  $(18,044) $(13,106) $  5,712  $ 2,834  $ 6,121
                               ========  ========  ========  =======  =======

Special Charges

In 1999 we recorded a special charge of $5.2 million related to the impairment of goodwill, leasehold improvements and equipment that resulted from closures and relocations of certain hospitals and clinics in December 1999.

In 1998 we recorded a special charge of $10.2 million. This charge consisted of $6.3 million of impairment charges relating to assets acquired in two smaller acquisitions in 1998 that were identified in accordance with our policy on impairments, and based upon a review of the facts and circumstances related to those identified assets. The majority of the charge was determined based upon the comparison of the future discounted cash flows resulting from the assets and the carrying value of these assets. The remainder of the charge of $3.8 million related to the settlement of litigation. In June 1999, we participated in the settlement of litigation initiated during 1997 by Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation and certain of its affiliates against us, and some of our subsidiaries, officers and employees. See Note 10 to Select Medical Corporation's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2001 Compared to March 31, 2000

Net Operating Revenues

Our net operating revenues increased by 14.4% to $225.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $196.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000.

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. Our specialty hospital net operating revenues increased 29.5% to $113.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $87.4 million for the three months end March 31, 2000. Net operating revenues for the specialty hospitals operated throughout both periods increased 17.3% to $100.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from $85.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. This resulted from an improved occupancy rate and a higher non-Medicare payor mix. The remaining increase of $11.0 million resulted from the internal development of new specialty hospitals that commenced operations in 2000 and 2001.

Outpatient Rehabilitation. Our outpatient rehabilitation net operating revenues increased 1.7% to $108.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $106.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase was related principally to same store growth experienced at our outpatient locations.

39

Other. Our other revenues increased 30.5% to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase in other revenue reflects higher corporate general and administrative costs in 2001, which resulted in higher Medicare reimbursements for those costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by 13.5% to $198.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $174.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2000. The increase in operating expenses was principally related to the internal development of new specialty hospitals that commenced operations in 2000 and 2001. As a percent of our net operating revenues, our operating expenses declined to 88.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from 88.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. Our operating expenses include our cost of services, general and administrative expense and bad debt expense. Cost of services as a percent of operating revenues declined to 80.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from 82.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. These costs primarily reflect our labor expenses. The relative reduction in cost of services as percentage of net operating revenue resulted from lower relative labor costs in both our specialty hospital and outpatient rehabilitation business segments. During the same time period, general and administrative expense as a percentage of net operating revenues remained consistent at 3.7%. Our bad debt expense as a percentage of net operating revenues increased to 3.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to 3.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. This increase is due to the higher bad debt provisions recorded in our specialty hospital segment in response to our increase in non-Medicare source revenue.

EBITDA

Our total EBITDA increased 21.5% to $27.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $22.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. Our EBITDA margins increased to 12% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to 11.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. For cash flow information, see "--Capital Resources and Liquidity."

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. EBITDA increased by 35.2% to $13.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $9.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. Our EBITDA margins increased to 11.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from 11.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. Our margins improved because of a greater number of mature hospitals in 2001. The hospitals we operated throughout both periods accounted for $3.0 million of the increase. The EBITDA increase in the same store hospitals resulted from an increase in non-Medicare patient days and its associated revenue per patient day. Our same hospital EBITDA margin increased from 12.5% to 13.6%. The balance of the increase of $0.5 million resulted from our newly developed hospitals.

Outpatient Rehabilitation. EBITDA increased by 11.0% to $19.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $17.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. Our EBITDA margins increased to 17.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from 16.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase was related principally to same store growth experienced at our outpatient locations.

Other. The EBITDA loss increased by 12.2% to a loss of $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to a loss of $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. This increase resulted from the increase in general and administrative costs needed to support the growth of the organization, principally NovaCare and our new hospital development.

Income from Operations

Income from operations increased 26.2% to $19.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase in income from operations

40

resulted from the EBITDA increases described above, offset by an increase in amortization and depreciation. Depreciation and Amortization increased by 11.3% to $7.8 million for the three months ending March 31, 2001 from $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase resulted primarily from increases in depreciation on fixed asset additions that are principally related to new hospital development.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $0.8 million to $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 from $8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The decline in interest expense is due to the lower debt levels outstanding in 2001 compared to 2000. The lower debt levels resulted from the significant repayment of debt that occurred in the third and fourth quarters of 2000 as a result of the NovaCare settlement, divestiture of the NovaCare Occupational Health businesses and operating cash flow.

Minority Interests

Minority interests in consolidated earnings increased by $0.3 million to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. This increase resulted from improved operating performance in our operating subsidiaries that are structured with a minority interest component.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001. The expense represented an effective tax rate of 39.0% and approximates the federal and state tax rates. We recorded income tax expense of $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. This expense represented an effective tax rate of 47.0%. This exceeded the statutory rates primarily due to non-deductible goodwill. In 2001, we were able to utilize carryover net operating losses to offset our non-deductible goodwill.

Year Ended December 31, 2000 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1999

Net Operating Revenues

Our net operating revenues increased 76.7% to $805.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $456.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The percentage of our net operating revenues coming from Medicare declined to 35.1% during the year ended December 31, 2000 from 48.1% for 1999. This decline was principally related to the acquisition of NovaCare, which receives a comparatively lower percentage of its revenue from Medicare.

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. Our specialty hospital revenues increased 23.2% to $378.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $307.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Net operating revenues for the specialty hospitals operated throughout both periods increased 11.0% to $325.3 million for 2000 from $293.1 million for 1999. This increase resulted from an improved occupancy rate and a higher non-Medicare payor mix. The remaining increase of $39.2 million resulted from the internal development of new specialty hospitals that commenced operations in 1999 and 2000.

Outpatient Rehabilitation. Our outpatient rehabilitation revenues increased 194.0% to $416.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $141.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase was principally related to the acquisition of the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division in November 1999, which accounted for $261.8 million of the increase. The remaining increase resulted primarily from increased volume in existing businesses.

Other. Our other revenues increased 50.8% to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in other revenue reflects higher corporate general and administrative costs in 2000, which resulted in higher Medicare reimbursements for those costs.

41

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by $300.5 million to $714.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $413.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in operating expenses was principally related to the acquisition of the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division, which accounted for $220.0 million of the increase. Our specialty hospital segment experienced an increase in operating expenses of $62.8 million. This increase principally related to growth in operating expenses associated with the hospitals opened in 1999 and 2000. As a percent of our net operating revenues, our operating expenses declined to 88.6% in 2000 from 90.7% in 1999. Our operating expenses include our cost of services, general and administrative expense and bad debt expense. Cost of services as a percent of net operating revenues declined to 81.5% during 2000 from 84.1% during 1999. These costs primarily reflect our labor expenses. During the same time period, general and administrative expense as a percent of net operating revenues declined to 3.5% from 4.7%. The relative reductions in cost of services and general and administrative expense were primarily the result of our acquisition of NovaCare and the lower cost associated with providing outpatient rehabilitation services relative to our specialty hospital services. Bad debt expense as a percent of net operating revenues increased to 3.6% during 2000 compared to 1.9% during 1999. This increase resulted primarily from our acquisition of the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division, which incurs higher bad debt as a percentage of net operating revenues because of the large volume of relatively difficult to collect, smaller dollar accounts receivables generated in an outpatient environment.

EBITDA

Our total EBITDA increased 117.0% to $91.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Our EBITDA margins increased to 11.4% for 2000 compared to 9.3% for 1999. For cash flow information, see "--Capital Resources and Liquidity."

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. EBITDA increased 24.0% to $44.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Our EBITDA margins remained consistent at 11.8% and 11.7% in 2000 and 1999, respectively. The hospitals we operated throughout both periods accounted for $5.3 million of the increase. This increase in same hospital EBITDA resulted from an increase in non-Medicare payor mix. Our same hospital EBITDA margin increased from 12.6% to 13.0%. The balance of the increase of $3.4 million resulted from our newly developed hospitals.

Outpatient Rehabilitation. EBITDA increased by 188.2% to $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The major contributor to this increase was the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division acquisition that accounted for $41.9 million of the increase. The remaining increase of $0.8 million resulted from growth in our existing business. Our EBITDA margins declined to 15.7% during 2000 from 16.0% during 1999. This decline resulted from the acquisition of the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division, which historically had lower margins than our existing outpatient rehabilitation business. These lower margins were the result of higher bad debt expense and costs of services as a percentage of net operating revenues.

Other. EBITDA loss increased by 11.7% to a loss of $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to a loss of $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase resulted from the increase in general and administrative expenses associated with the growth of the organization, principally the addition of the NovaCare division and our new hospital development.

Income from Operations

Income from operations increased 202.1% to $61.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in income from operations resulted from EBITDA increases described above and from a reduction in the amount recorded as a special

42

charge, offset by an increase in depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased by 81.6% to $30.4 million for 2000 compared to $16.7 million for 1999. Approximately $10.3 million of the increase in the depreciation and amortization was related to the amortization of goodwill and identifiable intangibles resulting from the NovaCare acquisition and the depreciation of the acquired NovaCare fixed assets. The remaining increase resulted from depreciation of new fixed assets.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased to $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 from $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in interest expense resulted from higher average debt levels outstanding in 2000 compared to 1999, including the debt assumed as a result of the NovaCare acquisition, and an increase in the average interest rate associated with borrowings.

Minority Interests

Minority interests increased by $0.4 million to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase resulted from improved operating performance in our operating subsidiaries that are structured with a minority interest component.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The expense represented an effective tax rate of 45.5% and exceeded statutory federal and state tax rates as a result of non-deductible goodwill. We recorded income tax expense of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This expense represented an effective tax rate of 62.7%. We had a higher effective tax rate in this period as a result of non-deductible goodwill and state income taxes in the jurisdictions where we reported taxable income.

Extraordinary Item

On September 22, 2000, we entered into a new $230 million senior credit facility with a syndicate of banks that replaced our $225 million credit facility dated November 19, 1999. The extraordinary item consists of the unamortized deferred financing costs of $6.2 million related to the November 19, 1999 credit facility.

Year Ended December 31, 1999 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1998

Net Operating Revenues

Our net operating revenues increased 205.9% to $456.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $149.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The major reason for the increase was the significant acquisitions that occurred during 1998. The percentage of our revenue coming directly from Medicare increased to 48.1% in 1999 from 37.9% in 1998. This increase resulted from the full year effect of the acquisitions of specialty acute care hospitals that occurred during 1998. A specialty hospital has significantly higher Medicare utilization than operations in our outpatient rehabilitation segment. See "--Significant Acquisitions."

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. Our specialty hospital revenues increased 390.3% to $307.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $62.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase resulted from the expanded base of specialty hospitals that we operated as a result of the significant acquisitions during 1998, and, to a lesser extent, our new hospital development activity. We opened two hospitals in 1998 and six hospitals in 1999. We also closed one hospital in late 1999 that we acquired as part of our Intensiva Healthcare acquisition due to that hospital's operating performance.

43

Outpatient Rehabilitation. Our outpatient rehabilitation revenues increased 70.7% to $141.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $83.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. Of this increase, $29.4 million resulted from the acquisition of NovaCare on November 19, 1999. The remaining increase of $29.2 million resulted principally from the effect of acquisitions that occurred in 1998 and early 1999.

Other. Our other revenues increased 107.1% to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase in other revenue reflects higher corporate general and administrative costs in 1999, which resulted in higher Medicare reimbursements for those costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by $268.3 million to $413.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $145.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. As a percentage of net operating revenues, our operating expenses decreased to 90.7% from 97.6% during the same time period. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net operating revenues was largely the result of our increased efficiencies and cost saving initiatives. These efficiencies were realized as a result of our ability to spread our support function costs over a larger operating group. We expect this trend to continue as we grow our business. Cost savings have been achieved through renegotiation of supply contracts and improved management of clinical staffing levels at our hospitals. Cost of services as a percentage of net operating revenues decreased to 84.1% during the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to 86.5% during the year ended December 31, 1998. During the same time period and as a percentage of net operating revenues, general and administrative expense decreased to 4.7% from 8.4% and bad debt expense decreased to 1.9% from 2.7%.

EBITDA

Our total EBITDA increased by $38.7 million to $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. EBITDA margins increased to 9.3% in 1999 from 2.4% in 1998. For cash flow information, see "--Capital Resources and Liquidity."

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals. EBITDA increased by $32.8 million to $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This resulted from an expanded base of specialty hospitals that we operated as a result of the significant acquisitions in 1998 and an improvement in our EBITDA margins in 1999 to 11.7% from 5.0% in 1998. Our EBITDA margins improved as a result of operational changes that were implemented after the acquisitions and as a result of cost reduction initiatives. These cost reduction initiatives are discussed above under "Operating Expenses."

Outpatient Rehabilitation. EBITDA increased by $10.1 million to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This resulted principally from 1998 acquisitions which accounted for approximately $7.0 million of the increase. An additional $1.0 million of the increase resulted from the operations of NovaCare and the balance resulted from our internal business development.

Other. EBITDA loss increased by $4.2 million to a loss of $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to a loss of $12.2 million for the year ended December 1998. This increase resulted from higher administrative costs in 1999 to manage the increased size of our company.

Income from Operations

Income from operations increased by $31.8 million to $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to a loss of $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase in income from

44

operations resulted from the EBITDA increase described above and from a reduction in the amount recorded as a special charge, offset by an increase in depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase resulted from the amortization of goodwill and identifiable intangibles resulting from the numerous acquisitions we made during these periods and the depreciation of fixed assets acquired in these acquisitions.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased to $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 due to higher outstanding debt levels and an increase in the average interest rates associated with borrowing. Additional debt was incurred and assumed as a result of our acquisition activity.

Minority Interests

Minority interests increased by $2.0 million to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase resulted from acquisitions completed during 1998 that were structured with a minority interest component and from improved earnings in these businesses.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $2.8 million for 1999. This tax expense reflects federal income taxes of $1.3 million and state income taxes of $1.5 million. Even though we had an overall pre-tax loss, we had a federal tax expense due to non-deductible goodwill and other permanent differences. We recorded a state tax expense as a result of taxable income generated in certain jurisdictions. For 1998, we recorded a benefit of $0.2 million as a result of our pre-tax loss.

Extraordinary Item

On November 19, 1999, we entered into a new $225 million senior credit facility in connection with the NovaCare acquisition. This senior credit facility replaced our $155 million credit facility from February 9, 1999. The extraordinary item consists of the unamortized deferred financing costs of $5.8 million related to the February 9, 1999 credit facility.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Three months ended March 31, 2001 compared to three months ended March 31, 2000

For the three months ended March 31, 2001 operating activities provided $24.8 million of cash compared to $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The increase in cash flow is attributable to improved earnings, aggressive management of payables and lower day sales outstanding. Our days sales outstanding were 81 days at March 31, 2001 compared to 102 days at March 31, 2000.

Investing activities used $7.2 million and $7.5 million of cash flow for the three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. This usage in both 2001 and 2000 resulted from purchases of property and equipment of $5.3 million and $5.9 million, respectively related principally to new hospital development. Additionally, we incurred earnout and acquisition payments of $1.9 million and $1.5 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively. The earnout payments relate to obligations we assumed as part of the NovaCare acquisition.

Financing activities used $18.5 million and $0.9 million of cash for the three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. This was due principally to the repayment of debt.

45

Years Ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998

Operating activities generated $22.5 million in cash during the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to cash usages of $25.2 million and $24.7 million in the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The increase in cash flow in 2000 is attributable to increased earnings and improved working capital management. The use of cash in 1999 and 1998 was primarily attributable to net losses and an increase in accounts receivable that resulted from our growth.

Investing activities provided $14.2 million of cash flow during 2000 compared to cash usages of $181.3 million and $209.5 million in the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2000, we received proceeds of $29.9 million from two escrow funds established as part of the NovaCare acquisition and proceeds of $13.0 million from the sale of the occupational health centers. These occupational health centers were an operating division of NovaCare. The claim against the escrow fund resulted from an increase in uncollectible accounts receivable, which were paid with the proceeds from the escrow fund. Cash inflows were offset principally by the purchases of $22.4 million of equipment and acquisition and earnout payments of $9.3 million. The increase in property and equipment purchases reflects the growth in new hospital development during 2000. The principal usage of cash in 1999 and 1998 was to fund acquisitions. Our investment in property and equipment during 1999 and 1998 was not material because our operations required minimal capital expenditures on an ongoing basis, and most of our locations were leased. Our investment in equipment is mostly related to development of new hospitals.

Financing activities used $37.6 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2000. This was due principally to the repayment of debt. In 1999 and 1998 we had cash inflows of $197.5 million and $242.3 million, respectively. We raised capital through the issuance of common and preferred stock, senior subordinated debt and borrowings under our senior credit facility. We incurred debt in connection with the acquisitions of American Transitional Hospitals, Intensiva Healthcare and the NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division. A description of these financing arrangements can be found in Note 6 to Select Medical Corporation's Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this offering memorandum.

Capital Resources

Net working capital was $110.7 million at March 31, 2001 compared to $105.6 million at December 31, 2000. The increase in net working capital was primarily attributable to a reduction in current liabilities which resulted from payments of seller debt.

On September 22, 2000, we entered into a new credit agreement that refinanced our existing bank debt. The new credit agreement provides $175.0 million in term loans, approximately 10% of which is denominated in Canadian dollars. The term debt begins quarterly amortization in September 2001, with a final maturity date of September 2005. The credit agreement also provides for a revolving facility of $55.0 million to be used for general corporate purposes. The revolving facility terminates in September 2005.

In April 2001, certain provisions in an amendment to our credit agreement became effective. The amendment required us to apply $24.0 million of the net proceeds from our recent stock offering to repay the U.S. term loan portion of our credit facility. In addition, the amendment permitted us to use $53 million of the net proceeds of the stock offering to redeem our Class A Preferred Stock. Our revolving credit facility was also increased by $20 million.

Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at a fluctuating rate of interest based upon financial covenant ratio tests. As of March 31, 2001, our weighted average interest rate under our credit agreement was approximately 8.8%. As of March 31, 2001 we had borrowed all of our available loans under the U.S. and Canadian term loans and had availability to borrow an additional $37.2 million under our revolving facility.

46

We entered into an amendment to our senior credit facility, the terms of which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. The amendment will increase our revolving credit facility up to $152.5 million.

We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee at a rate that ranges from .375% to .500%, based upon financial covenant ratio tests. This fee applies to unused commitments under the revolving credit facility.

The terms of the credit agreement include various restrictive covenants. These covenants include:

. restrictions against incurring additional indebtedness,

. disposing of assets,

. incurring capital expenditures,

. making investments,

. restrictions against paying certain dividends.

. engaging in transactions with affiliates,

. incurring contingent obligations, and

. allowing or causing fundamental changes.

The covenants also require us to maintain various financial ratios regarding total indebtedness, interest, fixed charges and net worth. The borrowings are secured by substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of us and our subsidiaries, including all of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our direct foreign subsidiaries. In addition, the loans have been guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries.

We believe that existing cash balances, internally generated cash flows and borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to finance acquisitions, capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. We have opened two specialty hospitals in 2001 and plan to open an additional eight hospitals before the end of 2001. A new specialty hospital has historically required approximately $3.1 million per hospital over the initial year of operations to fund leasehold improvements, equipment, start-up losses and working capital. From time to time, we may complete small acquisitions of specialty hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation businesses. These types of acquisitions typically involve consideration of less than $5.0 million. If funds required for future acquisitions exceed existing sources of capital, we will need to increase our credit facilities or obtain additional capital by other means.

Inflation

The healthcare industry is labor intensive. Wages and other expenses increase during periods of inflation and when labor shortages occur in the marketplace. We have implemented cost control measures, including our case and resource management program, to curtail increases in operating costs and expenses. We have, to date, offset increases in operating costs by increasing reimbursement for services and expanding services. However, we cannot predict our ability to cover or offset future cost increases.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of a floating interest rates on borrowings under our senior credit facility. A change in interest rates by one percentage point on variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $1.3 million for 1999 and $2.0 million for 2000 and approximately $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2001. As required by our credit agreement, on March 30, 2001 we entered into an interest rate swap agreement that fixes the interest rate cost to us on 50% of the amount of the term loans outstanding under our senior credit facility for a period of four years.

47

Approximately 10% of our term loan borrowings under our credit agreement are denominated in Canadian dollars. Although we are not required by our credit agreement to maintain a hedge on our foreign currency risk, we have entered into a five year hedge agreement that allows us to limit the cost of Canadian dollars to a range of US$0.6631 to US$0.6711 per Canadian dollar to limit our risk on the potential fluctuation in the exchange rate of the Canadian dollar to the U.S. dollar.

Subsequent Events

On April 10, 2001 we completed an initial public offering of 9,000,000 shares of our common stock. Our net proceeds after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions was approximately $77.5 million. On April 20, 2001 the underwriters exercised their option to purchase and additional 1,350,000 shares of common stock to cover overallotments. The net proceeds from the exercise of this option was $11.9 million after deduction of the underwriters' discount. The proceeds were used to repay $35.9 million of our senior debt under our senior credit facility, to redeem $52.8 million of our Class A Preferred Stock and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. Additionally, on May 2, 2001, we paid all accrued dividends on our Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred stock. Payments of Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred dividends totaled $14.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Some of our outpatient rehabilitation businesses have minority equity owners who we do not control. These minority interests were retained by the previous owners of the businesses when we acquired them and typically are about 20% of the business. We consolidate these majority-owned entities' results of operations.

The terms of our agreements with some of these minority owners allow them to sell their minority interests back to us upon the completion of our initial public offering. As of June 6, 2001 we have paid these minority owners $13.7 million for their ownership interests. Of this amount, $9.7 million has been paid in cash and $4.0 million has been paid in stock. We expect to complete the purchase of the balance of the interests from these owners in the near future for an additional $1.1 million in cash.

48

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We are the second largest operator of specialty acute care hospitals for long term stay patients in the United States based on the number of our facilities. We are also the second largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States based on the number of our clinics. As of March 31, 2001, we operated 56 specialty acute care hospitals in 21 states and 675 outpatient rehabilitation clinics in 29 states, the District of Columbia and seven Canadian provinces. We began operations in 1997 under the leadership of our current management team, including our co-founders, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio, both of whom have significant experience in the healthcare industry. Under this leadership, we have grown our business through strategic acquisitions and internal development initiatives. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2001, we had net operating revenues of $834.3 million and EBITDA of $96.5 million. We earned 50.2% of our net operating revenues from our outpatient rehabilitation business and 49.8% from our specialty acute care hospitals. In April 2001, we completed a $98.3 million initial public offering of our common stock.

Competitive Strengths

. Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our five senior operations executives have an average of 23 years of experience in the healthcare industry. In addition, 17 of the Company's 23 officers have worked together in previous healthcare companies, both public and private.

. Significant Scale. Our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics provide us with significant scale and advantages over many of our competitors. These advantages allow us to leverage our operating costs by centralizing administrative functions at our corporate office and spreading the costs of operating these functions over a large base of operations. We believe that our size also gives us an advantage in negotiating contracts with commercial insurers.

. Multiple Business Lines and Geographic Diversity. We have a leading presence in two segments of the healthcare industry. We believe that this operating strategy reduces our risk profile. Because we provide both inpatient care in our specialty acute care hospitals and outpatient care in our rehabilitation clinics, we do not rely exclusively on a single business line for our net operating revenues or EBITDA. Our geographic diversification and the mix of our business also reduces our exposure to any single governmental or commercial reimbursement source.

. Proven Operating Performance. We have established a track record of improving the financial performance of the hospitals and clinics we operate. Our EBITDA margins improved by 2.1 percentage points for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. This improvement is the result, in part, of our ability to grow our revenues by expanding referral relationships and payor contracts as well as our ability to reduce costs by standardizing procedures and centralizing administrative functions. We also focus on working capital management and have decreased the number of accounts receivable days outstanding from 119 days as of December 31, 1999 to 81 days as of March 31, 2001.

. Experience in Successfully Completing and Integrating Acquisitions. Since we began operations in 1997, we have completed three significant acquisitions for approximately $366 million in aggregate consideration, as well as a number of smaller acquisitions. We are selective in identifying and pursuing acquisitions, focusing on strategic opportunities where we can enhance operating performance.

. Demonstrated Development Expertise. From our inception through March 31, 2001, we developed 20 new specialty acute care hospitals and 66 outpatient rehabilitation clinics. These initiatives have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify new opportunities and implement start-up plans.

. Significant Financial Resources. We have access to significant financial resources that give us the flexibility to pursue an active growth strategy. As adjusted for our initial public offering and

49

this offering, as of March 31, 2001, we had $3.4 million in cash, and our total debt of $272.5 million represented 57.5% of our capitalization.

Specialty Acute Care Hospitals

As of March 31, 2001, we operated 56 specialty acute care hospitals, 50 of which were certified by the federal Medicare program as long term acute care hospitals. These hospitals generally have 35 to 40 beds, and as of March 31, 2001, we operated a total of 2,068 available licensed beds. Our specialty acute care hospitals employ approximately 6,100 people, with the majority being registered or licensed nurses and respiratory therapists. In these specialty hospitals we treat patients with serious and often complex medical conditions such as respiratory failure, neuromuscular disorders, cardiac disorders, non-healing wounds, renal disorders and cancer.

Patients are admitted to our specialty acute care hospitals from general acute care hospitals in our markets. These general acute care hospitals are frequently not the optimum setting in which to treat these patients, because they require longer stays and a higher level of clinical attention than the typical acute care patient. Furthermore, general acute care hospitals' reimbursement rates usually do not adequately compensate them for the treatment of this type of patient. The differences in clinical expertise and reimbursement rates provide general acute care hospitals and their physicians with incentives to discharge longer stay, medically complex patients to our facilities. As a result of these dynamics, we continually seek to increase our admissions by expanding and improving our relationships with the physicians and general acute care hospitals in our markets that refer patients to our facilities.

Below is a table that shows the typical distribution by medical condition of patients in our hospitals.

                                                                    Distribution
Medical Condition                                                   of Patients
-----------------                                                   ------------
Respiratory failure................................................      33%
Neuromuscular disorder.............................................      23
Cardiac disorder...................................................      14
Wound care.........................................................       9
Renal disorder.....................................................       5
Cancer.............................................................       4
Other..............................................................      12
                                                                        ---
  Total............................................................     100%
                                                                        ===

When a patient is referred to one of our hospitals by a physician, case manager, health maintenance organization or insurance company, a nurse liaison makes an assessment to determine the degree of care required and expected length of stay. This initial patient assessment is critical to our ability to provide the appropriate level of patient care. Based on the determinations reached in this clinical assessment, an admission decision is made by the attending physician.

Upon admission, an interdisciplinary team reviews a new patient's condition. The interdisciplinary team comprises a number of clinicians, including the attending physician, a specialty nurse, a dietician, a pharmacist and a case manager. Upon completion of an initial evaluation by each member of the treatment team, an individualized treatment plan is established and implemented. The case manager coordinates all aspects of the patient's hospital stay and serves as a liaison with the insurance carrier's case management staff when appropriate. The case manager communicates progress, resource utilization, and treatment goals between the patient, the treatment team and the payor.

Each of our specialty hospitals has an onsite management team consisting of a chief executive officer, a director of clinical services and a director of provider relations. These teams manage local strategy and day-

50

to-day operations, including oversight of per patient costs and average length of stay. They also assume primary responsibility for developing relationships with the general acute care providers and clinicians in our markets that refer patients to our specialty hospitals. We provide our hospitals with centralized accounting, payroll, legal, reimbursement, human resources, compliance, management information systems, billing and collecting services. The centralization of these services improves efficiency and permits hospital staff to spend more time on patient care.

"Hospital within a Hospital" Model

Of the 56 specialty hospitals we operated as of March 31, 2001, two are freestanding facilities and 54 are located in leased space within a host general acute care hospital. These leased spaces are separately licensed and are commonly referred to as a "hospital within a hospital." We operate the largest number of specialty acute care hospitals operating with this "hospital within a hospital" model in the United States. We believe this model provides several advantages to patients, host hospitals, physicians and us.

. The host hospital's patients benefit from being admitted to a setting specialized to meet their unique medical needs without having the disruption of being transferred to another location.

. In addition to being provided with a place to transfer high-cost, long-stay patients, host hospitals benefit by receiving payments from us for rent and ancillary services.

. Physicians affiliated with the host hospital are provided with the convenience of being able to monitor the progress of their patients without traveling to another location.

. We benefit from the ability to operate specialty hospitals without the capital investment often associated with buying or building a freestanding facility. We also gain operating cost efficiencies by contracting with these host hospitals for selected services at discounted rates.

In addition, our specialty hospitals serve the broader community where they operate, treating patients from other general acute care hospitals in the local market. During the quarter ended March 31, 2001, 52% of the patients in our "hospital within a hospital" facilities were referred to us from general acute care hospitals other than the host hospitals.

Specialty Acute Care Hospital Strategy

Provide High Quality and Cost Effective Care

We believe that our patients benefit from our experience in addressing the complex medical needs of long term stay patients. A typical patient admitted to our specialty hospitals has multiple medical conditions and requires a high level of attention by our clinical staff. To effectively address the complex nature of our patients' medical conditions, we have developed specialized treatment programs focused solely on their needs. We have also implemented specific staffing models that are designed to ensure that patients have access to the necessary level of clinical attention. These staffing models also allow us to allocate our resources efficiently, which reduces costs.

Our treatment and staffing programs benefit patients because they give our clinicians access to the regimens that we have found to be most effective in treating various conditions such as respiratory failure, non-healing wounds and neuromuscular disorders. In addition, we often combine or modify these programs to provide a treatment plan tailored to meet a patient's unique needs.

We continually monitor the quality of our patient care by several measures, including patient, payor and physician satisfaction, as well as clinical outcomes. Quality measures are collected monthly and reported quarterly and annually. In order to benchmark ourselves against other healthcare organizations, we have contracted with outside vendors to collect our clinical and patient satisfaction information and compare it to other healthcare organizations. The information collected is reported back to each hospital, to the corporate

51

office, and directly to the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. As of March 31, 2001, all but seven of our our most recently opened hospitals had been accredited by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. See "--Government Regulations--Licensure-- Accreditation."

Reduce Costs

We continually seek to improve operating efficiency and reduce costs at our hospitals by standardizing operations and centralizing key administrative functions. These initiatives include:

. optimizing staffing based on our occupancy and the clinical needs of our patients;

. centralizing administrative functions such as accounting, payroll, legal, reimbursement, compliance and human resources;

. standardizing management information systems to aid in financial reporting as well as billing and collecting; and

. participating in group purchasing arrangements to receive discounted prices for pharmaceuticals and medical supplies.

Increase Higher Margin Commercial Volume

We typically receive higher reimbursement rates from commercial insurers than we do from the federal Medicare program. As a result, we work to expand relationships with insurers to increase commercial patient volume. Each of our hospitals has employees who focus on commercial contracting initiatives within their regions. Contracting professionals in our central office work with these hospital employees to ensure that our corporate contracting standards are met. Our goal in commercial contracting is to give discounted rates to those commercial payors that we expect to add significant patient volume to our hospitals.

We believe that commercial payors seek to contract with our hospitals because we offer patients quality, cost effective care. Although the level of care we provide is complex and staff intensive, we typically have lower operating expenses than a freestanding general acute care facility's intensive care unit because of our "hospital within a hospital" operating model. General acute care hospitals incur substantial overhead costs in order to provide a wide array of patient services. We provide a much narrower range of patient services, and our hospitals within a hospital lease underutilized space within a general acute care hospital. These factors permit our hospitals to operate with lower overhead costs per patient than general acute care hospitals can. As a result of these lower costs, we offer more attractive rates to commercial payors. Additionally, we provide their enrollees with customized treatment programs not offered in traditional acute care facilities.

Develop New Specialty Acute Care Hospitals

Our goal is to open approximately 10 new specialty acute care hospitals each year using our "hospital within a hospital" model. We seek to lease space from general acute care hospitals with leadership positions in the markets in which they operate. We have successfully contracted with various types of general hospitals, including for-profit, not-for-profit and university affiliated. Our relationships include hospitals operated by many of the leading names in the healthcare industry, such as HCA--The Healthcare Company, Health Management Associates, Mercy Health System, Tenet Healthcare and Ohio State University Medical Center. We have a standardized approach to development that begins with the evaluation of new opportunities. We identify development opportunities by targeting host hospitals with:

. 250 beds or more;

. sufficient space available to lease;

. high patient volume; and

. market populations of at least 500,000 to 750,000.

52

We have a dedicated development team with significant market experience. When we target a host hospital, the development team conducts an extensive review of all of its discharges to determine the number of referrals we would have likely received from it on a historical basis. Next, we review the host hospital's contracts with commercial insurers to determine the market's general reimbursement trends and payor mix. Ultimately, when we sign a lease with a new host hospital, the project is transitioned to our start-up team, which is experienced in preparing a specialty hospital for opening. The start-up team oversees facility improvements, equipment purchases, licensure procedures, and the recruitment of a full-time management team. After the facility is opened, responsibility for its management is transitioned to this new management team and our corporate operations group.

From our inception through March 31, 2001, we had completed the development and opening of the following 20 specialty acute care hospitals:

Hospital Name              City     State  Opening Date  Licensed Beds
-------------          ------------ ----- -------------- -------------
SSH-Biloxi             Biloxi        MS   May 1998             42
SSH-West Columbus      Columbus      OH   December 1998        37
SSH-Wilmington         Wilmington    DE   January 1999         35
SSH-Milwaukee          Milwaukee     WI   March 1999           34
SSH-Youngstown         Youngstown    OH   April 1999           31
SSH-Mesa               Mesa          AZ   September 1999       37
SSH-Battle Creek       Battle Creek  MI   October 1999         32
SSH-Omaha              Omaha         NE   October 1999         40
SSH-Gulfport           Gulfport      MS   January 2000         38
SSH-Denver             Denver        CO   February 2000        32
SSH-Tri-Cities         Bristol       TN   March 2000           25
SSH-St. Louis          St. Louis     MO   April 2000           33
SSH-Wichita            Wichita       KS   June 2000            35
SSH-San Antonio*       San Antonio   TX   July 2000            34
SSH-Greensburg*        Greensburg    PA   August 2000          31
SSH-Erie*              Erie          PA   October 2000         35
SSH-North Dallas       Dallas        TX   November 2000        11
SSH-Fort Smith*        Fort Smith    AR   December 2000        34
SSH-Birmingham*        Birmingham    AL   February 2001        38
SSH-Jefferson Parish*  New Orleans   LA   February 2001        34
                                                              ---
  Total                                                       668
                                                              ===


* As of March 31, 2001, certification as a long term acute care hospital pending, subject to successful completion of a start-up period. See "-- Governmental Regulations--Licensure--Certification."

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

In addition to our development initiatives, we intend to grow our network of specialty hospitals through strategic acquisitions. When we acquire a hospital or a group of hospitals, a team of our professionals is responsible for formulating and executing an integration plan. We have generally been able to increase margins at acquired facilities by centralizing administrative functions and implementing our standardized staffing models and resource management programs. Since 1997 we have acquired and integrated 37 hospitals which all share our centralized billing and purchasing programs and operate standardized management information systems.

53

Outpatient Rehabilitation

We are the second largest operator of outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States, based on the number of our clinics. As of March 31, 2001, we operated 589 clinics throughout 29 states and the District of Columbia and 86 clinics in seven provinces throughout Canada. Our outpatient rehabilitation division employs approximately 7,800 people. Typically, each of our clinics is located in a freestanding facility in a highly visible medical complex or retail location. In addition to providing therapy in our outpatient clinics, we provide rehabilitation management services and staffing on a contract basis to hospitals, schools, nursing facilities and home health agencies.

In our clinics and through our contractual relationships, we provide physical, occupational and speech rehabilitation programs and services. Our patients are typically diagnosed with musculoskeletal impairments that restrict their ability to perform normal activities of daily living. These impairments are often associated with accidents, sports injuries, strokes, heart attacks and other medical conditions. Our rehabilitation programs and services are designed to help these patients minimize physical and cognitive impairments and maximize functional ability. We also design services to prevent short-term disabilities from becoming chronic conditions. Our rehabilitation services are provided by our professionals including licensed physical therapists, occupational therapists, certified athletic trainers, psychiatrist, speech- language pathologists, respiratory therapists, exercise physiologists and physical rehabilitation counselors.

Patients are generally referred or directed to our clinics by a physician, employer or health insurer who believes that a patient, employee or member can benefit from the level of therapy we provide in an outpatient setting. Outpatient rehabilitation services not only seek to improve the patients' quality of life but also have been shown to result in overall savings in healthcare costs. A study by the Health Insurance Association of America conducted in December of 1999 found that $13 in savings is generated for every dollar spent by insurers on rehabilitation services. As a result of these cost savings we believe that our services are attractive to healthcare payors who are seeking to provide the most cost-effective level of care to their members. In our outpatient rehabilitation division, approximately 92% of our net operating revenues come from rehabilitation management services and commercial payors, including healthcare insurers, managed care organizations and workers' compensation programs. The balance of our reimbursement is derived from Medicare and other government sponsored programs.

We have grown our outpatient rehabilitation business through acquisitions and new development. Our most significant outpatient acquisition was the purchase of the Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division of NovaCare, Inc. in November of 1999 through which we added approximately 500 outpatient rehabilitation clinics.

Outpatient Strategy

Increase Market Share

Our goal is to be a leading provider of outpatient rehabilitation services in our local markets. Having a strong market share in our local markets allows us to benefit from heightened brand awareness, economies of scale and increased leverage when negotiating payor contracts. To increase our market share, we seek to expand the services and programs we provide and generate loyalty with patients and referral sources by providing high quality care and strong customer service.

. Expand Rehabilitation Programs and Services. We assess the healthcare needs of our markets and implement programs and services targeted to meet the demands of the local community. In designing these programs we benefit from the knowledge we gain through our national network of clinics. This knowledge is used to design programs that optimize treatment methods and measure changes in health status, clinical outcomes and patient satisfaction. Our programs and services include, among others, back care and rehabilitation; work injury management and

54

prevention; sports rehabilitation and athletic training; and health, safety and prevention programs. Other services that vary by location include aquatic therapy, speech therapy, neurological rehabilitation and post-treatment care.

. Provide High Quality Care and Service. We believe that by focusing on quality care and offering a high level of customer service we develop brand loyalty in our markets. This loyalty allows us to retain patients and strengthen our relationships with the physicians, employers, and health insurers in our markets who refer or direct additional patients to us. We are focused on providing a high level of service to our patients throughout their entire course of treatment. To measure satisfaction with our service we have developed surveys for both patients and physicians. Our clinics utilize the feedback from these surveys to continuously refine and improve service levels.

Optimize the Profitability of Our Payor Contracts

Before we enter into a new contract with a commercial payor, we evaluate it with the aid of our contract management system. We assess potential profitability by evaluating past and projected patient volume, clinic capacity, and expense trends. Each contract we enter into is continually re- evaluated to determine how it is affecting our profitability. We create a retention strategy for each of the top performing contracts and a re- negotiation strategy for contracts that do not meet our defined criteria.

Improve Margins

To improve operating margins and efficiencies, we continually revise and streamline operational processes. We evaluate our clinical staff productivity monthly against specific benchmarks to ensure efficient utilization of labor for services provided. Furthermore, following our acquisition of NovaCare, Inc.'s Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Division, we have implemented initiatives to reduce overhead costs. As part of those efforts we have reduced the number of central business offices we operate from seven to five during 2000. During the next six months we expect to further consolidate operations to enhance administrative efficiencies. We have also developed a phased plan that, in the course of the next two years, will link all of our clinics together via a wide area network. This linkage will provide us with the opportunity to implement centralized scheduling, improve the timing of billing transactions and provide a base for dissemination of clinical and contractual information to all of our clinics.

Grow Through New Development and Disciplined Acquisitions

We intend to open new clinics in our current markets where we believe that we can benefit from existing referral relationships and brand awareness to produce incremental growth. From time to time, we also intend to also evaluate acquisition opportunities that may enhance the scale of our business and expand our geographic reach. Potential acquisitions are closely evaluated and we seek to buy only those assets that are complementary to our business and that are expected to give us a strong return on our invested capital.

Maintain Strong Employee Relations

We believe that the relationships between our employees and the referral sources in their communities are critical to our success. Our referral sources, such as physicians and healthcare case managers, send their patients to our clinics based on three factors: the quality of our care, the service we provide and their familiarity with our therapists. We seek to retain and motivate our therapists by implementing a performance-based bonus program, a defined career path with the ability to be promoted from within, timely communication on company developments, and internal training programs. We also focus on empowering our employees by giving them a high degree of autonomy in determining local market strategy. This management approach reflects the unique nature of each market we operate in and the importance of encouraging our employees to assume responsibility for their clinic's performance.

55

Overview of Healthcare Spending

The U.S. Health Care Financing Administration (the name of which is being changed to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services) estimated that in 1999, total U.S. healthcare expenditures grew 6.0% to approximately $1.2 trillion. From 1995 to 1999, healthcare spending grew at a compounded annual rate of 5.4%, compared to 7.3% in the first half of the decade and 11.0% in the 1980s. The decline in spending growth during the latter half of the decade has been attributed to the result of increased membership in managed care plans which negotiated discounted rates with healthcare providers.

Growth in healthcare expenditures is expected to rebound during the current decade. According to the Health Care Financing Administration, total U.S. healthcare spending is estimated to grow 6.6% in 2001 and at an average annual rate of 6.5% from 2001 through 2008. By these estimates, healthcare expenditures will account for approximately $2.2 trillion, or 16.2% of the total U.S. gross domestic product by 2008.

We expect future spending to be influenced by various factors including:

. slower managed care enrollment growth and a movement towards less restrictive forms of managed care, or hybrids;

. increased state and federal regulation of health plans;

. proposed Medicare reimbursement relief for healthcare providers;

. continued increases in pharmaceutical expenditures; and

. continued technological advancement.

Demographic considerations also affect long term growth projections for healthcare spending. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are approximately 35 million Americans aged 65 or older in the U.S. today, who comprise approximately 13% of the total U.S. population. By the year 2030 the number of elderly is expected to climb to 70 million, or 20% of the total population. Due to the increasing life expectancy of Americans, the number of people aged 85 years and older is also expected to increase from 4.3 million to 8.9 million by the year 2030. We believe that this increase in life expectancy will increase demand for healthcare services and, as importantly, the demand for innovative, more sophisticated means of delivering those services.

Based on projections of future healthcare expenditures, according to the Health Care Financing Administration, payments to healthcare providers will increase by nearly $1.0 trillion in the next decade. Despite pressures from payors to reduce spending, we believe that the growth in spending will create opportunities for low cost, quality healthcare providers like us. Continued spending pressure will encourage efficiency by directing business toward lower- cost settings such as our outpatient rehabilitation clinics and specialty acute care hospitals.

56

Sources of Net Operating Revenues

The following table presents the approximate percentages by source of net operating revenue received for healthcare services we provided for the periods indicated.

                                              Year ended        Three months
                                             December 31,          ended
                                           -------------------   March 31,
Net Operating Revenues by Payor Source     1998   1999   2000       2001
--------------------------------------     -----  -----  -----  ------------ ---
Commercial insurance (a)..................  37.6%  34.6%  51.2%     47.8%
Medicare..................................  37.9   48.1   35.1      35.9
Private and other (b).....................  24.5   15.7   12.4      15.3
Medicaid (c)..............................    --    1.6    1.3       1.0
                                           -----  -----  -----     -----
  Total................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%    100.0%
                                           =====  =====  =====     =====


(a) Includes commercial healthcare insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, workers' compensation and managed care programs.
(b) Includes self payors, Canadian revenues, fees from management services agreements and contract management services.
(c) In 1998, we did not separately track Medicaid payments because the amounts were immaterial.

Non-Government Sources

A majority of our net operating revenues come from private payor sources. These sources include insurance companies, workers' compensation programs, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, other managed care companies, and employers, as well as by patients directly. Patients are generally not responsible for any difference between customary charges for our services and amounts paid by Medicare and Medicaid programs, insurance companies, workers' compensation companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and other managed care companies, but are responsible for services not covered by these programs or plans, as well as for deductibles and co-insurance obligations of their coverage. The amount of these deductibles and co-insurance obligations has increased in recent years. Collection of amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than collection of amounts due from government or business payors. To further reduce their healthcare costs, an increasing number of insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and other managed care companies are negotiating discounted fee structures or fixed amounts for hospital services performed, rather than paying healthcare providers the amounts billed. If an increased number of insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and other managed care companies succeed in negotiating discounted fee structures or fixed amounts, our results of operations may be negatively affected.

Government Sources

Medicare is a federal program that provides medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over, some disabled persons, and persons with end-stage renal disease. Medicaid is a federal-state funded program, administered by the states, which provides medical benefits to individuals who are unable to afford healthcare. All of our hospitals are certified as providers of Medicare, and our outpatient rehabilitation clinics regularly receive Medicare payments for their services. Additionally, our specialty hospitals participate in two state Medicaid programs. Amounts received under the Medicare and Medicaid programs are generally less than the customary charges for the services provided. In recent years, changes made to the Medicare and Medicaid programs have further reduced payment to healthcare providers. Since an important portion of our revenues comes from patients under the Medicare program, our ability to operate our business successfully in the future will depend in large measure on our ability to adapt to changes in the Medicare program. See "--Government Regulations--Overview of U.S. and State Government Reimbursements."

57

Government Regulations

General

The healthcare industry is required to comply with many laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels. These laws and regulations require that hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics meet various requirements, including those relating to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, compliance with building codes and environmental protection. These laws and regulations are extremely complex and, in many instances, the industry does not have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.

Licensure

Facility Licensure. Our healthcare facilities are subject to state and local licensing regulations ranging from the adequacy of medical care to compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. In order to assure continued compliance with these various regulations, governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our facilities. We believe all of our hospitals are properly licensed under appropriate state laws. We believe that all of our outpatient rehabilitation clinics in states that require licensing of such facilities are properly licensed.

Some states still require us to get approval under certificate of need regulations when we create, acquire or expand our facilities or services. If we fail to show public need and obtain approval in these states for our facilities, we may be subject to civil or even criminal penalties, lose our facility license or become ineligible for reimbursement if we proceed with our creation or acquisition of the new facility or service.

Professional Licensure and Corporate Practice. Healthcare professionals at our hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics are required to be individually licensed or certified under applicable state law. We take steps to ensure that our employees and agents possess all necessary licenses and certifications, and we believe that our employees and agents, including rehabilitation agency therapists, comply with all applicable state laws.

In some states, business corporations such as ours are restricted from practicing therapy through the direct employment of therapists. In those states, in order to comply with the restrictions imposed, we either contract to obtain therapy services from an entity permitted to employ therapists, or we manage the physical therapy practice owned by licensed therapists through which the therapy services are provided.

Certification. In order to participate in the Medicare program and receive Medicare reimbursement, each facility must comply with the applicable regulations of the United States Department of Health and Human Services relating to, among other things, the type of facility, its equipment, its personnel and its standards of medical care, as well as compliance with all applicable state and local laws and regulations. All of our 56 hospitals participate in the Medicare program. In addition, we provide the majority of our outpatient rehabilitation services through clinics certified by Medicare as rehabilitation agencies or "rehab agencies."

Accreditation. Our hospitals receive accreditation from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, a nationwide commission which establishes standards relating to the physical plant, administration, quality of patient care and operation of medical staffs of hospitals. Generally, our hospitals have to be in operation for at least six months before they are eligible for accreditation. As of March 31, 2001, all but seven of our most recently opened hospitals had been accredited by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations.

58

Overview of U.S. and State Government Reimbursements

Medicare. The Medicare program reimburses healthcare providers for services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries, which are generally persons age 65 and older, those who are chronically disabled, and those suffering from end stage renal disease. The program is governed by the Social Security Act of 1965 and is administered primarily by the Department of Health and Human Services and the Health Care Financing Administration, the name of which is being changed to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and will be known as "CMS." For the three months ended March 31, 2001, we received approximately 35% of our revenue from Medicare.

Long Term Acute Care Hospital Medicare Reimbursement. Our long-term acute care hospitals receive cost reimbursement, subject to a maximum cap. In contrast, Medicare inpatient costs for short-term acute care hospitals are reimbursed based upon a fixed payment amount per discharge using diagnosis related groups, commonly referred to as DRGs. The DRG payment under a prospective payment system is based upon the national average cost of treating a Medicare patient's condition. Although the average length of stay varies for each DRG, the average stay for all Medicare patients subject to prospective payment system is approximately six days. Thus, a prospective payment system creates an economic incentive for general short-term acute care hospitals to discharge medically complex Medicare patients as soon as clinically possible. We believe that the incentive for short-term acute care hospitals to discharge medically complex patients as soon as clinically possible creates a substantial referral source for our long term acute care hospitals.

Prior to qualifying as an exempt long-term acute care hospital, a new long-term acute care hospital initially receives payment under the acute care DRG-based reimbursement system. The long-term acute care hospital must continue to be paid DRGs for a minimum of six months while meeting certain Medicare long-term acute care hospital requirements, the most significant requirement being an average length of stay of more than 25 days. A "hospital within a hospital" facility must also establish itself as a hospital separate from its host by, among other things, obtaining separate licensure and certification, and limiting the services it purchases directly from its host to 15% of its total operating costs, or limiting the number of patient admissions from its host to 25% of total admissions.

Once the hospital qualifies for exempt status, long-term acute care hospitals currently are paid on the basis of Medicare reasonable costs per case subject to limits. Under cost-based reimbursement, costs accepted for reimbursement depend on a number of factors, including necessity, reasonableness, related-party principles and relatedness to patient care. Qualifying costs under Medicare's cost-reimbursement system typically include all operating costs and also capital costs that include interest expense, depreciation, amortization, and rental expense. Non-qualifying costs include marketing costs.

The cost reimbursement received by a long-term acute care hospital is subject to per-discharge payment limits. During a long-term acute care hospital's initial operations, Medicare payment is capped at the average national target rate established by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, commonly known as TEFRA. After the second year of operations, payment is subject to a target amount based on the lesser of the hospital's cost-per-discharge or the national ceiling in the applicable base year. Legislation enacted in December 2000, the "Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and Protection Act of 2000," increases the target amount by 25 percent and the national ceiling by 2 percent for cost reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2000.

Congress has required the Secretary of the Department Health and Human Services to submit to Congress by October 1, 1999 a proposal to establish a prospective payment system for long-term acute care hospitals. This requirement was later extended until October 1, 2001. Current law provides that a prospective payment system is to be effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. When developing the prospective payment system, the December 2000 legislation requires the Secretary to examine the feasibility and impact of basing payment on the existing (or refined) short term acute hospital DRGs and the most recently available hospital discharge data. The Secretary is required to implement a prospective

59

payment system using the existing short term acute hospital DRGs that have been modified where feasible, unless a different prospective payment system is implemented by October 1, 2002.

Outpatient Rehabilitation Services Medicare Reimbursement. We provide the majority of our outpatient rehabilitation services in our rehabilitation clinics. Through our contract services agreements, we also provide outpatient rehabilitation services in the following settings:

. schools;

. physician-directed clinics;

. hospitals; and

. skilled nursing facilities.

Essentially, all of our outpatient rehabilitation services are provided in rehabilitation agencies and are not provided through rehabilitation hospitals.

Prior to January 1, 1999, outpatient physical therapy, occupational therapy, and speech-language pathology services, which we refer to as outpatient therapy services, were reimbursed on the basis of the lower of 90% of reasonable costs or actual charges. Beginning January 1, 1999, outpatient rehabilitation services were reimbursed on a fee schedule, subject to annual limits. These outpatient rehabilitation providers receive a fixed fee for each procedure performed, which is adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. Beginning on January 1, 1999, the following annual limits per Medicare beneficiary were to have become effective:

. $1,500 for outpatient rehabilitation services (including speech- language pathology services), and

. $1,500 for outpatient occupational health services.

In November 1999, the Balanced Budget Refinement Act provided some relief to providers by unbundling speech-language pathology services from other outpatient rehabilitation services. The following lists the new annual limits by services offered:

. $1,500 for outpatient physical therapy services,

. $1,500 for speech-language pathology services, and

. $1,500 for outpatient occupational health services.

A moratorium has since been placed on these limits for the years 2000 through 2002 pending a review by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services of the clinical needs of these patients and the appropriate level of limitations.

The Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services is required to report the results of this review to Congress, together with any relevant legislative recommendations, potentially including revised coverage policies as an alternative to the therapy caps. The Secretary is also required to study therapy utilization patterns and report the findings to Congress. The December 2000 legislation also requires the Secretary to study the implications of eliminating the "in the room" supervision requirement for Medicare payment for physical therapy assistants who are supervised by physical therapists and the implications of this requirement on the physical therapy cap.

Historically, outpatient rehabilitation services have been subject to scrutiny by the Medicare program for, among other things, medical necessity for services, appropriate documentation for services, billing for group therapy, and Medicare billing practices by skilled nursing facilities. In addition, payment for rehabilitation services furnished to patients of skilled nursing facilities has been affected by the establishment of a Medicare prospective payment system and consolidated billing requirement for skilled nursing facilities.

60

The resulting pressure on skilled nursing facilities to reduce their costs by negotiating lower payments to therapy providers, such as our contract therapy services, and the inability of the therapy providers to bill the Medicare program directly for their services have tended to reduce the amounts that rehabilitation providers can receive for services furnished to many skilled nursing facility residents.

Long Term Acute Care Hospital Medicaid Reimbursement. The Medicaid program is designed to provide medical assistance to individuals unable to afford care. The program is governed by the Social Security Act of 1965 and administered and funded jointly by each individual state government and the Health Care Financing Administration. Most state Medicaid payments are made under a prospective payment system or under programs that negotiate payment levels with individual hospitals. In addition, Medicaid programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations of policy by the state agencies and certain government funding limitations, all of which may materially increase or decrease the level of program payments to our hospitals. Medicaid payments accounted for about 1.7% of our net operating revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2001.

Workers' Compensation. Workers' compensation programs accounted for approximately 18.6% of our revenue from outpatient rehabilitation services for the three months ended March 31, 2001. Workers' compensation is a state- mandated, comprehensive insurance program that requires employers to fund or insure medical expenses, lost wages and other costs resulting from work-related injuries and illnesses. Workers' compensation benefits and arrangements vary on a state-by-state basis and are often highly complex. In some states, payment for services covered by workers' compensation programs are subject to cost containment features, such as requirements that all workers' compensation injuries be treated through a managed care program, or the imposition of payment caps. In addition, these workers' compensation programs may impose requirements that affect the operations of our outpatient rehabilitation services.

Canadian Reimbursement

In 1996, approximately 70% of all funding for the Canadian healthcare system was derived from public sources, according to Health Canada. The Canada Health Act governs the Canadian healthcare system, and provides for federal funding to be transferred to provincial health systems. Our Canadian outpatient rehabilitation clinics receive funding primarily through workers' compensation benefits, which are administered by provincial workers' compensation boards. The workers' compensation boards assess employers' fees based on their industry and past claims history. These fees are then distributed independently by each provincial workers' compensation board as payments for healthcare services. Therefore, the payments each of our rehabilitation clinics receive for similar services can vary substantially because of the different payment regulations in each province. For the three months ended March 31, 2001, we derived about 4.2% of our total net operating revenues from our operations in Canada.

Other Healthcare Regulations

Fraud and Abuse Enforcement. Various federal laws prohibit the submission of false or fraudulent claims, including claims to obtain payment under Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs. Penalties for violation of these laws include civil and criminal fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs. In recent years, federal and state government agencies have increased the level of enforcement resources and activities targeted at the healthcare industry. In addition, the federal False Claims Act allows an individual to bring lawsuits on behalf of the government, in what are known as qui tam or "whistleblower" actions, alleging false or fraudulent Medicare or Medicaid claims or other violations of the statute. The use of these private enforcement actions against healthcare providers has increased dramatically in the recent past, in part because the individual filing the initial complaint is entitled to share in a portion of any settlement or judgment.

61

From time to time, various federal and state agencies, such as the Department of Health and Human Services, issue a variety of pronouncements, including fraud alerts, the Office of Inspector General's Annual Work Plan and other reports, identifying practices that may be subject to heightened scrutiny. These pronouncements can identify issues relating to long-term acute care hospitals or outpatient rehabilitation services or providers. For example, the Office of Inspector General's 2001 Work Plan describes the government's intention to study providers' use of the "hospital within a hospital" model for furnishing long term acute care hospital services and the effectiveness of Health Care Financing Administration's payment safeguards relating to such services. We monitor these issuances to ensure that our resources are focused on compliance with areas targeted for enforcement.

We endeavor to conduct our operations in compliance with applicable laws, including healthcare fraud and abuse laws. If we identify any practices as being potentially contrary to applicable law, we will take appropriate action to address the matter, including, where appropriate, disclosure to the proper authorities.

Remuneration, Fraud and Anti-dumping Measures. The federal "anti- kickback" statute prohibits some business practices and relationships under Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. These practices include the payment, receipt, offer or solicitation of money in connection with the referral of patients covered by a federal or state healthcare program. Violations of the anti-kickback law may be punished by a criminal fine of up to $50,000 or imprisonment for each violation, civil monetary penalties of $50,000 and damages of up to three times the total amount of remuneration, and exclusion from participation in federal or state health care programs.

Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, commonly known as the "Stark Law," was amended in 1995 to prohibit referrals for designated health services by physicians under the Medicare and Medicaid programs to other healthcare providers in which the physicians have an ownership or compensation arrangement unless an exception applies. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per prohibited service provided, assessments equal to twice the dollar value of each such service provided and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The statute also provides a penalty of up to $100,000 for a circumvention scheme. In addition, many states have adopted or may adopt similar anti-kickback or anti-self-referral statutes. Some of these statutes prohibit the payment or receipt of remuneration for the referral of patients, regardless of the source of the payment for the care.

Medicare-participating hospitals are also subject to the Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act, an "anti-dumping" statute commonly referred to as EMTALA. If a patient with an emergency condition enters a hospital with an emergency department, this federal law requires the hospital to stabilize a patient suffering from this emergency condition or make an appropriate transfer of the patient to a facility that can handle the condition. There are severe penalties under EMTALA if a hospital refuses to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer a patient or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in order to first inquire about the patient's ability to pay. Although none of our hospitals operate emergency departments, the government has interpreted EMTALA broadly to cover situations in which any type of hospital inpatient is transferred in an unstable condition.

Provider-based Status. The designation "provider-based" refers to circumstances in which a subordinate facility (e.g., a separately-certified Medicare provider, a department of a provider or a satellite facility) is treated as part of a provider for Medicare payment purposes. In these cases, the services of the subordinate facility are included on the "main" provider's cost report and overhead costs of the main provider can be allocated to the subordinate facility, to the extent that they are shared. We operate five long term acute care hospitals that are treated as provider-based satellites of certain of our other facilities and we provide rehabilitation management and staffing services to hospital rehabilitation departments that may be treated as provider-based. On April 7, 2000, the Health Care Financing Administration finalized new regulatory standards for determinations that a facility or service has provider-based status. As a result of the December 2000 legislation, however, subordinate facilities that were treated as provider- based prior to October 1, 2000 will not

62

have to comply with the new standards until October 1, 2002. Subordinate facilities that are established after October 1, 2000 will be required to satisfy the new standards for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 10, 2001. The December 2000 legislation also moderated the geographic proximity requirement for provider-based status under the new standards, thereby removing an obstacle to provider-based status for certain subordinate facilities, and many long term acute care hospital satellites, in particular.

Health Information Practices. In addition to broadening the scope of the fraud and abuse laws, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act also mandates, among other things, the adoption of standards for the exchange of electronic health information in an effort to encourage overall administrative simplification and enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of the healthcare industry. Among the standards that the Department of Health and Human Services will adopt pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act are standards for the following:

. electronic transactions and code sets;

. unique identifiers for providers, employers, health plans and individuals;

. security and electronic signatures;

. privacy; and

. enforcement.

Although the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act was intended ultimately to reduce administrative expenses and burdens faced within the healthcare industry, we believe the law will initially bring about significant and, in some cases, costly changes. The Department of Health and Human Services has finalized two rules to date mandating the use of new standards with respect to certain healthcare transactions and health information. The first rule requires the use of uniform standards for common healthcare transactions, including healthcare claims information, plan eligibility, referral certification and authorization, claims status, plan enrollment and disenrollment, payment and remittance advice, plan premium payments and coordination of benefits, and it establishes standards for the use of electronic signatures.

Second, the Department of Health and Human Services has finalized new standards relating to the privacy of individually identifiably health information. These standards not only require our compliance with rules governing the use and disclosure of protected health information, but they also require us to impose those rules, by contract, on any business associate to whom such information is disclosed. Rules governing the security of health information have been proposed but have not yet been issued in final form.

The Department of Health and Human Services finalized the new transaction standards on August 17, 2000, and we will be required to comply with them by October 16, 2002. The privacy standards under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act were issued on December 28, 2000, and became effective on April 14, 2001. We will be required to comply with them by April 14, 2003. Once the security regulations are issued in final form, we will have approximately two years to be fully compliant. Sanctions for failing to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act include criminal penalties and civil sanctions.

We are evaluating the effect of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and have recently developed a task force to address the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act regulations as they have been adopted to date and as additional standards are adopted in the coming months. At this time, we anticipate that we will be able to fully comply with those Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act requirements that have been adopted. However, we cannot at this time estimate the cost of such compliance, nor can we estimate the cost of compliance with standards that have not yet been finalized by the Department of Health and Human Services. Although the new and proposed health information standards are likely to have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle health data and communicate with payors, based on our current knowledge, we believe that the cost of our compliance will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

63

Employees

As of March 31, 2001 we employed approximately 14,300 people throughout the United States and Canada. A total of approximately 8,800 of our employees are full-time and the remaining approximately 5,500 are part-time employees. Outpatient, contract therapy and physical rehabilitation and occupational health employees totaled approximately 7,800 and inpatient employees totaled approximately 6,100.

Legal Proceedings

On June 9, 1998, a complaint was filed naming our subsidiary, American Transitional Hospitals, Inc., and its former parent, Beverly Enterprises, Inc., as defendants. This qui tam action seeks triple damages and penalties under the False Claims Act against American Transitional Hospitals. The Department of Justice did not intervene in this action. It is alleged in the complaint that prior to the acquisition, American Transitional Hospitals fraudulently billed Medicare for services that were not rendered and supplies and medications that were not needed. Beverly Enterprises has agreed to indemnify us against all losses that result from this litigation up to a cap of $62.8 million, other than for lost profits or consequential damages. Beverly Enterprises is undertaking the legal defense in this case.

On August 10, 1998 a complaint was filed that named NovaCare, Inc. (now known as NAHC, Inc.), other named defendants and 100 defendants who were to be named at a later time. This qui tam action seeks triple damages and penalties under the False Claims Act against NAHC. The Department of Justice did not intervene in this action. The allegations involve, among other things the distinction between individual and group billing in physical rehabilitation clinics that we acquired from NovaCare. On February 1, 2000 the unnamed defendants were dismissed with prejudice, however the relator plaintiff has recently made a motion to name us and some of the subsidiaries we acquired in the NovaCare acquisition as defendants in this case. NAHC has agreed to fully indemnify us for any losses which could result from this case. NAHC has sold all of its operating entities. Based on our review of the complaint, we do not believe that this lawsuit is meritorious, and if we or any of the NovaCare companies we acquired are named as a defendant, we intend to vigorously defend against this action. However, because of the uncertain nature of the litigation, we cannot predict the outcome of this matter.

In addition, as part of our business, we are subject to legal actions alleging liability on our part. To cover claims arising out of the operations of our hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation facilities, we generally maintain professional malpractice liability insurance and general liability insurance in amounts and with deductibles that we believe to be sufficient for our operations. We also maintain umbrella liability coverage covering claims which, due to their nature or amount, are not covered by our insurance policies. We cannot assure you that professional liability insurance will cover all claims against us or continue to be available at reasonable costs for us to maintain adequate levels of insurance. These insurance policies also do not cover punitive damages. See "Risk Factors--Risks Relating to our Business-- Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities."

Competition

We compete primarily on the basis of pricing and quality of the patient services we provide. Our specialty acute care hospitals face competition principally from general acute care hospitals in the communities in which we operate. General acute care hospitals often have the capability to provide the same services we provide. Our hospitals also face competition from large national operators of similar facilities, such as Kindred Healthcare, Inc.

Our outpatient rehabilitation clinics face competition principally from locally owned and managed outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the communities they serve. Many of these clinics have longer operating histories and greater name recognition in these communities than our clinics, and they may have stronger relations with physicians in these communities on whom we rely for patient referrals. In addition, HealthSouth Corporation, which operates more outpatient rehabilitation clinics in the United States than we do, competes with us in many of our markets.

64

Compliance Program

Our Compliance Program

In late 1998, we voluntarily adopted our code of conduct, which is the basis for our company-wide compliance program. Our written code of conduct provides guidelines for principles and regulatory rules that are applicable to our patient care and business activities. These guidelines are implemented by a compliance officer, a director of compliance who assists the compliance officer, a compliance committee and sub-committees, and employee education and training. We also have established a reporting system, auditing and monitoring programs, and a disciplinary system as a means for enforcing the code's policies.

Operating Our Compliance Program

We focus on integrating compliance responsibilities with operational functions. We recognize that our compliance with applicable laws and regulations depends upon individual employee actions as well as company operations. We therefore have adopted an operations team approach to compliance, and we utilize corporate experts for the program design efforts of our compliance committee. We use facility leaders in our compliance sub- committees for employee-level implementation of our code of conduct. This approach is intended to enforce our company-wide commitment to operate in accordance with the laws and regulations that govern our business.

Compliance Committee

Our compliance committee is made up of members of our senior management and in-house counsel. The compliance committee meets on a quarterly basis and reviews the activities, reports and operation of our compliance program. In addition, the compliance sub-committees meet on a regular basis and review compliance for each of our business divisions.

Compliance Issue Reporting

In order to facilitate our employees' ability to report known, suspected or potential violations of our code of conduct, we have developed a system of anonymous reporting. This anonymous reporting may be accomplished through our toll-free compliance hotline or our compliance post office box. The compliance officer and the compliance committee are responsible for reviewing and investigating each compliance incident in accordance with the compliance department's investigation policy.

Compliance Monitoring and Auditing/Comprehensive Training and Education

Monitoring reports and the results of compliance for each of our business divisions are reported to the compliance committee on a quarterly basis. We train and educate our employees regarding the code of conduct, as well as the legal and regulatory requirements relevant to each employee's work environment. New and current employees are required to sign a compliance certification form certifying that the employee has read, understood, and has agreed to abide by the code of conduct.

Policies and Procedures Reflecting Compliance Focus Areas

We review our current policies and procedures for our compliance program, and we intend to continue to review them on an annual basis in order to improve operations and to ensure compliance with requirements of standards, laws and regulations and to reflect the on-going compliance focus areas which have been identified by the compliance committee.

65

Facilities

We currently lease most of our facilities, including clinics, offices, long term acute care hospitals and the corporate headquarters. We lease all of our clinics and related offices, which, as of March 31, 2001, included approximately 675 outpatient rehabilitation clinics throughout the United States and Canada. The outpatient rehabilitation clinics generally have a five- year lease term with two three-year renewals.

We also lease all of our hospital facilities except for one 176,000 square foot facility located in Houston, Texas. As of March 31, 2001, we had 54 hospital within a hospital leases and one freestanding building lease.

We generally seek a five-year lease for our hospitals, with an additional five-year renewal at our option. We lease our corporate headquarters, which is approximately 63,214 square feet, located in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania. We lease several other administrative spaces related to administrative and operational support functions. As of March 31, 2001, this was comprised of 13 locations throughout the U.S. with approximately 106,000 square feet in total.

66

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We issued and sold the old notes to the initial purchasers on June 11, 2001. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Because the old notes are subject to transfer restrictions, we, the subsidiary guarantors and the initial purchasers entered into an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 11, 2001 under which we agreed:

. on or before August 25, 2001, to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

. to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or before November 18, 2001, and to consummate the exchange offer on or before December 8, 2001;

. upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, to offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the old notes; and

. to keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the old notes.

The registration statement is intended to satisfy in part our obligations relating to the old notes under the registration rights agreement.

Under existing interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the new notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the new notes represents that:

. it is acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course of its business;

. it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes; and

. it is not our affiliate, as that term is interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

However, broker-dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement regarding resales of the new notes. The Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that broker-dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements relating to new notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the old notes) with this prospectus. Under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to allow broker- dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use this prospectus in connection with the resale of the new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

Terms of The Exchange Offer; Period For Tendering Old Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal (which together constitute the exchange offer), we will accept for exchange old notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer and not withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration date of the exchange offer shall be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2001, unless extended by us, in our sole discretion.

67

As of the date of this prospectus, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about , 2001 to all holders of old notes known to us. Our obligation to accept old notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer is subject to conditions as set forth under "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for any exchange of any old notes, by giving notice of the extension to the holders of old notes as described below. During any extension, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified below under "--Conditions to the Exchange Offer." We will give notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable, the notice in the case of any extension to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer.

Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

The tender to us of old notes by a holder of old notes as set forth below and the acceptance of the tender by us will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender old notes for exchange under the exchange offer must transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. at the address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. In addition, the exchange agent must receive:

. certificates for the old notes along with the letter of transmittal, or

. prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or

. the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedure described below.

The method of delivery of old notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the old notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

. by a registered holder of the old notes who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instruction" or "Special Delivery Instruction" on the letter of transmittal; or

. for the account of a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

68

In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States. If old notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer of the letter of transmittal, the old notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by us in our sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature on the old notes or the written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and who wishes to tender, should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner's behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on the owner's own behalf, the owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the owner's old notes, either (1) make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in the owner's name or (2) obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of old notes tendered for exchange will be determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination shall be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any old notes not properly tendered or to not accept any old notes which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel's judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular old notes either before or after the expiration date of the exchange offer (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender old notes in the exchange offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any old notes either before or after the expiration date of the exchange offer (including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal) by us shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes for exchange must be cured within a reasonable period of time as we shall determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity regarding any tender of old notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give notification.

If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted.

By tendering, each holder of old notes will represent to us in writing that, among other things:

. the new notes acquired in the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the holder and any beneficial holder;

. neither the holder nor any beneficial holder has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes; and

. neither the holder nor any other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of our company. If the holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder must represent that it is not engaged in nor does it intend to engage in distribution of the new notes.

If any holder or any other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of ours, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to

69

participate in, a distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, the holder or any other person must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

If the holder is a broker-dealer, the holder must represent that it will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

Acceptance of Old Notes For Exchange; Delivery Of New Notes

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange offer, all old notes properly tendered, and will issue the new notes promptly after acceptance of the old notes. See "--Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered old notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral and written notice to the exchange agent.

The new notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid on the old notes, from June 11, 2001. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from June 11, 2001. Old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer. Holders of old notes whose old notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on the old notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive accrued interest on the old notes.

In all cases, issuance of new notes for old notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of (1) certificates for the old notes or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, (2) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and (3) all other required documents. If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of the old notes (or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company according to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, the non-exchanged old notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Depository Trust Company) as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

Any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company's systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at The Depository Trust Company, the letter of transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, unless the holder has strictly complied with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

70

We understand that the exchange agent has confirmed with The Depository Trust Company that any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company's system may utilize The Depository Trust Company's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender old notes. We further understand that the exchange agent will request, within two business days after the date the exchange offer commences, that The Depository Trust Company establish an account for the old notes for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and any participant may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent's account in accordance with The Depository Trust Company's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. However, the exchange of the old notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer and timely receipt by the exchange agent of, in addition to any other documents required, an appropriate letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantee and an agent's message, which is a message, transmitted by The Depository Trust Company and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering old notes which are the subject of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer and that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the agreement against that participant.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If a registered holder of the old notes desires to tender the old notes and the old notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit the holder's old notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date of the exchange offer, or the procedure for book- entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may nonetheless be effected if:

. the tender is made through a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;

. prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, the exchange agent received from the firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by us (by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of old notes and the amount of old notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made and guaranteeing that within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered old notes, in proper form for transfer, or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States with the exchange agent; and

. the certificates for all physically tendered old notes, in proper form for transfer, or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

71

Withdrawal Rights

Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent." Any notice of withdrawal must:

. specify the name of the person having tendered the old notes to be withdrawn;

. identify the old notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of the old notes); and

. where certificates for old notes have been transmitted specify the name in which the old notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for old notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of the certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States unless the holder is a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

If old notes have been tendered in accordance with the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of the notices will be determined by us, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any old notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder (or in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company according to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, the old notes will be credited to an account maintained with The Depository Trust Company for the old notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at any time on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

Conditions To The Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of the old notes for exchange or the exchange of new notes for the old notes, we determine that:

. the exchange offer does not comply with any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission;

. we have not received all applicable governmental approvals; or

. any actions or proceedings of any governmental agency or court exist which could materially impair our ability to consummate the exchange offer.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from

72

time to time in our reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of that right and each right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
By Hand before 4:30 p.m.

State Street Bank and Trust
Company, N.A.
2 Avenue De Lafayette

5th Floor

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no new notes will be issued in exchange for any old notes, if at that time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. In any event we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.


Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724

Attention: Sandy Wong

By Facsimile:
(617) 662-1545

Confirm by Telephone:
(617) 662-1452

Exchange Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at the address set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

Delivery other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees.

By Mail:
The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. These expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee under the indenture governing the notes, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
State Street Bank and Trust
Company, N.A.
2 Avenue De Lafayette
5th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724

Accounting Treatment

Attention: Sandy Wong

The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying amount as the old notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange and, accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized. The debt issuance costs will be capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the term of the new notes.
By Overnight Courier and on the
Expiration Date
only by Hand after 4:30 p.m.:
State Street Bank and Trust
Company, N.A.

2 Avenue De Lafayette
Transfer Taxes

5th Floor
Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender, except that holders who instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724

Attention: Sandy Wong

73

Consequences Of Failure To Exchange; Resales Of New Notes

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the old notes as set forth in the legend on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes in accordance with exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Old notes not exchanged in accordance with the exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 9 1/2% per annum and will otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act. However, (1) if because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer, (2) if the exchange offer is not consummated by December 8, 2001, (3) if any initial purchaser so requests that the old notes not eligible be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer and held by it following consummation of the exchange offer or (4) if any holder of old notes (other than a broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or, in the case of any holder of old notes (other than a broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities) that participates in the exchange offer, does not receive new notes in exchange for old notes that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the old notes held by such persons.

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that new notes issued in accordance with the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by the holders (other than (1) any holder which is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (2) any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell in accordance with Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes. If any holder has any arrangement or understanding regarding the distribution of the new notes to be acquired in accordance with the exchange offer, the holder (1) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. A broker-dealer who holds old notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." We have not requested the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to consider the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make a no-action request.

In addition, to comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the new notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. We have agreed, under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and subject to specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the applicable jurisdictions in the United States as any selling holder of the notes reasonably requests in writing.

74

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our directors and executive officers, their ages and their positions are as follows:

Name                                 Age Position
----                                 --- --------
Rocco A. Ortenzio...................  68 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                         Director, President and Chief
Robert A. Ortenzio..................  44 Operating Officer
Russell L. Carson...................  57 Director
Bryan C. Cressey....................  51 Director
James E. Dalton, Jr. ...............  58 Director
Donald J. Edwards...................  35 Director
Meyer Feldberg......................  59 Director
Leopold Swergold....................  61 Director
                                         Director and Executive Vice
LeRoy S. Zimmerman..................  66 President, Public Policy
                                         Executive Vice President of
Patricia A. Rice....................  54 Operations
                                         Senior Vice President and Chief
David W. Cross......................  54 Development Officer
                                         Senior Vice President, Human
S. Frank Fritsch....................  49 Resources
                                         Senior Vice President and Chief
Martin F. Jackson...................  47 Financial Officer
                                         Senior Vice President, General
Michael E. Tarvin...................  41 Counsel and Secretary
                                         President, NovaCare Rehabilitation
Edward R. Miersch...................  44 Division
                                         Vice President, Controller and Chief
Scott A. Romberger..................  41 Accounting Officer

Rocco A. Ortenzio co-founded our company and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since February 1997. In 1986, he co-founded Continental Medical Systems, Inc., a provider of comprehensive medical rehabilitation services, and served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until July 1995, when it merged with Horizon Healthcare Corporation. In 1979, Mr. Ortenzio founded Rehab Hospital Services Corporation, a hospital chain acquired by National Medical Enterprises, Inc. (now called Tenet Healthcare Corporation) in January 1985, and served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until June 1986. In 1969, Mr. Ortenzio founded Rehab Corporation and served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 1974, when it merged with American Sterilizer Company. From 1996 to 1999, he served on the Board of Governors of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education. Mr. Ortenzio serves as a fund advisor to HLM Partners, Inc., a venture capital firm located in Boston, Massachusetts, and Dauphin Capital Partners, a venture capital fund located in Locust Valley, New York. Mr. Ortenzio is the father of Robert A. Ortenzio, our President and Chief Operating Officer.

Robert A. Ortenzio co-founded our company and has served as a director and President and Chief Operating Officer since February 1997. He was an Executive Vice President and a director of Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation from July 1995 until July 1996. Mr. Ortenzio co-founded Continental Medical Systems, Inc. and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer from May 1989 and July 1995, respectively, until August 1996. Prior to that time, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Continental Medical Systems, Inc. from April 1988 to July 1995. Mr. Ortenzio joined Continental Medical Systems, Inc. as a Senior Vice President in February 1986. Before then, he was a Vice President of Rehab Hospital Services Corporation. Mr. Ortenzio serves as a director of U.S. Oncology, Inc. Mr. Ortenzio is the son of Rocco A. Ortenzio, our Chief Executive Officer.

Russell L. Carson has been a director since February 1997. He co-founded Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe in 1978 and has focused on healthcare investments. Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe has created 12 institutionally funded limited partnerships with total capital of $11 billion and has invested in more than 200 companies. Before co-founding Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, Mr. Carson was employed by Citicorp

75

Venture Capital Ltd., a subsidiary of Citigroup, Inc., and served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1974 to 1978. Mr. Carson serves as a director of Triad Hospitals, Inc. and U.S. Oncology, Inc.

Bryan C. Cressey has been a director since February 1997. He has been a principal at Thoma Cressey Equity Partners since its founding in June 1998 and prior to that time was a principal and partner at Golder, Thoma, Cressey and Rauner, the predecessor of GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, since 1980. He serves as a director of Clarion Technologies Inc. and as a director and chairman of Cable Design Technologies Corp.

James E. Dalton, Jr. has been a director since December, 2000. Mr. Dalton served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Quorom Health Group, Inc. from May 1, 1990 until it was acquired by Triad Hospitals, Inc. Mr. Dalton currently serves as a director of Triad Hospitals. Prior to joining Quorom, he served as Regional Vice President, Southwest Region for HealthTrust, Inc., as division Vice President of HCA, and as Regional Vice President of HCA Management Company. Mr. Dalton is on the board of directors of the Nashville Health Care Council, and is on the board of directors and past chairman of the Federation of American Health Systems. He was elected to the American Hospital Association's Board of Trustees on January 1, 2000. He also serves on the board of directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, and U.S. Oncology, Inc. He serves as a Trustee for the Universal Health Services Realty Income Trust. Mr. Dalton is a Fellow of the American College of Healthcare Executives.

Donald J. Edwards has been a director since February 1997. He has been a principal at GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC since 1996 and was an associate there from 1994 to 1996. He serves as a director of Dynacare, Inc., American Medical Laboratories and a number of private companies.

Meyer Feldberg has been a director since September 2000. He has served as professor of management and the dean of Columbia Business School since 1989. He serves as a director of Federated Department Stores, Revlon, Inc., Primedia Inc. and PaineWebber Mutual Funds.

Leopold Swergold has been a director since May, 2001. In 1983, Mr. Swergold formed Swergold Chefitz & Company, a healthcare investment banking firm. In 1989, Swergold, Chefitz & Company merged into what is now ING Furman Selz Asset Management. Since 1989, Mr. Swergold has served as the Head of Healthcare Investment Banking and as a member of the Board of Directors of ING Furman Selz Asset Management. Mr. Swergold also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Beth Israel Medical Center, the Board of Trustees of St. Luke's-- Roosevelt Hospital Center, and the Rockefeller University Council.

LeRoy S. Zimmerman has served as Executive Vice President of Public Policy since September 2000 and as a director since October 1998. He was an equity member of the law firm Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott, LLC, from April 1989 to September 2000. At Eckert Seamans, he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from January 1994 to September 2000, and Chairman of its Executive Committee from June 1997 to September 2000. Before joining Eckert Seamans, Mr. Zimmerman served as Pennsylvania's first elected Attorney General from January 1981 to January 1989, and District Attorney of Dauphin County, Pennsylvania from to 1965 to 1980.

Patricia A. Rice has served as Executive Vice President of Operations since November 1999. She served as Senior Vice President of Hospital Operations from December 1997 to November 1999. She was Executive Vice President of the Hospital Operations Division for Continental Medical Systems, Inc. from August 1996 until December 1997. Prior to that time, she served in various management positions at Continental Medical Systems, Inc. from 1987 to 1996.

David W. Cross has served as Senior Vice President & Chief Development Officer since December 1998. Before joining us, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Intensiva Healthcare Corporation from 1994 until we acquired it. Mr. Cross was a founder, the President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director of Advanced Rehabilitation Resources, Inc., and served in each of these capacities from 1990 to 1993. From 1987 to 1990, he was Senior Vice President of Business Development for RehabCare Group, Inc., a publicly traded rehabilitation care company, and in 1993 and 1994 served as Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer of RehabCare Group, Inc.

76

S. Frank Fritsch has served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 1999. He served as our Vice President of Human Resources from June 1997 to November 1999. Prior to June 1997, he was Senior Vice President-- Human Resources for Integrated Health Services from May 1996 until June 1997. Prior to that time, Mr. Fritsch was Senior Vice President--Human Resources for Continental Medical Systems from August 1992 to April 1996. From 1980 to 1992, Mr. Fritsch held senior human resources positions with Mercy Health Systems, Rorer Pharmaceuticals, ARA Mark and American Hospital Supply Corporation.

Martin F. Jackson has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 1999. Mr. Jackson previously served as a Managing Director in the Health Care Investment Banking Group for CIBC Oppenheimer from January 1997 to May 1999. Prior to that time, he served as Senior Vice President, Health
Care Finance with McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. from January 1994 to January 1997. Prior to 1994, Mr. Jackson held senior financial positions with Van Kampen Merritt, Touche Ross, Honeywell and L'Nard Associates.

Michael E. Tarvin has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since November 1999. He served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from February 1997 to November 1999. He was Vice President--Senior Counsel of Continental Medical Systems from February 1993 until February 1997. Prior to that time, he was Associate Counsel of Continental Medical Systems from March 1992. Mr. Tarvin was an associate at the Philadelphia law firm of Drinker Biddle & Reath, LLP from September 1985 until March 1992.

Edward R. Miersch has served as President of our NovaCare Rehabilitation Division since January 2000. Prior to that time, Mr. Miersch was Vice President of Ambulatory Services of Mercy Health System from December 1998 to October 1999. From March 1996 until October 1998, Mr. Miersch served first as Vice President--Operations and then as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of U.S. Physicians, Inc., an integrator and manager of physician practices that declared bankruptcy in November 1998. From September 1993 until March 1996, Mr. Miersch served as Eastern Region President of the Outpatient Rehabilitation Division of the former NovaCare, Inc. He served as President of Sports Physical Therapists, Inc. from September 1980 until September 1993, when that company was acquired by RehabClinics, Inc., a company which was itself in turn acquired by NovaCare, Inc. in early 1994. Mr. Miersch also served as Director of Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine at Haverford Community Hospital from September 1980 to January 1986.

Scott A. Romberger has served as Vice President and Controller since February 1997. In addition, he became Chief Accounting Officer in December, 2000. Prior to February 1997, he was Vice President--Controller of Continental Medical Systems from January 1991 until January 1997. Prior to that time, he served as Acting Corporate Controller and Assistant Controller of Continental Medical Systems from June 1990 and December 1988, respectively. Mr. Romberger is a certified public accountant and was employed by a national accounting firm from April 1985 until December 1988.

Classes of the Board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes that serve staggered three-year terms as follows:

         Class           Expiration                  Member
------------------------ ---------- ---------------------------------------
        Class I             2002    Messrs. Edwards, Feldberg and Zimmerman
                                    Messrs. Cressey, Dalton and Robert
        Class II            2003    Ortenzio
                                    Messrs. Carson, Rocco Ortenzio and
       Class III            2004    Swergold

Board Committees

The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding the compensation to be provided to our Chief Executive Officer and our directors. The compensation committee consists of Russell L. Carson, Bryan C. Cressey and Meyer Feldberg. Messrs. Cressey and Feldberg are two of our nonemployee directors and constitute the members of the sub-committee of the compensation committee,

77

which administers certain aspects of our Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan. In addition, the compensation committee reviews compensation arrangements for our other executive officers. The compensation committee also administers our equity compensation plans.

The audit committee reviews and monitors our corporate financial reporting, external audits, internal control functions and compliance with laws and regulations that could have a significant effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the audit committee has the responsibility to consider and recommend the appointment of, and to review fee arrangements with, our independent auditors. Messrs. Feldberg, Swergold and Dalton are currently the three members of our audit committee.

Director Compensation and Other Arrangements

We do not pay cash compensation to our employee directors, however they are reimbursed for the expenses they incur in attending meetings of the board or board committees. Non-employee directors, other than non-employee directors appointed by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe; GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC and Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, receive cash compensation in the amount of $5,000 per quarter and $1,250 per board meeting attended. All non-employee directors are also reimbursed for the expenses they incur in attending meetings of the board or board committees. In addition, non-employee directors are eligible to receive options to purchase common stock awarded under our Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan. See-- "Select Medical Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan."

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee makes all compensation decisions regarding our executives. Messrs. Carson and Cressey served as the only members of the compensation committee since we formed the committee in 1997, until Mr. Feldberg became a member of the compensation committee in 2000.

78

Executive Compensation

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer and our four most highly paid executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer employed by us during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000.

Summary Compensation Table

                                                                 Long-Term
                                    Annual Compensation         Compensation
                             ---------------------------------- ------------
                                                                 Securities
Name and Principal                                  Other        Underlying   All Other
Position                      Salary   Bonus   Compensation (a) Options/SARs Compensation
------------------           -------- -------- ---------------- ------------ ------------
Rocco A. Ortenzio (b)
 Chairman and Chief
 Executive Officer..... 2000 $581,667 $287,500      $  --             --        $7,690
                        1999  387,222  193,611         --         655,044
Robert A. Ortenzio (c)
 President and Chief
 Operating Officer..... 2000  507,692  256,250       5,250            --           --
                        1999  334,669  165,446       3,976        436,697
Patricia A. Rice (c)
 Executive Vice
 President of
 Operations............ 2000  365,385  147,500       5,250        201,600          --
                        1999  233,450   90,000       4,611            --
Martin F. Jackson (c)
 Senior Vice President
 and Chief Financial
 Officer............... 2000  234,616   94,000       5,250        120,960          --
Edward R. Miersch (c)
 President of NovaCare
 Division.............. 2000  294,231  122,500       2,100        259,200          --


(a) The value of certain perquisites and other personal benefits is not included in the amounts disclosed because it did not exceed for any officer in the table above the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for such officer.
(b) Represents the benefit to Rocco A. Ortenzio of premiums we paid in connection with life insurance policies owned by the Rocco A. Ortenzio Irrevocable Trust. See "--Employment Agreements." Under this arrangement we paid no premiums in respect of term life insurance, and the value of the premiums paid by us reflects the present value of an interest free loan to Mr. Ortenzio through the end of the fiscal year.
(c) Other compensation represents employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Option Grants During the Year Ended December 31, 2000

The following tables set forth certain information concerning grants to purchase shares of our common stock of each of the officers named in the summary compensation table above during the year ended December 31, 2000.

                                                                               Potential Realizable Value at
                         Number of   Percentage of                             Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
                         Securities  Total Options                                Price Appreciation for
                         Underlying   Granted to    Exercise                          Option Term (c)
                          Options    Employees in   Price per                  -----------------------------
Name                     Granted (a)     2000       Share (b)  Expiration Date      5%             10%
----                     ----------  ------------- ----------- --------------- -----------------------------
Patricia A. Rice........  201,600        10.7%     $6.51-10.42 1/3/10-10/13/10      $250,318      $1,242,664
Martin F. Jackson.......  120,960         6.4%      6.51-10.42 1/3/10-10/13/10       198,874         836,445
Edward R. Miersch.......  259,200        13.8%      6.51-10.42 1/3/10-10/13/10       266,621       1,464,094


(a) All options granted to employees are either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options and generally vest over five years at the rate of 20% of the shares subject to the option per year. Unvested options lapse upon termination of employment. Options expire ten years from the date of grant.

79

(b) We granted options at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.
(c) These amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option term. These gains are based on assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded annually from the date the respective options were granted to their expiration dates. These assumptions are not intended to forecast future appreciation of our stock price. The potential realizable value computation does not take into account federal or state income tax consequences of option exercises or sales of appreciated stock. If the hypothetical gains in these columns were calculated using the price of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering of $9.50 per share, then the potential realizable value of the option grants would be as follows: Ms. Rice- $1,653,668 (at 5%) and $3,254,434 (at 10%); Mr. Jackson- $963,491 (at 5%) and $1,920,722 (at 10%); and Mr. Miersch $2,206,557 (at 5%) and $4,266,385 (at 10%).

Year End December 31, 2000 Option Values

The following table sets forth certain information concerning option exercises by each of the officers named in the above summary compensation table.

                                                Number of Securities
                                               Underlying Unexercised   Value of Unexercised In-
                                               Options at Fiscal Year     The Money Options at
                           Shares                        End               Fiscal Year End (a)
                         Acquired on  Value   ------------------------- -------------------------
Name                      Exercise   Realized Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
----                     ----------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
Rocco A. Ortenzio.......       0       $ 0     1,605,444           0    $5,206,536     $     0
Robert A. Ortenzio......       0         0       753,497           0     2,387,525           0
Patricia A. Rice........       0         0             0     201,600             0     516,000
Martin F. Jackson.......       0         0        11,520     167,040        39,400     450,000
Edward R. Miersch.......       0         0             0     259,200             0     722,400


(a) Based on our initial public offering price of $9.50 per share, less the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option.

Employment Agreements

In March 2000, we entered into three-year employment agreements with three of our executive officers, Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio and Patricia A. Rice. Under these agreements, which were amended on August 8, 2000 and February 3, 2001, the executive officers are to be paid an annual salary of $800,000, $700,000 and $500,000, respectively, subject to adjustment by our board of directors. In addition, these executives are eligible for bonus compensation. The employment agreements also provide that the executive officers will receive long term disability insurance. In the event Rocco A. Ortenzio's employment is terminated due to his disability, we must make salary continuation payments to him equal to 100% of his annual base salary for ten years after his date of termination or until he is physically able to become gainfully employed in an occupation consistent with his education, training and experience. We are also obligated to make disability payments to Robert A. Ortenzio and Patricia A. Rice for the same period; however, payments to them must equal 50% of their annual base salary. In addition, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio are each entitled to six weeks paid vacation. Patricia A. Rice is entitled to four weeks paid vacation.

Under the terms of each of these executive officers' employment agreements, their employment term begins on March 1, 2000 and expires on March 1, 2003. At the end of each 12-month period beginning March 1, 2000, the term of each employment agreement automatically extends for an additional year unless one of the executives or we give written notice to the other not less than three months prior to the end of that 12-month period that we or they do not want the term of the employment agreement to continue. Thus, in the absence of written notice given by one of the executives or us, the remaining term of each employment agreement will be three years from each anniversary of March 1, 2000. In each employment agreement, for the term of the agreement and for two years after the termination of employment, the executive may not participate in any business that competes with us within a twenty-five mile radius of any of our hospitals or outpatient rehabilitation clinics. The executive also may not solicit any of our employees for one year after the termination of the executive's employment.

80

These three employment agreements also contain a change of control provision. If, within the one-year period immediately following a change of control of Select, we terminate Rocco A. Ortenzio or Robert A. Ortenzio without cause or Rocco A. Ortenzio or Robert A. Ortenzio terminates his employment agreement for any reason, we are obligated to pay them a lump sum cash payment equal to their base salary plus bonus for the previous three completed calendar years. If, within the one-year period immediately following a change of control of Select, Patricia A. Rice terminates her employment for certain specified reasons or, within the five-year period immediately following a change of control, is terminated without cause, has her compensation reduced from that in effect prior to the change of control or is relocated to a location more than 25 miles from Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania, we are obligated to pay her a lump sum cash payment equal to her base salary plus bonus for the previously three completed calendar years. In addition, all of their unvested and unexercised stock options will vest. A change in control is generally defined to include the following: the acquisition by a person or group, other than our current stockholders who own 12% or more of the common stock, of more than 50% of our total voting shares; a business combination following which there is an increase in share ownership by any person or group, other than the executive or any group of which the executive is a part, by an amount equal to or greater than 33% of our total voting shares; our current directors, or any director elected after the date of the respective employment agreement whose election was approved by a majority of the then current directors, cease to constitute at least a majority of our board; a business combination following which our stockholders cease to own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation; or a sale of substantially all of our assets other than to an entity controlled by our shareholders prior to the sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change in control will be deemed to have occurred unless the transaction provides our stockholders with consideration equal to or greater than $6.51 per share of common stock. Otherwise, if any of the executives' services are terminated by us other than for cause or they terminate their employment for good reason, we are obligated to pay them a pro- rated bonus for the year of termination equal to the product of the target bonus established for that year, or if no target bonus is established the bonus paid or payable to them for the year prior to their termination, in either case multiplied by the fraction of the year of termination they were employed. In addition, we would also be obligated to pay these executives their base salary as of the date of termination for the balance of the term of the agreement. Finally, all vested and unexercised stock options will vest immediately.

Under amendments to Rocco A. Ortenzio's senior management and employment agreements, we are obligated to pay premiums on life insurance policies held in the Rocco A. Ortenzio Irrevocable Trust, provided that Mr. Ortenzio remains an employee, director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of ours. We are obligated under these arrangements to pay approximately $2.0 million in premiums in 2000, and $1.25 million for each of the years 2001 through 2010. Under a related collateral assignment agreement, upon Mr. Ortenzio's death, or if the trust surrenders these policies, we are entitled to be repaid, at our election, by the trust for the amount of the premiums we have paid over the life of the policies. In the event of Mr. Ortenzio's death, we will be repaid from the death proceeds of the policies. In the event the policy is surrendered or canceled, we will be repaid from the cash surrender value of the policies. At any time prior to Mr. Ortenzio's death, we can be paid by loan, partial surrender or withdrawal of premiums paid prior to the time of loans, surrender or withdrawal.

We have also entered into a deferred compensation agreement with Rocco A. Ortenzio, pursuant to which Mr. Ortenzio has deferred all of his compensation, including his salary and bonus, since March 1, 1997. This amount accrued interest at a rate of 6% from March 1, 1997 to December 31, 1999, and no interest thereafter. We will pay these funds to his spouse or his estate within 60 days after his death. The agreement does not apply to compensation earned after December 31, 2000.

In December 1999, we entered into a three year employment agreement with Mr. Edward R. Miersch, which remains in effect for successive one year periods, unless terminated by 180 days prior notice by either party. Under this agreement, we granted him options to purchase 241,920 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.51 per share with the options vesting over five years. Mr. Miersch is entitled to receive an annual salary of $300,000 and incentive compensation in an amount of up to 40% of his base salary. Further, Mr. Miersch is entitled to any employment and fringe benefits under our policies as they exist from time to time and which are made available to substantially all of our employees. During the employment term and for two

81

years after the termination of his employment, Mr. Miersch may not solicit any of our employees or participate in any business that competes with us within a twenty mile radius of any of our facilities or businesses.

In March 2000, we entered into change of control agreements with Mr. Miersch and Mr. Martin F. Jackson, which were each amended on February 23, 2001. These agreements provide that if within a five-year period immediately following a change of control of Select, we terminate Mr. Jackson or Mr. Miersch without cause, reduce either of their compensation from that in effect prior to the change of control or relocate Mr. Jackson to a location more than 25 miles from Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania or Mr. Miersch to a location more than 25 miles from King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, we are obligated to pay the affected individual a lump sum cash payment equal to his base salary plus bonus for the previous three completed calendar years. If at the time we terminate Mr. Jackson or Mr. Miersch without cause or Mr. Jackson or Mr. Miersch terminates his employment for good reason in connection with a change in control, Mr. Jackson or Mr. Miersch has been employed by us for less than three years, we must pay the terminated individual three times his average total annual cash compensation (base salary and bonus) for his years of service. In addition, the agreements provide that all unvested stock options will vest upon termination. A change in control has the same definition as in the employment agreements of Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio and Patricia A Rice, as described above.

Select Medical Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan

The board of directors adopted the Select Medical Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan effective as of October 30, 1997 and amended and restated as of February 22, 2001. The plan provides for the grant of stock options to designated officers, key employees, and consultants of ours and our subsidiaries and our non-employee directors.

Purpose. The purpose of the plan is to promote our interests and the interests of our stockholders by attracting and retaining valued officers, key employees, non-employee directors and consultants, and to motivate these persons to exercise their best efforts on our behalf.

Administration. A committee comprised of at least two non-employee, outside directors, has been appointed by the board of directors to administer the plan. The committee has full authority, subject to the terms of the plan, to do the following:

. interpret and administer the plan;

. select who among the eligible individuals will participate in the plan;

. determine the terms, conditions and types of awards given under the plan; and

. resolve all controversies and claims arising under the plan.

All determinations made by the committee are conclusive and binding on all persons.

Eligibility. Any officer, key employee (including any director who is also an employee), or consultant providing services to us or our subsidiaries and our non-employee directors are eligible to participate in the plan, provided that non-employee directors and consultants are not be eligible to receive incentive stock options.

Number of Shares. The plan provides for the issuance of up to a total of 5,760,000 shares of our common stock, plus any additional amount (the additional amount will be calculated by the committee from time to time) necessary to make the total shares available for issuance under the plan equal to the sum of 5,760,000 plus 14% of the total issued and outstanding common stock in excess of 34,560,000 shares, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and similar changes in our capitalization. If any awards expire or otherwise terminate prior to being exercised, then the shares of common stock subject to the awards will be available again for grants under the plan. In addition, when an option is exercised, the number of shares issued

82

in connection with the option will be added to the amount available under the plan, so that the total number of shares available for awards under the plan will never be less than 14% of our total outstanding common stock. No individual key employee or officer may receive awards covering more than 8,640,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, dividends and the like) under the plan during any calendar year or over the life of the plan.

Types of Awards. The plan provides for the grant of stock options. A stock option is a grant by us of the right to purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock for a specified time period at a fixed price. Options may be either incentive stock options meeting the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options. All options are evidenced by written option agreements containing the term and conditions of the options.

The exercise price of an option is determined by the committee, but, in the case of incentive stock options, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of such fair market value if the option is granted to any key employee or officer who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of the company or any of our subsidiaries at the time the option is granted to him). The exercise price of a non-qualified stock option may be at less than the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of an option may not be greater than ten years (or five years for an incentive stock option granted to an employee or officer who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of the company or any of our subsidiaries). Options are generally not transferable during the optionee's lifetime, but the committee may provide in an option agreement that a non- qualified stock option is transferable pursuant to limitations and conditions determined by the committee.

Options may be exercised in several ways, including by payment of the exercise price in cash or its equivalent, by delivery of qualified shares of our common stock, or any combination of such methods, or, if permitted by the committee, with the proceeds of a loan from us. Any such loan could be secured by the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the option or by any other security as determined by the committee. All outstanding unvested options will vest upon a change in control, as defined in the plan.

Amendment and Termination. The plan will terminate on midnight of February 21, 2011, unless terminated earlier by the board of directors. The board of directors has authority to amend, suspend or terminate the plan at any time. However, no termination or amendment of the plan may materially impair the rights of an option holder without the consent of the holder. In addition, the following amendments will require prior stockholder approval:

. with respect to incentive stock options any amendment that would, if it were not approved by the stockholders, change the class of employees eligible to participate in the plan;

. any amendment that would, if it were not approved by the stockholders, increase the maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which incentive stock options may be granted, except as permitted under the terms of the plan;

. any amendment that would, if it were not approved by the stockholders, extend the duration of the plan with respect to any incentive stock options granted under the plan; or

. any amendment for which shareholder approval is required pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(e)(4)(vi) or its successor.

83

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio, two of our directors and executive officers, Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V L.P. ("Golder Thoma") and Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe ("Welsh Carson"), were involved in our founding and organization and may be considered our promoters. In December of 1998 Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio received options under our 1997 Stock Option Plan to purchase 950,400 and 316,800 shares of our common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $6.08 per share. In November 1999, Rocco
A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio received options to purchase 655,044 and 436,697 shares of our common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $6.51 per share. On April 26, 2001 Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio each received additional options to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $11.75 per share, the closing price of our common stock on that day.

Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Golder Thoma and Welsh Carson participated in our initial funding and from time to time since our founding have each purchased common and preferred stock from us. The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common and preferred stock (as adjusted for subsequent stock splits) purchased by Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Golder Thoma and its affiliates, and Welsh Carson and its affiliates, the date of each purchase and the amounts received by us from each of the purchases of our capital stock. As adjusted for stock splits, our common stock was sold for $0.29 per share until September 19, 1998, $6.08 per share until November 19, 1999 and for $6.51 per share thereafter. Our Class A Preferred Stock was sold for $1,000 per share, and our Class B Preferred Stock was sold for $3.75 per share. Each share of Class A Preferred Stock was redeemed upon the completion of our initial public offering for a cash payment of $1,000. Each share of Class B Preferred Stock was converted into .576 shares of our Common Stock upon the completion of our initial public offering.

84

                                                Shares of Shares of
                                   Shares of     Class A   Class B
                                    Common      Preferred Preferred   Amount
                                     Stock        Stock     Stock   Received by
          Name              Date   Purchased    Purchased Purchased   Select
          ----            -------- ---------    --------- --------- -----------
Rocco A. Ortenzio (a)...    2/5/97 1,299,025        --           -- $   375,875
                            5/7/97   147,583        128          --     170,248
                           6/18/97       --         109          --     108,490
                            2/9/98       --         502          --     501,640
                           4/29/98       --         355          --     354,609
                            6/3/98       --         563          --     562,186
                           6/30/98       --         173          --     172,978
                           7/20/98   140,838        --           --      40,760
                          10/21/98       --         468          --     467,168
                          12/16/98   363,234        --           --   2,207,152
                           2/29/00    38,592        --           --     251,250

Robert A. Ortenzio (b)..    2/5/97   794,370        --           -- $   229,852
                            5/7/97    88,270         66          --      90,777
                           6/18/97       --          56          --      55,494
                            2/9/98       --         257          --     256,590
                           4/29/98       --         182          --     181,383
                            6/3/98       --         288          --     287,560
                           6/30/98       --          89          --      88,478
                          10/21/98       --         239          --     238,969
                          12/16/98    79,864        --           --     485,287
                           2/29/00    19,238        --           --     125,250

Welsh, Carson Anderson &    2/5/97 2,986,986        --          --  $   864,290
 Stowe VII, L.P., and       5/7/97 1,123,062      1,254         --    1,578,960
 affiliates.............   6/18/97       --       1,069         --    1,068,910
                            2/9/98       --       4,940         --    4,939,130
                           4/29/98       --       3,494         --    3,493,290
                            6/3/98       --       5,535         --    5,534,760
                           6/30/98       --       1,704         --    1,703,380
                          10/21/98       --       4,603         --    4,602,280
                          12/16/98 6,162,081(c)     --          --   28,157,498
                          11/19/99   960,162(d)     --    7,531,424  28,242,841

Affiliates of GTCR          2/5/97 3,139,569        --          --  $   908,440
 Golder Rauner, LLC.....    5/7/97 1,180,431      1,319         --    1,660,560
                           6/18/97       --       1,123         --    1,122,910
                            2/9/98       --       5,193         --    5,192,130
                           4/29/98       --       3,671         --    3,670,290
                            6/3/98       --       5,819         --    5,818,760
                           6/30/98       --       1,791         --    1,790,380
                          10/21/98       --       4,837         --    4,836,530
                          12/16/98 2,454,171        --          --   14,912,499
                          11/19/99       --         --    1,983,333   7,437,499

85


(a) Includes 223,545 common shares and 526 Class A Preferred shares originally purchased by Select Investments II and 434,085 common shares and 1,769 Class A Preferred shares originally purchased by Select Partners, L.P., which were later distributed to Rocco A. Ortenzio upon the dissolution of those partnerships.
(b) Includes 195,602 common shares and 461 Class A Preferred shares originally purchased by Select Investments II and 175,125 common shares and 714 Class A Preferred shares originally purchased by Select Partners, L.P., which were later distributed to Robert A. Ortenzio upon the dissolution of those partnerships.
(c) Includes 1,528,163 common shares that were purchased along with a $35 million principal amount Senior Subordinated Note for $35 million.
(d) These common shares were purchased along with a $25 million principal amount Senior Subordinated Note for $25 million. Welsh Carson returned to us 240,048 of these shares when we repaid in full the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes with the proceeds from the sale of the old notes.

In 1997 we entered into a shareholders agreement with our principal stockholders, including Welsh Carson, Golder Thoma, Mr. Rocco A. Ortenzio and Mr. Robert A. Ortenzio. The shareholders agreement terminated by its terms upon the completion of our initial public offering. Members of our management have also been granted preemptive rights with respect to our capital stock. These arrangements were also terminated prior to the completion of our initial public offering.

Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement dated June 30, 1998, as amended on February 9, 1999 and amended and restated on November 19, 1999, to induce our financial sponsors, Welsh Carson and Golder Thoma to partially guarantee our senior debt, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio each agreed to make contributions to those financial sponsors if those guarantees were enforced by our senior lenders. In exchange for the promise of these guarantees by our financial sponsors and the promise of contributions by Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio, we have issued warrants to purchase shares of our common stock to Golder Thoma, Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio and two affiliates of Welsh Carson. The following table sets forth the dates of the grants and the number of shares issuable on exercise of the warrants. All warrants expire on June 30, 2003 and are exercisable at $6.08 per share.

                                           Golder, Thoma,
           Welsh, Carson,    WCAS Capital     Cressey,
Date of   Anderson & Stowe, Partners, III,  Rauner Fund   Rocco A. Robert A.
 Issue        VII, L.P.         L.P.          V, L.P.     Ortenzio Ortenzio
-------   ----------------- -------------- -------------- -------- ---------
06/30/98       216,789              --          216,789        --    44,974
07/11/98            --              --               --    97,448        --
10/31/98       108,395              --          108,395    48,724    22,487
01/29/99       108,395              --          108,395    48,724    22,487
04/30/99        10,324           1,865           12,189     5,479     2,529
07/31/99        22,239           4,018           26,257    11,802     5,447
10/31/99        22,370           4,041           26,411    11,871     5,479
01/31/00        47,783           9,011           56,794    18,563     8,757
04/30/00        54,553          10,391           64,944    19,325     9,187
07/31/00        54,553          10,391           64,944    19,325     9,187
09/22/00        31,427           5,986           37,414    11,133     5,292
               -------          ------       ----------   -------   -------
               676,828          45,703       722,532/1/   292,394   135,826


/1 /Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P. subsequently transferred 30,717 warrants to GTCR Fund VI, L.P. and 90,804 warrants to Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P.

86

On December 15, 1998, we issued an aggregate of 12,225,306 shares of our common stock. Of this amount, 2,343,086 common shares were purchased by Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P., 82,286 shares were purchased by Bryan C. Cressey and 68,631 common shares were purchased by Russell L. Carson. Also, Select Healthcare Investors, L.P., in which the general partner is partially owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio, purchased 246,857 common shares. WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. purchased 1,528,163 of these shares and a 10% Senior Subordinated Note for an aggregate purchase price of $35 million. WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. then purchased an additional $30 million principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes from us for $30 million in cash. These 10% Senior Subordinated Notes were repaid in full with the proceeds from the sale of the old notes. We paid Welsh Carson, Golder Thoma, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert A. Ortenzio an investment fee equal to 1% of the cash consideration they and their affiliates paid for the securities purchased in this offering.

On November 19, 1999, in connection with the NovaCare acquisition, we issued an aggregate of 16,000,000 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock at a price of $3.75 per share. Of this amount, 7,531,424 shares were purchased by affiliates of Welsh Carson, 111,216 shares were purchased by Russell L. Carson, 1,983,333 shares were purchased by affiliates of Golder Thoma and 5,950,000 shares were purchased by Thoma Cressey. At the same time, WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. purchased 960,192 shares of our common stock and a 10% Senior Subordinated Note for an aggregate purchase price of $25 million. The Note was repaid in full with the proceeds from the sale of the old notes, at which time WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. transferred 240,048 shares of our common stock to us. We paid Welsh Carson and Golder Thoma an investment fee equal to 1% of the cash consideration they and their affiliates paid for the securities purchased in this offering.

On May 5, 1999 we loaned $120,000 to Martin F. Jackson, our Chief Financial Officer, to assist him in purchasing 19,749 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.08 per share. The loan is interest-free, and will be forgiven in principal amounts of $20,000 every six months from the date of the loan. As of the date of this prospectus, $40,000 remains outstanding on this loan.

In April 2000, we sold all of the assets of Georgia Health Group, Inc. to Concentra Health Services, Inc. for $5 million. Welsh Carson beneficially owns 63.6% of the capital stock of Concentra Health Services. We believe the terms of this transaction were no less favorable to us than they would have been in an arm's length transaction with a third party.

In 1997, in connection with a terminated acquisition, the company we were to acquire paid a break-up fee to us and our financial sponsors. Based on the relative amounts of their financing commitment, $9,120,400 was paid to Welsh Carson, $1,884,480 was paid to Golder Thoma, $89,170 was paid to Rocco A. Ortenzio, $55,089 was paid to Robert A. Ortenzio and $121,500 was paid to partnerships owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Martin J. Ortenzio and John M. Ortenzio. We received a payment of $6,022,000. Martin Ortenzio and John Ortenzio are the sons or Rocco A. Ortenzio, and the brothers of Robert A. Ortenzio. These partnerships have since been liquidated.

In 1998, to finance acquisitions and for working capital, we received two loans of $1.0 million each from Rocco A. Ortenzio. The loans were at an annual interest rate of 10%, and were payable six months from the date of the loan. We repaid the loan in full in 1998 with a lump sum payment of $2,014,000.

We lease our corporate office space in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania from Old Gettysburg Associates I and Old Gettysburg Associates III, two general partnerships that are owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Martin J. Ortenzio and John M. Ortenzio. In 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000, we paid to these partnerships an aggregate amount of $11l,861, $151,266, $501,719 and $1,131,251, respectively, for office rent, for various improvements to our office space and miscellaneous expenses, and in the three months ended March 31, 2001 we paid these partnerships an additional $193,741. These amounts included $145,460 paid in 1999 to CCI Construction Company, Inc., a company owned by John M. Ortenzio, for improvements to the leased facilities. Our current lease for 43,919 square feet of office space at 4716 Old Gettysburg Road and our

87

lease for 12,400 square feet of office space at 4718 Old Gettysburg Road expire on December 31, 2014. On May 15, 2001 we entered into a lease for 7,214 square feet of additional office space at 4720 Old Gettysburg Road in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania with Old Gettysburg Associates II, a general partnership owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, John M. Ortenzio and Select Capital Corporation. We currently pay approximately $1,154,295 per year in rent for this office space.

We also lease office equipment and furnishings from Select Capital Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation whose principal offices are located in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania. Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Martin J. Ortenzio and John M. Ortenzio each own 25% of Select Capital Corporation. This lease commenced on April 1, 1997, and terminates on March 31, 2002. We have the option to extend the lease for an additional year on the same terms. We pay approximately $58,000 per year under the agreement. Since our inception through March 31, 2001, we have paid a total of $434,503 to Select Capital Corporation for equipment rental, improvements, maintenance, limousine and telephone expenses. We believe that this lease and these arrangements were on terms no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us in an arm's length transaction with a third party.

In 2000, we paid $7,953 to Select Security, Inc. for security card readers and related expenses. Robert A. Ortenzio owns 18%, Rocco A. Ortenzio and Martin J. Ortenzio each own 10%, and John M. Ortenzio owns 2% of the outstanding capital stock of Select Security, Inc. We believe that the terms of these transactions were no less favorable to us than they would have been in an arm's length transaction with a third party.

On December 1, 1999, we purchased all of the stock of Select Air Corporation, a Delaware corporation, from Rocco A. Ortenzio for $2.7 million. The only asset of Select Air Corporation was one HS 125 400-731 aircraft. We obtained an appraisal at the time of purchase that supported the price we paid for Select Air. In October 2000, we sold the airplane to an unaffiliated third party for approximately $2.5 million. Pursuant to a Cost Sharing Agreement also dated December 1, 1999, we paid $3,250 each month to Select Transport, Inc., a company owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio, for expenses relating to the storage, maintenance and operation of the aircraft. Rocco A. Ortenzio also paid us fees from time to time under this agreement for various services, including the use of pilots who are our employees. In October 2000, we terminated the December 1, 1999 Cost Sharing Agreement and entered into a new Cost Sharing Agreement with Select Transport and Select Air II Corporation, a corporation owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio. Under the new Cost Sharing Agreement, which was amended on April 1, 2001, we and Select Air II will each pay to Select Transport $3,250 for the use of hangar facility. We will employ a full-time mechanic and Select Air II will pay us 25% of our out of pocket costs to employ the mechanic. We will continue to hire two full-time pilots, and Select Air II will reimburse us for the cost of their services on a per diem basis. The cost sharing agreement also allows for aircraft swapping at prescribed rates.

In 1997 we paid $4,000 to Old Gettysburg Associates II to lease office space at 4720 Old Gettysburg Road in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania. We no longer lease this space. Old Gettysburg Associates II is a general partnership owned by Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio, Martin J. Ortenzio and John M. Ortenzio.

We also have entered into compensatory and other employment-related contracts with Mr. Rocco A. Ortenzio and Mr. Robert A. Ortenzio. See "Management--Employment Agreements."

The law firm of Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellot, LLC, of which LeRoy S. Zimmerman was formerly a member, has in the past provided, and may continue to provide, legal services to us and our subsidiaries.

88

On April 10, 2001 we used a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Class A Preferred Stock for a price of $1,000 per share. The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Class A Preferred Stock that we redeemed which were owned by certain of our stockholders:

                                                                       Shares of
                                                                        Class A
                                                                       Preferred
                                                                         Stock
Stockholder                                                            Redeemed
-----------                                                            ---------
Entities affiliated with Welsh Carson.................................  22,596
Entities affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC......................  23,571
Russell Carson........................................................     333
Rocco A. Ortenzio.....................................................   2,295
Robert A. Ortenzio....................................................   1,174
Patricia A. Rice......................................................     143
S. Frank Fritsch......................................................      95

On May 2, 2001 we paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on our Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred Stock. Each share of our Class B Preferred Stock automatically converted into .576 shares of common stock upon the consummation of our initial public offering. The table below sets forth the Class A Preferred accrued dividends which were paid to certain of our stockholders:

                                                                       Payment
                                                                         for
                                                                       Class A
                                                                      Preferred
Stockholder                                                           Dividends
-----------                                                           ----------
Entities affiliated with Welsh Carson (a)............................ $6,026,626
Entities affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC (b).................  6,333,654
Russell Carson.......................................................     88,328
Rocco A. Ortenzio....................................................    611,945
Robert A. Ortenzio...................................................    313,103
Patricia A. Rice.....................................................     36,902
S. Frank Fritsch.....................................................     25,264

The table below sets forth the Class B Preferred accrued dividends which were paid to certain of our stockholders:

                                                                      Payment
                                                                        for
                                                                      Class B
                                                                     Preferred
Stockholder                                                          Dividends
-----------                                                          ----------
Entities affiliated with Welsh Carson (a)........................... $2,428,201
Entities affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC (b)................    639,445
Entities affiliated with Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, Inc. (c)....  1,918,336
Entities affiliated with Anvers, L.P. (d)...........................     42,988
Russell Carson......................................................     35,857


(a) Russell Carson is a general partner of WCAS VII Partners, L.P. and WCAS HP Partners, L.P., and a managing member of WCAS CP III, L.L.C. These entities are the general partners of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, L.P., WCAS Healthcare Partners, L.P. and WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P., respectively.
(b) Donald Edwards and Bryan Cressey are principals of Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Inc., which is the general partner of GTCR V L.P. GTCR V L.P. is the general partner of Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P. and the managing general partner of GTCR Associates V. Donald Edwards is also a principal of GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, which is the general partner of GTCR Partners VI, L.P. GTCR Partners VI, L.P. is the general partner of GTCR Fund VI, L.P. and GTCR Executive Fund VI, L.P., and the managing general partner of GTCR Associates VI.

89

(c) Bryan Cressey is a principal of Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, Inc., which is the general partner of TC Partners VI, L.P. TC Partners VI, L.P. is the general partner of Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P. and Thoma Cressey Friends Fund VI, L.P.
(d) Leopold Swergold is the senior managing director of FSIP, LLC, which is the general partner of Anvers, L.P., Anvers II, L.P. and Anvers Healthcare Investments, L.P.

A portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the old notes was used to repay $92.2 million, the entire principal amount and accrued interest of our 10% senior subordinated notes, which were issued to WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. in December 1998, February 1999 and November 1999. Russell C. Carson is a general Partner of WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P.

90

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2001. The table includes:

. each person (or group of affiliated persons) who is known by us to own more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

. each of our executive officers and directors; and

. all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise noted, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. All share amounts include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Options or warrants that are exercisable for common stock and other ownership rights in common stock that vest within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The table below also assumes the transfer of 240,048 shares to us by WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P. upon the repayment of the 10% senior subordinated note due 2009, which occurred on June 11, 2001, and the issuance of 523,452 shares of common stock to owners of minority interests in certain of our subsidiaries. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Subsequent Events."

                                                               Common Stock
                                                            Beneficially Owned
                                                            ------------------
                                                              Number   Percent
                                                            ---------- -------
5% Beneficial Owners, Directors, Nominees for Director and
 Named Executive Officers
Entities affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
 VII, L.P.(a).............................................. 16,052,905  34.9%
Entities affiliated with GTCR Golder, Rauner, LLC (b)......  8,548,300  18.4
Entities affiliated with Thoma Cressey Equity Partners
 (c).......................................................  5,861,090  12.9
Rocco A. Ortenzio (d)......................................  5,170,667  10.9
Robert A. Ortenzio (e).....................................  2,138,923   4.6
Russell L. Carson (f)...................................... 16,246,076  35.3
Bryan C. Cressey (g)....................................... 12,510,102  27.2
Donald J. Edwards (h)......................................  8,548,300  18.4
Meyer Feldberg.............................................         --    --
James E. Dalton, Jr. ......................................         --    --
LeRoy S. Zimmerman (i).....................................     13,939     *
Leopold Swergold (j).......................................    301,371     *
Patricia A. Rice (k).......................................    245,182     *
Martin F. Jackson (l)......................................     93,124     *
Edward R. Miersch (m)......................................     50,803     *
                                                            ----------  ----
All executive officers and directors as a group (16
 persons).................................................. 38,832,416  77.4%
                                                            ==========  ====


* Less than 1%
(a) Common shares held include 2,248,307 shares and warrants to purchase 45,703 shares held by WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P., 12,654,556 shares and warrants to purchase 676,828 shares held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P. and 427,511 shares held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe Healthcare Partners, L.P. The general partners of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P. and WCAS

91

Capital Partners III, L.P. are WCAS VII Partners, L.P. and WCAS CP III, L.L.C., respectively. Bruce K. Anderson, Russell L. Carson, Anthony J. DeNicola, Thomas E. McInerney, Robert A. Minicucci, Paul B. Queally, Jonathan Rather, Rudolph E. Rupert, Lawrence B. Sorrel and Patrick J. Welsh are general partners of WCAS VII Partners and managing members of WCAS CP III. The general partner of WCAS Healthcare Partners, L.P. is WCAS HP Partners. Russell L. Carson and Patrick J. Welsh are partners of WCAS HP Partners. Accordingly, each of the individuals listed above may be deemed a beneficial owner of the shares owned by these entities. These individuals own 531,199 common shares of record in the aggregate. Shares listed as beneficially owned by affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P. do not include any shares owned of record by these individuals. Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P.'s business address is 320 Park Avenue, Suite 2500, New York, New York 10022.
(b) Common shares held include 10,408 shares held by GTCR Associates V, 4,376 shares held by GTCR Associates VI, 1,932,626 shares and warrants to purchase 30,717 shares owned by GTCR Fund VI, L.P., 13,855 shares held by GTCR VI Executive Fund L.P. and 5,955,307 shares and warrants to purchase 601,011 shares owned by Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P. GTCR V, L.P. is the general partner of Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P., and the managing general partner of GTCR Associates V. Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner, Inc. is the general partner of GTCR V., L.P. GTCR Partners VI, L.P. is the general partner of GTCR Fund VI, L.P. and GTCR Executive Fund VI, L.P., and the managing general partner of GTCR Associates VI. GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC is the general partner of GTCR Partners VI, L.P. GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC's business address is 6100 Sears Tower, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606-6402.
(c) Common shares held include 5,713,160 shares and warrants to purchase 90,804 shares owned by Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P. and 57,126 shares held by Thoma Cressey Friends Fund VI, L.P. TC Partners VI, L.P. is the general partner of Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P. and Thoma Cressey Friends Fund VI, L.P. Thoma Cressey Equity Partners, Inc. is the general partner of the TC Partners VI, L.P. Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P.'s business address is Sears Tower, 92nd Floor, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606-6402.
(d) Includes options to purchase 2,505,444 common shares that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, warrants to purchase 292,394 common shares and 246,857 common shares owned by Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P. Select Capital Corporation, of which Mr. Ortenzio is a 25% owner, Director and Chief Executive Officer, is the general partner of Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P. Mr. Ortenzio disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P. Also includes 5,200 shares held by Nancy Ortenzio, spouse of Rocco A. Ortenzio, 10,500 shares held as a life tenant with John M. Ortenzio as remainderman, 10,500 shares held as a life tenant with Martin J. Ortenzio as remainderman and 10,500 shares held as a life tenant with Robert A. Ortenzio as remainderman. Rocco A. Ortenzio's business address is 4716 Old Gettysburg Road, P.O. Box 2034, Mechanicsburg, PA 17055.
(e) Includes options to purchase 753,497 common shares that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus and warrants to purchase 135,826 common shares. Also includes 43,414 common shares owned by the Ortenzio Family Partnership, L.P., of which Robert A. Ortenzio is the general partner, and 246,857 common shares owned by Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P. Select Capital Corporation, of which Mr. Ortenzio is a 25% owner, Director and President, is the general partner of Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P. Mr. Ortenzio disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Select Healthcare Investors I, L.P.
(f) Includes 16,052,905 common shares, owned by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P. and its affiliates. Mr. Carson is a principal of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P.
(g) Includes 5,861,090 common shares owned by Thoma Cressey Fund VI, L.P. and its affiliates. Mr. Cressey is a principal of Thoma Cressey Equity Partners. Common shares beneficially owned also include 5,955,307 common shares and 601,011 warrants to purchase common shares owned by Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P., and 10,408 common shares owned by GTCR Associates V. Mr. Cressey is a principal of Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner, Inc., which is the general partner of GTCR V, L.P. Mr. Cressey disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares that exceed his pecuniary interest in the entities affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC and Thoma Cressey Equity Partners.

92

(h) Includes 8,548,300 common shares, owned by affiliates of GTCR Golder, Rauner, LLC and Golder, Thoma, Cressey Rauner, Inc. Mr. Edwards is a principal of Golder, Thoma, Cressey Rauner, Inc. and GTCR Golder Rauner,
LLC. Mr. Edwards disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares that exceed his pecuniary interest therein.
(i) Includes options to purchase 5,760 common shares which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.
(j) Common shares held include 160,731 shares owned by Anvers, L.P., 80,640 shares owned by Anvers II, L.P. and 60,000 shares owned by Anvers Healthcare Investments, L.P. Mr. Swergold is the senior managing director of FSIP, LLC, which is the general partner of Anvers, L.P., Anvers II, L.P. and Anvers Healthcare Investments, L.P.
(k) Includes 16,457 common shares issued to Patricia A. Rice and Jesse W. Rice as Trustees under the Patricia Ann Rice Living Trust, 32,832 common shares held in an I.R.A. with Mellon PSFS as custodian for the benefit of Patricia
A. Rice and options to purchase 34,560 common shares that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.
(l) Includes options to purchase 42,624 common shares that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus and 2,000 shares owned by children living in the same household.
(m) Includes options to purchase 48,384 common shares which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

93

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

We issued the old notes to the initial purchasers on June 11, 2001. The initial purchasers sold all of the outstanding notes to "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes, except for certain transfer restrictions and other rights relating to this exchange offer.

Select issued the old notes under the Indenture (the "Indenture") among itself, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"), in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the Indenture apply to the old notes and the new notes to be issued in exchange for the old notes in this exchange offer (all such notes being referred to herein collectively as the "Notes"). The terms of the Notes include those expressly set forth in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").

This description of notes is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. Since this description of notes is only a summary, you should refer to the Indenture for a complete description of the obligations of Select and your rights.

The section entitled "Certain Definitions" includes the definitions of a number of the capitalized terms used in this description. For definitions of other capitalized terms, please refer to the Indenture. References in this description to "Select," "we," "our," and "us" mean only Select Medical Corporation and not its subsidiaries.

General

The Notes. The Notes:

. are general unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of Select;

. mature on June 15, 2009;

. will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000;

. are represented by one or more registered Notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by Notes in definitive form. See "Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance";

. are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Select, including, among other things, Bank Indebtedness;

. rank equally in right of payment to any future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of Select;

. are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by each Domestic Subsidiary of Select other than specified Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries and New Joint Venture Subsidiaries. See "Subsidiary Guarantees"; and

. are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market.

Additional Notes. The Indenture provides for the issuance of additional notes (the "Additional Notes") in one or more series from time to time, subject to the limitations set forth in the covenant described under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness." Any Additional Notes may vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for the purposes of the Indenture.

Interest. Interest on the Notes will compound semi-annually and:

. accrue at the rate of 9 1/2% per annum;

. accrue from the date of issuance or the most recent interest payment date;

. be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on December 15, 2001;

94

. be payable to the Holders of record on June 1 and December 1 immediately preceding the related interest payment dates; and

. be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

Payments on the Notes.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable, and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of Select in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially will be an office of an Affiliate of the Trustee in New York, New York); at the option of Select, however, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Note Register; and in addition, if a Holder of at least $1 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes has given wire transfer instructions to us prior to the record date for a payment, we will make such payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, such Holder's Notes in accordance with those instructions. Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such global Note. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but Select may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Paying Agent and Registrar.

The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. Select may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes, and Select or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

Transfer and Exchange.

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and Select may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Select is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, Select is not required to transfer or exchange any Note during the 15-day period before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Optional Redemption

Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable until June 15, 2005. On and after June 15, 2005, Select may redeem all or a part of the Notes from time to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year                                                           Percentage
----                                                           ----------
2005..........................................................  104.750%
2006..........................................................  103.167%
2007..........................................................  101.583%
2008 and thereafter...........................................  100.000%

Before June 15, 2004, Select may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more

95

Equity Offerings at a redemption price of 109.5% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date; provided that

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding after each such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion then deems to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

Ranking and Subordination

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and any other payment obligations in respect of the Notes, including any obligation to repurchase the Notes, will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents when due of all Senior Indebtedness of Select. However, payment from the money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in any defeasance trust (as described under "Defeasance" below), and payment in the form of Permitted Junior Securities, are not subordinate to any Senior Indebtedness or subject to these restrictions.

As a result of the subordination provisions described below, Holders of the Notes may recover less than creditors of Select who are holders of Senior Indebtedness in the event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or similar proceedings relating to Select. Moreover, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the non-guarantor Subsidiaries of Select. At March 31, 2001, on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to: (i) the sale of the Notes, including the application of the net proceeds thereof to repay existing indebtedness; (ii) the application of the net proceeds from Select's initial public offering; and (iii) net borrowings under our senior credit facility between April 1, 2001 and June 6, 2001:

. Outstanding Senior Indebtedness would have been $112.8 million. This amount does not include up to $149.3 million in undrawn but available borrowing commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement, all of which would be secured.

. Select would have had no Senior Subordinated Indebtedness other than the Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantors would have had $4.6 million of Indebtedness that would rank pari passu to the Notes.

. Our Subsidiary Guarantors would have had $108.3 million of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness including $103.2 million guaranteed under the Senior Credit Agreement, all of which would be secured.

Although the Indenture limits the amount of indebtedness that Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, such indebtedness may be substantial and all of it may be Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, and all or some of it may be secured.

Only Indebtedness of Select that is Senior Indebtedness ranks senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Notes in all respects rank equally with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of Select. Unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured. As described in "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Layering," Select may not incur any indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the Notes, but junior in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness.

96

Select may not pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest on, or other payment obligations in respect of, the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under "Defeasance" below and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or retire any Notes (collectively, "pay the Notes") if:

(1) any Designated Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due in cash or Cash Equivalents; or

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents.

However, Select may pay the Notes if Select and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the immediately preceding sentence has occurred and is continuing.

Select also will not be permitted to pay the Notes for a Payment Blockage Period (as defined below) during the continuance of any default, other than a default described in clause (1) or a default resulting in acceleration described in clause (2) of the preceding paragraph, on any Designated Senior Indebtedness that permits the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity immediately without either further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods.

A "Payment Blockage Period" commences on the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to Select) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of a default of the kind described in the immediately preceding paragraph from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ends 179 days after receipt of the notice. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

(1) by written notice to the Trustee and Select from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing; or

(3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in full.

Select may resume payments on the Notes after the end of the Payment Blockage Period, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.

In the event of:

(1) a total or partial liquidation or a dissolution of Select;

(2) a reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership of or similar proceeding relating to Select or its property; or

(3) an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of Select's assets and liabilities, then

the holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents in respect of Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the Holders of the Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution, if any, of the assets or securities of Select. In addition, until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be

97

entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to Holders of the Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear. If a payment or distribution is made to holders of the Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay the payment or distribution over to holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee Select's obligations under the Notes and all obligations under the Indenture. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness. Each Subsidiary Guarantee ranks equally with all other Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of that Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantors are not be permitted to incur indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee, but junior in right of payment to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

At March 31, 2001, on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to:
(i) the sale of the Notes, including the application of the net proceeds thereof to repay existing indebtedness; (ii) the application of the net proceeds from Select's initial public offering; and (iii) net borrowings under Select's senior credit facility between April 1, 2001 and June 6, 2001:

. outstanding Guarantor Senior Indebtedness would have been $108.3 million, including $103.2 million borrowed under the Senior Credit Agreement, all of which would have been secured; and

. the Subsidiary Guarantors would have had $4.6 million of Indebtedness that would rank equally with the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Although the Indenture limits the amount of indebtedness that Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, such indebtedness may be substantial and all of it may be Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, and all or some of it may be secured.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

In the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold or disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction to a Person which is not Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if:

(1) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with the Indenture, including the covenants described under "Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" and "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries;" and

(2) all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Senior Credit Agreement and related documentation, and under any other agreements relating to any other Indebtedness of Select or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries, terminate upon consummation of such transaction.

In addition, a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if Select designates such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of the Indenture. There will be no Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

98

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require Select to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000) of such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Select will mail a notice (the "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require Select to purchase its Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the "Change of Control Payment");

(2) the repurchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); and

(3) the procedures determined by Select, consistent with the Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Select will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 properly tendered under the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted, together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by Select.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that Select repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer, and as a condition to such mailing, (i) all Senior Indebtedness must be repaid in full, or Select must offer to repay all Senior Indebtedness and repay all Senior Indebtedness held by holders who accept such offer or (ii) the requisite holders of each issue of Senior Indebtedness shall have consented to such Change of Control Offer being made to the extent such consent is

99

required under the terms of such Senior Indebtedness and shall have waived any event of default under such Senior Indebtedness, caused by the Change of Control. Select covenants to effect such repayment or obtain such consent and waiver within 30 days following any Change of Control, it being a default of the Change of Control provision of the Indenture if Select fails to comply with such covenant. A default under the Indenture may result in a cross-default under the Senior Credit Agreement. In the event of a default under the Senior Credit Agreement, the subordination provisions of the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of the Notes.

Select will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by Select and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

Select will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture, Select will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

Select's ability to repurchase Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer may be limited by a number of factors. The occurrence of specified events that constitute a Change of Control may constitute a default under the Senior Credit Agreement. In addition, certain events that may constitute a change of control under the Senior Credit Agreement and cause a default under agreement may not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture. Future Indebtedness of Select and its Subsidiaries may also contain prohibitions of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the Holders of their right to require Select to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on Select. Finally, Select's ability to pay cash to the Holders upon a repurchase may be limited by Select's then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement may (and other Indebtedness may) prohibit Select's prepayment of Notes before their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if Select is not able to prepay the Bank Indebtedness and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain any required consents, Select will be unable to fulfill its repurchase obligations if Holders of Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture will result in a cross-default under the Senior Credit Agreement. In the event of a default under the Senior Credit Agreement, the subordination provisions of the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of the Notes.

The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving Select by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require Select to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

100

Certain Covenants

Limitation on Indebtedness.

Select will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that Select and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence:

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least (a) 2.25 to 1.00; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount up to $260.0 million at any one time outstanding less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments made as a result of the receipt of proceeds of Asset Dispositions, which repayments (in the case of the revolving credit facility thereunder) permanently reduce the commitments thereunder;

(2) Indebtedness of Select owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,

(a) if Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be; and

(b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select, and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by Select or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(3) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (including any Exchange Notes, but excluding any Additional Notes), (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (5),
(6), (7), (8) and (9)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (3) or clause (4) or Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant

(4) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by Select after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Select or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by Select, Select would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4);

(5) Indebtedness of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor under (x) Currency Agreements that are related to business transactions of Select or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary

101

course of business, or (y) Currency Agreements or Interest Rate Agreements that are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of Select or its Restricted Subsidiaries and substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration, currencies and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of Select or its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of the Indenture;

(6) the Subsidiary Guarantees and other Guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed (a) ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, then the related Guarantee shall rank equally in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees or (b) is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(7) Indebtedness incurred to insurance carriers in respect of workers' compensation claims or self-insurance obligations, or to issuers of performance, bid, surety and similar bonds or letters of credit or guarantees supporting performance of contracts (other than for borrowed money), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(8) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Select or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, or for contingent earn-out payments based on performance of any business acquired by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (in the case of any such disposition) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;

(10) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred to finance the acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any assets in the ordinary course of business that, together with all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), does not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(11) Indebtedness of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent the proceeds thereof are immediately used after the Incurrence thereof to purchase Notes tendered in an offer to purchase made as a result of a Change of Control;

(12) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary in Canada under any working capital facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Cdn. $5.0 million outstanding at any time; and

(13) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above, Indebtedness of Select and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed $35.0 million.

Select and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations or any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations unless such refinancing Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. Select and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee

102

unless such refinancing Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations (in the case of Select) or Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor). No Restricted Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance Indebtedness of Select or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant, Select, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that (a) any Indebtedness classified as Incurred pursuant to clause (13) of the second paragraph of this covenant may subsequently be reclassified as Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which Select could Incur such Indebtedness under such first paragraph if deemed Incurred on such date, and (b) all Indebtedness incurred or outstanding under the Senior Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall, be deemed Incurred exclusively pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant; and

(2) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or fluctuations in exchange rates or commodity prices will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

In addition, Select will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Select as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, Select shall be in default of this covenant).

Limitation on Layering.

Select will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including the Notes. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to all Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Limitation on Restricted Payments.

Select will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of any Capital Stock of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(a) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of Select (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Select; and

103

(b) dividends or distributions payable to Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a pro rata basis);

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of Select, or any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of Select held by Persons other than Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select, other than in exchange for Capital Stock of Select (other than Disqualified Stock);

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses
(1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a "Restricted Payment"), if at the time Select or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(a) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result from the Restricted Payment); or

(b) Select is not able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant after giving effect to such Restricted Payment; or

(c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of:

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of Select have been delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the "SEC Reports" covenant (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

(ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by Select from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of Select or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination);

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of Select is reduced on Select's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of Select) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of Select convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Select (less the amount of any cash, or other property, distributed by Select upon such conversion or exchange); and

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

(A) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, or repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary of Select; or

104

(B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of "Investment") not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(1) any purchase or redemption of Capital Stock or Subordinated Obligations of Select made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of Select (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that (a) such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

(2) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations of Select made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of Select that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(3) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under the "Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" covenant; provided, however, that such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(4) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant; provided, however, that such dividends will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(5) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom) loans or advances to employees or directors of Select or any Subsidiary of Select the proceeds of which are used to purchase Capital Stock of Select other than Disqualified Stock (or repurchases of such Capital Stock in exchange for cancellation of such loans or advances), in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; provided, however, that (a) the amount of such loans and advances will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds from any such sale of Capital Stock of Select will be excluded from clause
(c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

(6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof, provided, however, that such repurchases will be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(7) any purchase or redemption of (A) Disqualified Stock of Select made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of Select that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness or (B) Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or Select that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, in each case under this clause (7) that (i) such Refinancing Indebtedness is not issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by Select

105

or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination, (ii) at the time of such exchange, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (iii) such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(8) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under "Change of Control" above (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that (A) at the time of such purchase or redemption, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom), (B) Select would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "--Limitation on Indebtedness" after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, (C) such purchase or redemption is not made, directly or indirectly, from the proceeds of (or made in anticipation of) any Incurrence of Indebtedness by Select or any Subsidiary and (D) such purchase or redemption will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(9) purchases of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries from minority holders, provided that upon giving effect to any such purchase of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that such purchases will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), an Investment in a minority interest in a Person not engaged in any business other than a Related Business, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (10), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $10.0 million outstanding at any one time (the amount of such Investment outstanding at any time to be equal to its original cost minus the net proceeds realized by Select upon repurchase, repayment or redemption thereof, or sale thereof to an unaffiliated purchaser, but not less than zero) (any such Person, a "Permitted Joint Venture"); provided, however, that such Investments (a) will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) will be excluded in calculating any net reduction in Restricted Investments for purposes of clause
(c)(iv) of the preceding paragraph; and

(11) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate.

The amount of all Restricted Payments, other than cash, shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Select or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the Board of Directors acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered in writing to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, Select shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by the "Restricted Payments" covenant were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture.

Limitation on Liens.

Select will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any property or assets of Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date of the Indenture or acquired after that date, securing any Indebtedness that ranks equally with, or is subordinate or junior to, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee in right of payment, unless contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Lien effective

106

provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Indenture and the Notes or, in the case of a Lien on any Restricted Subsidiary's property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

Select will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3)transfer any of its property or assets to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Indenture and the Senior Credit Agreement and any governing agreements or instruments of Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries, in each case as in effect on such date;

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by Select (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by Select, or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date;

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause
(i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or amendment are not less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(iv) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, any encumbrance or restriction:

(a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other contract;

(b) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under the Indenture securing Indebtedness of Select or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements;

(c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(d) imposed by purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, on the property so acquired;

107

(v) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary contained in any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is in effect on the date such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by Select (and is not incurred in contemplation of such transaction);

(vii) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; and

(viii) encumbrances or restrictions arising under provisions in governing joint venture agreements or instruments of any New Joint Venture Subsidiaries, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the governing joint venture agreements or instruments of Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries referred to in clause (i) of this paragraph as in effect on the Issue Date.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

Select will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) Select or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by Select or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by Select or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

(a) first, to the extent Select or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness), to prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or, if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, Indebtedness (other than any Preferred Stock or any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness) of such Foreign Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to Select or an Affiliate of Select) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), Select or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; and

(b) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (a), to the extent Select or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash.

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." On the 361st day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, Select will be required to make an offer ("Asset

108

Sale Offer") to all Holders of Notes and, to the extent required by the terms of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, to all holders of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring Select to make an offer to purchase such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition ("Pari Passu Notes"), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Sale Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000 at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to (x) in the case of the Notes, 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and (y) in the case of the Pari Passu Notes, 100% of the lesser of the then accreted value (if applicable) and the principal amount of the Pari Passu Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, Select may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders of the Notes and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, Select shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and the lesser of the then aggregate accreted value and the aggregate principal amount of the tendered Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Asset Sale Offer Period"). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period (the "Asset Sale Purchase Date"), Select will purchase the principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the "Asset Sale Offer Amount") or, if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.

If the Asset Sale Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

On or before the Asset Sale Purchase Date, Select will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Sale Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000. Select will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by Select in accordance with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, Select will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Select will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by Select for purchase, and Select will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers' Certificate from Select will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. In addition, Select will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by Select to the Holder thereof. Select will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Purchase Date.

For the purposes of this covenant, securities, notes or other obligations received by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary of Select from the transferee in such Asset Disposition that are promptly converted by Select or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, will be deemed to be cash.

109

Select will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, Select will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

Select will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary (such transaction or transactions an "Affiliate Transaction") unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to Select or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Select and by a majority of members of such Board having no direct or indirect financial or other interest in such Affiliate Transaction (and each such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above; and

(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, Select has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is not less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.

The preceding paragraph will not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted to be made pursuant to the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant;

(2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans and other fees, compensation, benefits and indemnities paid or entered into by Select or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to or with officers, directors or employees of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business of Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary of Select;

(5) any transaction between Select and a Subsidiary Guarantor or between Subsidiary Guarantors;

(6) any transaction with a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture in the ordinary course of business that complies with the requirements of clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant;

(7) the performance of obligations of Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party on the Issue Date and identified on a schedule to the Indenture on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with the first paragraph of this covenant; and

(8) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Select.

110

Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.

Select will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Select to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, (including, but not limited to, by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction) any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or to issue any of the Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than, if required by applicable law, shares of its Voting Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to, or merge or consolidate or engage in any similar transaction with, any Person except:

(1) to or into Select or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; or

(2) for the sale of all of the Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than Select or a Subsidiary of Select in compliance with the "Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" covenant.

SEC Reports.

Notwithstanding that Select may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act or the Commission, Select will file with the Commission, and provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes with, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder) within the time periods specified therein. In the event that Select is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, Select will nevertheless provide such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes as if Select were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein.

If Select has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial, statements, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Merger and Consolidation.

Select will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not Select) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of Select under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant;

111

(4) each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Company obligations in respect of the Indenture and the Notes and its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and

(5) Select shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and each such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Select, which properties and assets, if held by Select instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Select on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Select.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Select under the Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, Select will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve "all or substantially all" of the property or assets of a Person.

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary of Select may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Select and (y) Select may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating Select in another jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

On the Issue Date, all Domestic Subsidiaries will be Subsidiary Guarantors, other than Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries. After the Issue Date, Select will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is not then a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than any Foreign Subsidiary, any New Joint Venture Subsidiary or any Existing Joint Venture Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on a senior subordinated basis.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.

Select will cause any Domestic Subsidiary that becomes "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X (Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by Select after the Issue Date to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this covenant.

Notwithstanding the exception to the first paragraph of this covenant, neither Select nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall create or acquire any Non- Guarantor Subsidiary or designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless after giving effect to such creation, acquisition or designation, all Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole on a combined basis (including such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall not account for more than 25% of EBITDA,

112

and shall not have total assets in an amount exceeding 17% of the total assets of Select and its Subsidiaries on a combined basis (including any unconsolidated Subsidiaries, and adjusted to eliminate any intercompany balances) as at the end of and for, the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters of Select for which consolidated financial statements of Select have been delivered to the Trustee, in accordance with the "SEC Reports" covenant, giving effect to such creation, acquisition or designation on a pro forma basis as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of such four- quarter period.

Limitation on Lines of Business.

Select will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Related Business.

Payments for Consent.

Neither Select nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions described under "Ranking and Subordination";

(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions described under "Ranking and Subordination";

(3) failure by Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under the covenants described under "Change of Control" or "Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation";

(4) failure by Select to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under "Certain Covenants" above (in each case, other than a failure so to comply covered by clause (2) or (3) above);

(5) failure by Select to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to Select or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness before the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness ("payment default"); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the "cross acceleration provision");

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

113

(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary (the "bankruptcy provisions");

(8) failure by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the "judgment default provision"); or

(9) any Subsidiary Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify Select of the default and Select does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and
(5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to Select, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to Select and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available

114

to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. In addition, Select is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. Select also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence of a Default, written notice of any events that would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action Select is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to specified exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to specified exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment may, among other things:

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be or may be required to be redeemed or repurchased as described above under "Optional Redemption," or any similar provision, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants or any related definition or otherwise;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of, premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder's Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes; or

(7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder's consent or in the waiver provisions.

Without the consent of any Holder, Select, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of Select under the Indenture;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f) (2) (B) of the Code);

115

(4) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(5) secure the Notes;

(6) add to the covenants of Select for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon Select;

(7) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; or

(8) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, Select is required to mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Defeasance

Select may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged under the Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Notes and the rights of the Holders of the outstanding Notes to receive payment in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust. If Select exercises its legal defeasance option, the Subsidiary Guarantees in effect at such time will terminate.

Select at any time may terminate its obligations under covenants described under "Certain Covenants" (other than "Merger and Consolidation"), the operation of the cross-default upon a payment default, the cross acceleration provisions, the bankruptcy provisions, the judgment default provision and the Subsidiary Guarantee provision described under "Events of Default" above and the limitations contained in clause (3) under "Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above ("covenant defeasance").

Select may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If Select exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If Select exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only to Restricted Subsidiaries), (8) or (9) under "Events of Default" above or because of the failure of Select to comply with clause (3) under "Certain Covenants-- Merger and Consolidation" above.

In order to exercise either defeasance option, Select must irrevocably deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee, for the benefit of Holders of the Notes, cash or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred.

116

In the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Concerning the Trustee

State Street Bank and Trust Company is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by Select as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes.

Governing Law

The Indenture provides that it and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

"Additional Assets" means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of Select; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of Select;

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

"Asset Disposition" means any direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition") by Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to Select or by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

117

(2) the sale of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that in each case is disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

(5) transactions governed by and permitted under "Certain Covenants-- Merger and Consolidation";

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary of Select to Select or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(7) for purposes of the covenant described under "Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" only, the making of a disposition governed by and subject to the covenant described under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments";

(8) any disposition or series of related dispositions of assets with an aggregate fair market value, and for net proceeds, of less than $1.0 million; and

(9) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and any license, lease or sublease of other property, in each case that is in the ordinary course of business and does not materially interfere with the business of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Attributable Indebtedness" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

"Bank Indebtedness" means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred after the Issue Date, payable under or in respect of the Senior Credit Agreement and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement, including principal, any premium, interest (including interest accruing after or that would accrue but for the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Select or any Subsidiary thereof at the rate specified therein whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

"Board of Directors" means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person.

"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities exchangeable for or convertible into such equity.

"Capitalized Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

118

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having one of the two highest credit ratings obtainable from both Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers' acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized in the United States of America, the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof in one of the two highest categories obtainable from both Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof in one of the two highest categories obtainable from both Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

(6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests solely in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (5) above.

"Change of Control" means:

(1) any "person" or "group" of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Select (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of Select held by an entity, if such person or group "beneficially owns" (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such entity; or

(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Select are not Continuing Directors; or

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

(4) the adoption by the stockholders of Select of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Select.

119

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Consolidated Coverage Ratio" means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of Select have been delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the covenant described under "Certain Covenants--SEC Reports" to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

(1) if Select or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be computed based on (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

(b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(2) if since the beginning of such period Select or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Asset Disposition:

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to Select and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary so long as Select and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries have been completely and unconditionally released from all liability with respect to such Indebtedness after such sale);

120

(3) if since the beginning of such period Select or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into Select) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, that constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit, division or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Select or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition or Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

"Consolidated EBITDA" for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes;

(3) consolidated depreciation expense;

(4) consolidated amortization of intangibles;

(5) minority interest in consolidated subsidiary companies (minus the amount of any mandatory cash distribution with respect to any minority interest other than in connection with a proportionate discretionary cash distribution with respect to the interest held by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary); and

(6) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation).

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Select by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

"Consolidated Income Taxes" means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority, which taxes

121

or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense of Select and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

(2) amortization of debt discount;

(3) non-cash interest expense;

(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees);

(7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

(8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries, payable to a Person other than Select or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (excluding, in the case of Select, dividends paid prior to the Issue Date on its Class A or Class B preferred stock outstanding on April 4, 2001), times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and

(9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than Select) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust; provided, however, that there will be excluded therefrom any such interest expense of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the related Indebtedness is not Guaranteed or paid by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Select and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (loss) of Select and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (4), (5) and (6) below, Select's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Person

122

during such period to Select or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below); and

(b) Select's equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(2) any net income (loss) of any Person acquired by Select or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

(3) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Select, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (4), (5) and (6) below, Select's equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to Select or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

(b) Select's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(4) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of Select or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss; and

(6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Select who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

"Currency Agreement" means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

"Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means the Bank Indebtedness.

"Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock that is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of Select or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

123

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date (a) on which the Notes mature or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding.

"Domestic Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of, or conducts a majority of its business or operations in, the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

"EBITDA" for any period means, without duplication, the net income (loss) of Select and its Subsidiaries on a combined basis, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such net income (loss), in each case determined in accordance with GAAP: (1) total interest expense, whether paid or accrued,
(2) taxes imposed upon income or profits included in such net income (loss),
(3) depreciation expense, (4) amortization of intangibles and (5) other non- cash charges reducing such net income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation).

"Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering for cash by Select of its common stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its common stock, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with any secondary public offering).

"Existing Joint Venture Subsidiary" means any Domestic Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business and is not "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X (Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by Select, and is listed in a schedule to the Indenture.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the following whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, without duplication:

(1) the Bank Indebtedness Incurred by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

124

(2) all Guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Senior Indebtedness of Select or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(3) all obligations consisting of principal of, premium on, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor.

Guarantor Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing after, or that would accrue but for, the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Subsidiary Guarantor at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) any Indebtedness with respect to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that the obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are not superior in right of, or are subordinate to, payment of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

(2) any obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to another Subsidiary or to Select;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including, without limitation, any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor;

(6) any obligations in respect of Capital Stock or Attributable Indebtedness;

(7) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indenture; or

(8) any Indebtedness described in the last paragraph of the definition of the term "Indebtedness.

"Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally in right of payment with the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and is not subordinated in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is not Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Guarantor Subordinated Obligation" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

"Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

"Incur" means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms "Incurred" and "Incurrence" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

125

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied within 10 days of Incurrence);

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (or services), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or completion of such services;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(6) all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

In addition, "Indebtedness" of any Person shall include Indebtedness of a type described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a "Joint Venture");

(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a "General Partner"); and

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of

126

such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

"Interest Rate Agreement" means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

"Investment" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) including (a) any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any bank deposit (other than a time deposit) in the ordinary course of business, to the extent the same may be deemed an extension of credit to the depository bank) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, any other Person, and (b) all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments",

(1) "Investment" will include the portion (proportionate to Select's equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (computed excluding any liability or obligation owing to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary) of such Restricted Subsidiary of Select at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Select will be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) Select's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to Select's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Board of Directors of Select in good faith, as evidenced by a resolution in writing delivered to the Trustee) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Select; and

(3) if Select or any Restricted Subsidiary of Select sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Select such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of Select, Select shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of Select in good faith, as evidenced by a resolution in writing delivered to the Trustee) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of (computed excluding any liability or obligation owing to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary).

"Issue Date" means June 11, 2000, the date on which the Notes were originally issued.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) therefrom, in each case net of:

127

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses reasonably incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with and as required by the terms of any Lien upon such assets;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of reasonable and appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition (provided that upon any reduction or reversal of any such reserve, the amount of such resolution or reversal shall constitute Net Available Cash).

"Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges reasonably incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

"New Joint Venture Subsidiary" means any Person acquired by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date that (1) is a Domestic Subsidiary, (2) is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business,
(3) is not "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X (Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by Select and (4) has no Capital Stock owned by any Person other than Select, a Subsidiary Guarantor, a physician, a physician group, or one or more other medical professionals.

"Non-Guarantor Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither Select nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of Select or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(3) in the case of Indebtedness having a principal amount in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, the express terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of Select or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective property or assets.

"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer or the Secretary of Select.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

128

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Select or the Trustee.

"Permitted Holder" means any of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner, Inc. GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, and their respective investment fund Affiliates.

"Permitted Investment" means an Investment by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

(1) Select;

(2) a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the primary business of such Person is a Related Business;

(3) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, Select or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related Business;

(4) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(5) receivables owing to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(6) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(7) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of Select or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to Select or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(9) Investments arising from the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock";

(10) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

(11) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under "Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Indebtedness";

(12) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the Indenture;

(13) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

(14) assets, Capital Stock or other securities by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the consideration therefor consists solely of common stock of Select (other than Disqualified Stock).

"Permitted Junior Securities" means (1) Capital Stock of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) debt securities of Select or any Subsidiary Guarantor that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness and Guarantor Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the Indenture.

129

"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under worker's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for Indebtedness) or operating leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposit of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety, performance or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law and arising in the ordinary course of business, including carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(4) encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) leases and subleases of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Select or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(7) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(8) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by Select in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

(b) such deposit account is not intended by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

(9) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens on property at the time Select or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Select or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Select or any Restricted Subsidiary;

130

(11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Select or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(12) Liens securing the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; and

(13) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

"Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness:

(1) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds or similar Indebtedness, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed; and

(2) incurred to finance the acquisition by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements;

provided, however, that any Lien arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property on which such asset is attached; and provided further, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by Select or a Restricted Subsidiary.

"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinance", "refinances", and "refinanced" shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the date of the Indenture or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:

(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than or the same as the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay reasonable fees in connection therewith); and

131

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

provided that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Select or a Subsidiary Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness of Select or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Related Business" means any of the businesses of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, any other business of providing health care services, and any business that is related, ancillary or complementary to any thereof.

"Related Business Assets" means assets used or useful in a Related Business.

"Representative" means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) of an issue of Senior Indebtedness; provided that when used in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement, the term "Representative" shall refer to the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Agreement (so long as there shall be an administrative agent).

"Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Select other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby Select or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and Select or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

"Senior Credit Agreement" means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2000 among Select, Canadian Back Institute Limited, the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent for the US Facilities, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent for the Canadian Facilities, Banc of America Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent) or commercial paper facilities to which Select is a party with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original credit agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

"Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to Select, the following, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, without duplication:

(1) the Bank Indebtedness Incurred by Select, and

(2) all obligations consisting of principal of, premium on, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of Select.

Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing after, or that would accrue but for, the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Select at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto.

132

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) any Indebtedness with respect to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that the obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are not superior in right of, or are subordinate to, payment of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

(2) any obligation of Select to any Subsidiary;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by Select;

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of Select that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of Select, including, without limitation, any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations;

(6) any obligations in respect of Capital Stock or Attributable Indebtedness;

(7) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indentures; or

(8) any Indebtedness described in the last paragraph of the definition of the term "Indebtedness."

"Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means the Notes and any other Indebtedness of Select that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally with the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of Select that is not Senior Indebtedness.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of Select (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.

"Subsidiary Guarantee" means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by the Indenture.

"Subsidiary Guarantor" means each Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity

(1) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership and joint venture interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

(2) that is a third party professional corporation or similar entity controlled by Select with which Select or any Subsidiary has an exclusive management arrangement under which it manages the business of such entity, provided that any such entity shall be treated as a consolidated Subsidiary of Select for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income.

133

Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of Select.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:

(1) any Subsidiary of Select that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of Select in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of Select may designate any Subsidiary of Select (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of Select that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

(3) such designation and the Investment of Select and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary complies with "Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Restricted Payments";

(4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of Select and its Subsidiaries;

(5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither Select nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Select or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to Select than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of Select.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Select shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of Select giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

The Board of Directors of Select may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and Select could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

"Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or other governing body.

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of Select, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares required by applicable law) is owned by Select or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

134

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facility

We are party to a credit facility with a syndicate of banks led by The Chase Manhattan Bank, as lender and administrative agent for the U.S. facilities, and The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as lender and administrative agent for the Canadian facilities. We have, and in the future are permitted, to borrow under this credit facility. We and a majority of our subsidiaries have guaranteed our performance under this credit facility. The senior credit facility consists of the following:

                                                           Balance Outstanding
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          (as of March 31, 2001)
U.S. Term Loans..........................................     US$158,000,000
U.S. Revolving Loans.....................................     US$ 14,000,000
Canadian Term Loans......................................     C$  25,279,000

The U.S. loans bear interest, at our option, at either of the following rates:

(a) the higher of:

--the rate from time to time publicly announced by The Chase Manhattan Bank in New York as its prime rate; and

--the federal funds rate from time to time, plus .50%;

in each case plus an applicable rate which is:

--based on a pricing grid depending on our leverage ratio at that time, ranging from 1.50% to 2.75% as the leverage ratio varies from below 2.00 to equal or above 3.50; or

(b) a Eurodollar rate plus an applicable rate which varies depending on our leverage ratio at that time, ranging from 2.50% to 3.75% as the leverage ratio varies from below 2.00 to equal or above 3.50.

The Canadian term loans bear interest, at our option, at either of the following rates:

the higher of:

--the rate from time to time publicly announced by The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada in Toronto as its reference rate for commercial loans denominated in Canadian dollars; and

--the average discount rate applicable to bankers' acceptances denominated in Canadian dollars appearing on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page plus .50% per annum;

--in each case plus an applicable rate which is:

--based on a pricing grid depending on our Canadian leverage ratio at that time, ranging from 1.50% to 2.75% as the leverage ratio varies from below 2.00 to equal or above 3.50.

The U.S. and Canadian term loans are repayable in quarterly installments pursuant to a predetermined payment schedule through September 22, 2005.

We also pay a commitment fee for the daily average unused commitment under the U.S. revolving credit commitment. The commitment fee is based on a pricing grid depending on the applicable rate in effect for revolving credit loans. The commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrears and on the revolving credit

135

termination date with respect to the available revolving credit commitments. We also pay participation and fronting fees for each letter of credit under the credit facility.

We pay an acceptance fee on each date that a Canadian bill of exchange is accepted. The acceptance fee is based on the amount of the bill of exchange multiplied by the applicable rate as determined by using a pricing grid depending on the applicable rate, and the length of term of the bill of exchange.

Loans under the U.S. revolving credit facility can be made at any time provided that all letters of credit issued under the credit facility expire on or before September 15, 2005. The revolving commitments mature no later than September 22, 2005. The total borrowings we were permitted to have outstanding at March 31, 2001 under our U.S. revolving credit facility was $55 million.

We have the right to prepay any of the loans outstanding under the senior credit facility. There is no penalty if we prepay outstanding loans, except in limited circumstances involving Eurodollar loans. We also have the right to reduce or terminate the commitments of any class of lender under the credit facility. Any termination or reduction of the commitments of a class will be permanent.

The loans must be prepaid with the net proceeds in excess of $2 million in the aggregate of:

. specified asset sales;

. proceeds received from the loss of assets where the proceeds are not applied to the replacement of the lost assets;

. the issuance of equity interests by us or any of our subsidiaries; and

. the incurrence of indebtedness not permitted by the credit agreement.

These net proceeds will be applied to prepay the outstanding balances of the term loans and the revolving loans. Depending on the leverage ratio at the applicable time, not more than 50% of the net proceeds from the issuance of equity interests by us or by our subsidiaries will be applied to prepay the outstanding balances of the loans under the senior credit facility. If the leverage ratio at the applicable time is not greater than 2.5 to 1.0, none of the net proceeds from the issuance of equity interests will be applied to prepay the outstanding balances of the credit facility loans.

The senior credit facility contains covenants and provisions that restrict, among other things, our ability to change the business we are conducting, declare dividends, make acquisitions over a specific dollar amount, grant liens, incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, enter into joint ventures over a specific dollar amount, make payments to reduce amounts of outstanding subordinated indebtedness and fall below a minimum interest coverage ratio. These restrictive provisions also apply to the Canadian facility.

Seller Notes

We are obligated to repay seller notes that we issued or assumed as a result of certain acquisitions we have made. These seller notes typically have three to five year terms, with varying interest rates. Some, but not all of the notes, are subordinated to our senior indebtedness. At March 31, 2001, the aggregate outstanding principal amount we owed under these seller notes was $21.37 million.

136

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The Global Notes

The old notes were, and the new notes will be, issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons (the "global notes").

Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC ("DTC participants") or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

. upon deposit of each global note with DTC's custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and

. ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).

Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

. a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

. a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

. a member of the Federal Reserve System;

. a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

. a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC's system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

137

So long as DTC's nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

. will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

. will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

. will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the Indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the Indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC's nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in that settlement system. However, the settlement system is not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, or its participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Notes

Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

. DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

. DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

. we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or

. certain other events provided in the Indenture should occur.

138

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

We and the initial purchasers of the old notes entered into the exchange and registration rights agreement on the closing date. Under that agreement, we and the subsidiary guarantors agreed to:

. file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 75 days after the closing date a registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to a registered exchange offer for the notes; and

. use our reasonable best efforts to cause that exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933 within 150 days after the closing date.

After the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, we will offer to the holders of transfer restricted securities (as defined below) the opportunity to exchange their transfer restricted securities for a new series of exchange notes. These exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the notes except that the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions, will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and will contain no provisions regarding additional interest. We will keep the exchange offer open for at least 30 days, or longer if required by applicable law, after the date on which notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the notes.

We and the subsidiary guarantors also agreed that we will file a shelf registration statement covering resales of transfer restricted securities if:

. we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer because of any change in law or applicable interpretations of the law by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission;

. any notes validly tendered in the exchange offer are not exchanged for exchange notes within 180 days after being accepted in the exchange offer;

. any initial purchaser so requests with respect to notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer;

. any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any holder of notes to participate in the exchange offer;

. any holder of notes that participates in the exchange offer does not receive freely transferable exchange notes in exchange for tendered notes; or

. we so elect.

If a shelf registration statement is required or requested as described above, we will use our reasonable best efforts to file the shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission as promptly as practicable, but not more than 30 days after so required or requested. This deadline is called the "shelf filing date".

"Transfer restricted securities" means each note, until the earliest to occur of:

. the date on which that note has been exchanged for a freely transferable exchange note in the exchange offer;

. the date on which that note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and sold under the shelf registration statement; or

. the date on which that note is distributed to the public under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or may be sold under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933.

We will use our reasonable best efforts to have the exchange offer registration statement or, if applicable, the shelf registration statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission as

139

promptly as practicable after it is filed. Unless the exchange offer would not be permitted by a policy of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we and the subsidiary guarantors will commence the exchange offer and will use our reasonable best efforts to complete the exchange offer no later than 180 days after the closing date. If applicable, we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for a period ending on the earlier of two years after the closing date and the date all transfer restricted securities become eligible for resale without volume restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

We will be obligated to pay additional interest to the holders of the notes if any of the following events occurs:

. the exchange offer registration statement is not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 75 days after the closing date or the shelf registration statement is not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before the shelf filing date;

. the exchange offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement is not declared effective within 150 days after the closing date or, in the case of a shelf registration statement filed in response to a change in law or applicable interpretations of the law by the staff of the Securities Exchange Commission, if later, the shelf registration statement is not declared effective within 60 days after publication of such change in law or interpretation;

. the exchange offer is not completed within 180 days after the closing date; or

. the shelf registration statement is filed and declared effective within 150 days after the closing date or, in the case at a shelf registration statement filed in response to a change in law or applicable interpretation of the law by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, within 60 days after the publication of such change in law or interpretation, but thereafter ceases to be effective without being succeeded within 30 days by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective.

During any period that one or more of the above registration defaults exists, we will pay additional interest to each holder of transfer restricted securities in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the notes constituting transfer restricted securities held by the holder until the applicable registration statement is filed, the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective and the exchange offer is completed, or the shelf registration statement is declared effective or again becomes effective, as the case may be. All accrued additional interest will be paid to holders in the same manner as interest payments on the notes, on semi-annual payment dates that correspond to interest payment dates for the notes. Additional interest will accrue only during a registration default.

The exchange and registration rights agreement also provides that we will:

. make available, for a period ending the earlier of 180 days after completion of the exchange offer and the date when all broker-dealers have sold all exchange securities, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any exchange notes; and

. pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the reasonable expenses of one counsel to the holders of the notes, and indemnify certain holders of the notes, including any broker-dealer, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

A broker-dealer that delivers a prospectus to purchasers in connection with resales of the exchange notes will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act of 1933 and will be bound by the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement, including indemnification rights and obligations.

Each holder of notes who wishes to exchange its notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to make representations, including representations that:

140

. any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

. it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

. it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933) of ours or, if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 to the extent applicable.

If the holder is not a broker-dealer, it will be required to represent that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the exchange notes. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of its exchange notes.

Holders of the notes will be required to make representations to us, as described above, in order to participate in the exchange offer. They will also be required to deliver information to be used in connection with any shelf registration statement in order to have their notes included in the shelf registration statement and benefit from the provisions regarding additional interest set forth in the preceding paragraphs. A holder who sells notes under the shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with these sales and must agree in writing to be bound by all the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder, including indemnification obligations.

For so long as the transfer restricted notes are outstanding, we will continue to provide to holders of the notes the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The above description of the exchange and registration rights agreement is a summary only. It is not complete and does not describe all the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement. We will provide a copy of the exchange and registration rights agreement upon request to any purchaser of notes who is identified to us by an initial purchaser.

141

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange offer, ownership, and disposition of the new notes. This summary is based on the following materials, all as of the date of this prospectus:

. the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),

. current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code,

. current administrative interpretations of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), and

. court decisions.

Legislation, judicial decisions or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect the accuracy of the statements included in this summary, possibly on a retroactive basis. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax results described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below.

This summary generally applies only to "U.S. Holders" that received the new notes in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes that were purchased for cash on original issue. This summary also assumes that the old notes were and the new notes are held as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment). For this purpose, U.S. Holders include the following:

. citizens or residents of the United States,

. corporations organized under the laws of the United States or any state,

. estates, if the income of the estates subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and

. trusts, if the administration of the trusts subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trusts.

Special rules apply to "Non-U.S. Holders," including nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, estates or trusts. This summary describes some, but not all, of these special rules. Income earned through a foreign or domestic partnership is subject to special rules that are generally not discussed here. This discussion does not purport to address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular holder in light of the holder's circumstances. For example, special rules not discussed here may apply to a holder who is:

. a broker-dealer, a dealer in securities or a financial institution;

. an insurance company;

. a tax-exempt organization;

. subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code;

. holding the notes as part of a hedge, conversion or constructive sale transaction, straddle or other risk reduction transaction;

. a person with a "functional currency"other than U.S. dollar; or

. a person who has ceased to be a U.S. citizen or ceased to be taxed as a resident alien.

Finally, this summary does not describe any tax considerations arising under the laws of any applicable foreign, state, or local jurisdiction.

142

Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, foreign, state, or local laws, and tax treaties.

U.S. Holders

The Exchange Offer

The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer should not be a taxable event for holders because there should not be a significant modification of the terms of the notes. Instead, the new notes will be treated as a continuation of the old notes for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, if a U.S. Holder exchanges old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the U.S. Holder:

. will not recognize gain or loss in connection with the exchange offer;

. will have the same tax basis in the new notes the U.S. Holder had in the old notes immediately prior to the exchange offer;

. will have the same holding period in the new notes that the U.S. Holder had in the old notes immediately prior to the exchange; and

. the federal income tax consequences associated with owning the old notes will continue to apply to the new notes.

Interest on New Notes

U.S. Holders will be required to recognize as ordinary income any interest paid or accrued on the notes, in accordance with their regular method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of New Notes

A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of new notes. The holder's gain or loss will equal the difference between the holder's adjusted tax basis in the new note and the proceeds received by the holder, excluding any proceeds attributable to accrued interest which will be recognized as ordinary interest income to the extent that the holder has not previously included the accrued interest in income. The proceeds received by the holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the new note. The holder's tax basis in the new note will generally equal the amount the holder paid for the new note (or, for U.S. Holders participating in the exchange offer, the basis in the old note will carryover and become the basis of the new note). The gain or loss will be long- term capital gain or loss if the holder held the new note for more than one year. A U.S. Holder's holding period for the old notes will be added to the U.S. Holder's holding period in the new notes if the U.S. Holder participates in the exchange offer. Long-term capital gains of individuals, estates and trusts are generally taxed at a maximum rate of 20%. Capital losses generally may be deducted only against capital gain income and may be subject to additional limitations on deductibility

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding at a rate of 31% may apply to payments of principal and interest on a new note or the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of a new note with respect to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders. Such U.S. Holders generally will be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder provides to the payor a correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, certified under penalties of perjury, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the U.S. Holder's federal income tax liability and any excess may be refundable if the proper information is provided to the IRS.

143

Non-U.S. Holders

Interest on New Notes

Payments of interest on the new notes to Non-U.S. Holders will generally qualify as "portfolio interest" and thus will be exempt from the withholding of U.S. federal income tax if the Non-U.S. Holder properly certifies as to its foreign status as described below and the interest income is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder. The portfolio interest exception will not apply to payments of interest to a Non-U.S. Holder that:

. owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of our voting stock, or

. is a "controlled foreign corporation" that is related to us.

If the portfolio interest exception does not apply, then payments of interest to a Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a rate of 30%, unless reduced by an applicable tax treaty.

The portfolio interest exception and several of the special rules for Non-U.S. Holders described below generally apply only if the Non-U.S. Holder appropriately certifies as to its foreign status. A Non-U.S. Holder can generally meet this certification requirement by providing a properly executed Form W-8BEN or appropriate substitute form to us, or our Paying Agent. If the holder holds the note through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder may be required to provide appropriate certifications to the agent. The holder's agent will then generally be required to provide appropriate certifications to us or our Paying Agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Special rules apply to foreign partnerships, estates and trusts, and in certain circumstances certifications as to foreign status of partners, trust owners or beneficiaries may have to be provided to us or our Paying Agent. In addition, special rules apply to qualified intermediaries that enter into withholding agreements with the IRS, and such intermediaries generally are not required to forward any certification forms received from Non-U.S. Holders.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of New Notes

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a new note. This general rule, however, is subject to several exceptions. For example, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax if:

. the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a U.S. trade or business,

. the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual that has been present in the United States for a period or periods totalling 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, or

. the Non-U.S. Holder was a citizen or resident of the United States and is subject to special rules that apply to certain expatriates.

Income or Gain Effectively Connected With a U.S. Trade or Business

The preceding discussion of the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of new notes by a Non-U.S. Holder generally assumes that the holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If any interest on the notes or gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the new notes is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder, then the income or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular graduated income tax rates, but will not be subject to withholding tax if certain certification requirements are satisfied. If the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and the holder's country of residence, any "effectively connected" income or gain

144

will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the holder in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business will generally be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, although an applicable tax treaty may provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

If a Non-U.S. Holder qualifies for the portfolio interest exemption under the rules described above when he or she dies, the new notes will not be included in his or her estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless the income on the new notes is effectively connected with his or her conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to payments of interest and principal on the new notes and backup withholding at a rate of 31% will apply with respect to such payments unless the Non-U.S. Holder appropriately certifies as to its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption.

United States backup withholding tax will not apply to payments on the new notes to a Non-U.S. Holder if the certifications described in "Interest on Notes" are duly provided by the Non-U.S. Holder, provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge that the Holder is a U.S. person. Information reporting may still apply with respect to payments of interest.

Information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of a note effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a foreign "broker" (as defined in applicable Treasury regulations). However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of a note effected outside the United States by such a broker if it:

. derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

. is a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or

. is a foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable year, has 50% or more of its income or capital interests owned by U.S. persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Payment of the proceeds of a sale of a new note effected by the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax unless the Non-U.S. Holder properly certifies under penalties of perjury as to its foreign status and certain other conditions are met or it otherwise establishes an exemption.

Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and any excess may be refundable if the proper information is provided to the IRS.

The preceding discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only and is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of holding and disposing of our new notes, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

145

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 2001 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker- dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of those methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

146

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Dechert, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Dechert beneficially owns 10,000 shares of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Select Medical Corporation as of December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2000, included in this prospectus have been so included in the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The combined financial statements of NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group as of November 19, 1999, June 30, 1999 and 1998 and for the period from July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 and the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, included in this prospectus have been included in reliance of the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Intensiva Healthcare Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and for the period from January 1, 1998 to December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997 included in this prospectus have been included in reliance of the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. as of June 29, 1998 and for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 included in this prospectus have been included in reliance of the report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Select Medical Corporation files annual and quarterly reports with the Commission. These documents include specific information regarding Select Medical Corporation. These documents, including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission also maintains a World Wide Web site which provides online access to reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission at the address http://www.sec.gov.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, covering the notes to be issued in the exchange offer (Registration No. 333- ). This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Any statement made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document is not necessarily complete. For further information regarding our company and the notes to be issued in the exchange offer, please reference the registration statement, including its exhibits. If we have filed any contract, agreement or other document as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should read the exhibit for a more complete understanding of the documents or matter involved.

147

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          -----
SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

 Unaudited Financial Statements
  Consolidated Balance Sheets............................................  F-2
  Consolidated Statement of Operations...................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity..............  F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows...................................  F-5
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................  F-6
 Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants......................................  F-15
  Consolidated Balance Sheets............................................  F-16
  Consolidated Statements of Operations..................................  F-17
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity.............  F-18
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-19
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................  F-20

NOVACARE PHYSICAL REHABILITATION AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH GROUP

 Combined Financial Statements as of November 19, 1999 and for the Period
  July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999
   Report of Independent Accountants.....................................  F-51
   Combined Balance Sheet................................................  F-52
   Combined Statement of Operations......................................  F-53
   Combined Statement of NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment...................  F-54
   Combined Statement of Cash Flows......................................  F-55
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................  F-56

NOVACARE PHYSICAL REHABILITATION AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH GROUP

 Combined Financial Statements as of June 30, 1999 and for June 30, 1998
  and for the Three Years Ended June 30, 1999
   Report of Independent Accountants.....................................  F-68
   Combined Balance Sheets...............................................  F-69
   Combined Statements of Operations.....................................  F-70
   Combined Statements of NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment..................  F-71
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows.....................................  F-72
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................  F-73

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 Independent Auditors' Report............................................  F-85
 Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................  F-86
 Consolidated Statements of Operations...................................  F-87
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.........................  F-88
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................  F-89
 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................  F-90

AMERICAN TRANSITIONAL HOSPITALS, INC.

 Report of Independent Auditors.......................................... F-100
 Consolidated Balance Sheet.............................................. F-101
 Consolidated Statement of Operations.................................... F-102
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity of Parent................... F-103
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.................................... F-104
 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-105

F-1

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

                                            March 31,   December 31,
                                               2001         2000
                                            ----------  ------------
                                            (unaudited)
                  Assets
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents................   $  2,174     $  3,151
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
  doubtful accounts of $75,517 and $74,307
  in 2000 and 2001, respectively..........    201,586      196,505
 Prepaid income taxes.....................        312        1,093
 Other current assets.....................     15,535       17,407
                                             --------     --------
Total Current Assets......................    219,607      218,156
Property and equipment, net...............     88,373       84,976
Intangible assets.........................    248,276      251,399
Other assets..............................     25,140       32,269
                                             --------     --------
Total Assets..............................   $581,396     $586,800
                                             ========     ========
   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                                                                      Pro forma
                                                                     (unaudited)
Current Liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts..........................   $  9,527     $ 14,218
 Current portion of long-term debt and
  notes payable...........................     13,934       18,746
 Accounts payable.........................     28,930       28,795
 Accrued payroll..........................     24,786       21,466
 Accrued vacation.........................      9,035        7,701
 Accrued restructuring....................      3,955        4,701
 Accrued other............................     18,707       15,451
 Due to third party payors................         --        1,511
                                             --------     --------
Total Current Liabilities.................    108,874      112,589
Long-term debt, net of current portion....    275,492      284,042
                                             --------     --------
Total liabilities.........................    384,366      396,631
Commitments and Contingencies
Minority interest in consolidated
 subsidiary companies.....................     12,831       12,098
Preferred stock--Class A, non-voting,
 $1,000 per share redemption value
 Authorized shares--55,000 Issued and
 outstanding shares--52,838...............     66,781       65,481      66,781
Convertible Preferred stock--Class B, non-
 voting, $3.75 per share
 Authorized shares--16,000,000 Issued and
 outstanding shares--16,000,000...........     65,098       64,092       5,098
Stockholders' Equity:
 Common stock--$.01 par value: Authorized
  shares--78,000,000,
  Issued shares--25,697,000 in 2000 and
  2001 and 34,913,000 pro forma...........        257          257         349
 Capital in excess of par.................     70,765       73,069     130,673
 Accumulated deficit......................    (17,636)     (23,757)    (17,636)
 Treasury stock, at cost--221,000 shares..     (1,039)      (1,039)     (1,039)
 Accumulated other comprehensive loss.....        (27)         (32)        (27)
                                             --------     --------     -------
Total Stockholders' Equity................     52,320       48,498     112,320
                                             --------     --------     -------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders'
 Equity...................................   $581,396     $586,800
                                             ========     ========

See accompanying notes.

F-2

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

                                                             For the Quarter
                                                             Ended March 31,
                                                            ------------------
                                                              2001      2000
                                                            --------  --------
Net operating revenues..................................... $225,088  $196,722
                                                            --------  --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services.........................................  181,273   161,225
  General and administrative...............................    8,440     7,328
  Bad debt expense.........................................    8,343     5,918
  Depreciation and amortization............................    7,816     7,021
                                                            --------  --------
Total costs and expenses...................................  205,872   181,492
                                                            --------  --------
Income from operations.....................................   19,216    15,230
Other income and expense:
Interest income............................................     (241)      (82)
Interest expense...........................................    8,016     8,847
                                                            --------  --------
Income before minority interests and income taxes..........   11,441     6,465
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary companies.....    1,407     1,118
                                                            --------  --------
Income before income taxes.................................   10,034     5,347
Income tax expense.........................................    3,913     2,513
                                                            --------  --------
Net income................................................. $  6,121  $  2,834
Less: Preferred dividends..................................   (2,306)   (2,117)
                                                            --------  --------
Net income available to common stockholders................ $  3,815  $    717
                                                            ========  ========
Net income per common share:
  Basic:
    Income per common share................................ $   0.15  $   0.03
  Diluted:
    Income per common share................................ $   0.13  $   0.03
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic....................................................   25,476    25,492
  Diluted..................................................   36,078    25,504

See accompanying notes.

F-3

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands)

(unaudited)

                                                                            Accumulated
                                 Common   Capital in                           Other
                         Common Stock Par Excess of  Accumulated Treasury  Comprehensive Comprehensive
                         Stock    Value      Par       Deficit    Stock        Loss         Income
                         ------ --------- ---------- ----------- --------  ------------- -------------
Balance at December 31,
 2000................... 25,697   $257     $73,069    $(23,757)  $(1,039)      $(32)
 Net income.............                                 6,121                              $6,121
 Adjustment to other
  comprehensive income..                                                          5              5
                                                                                            ------
 Total comprehensive
  income................                                                                    $6,126
                                                                                            ======
 Issuance of common
  stock.................                         2
 Preferred stock
  dividends.............                    (2,306)
                         ------   ----     -------    --------   -------       ----
Balance at March 31,
 2001................... 25,697   $257     $70,765    $(17,636)  $(1,039)      $(27)
                         ======   ====     =======    ========   =======       ====

See accompanying notes.

F-4

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

(unaudited)

                                                             For the Quarter
                                                             Ended March 31,
                                                            ------------------
                                                              2001      2000
                                                            --------  --------
Operating activities
Net income................................................  $  6,121  $  2,834
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
 by operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization............................     7,816     7,021
 Provision for bad debts..................................     8,343     5,918
 Minority interests.......................................     1,407     1,118
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
  effects from acquisition of businesses:
  Accounts receivable.....................................   (13,733)  (13,188)
  Other current assets....................................     2,226    (2,995)
  Other assets............................................     3,468    (1,836)
  Accounts payable........................................       263     1,474
  Due to third-party payors...............................    (1,875)      162
  Accrued expenses........................................     8,126     6,006
  Income taxes............................................     2,657     1,977
                                                            --------  --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................    24,819     8,491
                                                            --------  --------
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment, net..................    (5,325)   (5,934)
Earnout payments..........................................      (505)   (1,272)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired...........    (1,375)     (250)
                                                            --------  --------
Net cash used in investing activities.....................    (7,205)   (7,456)
                                                            --------  --------
Financing activities
Net repayments on credit facility debt....................    (7,000)       --
Principal payments on seller and other debt...............    (6,445)   (6,826)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock....................         2       910
Proceeds from (repayment of) bank overdrafts..............    (4,691)    5,696
Distributions to minority interests.......................      (397)     (657)
                                                            --------  --------
Net cash used in financing activities.....................   (18,531)     (877)
                                                            --------  --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
 equivalents..............................................       (60)      (15)
                                                            --------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......      (977)      143
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..........     3,151     4,067
                                                            --------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................  $  2,174  $  4,210
                                                            ========  ========
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest....................................  $  8,016  $  8,846
Cash paid for income taxes................................  $  1,249  $    290

See accompanying notes.

F-5

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Select Medical Corporation (the "Company") as of and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2001 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2001.

Certain information and disclosures normally included in the notes to consolidated financial statements have been condensed or omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, although the Company believes the disclosure is adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2000 contained in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-48856).

2. Accounting Policies

Reclassifications

Certain amounts on the December 31, 2000 consolidated balance sheet have been reclassified to conform to the classifications used on the March 31, 2001 consolidated balance sheet.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement, as amended by SFAS No. 137, is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000 and is therefore effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2001. In June 2000, FASB issued SFAS No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133." SFAS No. 138 is required to be adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 133 and is therefore effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2001. The adoption of SFAS 133 and SFAS 138 had no effect on the Company's consolidated financial statement.

3. Stock Option Plan

During the first three months of 2001, the Company granted stock options under its 1997 Stock Option Plan for 373,211 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $9.50 to $11.28 per share.

F-6

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

4. Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity

Class B Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering on April 10, 2001, each share of the outstanding Class B Preferred Stock automatically converted into .576 shares of common stock. The effects of this conversion have been reflected as pro forma unaudited amounts in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Common Stock

On March 28, 2001, the Company effected a 1 for .576 reverse split of its common stock. Accordingly, all common issued and outstanding share and per share information has been retroactively restated to reflect the effects of this proposed stock split.

5. Segment Information

The following table summarizes selected financial data for the Company's reportable segments:

                                     Three Months Ended March 31, 2000
                            ----------------------------------------------------
                             Specialty    Outpatient
                             Hospitals  Rehabilitation  All Other      Total
                            ----------- -------------- -----------  ------------
Net revenue................ $87,351,000  $106,869,000  $ 2,502,000  $196,722,000
EBITDA (a).................   9,911,000    17,173,000   (4,833,000)   22,251,000
Total assets............... 259,945,000   353,649,000   22,497,000   636,091,000
Capital expenditures.......   3,865,000     1,215,000      854,000     5,934,000

                                    Three Months Ended March 31, 2001
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                            Specialty     Outpatient
                            Hospitals   Rehabilitation  All Other      Total
                           ------------ -------------- -----------  ------------
Net revenue............... $113,150,000  $108,673,000  $ 3,265,000  $225,088,000
EBITDA (a)................   13,395,000    19,056,000   (5,419,000)   27,032,000
Total assets..............  255,290,000   314,962,000   11,144,000   581,396,000
Capital expenditures......    3,055,000     1,742,000      528,000     5,325,000


(a) EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, minority interest, income taxes, extraordinary items, special charges, depreciation and amortization.

F-7

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

6. Restructuring Charges

The following summarizes the Company's restructuring activity:

                                       Lease
                                    Termination
                                       Costs     Severance   Other      Total
                                    -----------  ---------  --------  ----------
January 1, 2001.................... $3,685,000   $ 940,000  $ 76,000  $4,701,000
Amounts paid in 2001...............   (299,000)   (371,000)  (76,000)   (746,000)
                                    ----------   ---------  --------  ----------
March 31, 2001..................... $3,386,000   $ 569,000  $     --  $3,955,000
                                    ==========   =========  ========  ==========

Management expects to pay out the remaining restructuring reserves through 2003 which is substantially consistent with the original plan.

7. Net Income per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

                                                          Three Months Ended
                                                               March 31,
                                                         ---------------------
                                                            2000       2001
                                                         ---------- ----------
Numerator:
  Net income............................................ $2,834,000 $6,121,000
  Less: Class A and Class B Preferred stock dividends...  2,117,000  2,306,000
                                                         ---------- ----------
  Numerator for basic earnings per share-income
   available to common stockholders.....................    717,000  3,815,000
Effect of dilutive securities:
  Class B Preferred stock dividends.....................         --  1,006,000
                                                         ---------- ----------
  Numerator for diluted earnings per share-income
   available to common stockholders after assumed
   conversions.......................................... $  717,000 $4,821,000
                                                         ========== ==========
Denominator:
  Denominator for basic earnings per share-weighted
   average shares.......................................     25,492     25,476
  Effect of dilutive securities:
    a) Stock options....................................         12        959
    b) Warrants.........................................         --        427
    c) Convertible preferred stock......................         --      9,216
                                                         ---------- ----------
Denominator for diluted earnings per share-adjusted
 weighted average shares and assumed conversions........     25,504     36,078
                                                         ========== ==========
Basic income per common share........................... $     0.03 $     0.15
Diluted income per common share......................... $     0.03 $     0.13

8. Subsequent Events

On April 10, 2001, the Company completed an initial public offering of 9,000,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $9.50 per share. On April 20, 2001, the underwriters of the offering exercised an overallotment option and purchased an additional 1,350,000 shares at a price of $9.50 per share.

F-8

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

8. Subsequent Events (continued)

The overallotment offering closed on April 25, 2001. The net proceeds of the initial offering and the overallotment offering of $89.4 million were used to repay senior debt under the term and revolving loan portions of the Company's credit facility and to redeem Class A Preferred Stock. All 52,838 shares of the Class A Preferred Stock were redeemed on April 10, 2001 for $52,838,000. In addition, the Company's Class B Preferred Stock automatically converted into 9,216,000 shares of common stock upon completion of the offering.

On May 2, 2001, the Company paid all accrued dividends on its Class A and Class B Preferred Stock. Payments of Class A and Class B Preferred dividends totaled $14.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

9. Financial Information for Subsidiary Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries

The Company conducts a significant portion of its business through subsidiaries. The Company has issued $175 million of senior subordinated notes. These notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain wholly-owned subsidiaries (the Subsidiary Guarantors). Certain of the Company's subsidiaries will not guarantee notes (the Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries). The claims of creditors of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have priority over the rights of the Company to receive dividends or distributions from such subsidiaries.

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries at March 31, 2001 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2001 and 2000.

During April and May of 2001, the Company has repurchased outstanding minority interests of certain subsidiaries for $10.8 million in cash and the issuance of 523,452 shares of common stock. To the extent the Company now owns 100% of the outstanding equity interests of these subsidiaries they have been included as Subsidiary Guarantors in the following condensed consolidating financial information.

On October 1, 2000, the Company transferred the operating assets of one of its subsidiaries into a newly organized partnership and simultaneously sold partnership units to unaffiliated investors. The operations of this business through a 100% owned subsidiary occurring before October 1, 2000 have been included as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The operations commencing on October 1, 2000 through a minority owned partnership are presented as a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

The equity method has been used by the Company with respect to investments in subsidiaries. The equity method has been used by Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to investments in Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Separate financial statements for Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented.

The table below sets forth the following Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries:

Canadian Back Institute
Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC.
Medical Information Management Systems, LLC.
Millenium Rehab Services, LLC.
Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC.
Select-Houston Partners, L.P.
Select Management Services, LLC.
Select Specialty Hospital-Biloxi, Inc.
TJ Corporation I, LLC.

There are professional corporations that meet the definition of Non- Guarantors in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes that are not included on the following table because the Company does not own any of their equity interests.

F-9

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

                                                      March 31, 2001
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations    Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------    ------------
         Assets
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents...........       $     --        $    971     $ 1,203     $      --        $  2,174
 Accounts receivable,
  net...................           (137)        171,823      29,900            --         201,586
 Prepaid income taxes...             --             312          --            --             312
 Other current assets...          1,260          12,653       1,622            --          15,535
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current Assets....          1,123         185,759      32,725            --         219,607
Property and equipment,
 net....................          4,664          64,748      18,961            --          88,373
Investment in
 affiliates.............        216,582          25,853          --      (242,435)(a)          --
Intangible assets.......          5,905         201,377      40,994            --         248,276
Other assets............          5,977          18,340         823            --          25,140
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Assets............       $234,251        $496,077     $93,503     $(242,435)       $581,396
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========
    Liabilities and
  Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts........       $  7,614        $  1,491     $   422     $      --        $  9,527
 Current portion of
  long-term debt and
  notes payable.........          3,921           9,904         109            --          13,934
 Accounts payable.......          3,324          21,713       3,893            --          28,930
 Intercompany accounts..         (3,622)          3,748        (126)           --              --
 Accrued payroll........            323          24,305         158            --          24,786
 Accrued vacation.......          1,657           6,300       1,078            --           9,035
 Accrued restructuring..             --           3,955          --            --           3,955
 Accrued other..........          4,232          12,324       2,151            --          18,707
 Income taxes...........            341            (116)       (225)           --              --
 Due to third party
  payors................        (18,770)         22,907      (4,137)           --              --
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current
 Liabilities............           (980)        106,531       3,323            --         108,874
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion........         51,005         174,851      49,636            --         275,492
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total liabilities.......         50,025         281,382      52,959            --         384,366
Commitments and
 Contingencies
Minority interest in
 consolidated subsidiary
 companies..............             --           4,871       7,960            --          12,831
Preferred stock--Class
 A......................         66,781              --          --            --          66,781
Convertible Preferred
 stock--Class B.........         65,098              --          --            --          65,098
Stockholders' Equity:
 Common stock...........            257              --          --            --             257
 Capital in excess of
  par...................         70,765              --          --            --          70,765
 Accumulated deficit....        (17,636)         (4,858)      6,335        (1,477)(b)     (17,636)
 Subsidiary investment..             --         214,682      26,276      (240,958)(a)          --
 Treasury stock, at
  cost..................         (1,039)             --          --            --          (1,039)
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive loss....             --              --         (27)           --             (27)
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Stockholders'
 Equity.................         52,347         209,824      32,584      (242,435)         52,320
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Liabilities and
 Stockholders' Equity...       $234,251        $496,077     $93,503     $(242,435)       $581,396
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========

(a) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries.
(b) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries' earnings.

F-10

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

                                           For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2001
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------   ------------
Net operating revenues..        $3,005         $182,756     $39,327      $    --        $225,088
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services......            --          149,717      31,556           --         181,273
  General and
   administrative.......         8,440               --          --           --           8,440
  Bad debt expense......            --            7,206       1,137           --           8,343
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........           525            6,121       1,170           --           7,816
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Total costs and
 expenses...............         8,965          163,044      33,863           --         205,872
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        (5,960)          19,712       5,464           --          19,216
Other income and
 expense:
Intercompany charges....        (8,335)           7,917         418           --              --
Interest income.........           (73)            (167)         (1)          --            (241)
Interest expense........         2,121            4,195       1,700           --           8,016
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes and equity
 in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........           327            7,767       3,347           --          11,441
Minority interest in
 consolidated subsidiary
 companies..............            --              386       1,021           --           1,407
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and equity
 in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........           327            7,381       2,326           --          10,034
Income tax expense......           170            3,643         100           --           3,913
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........         5,964            1,811          --       (7,775)(a)          --
                                ------         --------     -------      -------        --------
Net income (loss).......        $6,121         $  5,549     $ 2,226      $(7,775)       $  6,121
                                ======         ========     =======      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in net income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries.

F-11

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

                                           For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2001
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------   ------------
Operating activities
Net income (loss).......        $ 6,121        $  5,549     $ 2,226      $(7,775)(a)    $  6,121
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income to net cash
 provided by operating
 activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........            525           6,121       1,170           --           7,816
 Provision for bad
  debts.................             --           7,206       1,137           --           8,343
 Minority interests.....             --             386       1,021           --           1,407
 Changes in operating
  assets and
  liabilities, net of
  effects from
  acquisition of
  businesses:
  Equity (loss) in
   earnings of
   subsidiaries.........         (5,964)         (1,811)         --        7,775(a)           --
   Intercompany.........          7,432         (10,424)      2,992           --              --
  Accounts receivable...           (163)        (10,065)     (3,505)          --         (13,733)
  Other current
   assets...............           (268)          2,353         141           --           2,226
  Other assets..........          8,675          (1,804)     (3,403)          --           3,468
  Accounts payable......            977            (702)        (12)          --             263
  Due to third-party
   payors...............         (3,000)            853         272           --          (1,875)
  Accrued expenses......         (2,164)         10,097         193           --           8,126
  Income taxes..........         (7,849)         10,217         289           --           2,657
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net cash provided by
 operating activities...          4,322          17,976       2,521           --          24,819
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Investing activities
Purchases of property
 and equipment, net.....           (528)         (4,146)       (651)          --          (5,325)
Earnout payments........             --            (505)         --           --            (505)
Acquisition of
 businesses, net of cash
 acquired...............         (1,375)             --          --           --          (1,375)
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...         (1,903)         (4,651)       (651)          --          (7,205)
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Financing activities
Net repayments on credit
 facility debt..........         (7,000)             --          --           --          (7,000)
Principal payments on
 seller and other debt..         (1,524)         (4,921)         --           --          (6,445)
Proceeds from issuance
 of common stock........              2              --          --           --               2
Proceeds from (repayment
 of) bank overdrafts....          6,103          (8,448)     (2,346)          --          (4,691)
Distributions to
 minority interests.....             --              --        (397)          --            (397)
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net cash used in
 financing activities...         (2,419)        (13,369)     (2,743)          --         (18,531)
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Effect of exchange rate
 changes on cash and
 cash equivalents.......             --              --         (60)          --             (60)
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net decrease in cash and
 cash equivalents.......             --             (44)       (933)          --            (977)
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....             --           1,015       2,136           --           3,151
                                -------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................        $    --        $    971     $ 1,203      $    --        $  2,174
                                =======        ========     =======      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiary.

F-12

                                     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
                                          For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2000
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical                   Non-
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary  Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------ ------------   ------------
Net operating revenues..        $ 2,502        $163,031    $31,189      $    --        $196,722
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services......             --         135,209     26,016           --         161,225
  General and
   administrative.......          7,328              --         --           --           7,328
  Bad debt expense......             --           5,409        509           --           5,918
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........            382           5,666        973           --           7,021
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Total costs and
 expenses...............          7,710         146,284     27,498           --         181,492
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............         (5,208)         16,747      3,691           --          15,230
Other income and
 expense:
Intercompany charges....        (10,702)         10,371        331           --              --
Interest income.........            (66)            (16)        --           --             (82)
Interest expense........          2,183           5,364      1,300           --           8,847
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Income before minority
 interests and income
 taxes..................          3,377           1,028      2,060           --           6,465
Minority interest in
 consolidated subsidiary
 companies..............             --             415        703           --           1,118
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Income before income
 taxes..................          3,377             613      1,357           --           5,347
Income tax expense......          1,197           1,241         75           --           2,513
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........            654           1,100         --       (1,754)(a)          --
                                -------        --------    -------      -------        --------
Net income..............        $ 2,834        $    472    $ 1,282      $(1,754)       $  2,834
                                =======        ========    =======      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in net income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries.

F-13

                                     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
                                          For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2000
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical                   Non-
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary  Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------ ------------   ------------
Operating activities
Net income..............        $2,834          $  472      $1,282      $(1,754)(a)    $ 2,834
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income to net cash
 provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........           382           5,666         973           --          7,021
  Provision for bad
   debts................            --           5,409         509           --          5,918
  Minority interests....            --             415         703           --          1,118
 Changes in operating
  assets and
  liabilities, net of
  effects from
  acquisition of
  businesses:
    Equity (loss) in
     earnings of
     subsidiaries.......          (654)         (1,100)         --        1,754 (a)         --
    Intercompany........        (6,820)          2,407       4,413           --             --
    Accounts
     receivable.........           (52)         (9,961)     (3,175)          --        (13,188)
    Other current
     assets.............          (364)         (1,906)       (725)          --         (2,995)
    Other assets........         4,134          (2,527)     (3,443)          --         (1,836)
    Accounts payable....           279           1,275         (80)          --          1,474
    Due to third-party
     payors.............        (2,500)          2,222         440           --            162
    Accrued expenses....          (798)          5,808         996           --          6,006
    Income taxes........         1,206             977        (206)          --          1,977
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities.............        (2,353)          9,157       1,687           --          8,491
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Investing activities
Purchases of property
 and equipment, net.....          (854)         (3,958)     (1,122)          --         (5,934)
Earnout payments........            --          (1,272)         --           --         (1,272)
Acquisition of
 businesses, net of cash
 acquired...............          (250)             --          --           --           (250)
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...        (1,104)         (5,230)     (1,122)          --         (7,456)
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Financing activities
Net repayments on credit
 facility debt..........            --              --          --           --             --
Principal payments on
 seller and other debt..          (910)         (5,916)         --           --         (6,826)
Proceeds from issuance
 of common stock........           910              --          --           --            910
Proceeds from (repayment
 of) bank overdrafts....         3,457           2,282         (43)          --          5,696
Distributions to
 minority interests.....            --            (293)       (364)          --           (657)
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities.............         3,457          (3,927)       (407)          --           (877)
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Effect of exchange rate
 changes on cash and
 cash equivalents.......            --              --         (15)          --            (15)
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Net increase in cash and
 cash equivalents.......            --              --         143           --            143
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....            --           1,475       2,592           --          4,067
                                ------          ------      ------      -------        -------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................        $   --          $1,475      $2,735      $    --        $ 4,210
                                ======          ======      ======      =======        =======

(a) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiary.

F-14

Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Select Medical Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Select Medical Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
February 16, 2001, except for
paragraphs 8 and 2 of Note 7, Note 19 and Note 20
which are dated
March 28, 2001, April 3, 2001, May 2, 2001 and June 11, 2001, respectively

F-15

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

                                                  December 31,
                                                  1999      2000
                                                --------  --------
                    Assets
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents....................  $  4,067  $  3,151
 Escrow receivable............................    29,948        --
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
  doubtful accounts of $69,492 and $75,517 in
  1999 and 2000, respectively.................   184,148   196,505
 Prepaid income taxes.........................       283     1,093
 Assets held for sale.........................    13,000        --
 Other current assets.........................    21,264    21,083
                                                --------  --------
Total Current Assets..........................   252,710   221,832
Property and equipment, net...................    85,072    84,976
Intangible assets.............................   258,079   251,399
Other assets..................................    24,857    28,593
                                                --------  --------
Total Assets..................................  $620,718  $586,800
                                                ========  ========
     Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                                                                    Pro forma,
                                                                    (unaudited)
Current Liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts..............................  $  6,966  $ 14,218
 Current portion of long-term debt and notes
  payable.....................................    21,127    18,746
 Accounts payable.............................    27,489    28,795
 Accrued payroll..............................    17,865    21,466
 Accrued vacation.............................     4,065     7,701
 Accrued restructuring........................     9,357     4,701
 Accrued other................................    15,621    15,451
 Due to third party payors....................    17,622     1,511
                                                --------  --------
Total Current Liabilities.....................   120,112   112,589
Long-term debt, net of current portion........   319,694   284,042
                                                --------  --------
Total liabilities.............................   439,806   396,631
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary
companies.....................................    10,671    12,098
Preferred stock--Class A, non-voting, $1,000
per share redemption value
 Authorized shares--55,000, Issued and
  outstanding shares--52,848 and 52,838 in
  1999 and 2000, respectively.................    60,398    65,481   $ 65,481
Convertible preferred stock--Class B, non-
 voting, $3.75 per share redemption value:
 Authorized shares--16,000,000, Issued and
 outstanding shares--16,000,000...............    60,406    64,092      4,092
Stockholders' Equity:
 Common stock--$.01 par value: Authorized
  shares--78,000,000, Issued shares--
  25,525,000, 25,697,000 and 34,913,000
  (unaudited) in 1999, 2000 and pro forma,
  respectively................................       255       257        349
 Capital in excess of par.....................    79,502    73,069    132,977
 Accumulated deficit..........................   (29,469)  (23,757)   (23,757)
 Treasury stock, at cost--189,000 and 221,000
  shares in 1999 and 2000, respectively.......      (829)   (1,039)    (1,039)
 Accumulated other comprehensive loss.........       (22)      (32)       (32)
                                                --------  --------   --------
Total Stockholders' Equity....................    49,437    48,498   $108,498
                                                --------  --------   --------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity....  $620,718  $586,800
                                                ========  ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-16

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                     For the Year Ended
                                                        December 31,
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                   1998      1999      2000
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Net operating revenues.......................... $149,043  $455,975  $805,897
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services..............................  128,910   383,453   656,461
  General and administrative....................   12,526    21,420    28,431
  Bad debt expense..............................    4,014     8,858    29,335
  Depreciation and amortization.................    4,942    16,741    30,401
  Special charge................................   10,157     5,223        --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Total costs and expenses........................  160,549   435,695   744,628
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) from operations...................  (11,506)   20,280    61,269
Other income and expense:
Interest income.................................     (406)     (362)     (939)
Interest expense................................    5,382    21,461    36,126
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before minority interests and
 income taxes...................................  (16,482)     (819)   26,082
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary
 companies......................................    1,744     3,662     4,144
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before income taxes...............  (18,226)   (4,481)   21,938
Income tax expense (benefit)....................     (182)    2,811     9,979
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item.....  (18,044)   (7,292)   11,959
Extraordinary item..............................       --     5,814     6,247
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Net income (loss)............................... $(18,044) $(13,106) $  5,712
Less: Preferred dividends.......................    2,540     5,175     8,780
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Net loss available to common stockholders....... $(20,584) $(18,281) $ (3,068)
                                                 ========  ========  ========
Net income (loss) per common share:
  Basic:
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item..... $  (1.64) $  (0.50) $   0.13
    Extraordinary item..........................       --     (0.24)    (0.25)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
    Loss per common share....................... $  (1.64) $  (0.74) $  (0.12)
  Diluted:
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item..... $  (1.64) $  (0.50) $   0.12
    Extraordinary item..........................       --     (0.24)    (0.24)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
    Loss........................................ $  (1.64) $  (0.74) $  (0.12)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.........................................   12,517    24,557    25,457
  Diluted.......................................   12,517    24,557    25,907

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-17

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands)

                                Common              Retained              Accumulated
                                Stock   Capital    Earnings/                 Other
                         Common  Par   in Excess  (Accumulated Treasury  Comprehensive Comprehensive
                         Stock  Value   of Par      Deficit)    Stock        Loss      Income (Loss)
                         ------ ------ ---------  ------------ --------  ------------- -------------
Balance at December 31,
1997.................... 11,685 $ 117  $  3,264     $  1,681   $    --       $ --
 Net loss...............     --    --        --      (18,044)       --         --        $(18,044)
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive loss....     --    --        --           --        --        (27)            (27)
                                                                                         --------
 Total comprehensive
  loss..................     --    --        --           --        --         --        $(18,071)
                                                                                         ========
 Issuance of common
  stock................. 12,708   127    74,878           --        --         --
 Issuance of warrants...     --    --     1,086           --        --         --
 Redemption of common
  stock.................     --    --        --           --       (48)        --
 Preferred stock
  dividends.............     --    --    (2,540)          --        --         --
                         ------ -----  --------     --------   -------       ----
Balance at December 31,
1998.................... 24,393   244    76,688      (16,363)      (48)       (27)
 Net loss...............     --    --        --      (13,106)       --         --        $(13,106)
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive income..     --    --        --           --        --          5               5
                                                                                         --------
 Total comprehensive
  loss..................     --    --        --           --        --         --        $(13,101)
                                                                                         ========
 Issuance of common
  stock.................  1,132    11     6,239           --        --         --
 Accretion of preferred
  stock issuance costs..     --    --      (639)          --        --         --
 Issuance of warrants...     --    --     2,389           --        --         --
 Purchase of treasury
  stock.................     --    --        --           --      (781)        --
 Preferred stock
  dividends.............     --    --    (5,175)          --        --         --
                         ------ -----  --------     --------   -------       ----
Balance at December 31,
1999.................... 25,525   255    79,502      (29,469)     (829)       (22)
 Net income.............     --    --        --        5,712        --         --        $  5,712
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive loss....     --    --        --           --        --        (10)            (10)
                                                                                         --------
 Total comprehensive
  income................     --    --        --           --        --         --        $  5,702
                                                                                         ========
 Issuance of common
  stock.................    172     2     1,116           --        --         --
 Purchase of treasury
  shares................     --    --        --           --      (210)        --
 Issuance of warrants...     --    --     1,104           --        --         --
 Valuation of non-
  employee options......     --    --       127           --        --         --
 Preferred stock
  dividends.............     --    --    (8,780)          --        --         --
                         ------ -----  --------     --------   -------       ----
Balance at December 31,
2000.................... 25,697 $ 257  $ 73,069     $(23,757)  $(1,039)      $(32)
                         ====== =====  ========     ========   =======       ====

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-18

Select Medical Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

                                                    For the Year Ended
                                                       December 31,
                                               ------------------------------
                                                 1998       1999       2000
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Operating activities
Net income (loss)............................. $ (18,044) $ (13,106) $  5,712
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
 net cash provided by (used in) operating
 activities:
 Depreciation and amortization................     4,942     16,741    30,401
 Provision for bad debts......................     4,014      8,858    29,335
 Special charge...............................    10,157      5,223        --
 Extraordinary item...........................        --      5,814     6,247
 Loss (gain) on sale of assets................        --       (215)      111
 Minority interests...........................     1,744      3,662     4,144
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
  net of effects from acquisition
  of businesses:
   Accounts receivable........................   (17,513)   (47,290)  (36,964)
   Other current assets.......................     3,229     (1,728)   (2,692)
   Other assets...............................    (1,539)   (10,868)   (5,019)
   Accounts payable...........................    (2,591)        29     1,380
   Due to third-party payors..................    (1,279)     8,715   (17,673)
   Accrued expenses...........................    (5,535)    (2,688)      (17)
   Income taxes...............................    (2,287)     1,696     7,548
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities....................................   (24,702)   (25,157)   22,513
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment, net......    (6,423)   (10,896)  (22,430)
Escrow receivable.............................        --         --    29,948
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for
sale..........................................        --         --    13,000
Proceeds from disposal of assets..............        --        988     2,947
Earnout payments..............................        --         --    (3,430)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash
acquired......................................  (203,058)  (171,354)   (5,838)
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities....................................  (209,481)  (181,262)   14,197
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of debt................   103,898     68,194        --
Net proceeds (repayments) on credit facility
debt..........................................    31,173     86,655   (12,000)
Principal payments on seller and other debt...    (6,482)   (10,064)  (27,577)
Net proceeds from issuance of Class A
redeemable preferred stock....................    47,616         --        --
Net proceeds from issuance of Class B
convertible preferred stock...................        --     59,361        --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock........    65,719      1,041     1,118
Purchase of treasury stock....................       (48)      (781)     (210)
Redemption of preferred stock.................       (19)      (214)      (11)
Proceeds from bank overdrafts.................     2,073      4,893     7,253
Payment of deferred financing costs...........    (1,314)   (10,883)   (4,563)
Distributions to minority interests...........      (318)      (722)   (1,626)
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities....................................   242,298    197,480   (37,616)
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents..............................        27          5       (10)
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents...................................     8,142     (8,934)     (916)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
year..........................................     4,859     13,001     4,067
                                               ---------  ---------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...... $  13,001  $   4,067  $  3,151
                                               =========  =========  ========
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest........................ $   2,185  $  15,500  $ 36,125
Cash paid for income taxes.................... $     261  $   2,112  $  3,476

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-19

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Accounting Policies

Business Description

Select Medical Corporation and its subsidiaries (the "Company") was formed in December 1996 and commenced operations during February 1997 upon the completion of its first acquisition. The Company provides long-term acute care hospital services through its Select Specialty Hospital division and provides physical, occupational, and speech rehabilitation services through its outpatient divisions. Select Specialty Hospital division owns and operates long-term acute care hospitals. These hospitals, which average approximately 35 to 40 beds in size, operate generally in space leased within general acute care hospitals. These hospitals offer intensive nursing care, vent weaning, and therapy services to high acuity patients who require long lengths of hospital care before being discharged to a nursing home or home care environment. At December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the Company operated 39, 44 and 54 long-term acute care hospitals, respectively. The Company's outpatient divisions provide rehabilitation services in outpatient clinics owned or managed by the Company and under therapy contracts with nursing homes, schools, hospitals, and home care agencies. At December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the Company had operations in Canada and 19, 33 and 35 states, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its majority owned subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships the Company and its subsidiaries control through ownership of general and limited partnership interests. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The Company does not consolidate professional corporations where it has a long-term management contract because the Company does not have a long-term controlling interest in the affiliated practices as defined in "Emerging Issues Task Force No 97-2." Instead the Company reports management services revenue earned under the terms of the agreements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost which approximates market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight- line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the term of the lease, as appropriate. The general range of useful lives is as follows:

Leasehold improvements.......................................     5 years
Furniture and equipment...................................... 2--10 years
Buildings....................................................    40 years

F-20

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)

Qualified internally developed software costs for internal use are capitalized subsequent to both the preliminary project stage and when management has committed to funding, in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." The carrying value of all internally developed software costs was $1,416,000, $2,541,000 and $2,210,000 at December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash balances and accounts receivable. The Company invests its excess cash with large banks. The Company grants unsecured credit to its patients, most of whom reside in the service area of the Company's facilities and are insured under third-party payor agreements. Because of the geographic diversity of the Company's facilities and non-governmental third-party payors, Medicare represents the Company's only concentration of credit risk.

Assets Held for Sale

Assets held for sale were stated at their net realizable value less approximated costs to sell. The results of operations related to the assets held for sale were excluded from the Company's operating results and were reflected as an adjustment to the purchase price when the assets were sold. No depreciation or amortization was recognized on the assets held for sale.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management provides a valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of such net deferred tax assets will not be recovered.

Intangible Assets

Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations accounted for under the purchase method are recorded at their respective fair values. Deferred taxes have been recorded to the extent of differences between the fair value and the tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible net assets acquired is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the intangible assets. Company management performed allocation of intangible assets between identifiable intangibles and goodwill. Intangible assets other than goodwill primarily consist of the values assigned to trademarks and assembled work force. Management Service Agreements ("MSA's") represent consideration paid to therapists groups for entering into MSA's with the Company. The Company's MSA's are for a term of 20 years with renewal options. Management believes that the estimated useful lives established at the dates of each transaction were reasonable based on the economic factors applicable to each of the businesses.

F-21

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)

The useful life for each class of intangible asset is as follows:

Goodwill........................................................ 40 years
Trademarks...................................................... 40 years
Management service agreements................................... 20 years
Assembled workforce.............................................  7 years

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"), which establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long-lived assets, certain identified intangible assets and goodwill related to those assets to be held and used and for long-lived assets and certain intangible assets to be disposed. In accordance with SFAS 121, the Company reviews the realizability of long-lived assets, certain intangible assets and goodwill whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate recorded costs may not be recoverable. In addition, the Company also analyzes the recovery of long-lived assets on an enterprise basis.

If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted) are less than the carrying amount of such assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount of the assets and their estimated fair value (Note 10).

Due to Third-Party Payors

Due to third-party payors represents the difference between amounts received under interim payment plans from third-party payors for services rendered and amounts estimated to be reimbursed by those third-party payors upon settlement of cost reports.

Insurance Risk Programs

The Company is insured for malpractice claims based on a claims made or claims incurred policy purchased in the commercial market. A liability is estimated for the premium cost for such coverage. The Company has the unilateral right to purchase tail coverage for its claims made policy at a fixed price.

Certain insurable risks such as workers' compensation are self-insured by the Company. Accruals for claims under the Company's self-insurance program are recorded on a claim-incurred basis.

Minority Interests

The interests held by other parties in subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships owned and controlled by the Company are reported on the consolidated balance sheets as minority interests. Minority interests reported in the consolidated statements of operations reflect the respective interests in the income or loss of the subsidiaries, limited liability companies and limited partnerships attributable to the other parties, the effect of which is removed from the Company's consolidated results of operations.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock is carried at cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method.

F-22

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue Recognition

Net operating revenues consists of patient, contract therapy, and management services revenues and are recognized as services are rendered.

Patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third party payors and patients. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments to the Company at amounts different from its established rates. The differences between the estimated program reimbursement rates and standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments, which are deducted from gross revenues to arrive at net operating revenues. Payment arrangements include prospectively determined rates per discharge, reimbursed costs, discounted charges, and per diem payments. Net patient service revenue is reported net of provision for contractual allowance from third-party payors, patients and others for services rendered, including retroactive adjustments under reimbursement agreements with third-party payors. Retroactive adjustments are accrued on an estimated basis in the period the related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Accounts receivables resulting from such payment arrangements are recorded net of contractual allowances. Net operating revenues generated directly from the Medicare program represented approximately 38%, 48%, and 35% of the Company's consolidated net operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Approximately 33% and 31% of the Company's gross accounts receivable at December 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively, are from this payor source.

Management services revenues represent revenues earned under management service agreements with professional corporations and associations in the business of providing physical, occupational, and speech therapy. Management fee receivables resulting from such management services are included in other assets.

Significant reductions in the patient service revenues generated in a hospital may occur if the Company is unable to maintain the certification of the hospital as a long-term acute care hospital (LTACH) in accordance with Medicare regulations. Additionally, the majority of the Company's hospitals operate in space leased from general acute care hospitals (host hospitals); consequently, these hospitals are also subject to Medicare "Hospital within Hospital" (HIH) regulations in addition to the general LTACH regulations. The HIH regulations are designed to ensure that the hospitals are organizationally and functionally independent of their host hospital. If an LTACH located in a host hospital fails to meet the HIH regulations it also loses its status as an LTACH. These determinations are made on an annual basis. Management believes its LTACH's are in compliance with the Medicare regulations regarding HIH's and LTACH's and that it will be able to meet the tests to maintain the future status of its hospitals as LTACH's under the current Medicare regulations.

Foreign Currency Translations

The Company uses the local currency as the functional currency for its Canadian operations. All assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income statement items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments impacting comprehensive income (loss) are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each year. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is based on the

F-23

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Organization and Accounting Policies (continued)

weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each year, adjusted for the effect of common stock equivalents arising from the assumed exercise of stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock, if dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement for financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 137, issued by the FASB in July 1999, establishes a new effective date for SFAS No. 133. This statement, as amended by SFAS No. 137, is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000 and is therefore effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2001. In June 2000, FASB issued SFAS No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities--an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133." SFAS No. 138 addresses a limited number of issues causing implementation difficulties for SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 138 is required to be adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 133 and is therefore effective for the Company beginning with its fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2001. Because of the limited use of derivative instruments, management does not believe that there will be a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In March 2000, the FASB issued interpretation No. 44, or FIN 44 "Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation," which is an interpretation of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, or APB Opinion
25. This interpretation, which clarifies the definition of an employee noncompensatory plan, accounting consequences of various modifications to previously fixed stock options or awards and the exchange of stock compensation awards in a business combination. The adoption of FIN 44 did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

2. Acquisitions, Disposal and Management Services Agreements

For the year ended December 31, 1998

On January 16, 1998, the Company acquired an 80% undivided interest in certain assets of NW Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. and Medical Temporary Specialists, Inc. These and the remaining 20% undivided interests were then contributed to NW Rehabilitation Associates, LLC (NW Rehab), which is 80% owned by the Company. NW Rehab provides rehabilitation services to third parties on a contract basis and to various homecare providers.

On February 28, 1998, the Company acquired approximately 73% of the outstanding stock of Canadian Back Institute Limited (CBIL). CBIL provides rehabilitation services in clinics across Canada. CBIL carries on these activities through various limited partnerships and corporations. In some cases CBIL is the general partner only (through its wholly owned subsidiaries), in certain other cases CBIL is also a limited partner (either directly or through its wholly owned subsidiaries) and in other cases CBIL carries on its activities through wholly owned or partially-owned subsidiaries.

On June 4, 1998, the Company acquired 80% of the outstanding common stock of PT Services, Inc. (PTS). PTS operates rehabilitation clinics and provides contract therapy services.

F-24

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

2. Acquisitions, Disposal and Management Services Agreements (continued)

On June 30, 1998, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of American Transitional Hospitals (ATH), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., for $62,800,000 cash and $14,944,000 liabilities assumed. ATH provides long-term acute care hospital services.

On December 16, 1998, the Company completed a public tender of the outstanding stock of Intensiva Healthcare Corporation (Intensiva) for $103,600,000 cash and $56,491,000 liabilities assumed. The purchase was funded through the sale of 10,697,000 shares of Select common stock and subordinate and bank debt. As part of the acquisition, the Company accrued $7.6 million of costs related principally to severance and other restructuring costs. Intensiva provides long-term acute care hospital services.

During 1998, the Company acquired controlling interests in two outpatient therapy businesses. The Company also acquired the non-medical assets of three outpatient therapy businesses and executed long-term Management Services Agreements (MSA) with the related professional corporations. Outpatient therapy acquisitions consisted of The Summit Group on May 1, 1998 and Avalon Rehabilitation on October 30, 1998. MSA's were executed with H&M Hecker, P.T, P.C. on January 31, 1998, Professional Management Bureau, Inc. on February 28, 1998 and Cedar Bridge Physical Therapy, P.C., Cedar Bridge Rehab Services, Inc., and KC Services, Inc. (collectively Cedar Bridge) on May 1, 1998.

For the Year Ended December 31, 1999

On January 8, 1999, the Company acquired 80% of the undivided interest in the business and certain assets of Kentucky Orthopedic Rehab Team, PSC (KORT). KORT operates rehabilitation clinics.

On November 19, 1999, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group (NovaCare) for $160,416,000 cash and $64,734,000 of liabilities assumed. The purchase was funded through the sale of 16,000,000 shares of Select Class B Convertible Preferred stock and subordinate and bank debt. The Company is indemnified against certain risks including receivables collection and certain joint venture agreements through a $36,800,000 escrow account. In November 1999, the Company recorded a $29,948,000 receivable related to the receivable collection and severance indemnification. Of this amount $29,400,000 represents the change in estimate for allowance for doubtful accounts recorded in the NovaCare July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 financial statements. On July 6, 2000, the Company received proceeds of $29,948,000 from the escrow account established in connection with its acquisition of NovaCare from NovaCare's former owner, NAHC, Inc. The Company also received $1.95 million in notes in satisfaction of certain severance and other obligations NAHC, Inc. had to the Company under the purchase agreement. As a part of the acquisition, the Company accrued $5.7 million of costs related to the planned closure of approximately 60 outpatient rehab clinics, the downsizing and relocation of the NovaCare corporate headquarters and transaction-related expenses. NovaCare provides outpatient physical therapy and rehabilitation services.

The Company divested the Occupational Health segment of NovaCare with total sale proceeds of $13,000,000. The net proceeds of this sale and the cash flows of this segment until it was sold were allocated to assets held for sale in the allocation of the NovaCare purchase price. Differences between the actual and expected amount were recorded as an adjustment to goodwill during 2000.

Certain purchase agreements require additional payments to the former owners if specific financial targets are met. At December 31, 2000, aggregate contingent payments in connection with all acquisitions of

F-25

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

2. Acquisitions, Disposal and Management Services Agreements (continued)

approximately $7,400,000 have not been included in the initial cost of the business since the additional amount of such contingent consideration that may be paid in the future, if any, is not presently determinable.

During 1999, the Company acquired controlling interests in four outpatient therapy businesses. Outpatient therapy acquisitions consisted of Sports Rehabilitation and Physical Therapy Center, P.A. on March 1, 1999, Senior Rehab, Inc. on March 31, 1999, Central Jersey Rehabilitation Services, Inc. on May 15, 1999 and Hunsel Physical Therapy Services, Inc. on July 15, 1999.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2000

During 2000, the Company acquired controlling interests in four outpatient therapy businesses. Outpatient therapy acquisitions consisted of Delta Rehab Group, Inc. on January 20, 2000, S.T.A.R. Rehab, Inc. on March 31, 2000, Crisan Physiotherapy and Sports Medicine Center, P.A. on May 31, 2000 and Rehab Health, Inc. on July 31, 2000.

The acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and results of operations from acquired companies are included in these consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

The following unaudited results of operations have been prepared assuming all acquisitions consummated on or before December 31, 1999 had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. The acquisitions completed during 2000 are not significant for pro forma disclosure. These results are not necessarily indicative of results of future operations nor of the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated as of the beginning of the periods presented.

                                                        For the year ended
                                                           December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                         1998          1999
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                     (unaudited)   (unaudited)
Revenues............................................ $572,021,000  $720,116,000
Loss before extraordinary items.....................  (26,764,000)  (78,569,000)
Net loss............................................  (26,764,000)  (84,383,000)

F-26

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

2. Acquisitions, Disposal and Management Services Agreements (continued)

Information with respect to businesses acquired in purchase transactions is as follows:

                                              For the year ended December 31,
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                1998         1999        2000
                                            ------------ ------------ ----------
Cash paid (net of cash acquired)..........  $203,058,000 $171,354,000 $5,838,000
Notes issued..............................    18,343,000    7,783,000  3,207,000
Other consideration.......................       785,000           --         --
                                            ------------ ------------ ----------
                                             222,186,000  179,137,000  9,045,000
Liabilities assumed.......................   105,286,000   65,744,000    255,000
                                            ------------ ------------ ----------
                                             327,472,000  244,881,000  9,300,000
Fair value of assets acquired, principally
 accounts receivable and property and
 equipment................................   159,554,000  144,623,000  1,606,000
Trademarks................................            --   40,000,000         --
Management services agreements............     8,829,000    1,520,000         --
Assembled workforce.......................     8,480,000    9,200,000         --
                                            ------------ ------------ ----------
Cost in excess of fair value of net
 assets acquired..........................  $150,609,000 $ 49,538,000 $7,694,000
                                            ============ ============ ==========

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

                                                             December 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                           1999        2000
                                                        ----------- -----------
Land................................................... $   501,000 $   501,000
Leasehold improvements.................................  19,800,000  29,836,000
Buildings..............................................  17,000,000  17,000,000
Furniture and equipment................................  64,572,000  74,170,000
Construction in progress...............................     661,000     366,000
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                        102,534,000 121,873,000
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization........  17,462,000  36,897,000
                                                        ----------- -----------
Total property and equipment........................... $85,072,000 $84,976,000
                                                        =========== ===========

F-27

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following:

                                                         December 31,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       1999          2000
                                                   ------------  ------------
Goodwill.......................................... $198,254,000  $201,171,000
Trademarks........................................   40,000,000    40,000,000
Management services agreements....................   10,343,000    10,343,000
Assembled workforce...............................   17,544,000    17,544,000
                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                    266,141,000   269,058,000
Less: accumulated amortization....................    8,062,000    17,659,000
                                                   ------------  ------------
Total intangible assets........................... $258,079,000  $251,399,000
                                                   ============  ============

      The following summarizes the Company's intangible asset activity:

                                                         December 31,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       1999          2000
                                                   ------------  ------------
Beginning balance of intangibles, net............. $171,378,000  $258,079,000
Intangibles recorded for companies purchased in
 current year.....................................  100,258,000     7,694,000
Intangibles adjusted for companies purchased in
 prior year for:
Asset impairments.................................   (3,691,000)           --
Income tax benefits recognized....................   (1,314,000)   (8,402,000)
Translation adjustment............................      671,000      (441,000)
Other.............................................   (3,471,000)      635,000
Earn out payments.................................           --     3,430,000
Amortization......................................   (5,752,000)   (9,596,000)
                                                   ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in intangibles............   86,701,000    (6,680,000)
                                                   ------------  ------------
Ending balance of intangibles, net................ $258,079,000  $251,399,000
                                                   ============  ============

5. Restructuring Charges

During December 1998, the Company recorded a $7,648,000 restructuring reserve in connection with the acquisition of Intensiva. The Company also recorded a restructuring reserve in 1999 related to the NovaCare acquisition of $5,743,000. The reserves primarily included costs associated with workforce reductions of 25 and 162 employees in 1998 and 1999, respectively, and lease buyouts in accordance with the Company's qualified restructuring plan. During 2000, the Company revised its estimates for the NovaCare termination costs, severance liabilities and the anticipated closure of two central billing offices related to the NovaCare acquisition. The reserves for the billing office closures primarily included costs associated with lease buyouts and workforce reductions of 67 employees. These changes in estimates have been reflected as an adjustment to the purchase price of NovaCare.

F-28

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

5. Restructuring Charges (continued)

The following summarizes the Company's restructuring activity:

                              Lease
                           Termination
                              Costs      Severance      Other        Total
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
January 1, 1999........... $   536,000  $ 5,914,000  $ 1,198,000  $ 7,648,000
Amounts paid in 1999......    (109,000)  (5,914,000)  (1,198,000)  (7,221,000)
1999 restructuring
 liabilities assumed......   3,187,000           --           --    3,187,000
1999 acquisition
 restructuring costs......   3,600,000      700,000    1,443,000    5,743,000
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
December 31, 1999.........   7,214,000      700,000    1,443,000    9,357,000
Revision of estimate......     214,000      841,000      184,000    1,239,000
Amounts paid in 2000......  (3,743,000)    (601,000)  (1,551,000)  (5,895,000)
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
December 31, 2000......... $ 3,685,000  $   940,000  $    76,000  $ 4,701,000
                           ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========

Management expects to pay out the remaining restructuring reserves through 2003.

6. Long-Term Debt and Notes Payable

The components of long-term debt and notes payable are shown in the following table:

                                                            December 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                          1999         2000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Credit facility...................................... $209,076,000 $195,877,000
10% Senior Subordinated Notes, net of discount of
 $9,286,000, $14,096,000 and $13,228,000 in 1998,
 1999 and 2000, respectively.........................   75,904,000   76,772,000
Seller notes.........................................   53,702,000   27,888,000
Other................................................    2,139,000    2,251,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Total debt...........................................  340,821,000  302,788,000
Less: current maturities.............................   21,127,000   18,746,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Total long-term debt................................. $319,694,000 $284,042,000
                                                      ============ ============

The Company refinanced its existing credit facility in September 2000. The new credit agreement consists of a $175 million term commitment and a $55 million revolving commitment. The credit facility replaced the Company's November 19, 1999 credit facility. The term debt begins quarterly amortization in September 2001, with a final maturity date of September 2005. The revolving commitment also matures in September 2005. The credit agreement requires mandatory repayment of a portion of the credit facility based on leverage ratio in the event the Company successfully completes an initial public offering of common stock. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at either LIBOR or prime rate, plus applicable margins based on financial covenant ratio tests (approximately 10.2% at December 31, 2000). Deferred financing costs related to the existing credit facility of approximately $6,247,000 were charged to expense as an extraordinary item during 2000. A commitment fee of .5% per annum was charged on the unused portion of the credit facility. The unused portion of the Revolving Commitment at December 31, 2000 was approximately $34 million. The credit facility is collateralized by equity interest in the Company and includes restrictions on certain payments by the Company including dividend payments, minimum net worth requirements and other covenants. The Company was authorized to issue up to $10,000,000 in letters of credit. Letters of credit reduced the capacity under the Revolving Commitment and bear interest at 3.5%. Approximately $3,600,000 in letters of credit were issued at December 31, 2000.

F-29

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

6. Long-Term Debt and Notes Payable (continued)

The Company hedges foreign currency transactions related to its Canadian debt obligations by entering into forward exchange contracts. Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on forward contracts hedging foreign currency transactions are recorded currently in earnings.

On November 19, 1999, the Company entered into a $225 million credit facility which would have expired on November 19, 2002. This credit facility replaced the Company's U.S. Credit Facility and its Canadian Credit Facility dated February 9, 1999. Proceeds from the facility were used for acquisitions and hospital development activities. The facility consisted of a $200 million Term Commitment and a $25 million Revolving Commitment. Borrowings bore interest at LIBOR plus 3.5% or Base Rate (approximately 10% at December 31, 1999) as defined in the agreement.

The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued to a principal stockholder of the Company and have common shares attached which were recorded at the estimated fair market value on the date of issuance. The common shares issued were recorded as a discount to the Senior Subordinated Notes and will be amortized over the life of the debt using the interest method. Senior Subordinated Notes were issued as follows during 1999 and 1998:

                                   Shares   Share
Date of issuance       Principal   issued   value  Discount       Maturity
----------------      ----------- --------- ----- ----------- -----------------
December 15, 1998.... $35,000,000 1,528,000 $6.08 $ 9,286,000 December 15, 2008
February 9, 1999.....  30,000,000        --    --          -- December 15, 2008
November 19, 1999....  25,000,000   960,000  6.51   5,209,000 November 19, 2009
                      ----------- --------- ----- -----------
Total................ $90,000,000 2,488,000    -- $14,495,000

In the event the Company repays the November 19, 1999 promissory notes on or before November 19, 2001, 240,048 shares of common stock attached to the notes will be transferred back to the Company.

The Company's obligations under its previous credit agreements were collateralized by guarantees of two of the Company's principal stockholders. In connection with the debt guarantees, the Company and certain shareholders entered into a warrant agreement. The Company issued 864,000, 460,000 and 549,000 warrants to these shareholders in 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, that entitle the holder of each warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $6.08 per share or at a price equal to the lowest selling price of common shares sold by the Company after June 30, 1998. The warrants expire on June 30, 2003. The value of the warrants is being accounted for as financing costs and the related amortization is included as a component of interest expense.

The Seller Notes relate to the acquisition of related businesses and require periodic payments of principal and interest through maturity. Also, certain of the notes contain minimum net worth requirements. Interest rates are generally at 6% per annum.

Maturities of long-term debt for the years after 2001 are approximately as follows:

2002........................................................ $ 18,226,000
2003........................................................   44,133,000
2004........................................................   51,180,000
2005........................................................   93,643,000
2006 and beyond.............................................   76,860,000

F-30

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity

Class A Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 55,000 shares of cumulative, non- voting Class A Preferred Stock (52,838 shares outstanding at December 31, 1999 and 2000). The Company sold 48,000 shares of Class A Preferred Stock during 1998 with total proceeds of $47,616,000 used primarily to fund acquisitions and provide working capital. The Class A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Common Stock as to dividends, liquidation, and redemption rights. The Company may at any time and from time to time redeem all or any portion of the shares of Class A Preferred Stock. The Company is required to redeem 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock on December 31, 2004 and 50% on December 31, 2005. At the request of the holders of a majority of the Class A Preferred Stock, the Company is required to (i) apply the net cash proceeds from any Public Offering to redeem shares of Class A Preferred Stock and (ii) redeem shares of Class A Preferred Stock upon a change in control or other events as defined. The redemption price per share is $1,000 plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. The Class A Preferred Stock has an annual cash dividend rate of 8% per share, which accrues on a daily basis. Included in the Class A Preferred Stock amount at December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are $2,805,000, $7,550,000 and $12,643,000, respectively, of accrued and undeclared dividends.

On April 3, 2001, the Company amended its Restated Certificate of Incorporation to provide that the Class A Preferred Stock may be redeemed without paying the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, while allowing all accrued and unpaid dividends to be paid on the Class B Preferred Stock. The accrued and unpaid dividends on the Class A preferred stock will remain a general unsecured obligation of the Company, but will not accrue additional interest until March 31, 2006. The Company must pay these dividends by March 31, 2006, but may pay these dividends at any time prior to that date.

Class B Preferred Stock

In connection with the NovaCare acquisition (Note 2), the Company sold 16,000,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock at a price of $3.75 per share for net proceeds of $59,361,000. The Class B Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Class A Preferred Stock and Common Stock as to dividends, liquidation, and redemption rights. The Company may at any time and from time to time redeem all or any portion of the shares of Class B Preferred Stock. At the request of the holders of a majority of the Class B Preferred Stock, the Company is required to (i) apply the net cash proceeds from any Public Offering to redeem shares of Class B Preferred Stock and (ii) redeem shares of Class B Preferred Stock upon a change in control or other events as defined. The redemption price per share is $3.75 plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. Each share of Class B preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the stockholder, into .576 shares of common stock. The Class B Preferred Stock has an annual cash dividend rate of 6% per share, which accrues on a daily basis. Included in the Class B Preferred Stock amount at December 31, 1999 and 2000 are $406,000 and $4,092,000, respectively, of accrued and undeclared dividends.

If at any time the Company effects a public offering of its Common Stock in which (i) the price per share paid by the public is at least $9.77 and (ii) the aggregate price paid for such shares is at least $25,000,000 (Qualified Public Offering), each share of the outstanding Class B Preferred Stock automatically converts into .576 shares of Common Stock. Since the Company expects that the proceeds and per share price of the planned public offering will be a Qualified Public Offering. The effects of the mandatory conversion have been reflected as pro forma unaudited amounts in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Common Stock

In connection with the Intensiva acquisition in December 1998, the Company sold 10,697,000 shares of common stock at a price of $6.08 cash for proceeds, net of issuance costs of $685,000 totaling $64,362,000.

F-31

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (continued)

In addition, 1,528,000 shares of common stock were issued in conjunction with the Senior Subordinated Notes to fund the acquisition of Intensiva (Note 6). Other shares of common stock issued in 1998 totaled 483,000. These shares were sold to management at prices ranging from $0.29 (adjusted for stock splits) to $6.08 cash for proceeds totaling $1,357,000.

Shares of common stock sold in 1999 totaled 172,000. The shares were sold to management at prices ranging from $6.08 to $6.51 for proceeds totaling $1,041,000. The Company purchased 173,000 shares as treasury stock during 1999 for $781,000. In addition, 960,000 shares of common stock were sold in conjunction with the Senior Subordinated Notes dated November 19, 1999 (Note 6).

Shares of common stock sold during 2000 totaled 172,000. The shares were sold to management at $6.51 for proceeds totaling $1,118,000. The Company purchased 32,000 shares as treasury stock during 2000 for $210,000.

A Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended on August 28, 1998, December 15, 1998, and November 19, 1999 to increase the authorized shares of common stock to 24,000,000, 63,000,000 and 78,000,000, respectively. The November 19, 1999 amendment also authorized the issuance of 16,000,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock.

On March 28, 2001, the Company effected a 1 for .576 reverse common stock split of its common stock. Accordingly, all common issued and outstanding share and per share information has been retroactively restated to reflect the effects of this proposed stock split.

8. Stock Option Plan

The Company has a 1997 Stock Option Plan that provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of Company stock to certain executives, employees and directors.

Under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, options to acquire up to 5,760,000 shares of the stock may be granted. Options under the plan carry various restrictions. Under the Plan, certain options granted to employees will be qualified incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code and other options will be considered nonqualified stock options. Generally, both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options may be granted for no less than market value at the day of the grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of the grant.

The plan was amended and restated to provide for the issuance of up to 5,760,000 shares of common stock plus any additional amount necessary to make the total shares available for issuance under the plan equal to the sum of 5,760,000 plus 14% of the total issued and outstanding common stock in excess of 34,560,000 shares, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and similar changes in capitalization.

F-32

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

8. Stock Option Plan (continued)

Transactions and other information related to the Stock Option Plan are as follows:

                                                                        Weighted
                                                                        Average
                                                  Price                 Exercise
                                                Per Share     Shares     Price
                                              -------------- ---------  --------
Balance, December 31, 1997................... $         1.74    41,000   $1.74
Granted......................................           6.08 1,567,000    6.08
Exercised....................................             --        --      --
Forfeited....................................   1.74 to 6.08   (29,000)   1.77
                                              -------------- ---------   -----
Balance, December 31, 1998...................   1.74 to 6.08 1,579,000    6.02
Granted......................................   6.08 to 6.51 1,270,000    6.46
Exercised....................................             --        --      --
Forfeited....................................   1.74 to 6.08   (88,000)   6.08
                                              -------------- ---------   -----
Balance, December 31, 1999...................   1.74 to 6.51 2,761,000    6.21
Granted......................................  6.51 to 10.42 1,876,000    7.60
Exercised....................................           6.08    (4,000)   6.08
Forfeited....................................   1.74 to 6.51  (132,000)   6.65
                                              -------------- ---------   -----
Balance, December 31, 2000................... $1.74 to 10.42 4,501,000   $6.79
                                              ============== =========   =====

Additional information with respect to the outstanding options as of December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 is as follows:

                                                     Exercise Prices
                                            ----------------------------------
                                             1.74    6.08      6.51     10.42
                                            ------ --------- --------- -------
Number outstanding at December 31, 1998.... 18,000 1,561,000        --      --
Options outstanding weighted average
 remaining contractual life................   8.86      9.91        --      --
Number of exercisable......................  3,000 1,267,000        --      --
Number outstanding at December 31, 1999.... 18,000 1,636,000 1,107,000      --
Options outstanding weighted average
 remaining contractual life................   7.86      8.97      9.89      --
Number of exercisable......................  6,000 1,327,000 1,092,000      --
Number outstanding at December 31, 2000.... 18,000 1,593,000 2,380,000 510,000
Options outstanding weighted average
 remaining contractual life................   6.86      7.97      8.99    9.79
Number of exercisable...................... 10,000 1,404,000 1,095,000      --

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" (SFAS 123). As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company has chosen to apply APB Opinion No 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related interpretations in accounting for its Plan. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for options granted to employees under the Plan. Had compensation costs for the Plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under the Plan consistent with the method of SFAS 123, approximately $1,300,000, $1,020,000 and $241,000 of additional compensation expense, net of tax, would have been recognized during the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model assuming no dividend yield or volatility, an expected life of four years from the date of vesting and a risk free interest rate of 4.6%.

F-33

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

8. Stock Option Plan (continued)

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's pro forma net earnings and earnings per share were as follows:

                                                       For the year ended
                                                    --------------------------
                                                      1998      1999     2000
                                                    --------  --------  ------
Net income (loss)--as reported..................... $(18,044) $(13,106) $5,712
Net income (loss)--pro forma.......................  (19,344)  (14,126)  5,471
Weighted average grant-date fair value.............     1.34      1.60    0.93
Basic earnings (loss) per share--as reported.......    (1.64)    (0.74)  (0.12)
Basic earnings (loss) per share--pro forma.........    (1.75)    (0.79)  (0.13)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share--as reported.....    (1.64)    (0.74)  (0.12)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share--pro forma.......    (1.75)    (0.79)  (0.13)

9. Income Taxes

Significant components of the Company's tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are as follows:

                                                 1998        1999       2000
                                               ---------  ---------- ----------
Current:
  Federal..................................... $      --  $       -- $       --
  State and local.............................   755,000   1,497,000  1,275,000
  Foreign.....................................        --          --    301,000
                                               ---------  ---------- ----------
Total current.................................   755,000   1,497,000  1,576,000
Deferred:
  Federal.....................................  (937,000)  1,314,000  8,403,000
  State and local.............................        --          --         --
                                               ---------  ---------- ----------
Total deferred................................  (937,000)  1,314,000  8,403,000
                                               ---------  ---------- ----------
Total income tax expense (benefit)............ $(182,000) $2,811,000 $9,979,000
                                               =========  ========== ==========

The difference between the expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 34% and the income tax expense (benefit) recognized in the financial statements is as follows:

                                                           1998    1999    2000
                                                           -----   -----   ----
Expected federal tax rate................................. (34.0%) (34.0%) 35.0%
State taxes, net of federal benefit.......................   2.7    22.1    3.8
Non-deductible goodwill...................................   2.0    36.4    6.7
Other permanent differences...............................   0.4     5.2    0.7
Valuation allowance.......................................  26.6    32.6   (0.2)
Other.....................................................   1.3     0.4   (0.5)
                                                           -----   -----   ----
Total.....................................................  (1.0%)  62.7%  45.5%
                                                           =====   =====   ====

Undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiary are permanently reinvested. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided on these earnings.

F-34

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

9. Income Taxes (continued)

A summary of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

                              1999          2000
                          ------------  ------------
Deferred tax assets--
 current
Allowance for doubtful
 accounts...............  $ 13,735,000  $ 14,713,000
Compensation and benefit
 related accruals.......     2,972,000     1,853,000
Expenses not currently
 deductible for tax.....            --       339,000
                          ------------  ------------
Net deferred tax asset--
 current................    16,707,000    16,905,000
                          ------------  ------------
Deferred tax assets--non
 current
Expenses not currently
 deductible for tax.....     2,786,000     2,983,000
Net operating loss carry
 forwards...............    18,698,000    14,887,000
Depreciation and
 amortization...........     1,687,000     1,238,000
Other...................            --       120,000
                          ------------  ------------
Net deferred tax asset--
 non current............    23,171,000    19,228,000
                          ------------  ------------
Net deferred tax asset
 before valuation
 allowance..............    39,878,000    36,133,000
Valuation allowance.....   (38,941,000)  (35,196,000)
                          ------------  ------------
                          $    937,000  $    937,000
                          ============  ============

The Company provided in 1999 and 2000 a valuation allowance for substantially all net deferred tax assets. This was based on management's judgement, after weighing the negative historical information and the positive future information, that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Negative information considered by management included the Company's limited operating history, and that the Company has incurred cumulative losses of approximately $19,000,000 since inception through December 31, 2000. Additionally, each of the Company's significant acquisitions had losses prior to the acquisitions and had accumulated net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31 million. Although the Company earned profits, net of an extraordinary item, of $15,691,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, the company was still in a cumulative loss position.

The increase in the valuation allowance in 1999 is related to the increase in deferred tax assets primarily related to acquisitions. The decrease in the valuation allowance in 2000 is related to the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, the benefit from which was allocated to reduce goodwill. The Company has approximately $24,800,000 in federal net operating loss carry forwards. Such carry forwards expire as follows:

2001........................................................ $   441,000
2002........................................................     461,000
2003........................................................          --
2004........................................................          --
Thereafter through 2019.....................................  23,898,000

As a result of the acquisition of Intensiva, ATH and NovaCare, the Company is subject to the provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code which provide for annual limitations on the deductibility of acquired net operating losses and certain tax deductions. These limitations apply until the earlier of utilization or expiration of the net operating losses. Additionally, if certain substantial changes in the Company's ownership should occur, there would be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards that can be utilized.

F-35

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

10. Special Charge

The special charge consists of the following components:

                                                      1998        1999
                                                   ----------- ----------
Asset impairments................................. $ 6,331,000 $5,223,000
Litigation settlement.............................   3,826,000         --
                                                   ----------- ----------
Total special charge.............................. $10,157,000 $5,223,000
                                                   =========== ==========

The 1998 impaired asset charge of $6,331,000 resulted from assets that were identified in accordance with the Company's policy on impairments based upon a review of the facts and circumstances related to the assets. The amount of the charge was determined based upon the comparison of the future discounted cash flows resulting from the assets and the carrying value of these assets. The impairment related to assets acquired in May 1998. These assets were adversely affected by changes in the composition of the businesses at and immediately subsequent to the acquisitions.

During May 1999, the Company and two of its subsidiaries participated in the settlement of litigation related to the alleged breach of non-compete agreements initiated during 1997 by Horizon/CMS Healthcare Corporation and certain of its affiliates against the Company, Messrs. Rocco Ortenzio, Chairman and CEO, and Robert Ortenzio, President and COO, and certain other officers and employees of the Company. The Company's portion of the settlement was $3,000,000 and its share of the related legal costs was $826,000 both of which were recognized as a special charge in December 1998 and were paid in 1999.

The 1999 special charge consists of asset impairments of $5,223,000. The charge relates to the impairment of goodwill, leasehold improvements and equipment that resulted from closures and relocations of certain hospitals and clinics in December 1999. The Company also recorded an impairment write down under FAS 121, on a held for use basis, related to certain outpatient rehabilitation facilities.

11. Extraordinary item

On November 19, 1999, the Company entered into a new $225 million credit facility as part of the NovaCare acquisition (Note 6). This credit facility replaced the Company's $155 million credit facility from February 9, 1999. The extraordinary item recorded during 1999 consists of the unamortized deferred financing costs of $5,814,000 related to the February 9, 1999 credit facility.

On September 22, 2000, the Company entered into a new $230 million credit facility. This credit facility replaced the Company's $225 million credit facility from November 19, 1999. The extraordinary item recorded during 2000 consists of the unamortized deferred financing costs of $6,247,000 related to the November 19, 1999 credit facility.

12. Retirement Savings Plan

Beginning March 1, 1998, the Company sponsored a defined contribution retirement savings plan for substantially all of its employees. Employees may elect to defer up to 15% of their salary. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% of compensation employees contribute to the plan. The employees vest in the employer contributions over a three-year period beginning on employee hire date. The expense incurred by the Company related to this plan was $620,000, $1,728,000, and $4,083,000 during the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

F-36

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

12. Retirement Savings Plan (continued)

A subsidiary sponsored a noncontributory defined contribution retirement plan for its employees during 1998 and 1999. The plan was frozen during 2000 and the Company does not anticipate making future contributions to the plan. The subsidiary contributed 9.25% and 7.60% of employee salaries up to a maximum contribution of $15,000 and $13,000 per employee in 1998 and 1999, respectively. Approximately $700,000 and $560,000 of contributions related to this plan were expensed during the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999.

13. Segment Information

SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect the Company's results of operations or financial position.

The Company's segments consist of (i) specialty hospitals and (ii) outpatient rehabilitation. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company evaluates performance based on EBITDA of the respective business units. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, minority interest, income taxes, extraordinary items, special charges, depreciation and amortization. All segment revenues are from external customers.

The following table summarizes selected financial data for the Company's reportable segments:

                                    Year Ended December 31, 1998
                        ------------------------------------------------------
                         Specialty     Outpatient
                         Hospitals   Rehabilitation  All Other       Total
                        ------------ -------------- ------------  ------------
Net operating
 revenues.............. $ 62,715,000  $ 83,059,000  $  3,269,000  $149,043,000
EBITDA.................    3,147,000    12,598,000   (12,152,000)    3,593,000
Total assets...........  240,266,000    90,267,000     6,416,000   336,949,000
Capital expenditures...    3,632,000     2,042,000       749,000     6,423,000
                                    Year Ended December 31, 1999
                        ------------------------------------------------------
                         Specialty     Outpatient
                         Hospitals   Rehabilitation  All Other       Total
                        ------------ -------------- ------------  ------------
Net operating
 revenues.............. $307,464,000  $141,740,000  $  6,771,000  $455,975,000
EBITDA.................   35,929,000    22,697,000   (16,382,000)   42,244,000
Total assets...........  250,034,000   350,419,000    20,265,000   620,718,000
Capital expenditures...    7,243,000     3,085,000       568,000    10,896,000
                                    Year Ended December 31, 2000
                        ------------------------------------------------------
                         Specialty     Outpatient
                         Hospitals   Rehabilitation  All Other       Total
                        ------------ -------------- ------------  ------------
Net operating
 revenues.............. $378,910,000  $416,775,000  $ 10,212,000  $805,897,000
EBITDA.................   44,550,000    65,420,000   (18,300,000)   91,670,000
Total assets...........  246,495,000   329,874,000    10,431,000   586,800,000
Capital expenditures...   13,677,000     6,399,000     2,354,000    22,430,000

F-37

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

13. Segment Information (continued)

A reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) is as follows:

                                           1998          1999          2000
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
EBITDA................................ $  3,593,000  $ 42,244,000  $ 91,670,000
Depreciation and amortization.........   (4,942,000)  (16,741,000)  (30,401,000)
Special charge........................  (10,157,000)   (5,223,000)           --
Interest income.......................      406,000       362,000       939,000
Interest expense......................   (5,382,000)  (21,461,000)  (36,126,000)
Minority interest.....................   (1,744,000)   (3,662,000)   (4,144,000)
Income tax (expense) benefit..........      182,000    (2,811,000)   (9,979,000)
Extraordinary item....................           --    (5,814,000)   (6,247,000)
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)..................... $(18,044,000) $(13,106,000) $  5,712,000
                                       ============  ============  ============

14. Net Income (Loss) per Share

Under SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" (EPS), the Company's granting of certain stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock resulted in potential dilution of basic EPS. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the calculation of net income (loss) per share in the Company's consolidated Statement of Operations and the differences between basic weighted average shares outstanding and diluted weighted average shares outstanding used to compute diluted EPS:

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the calculation of net income (loss) per share in the Company's consolidated Statement of Operations.

                                           For the year ended December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                            1998          1999         2000
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
Numerator:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item.................................  $(18,044,000) $ (7,292,000) $11,959,000
Extraordinary item....................            --    (5,814,000)  (6,247,000)
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
 Net income (loss)....................   (18,044,000)  (13,106,000)   5,712,000
 Less: Preferred stock dividends......     2,540,000     5,175,000    8,780,000
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
 Numerator for basic earnings per
  share-income (loss) available to
  common stockholders.................  $(20,584,000) $(18,281,000) $(3,068,000)
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Denominator:
 Denominator for basic earnings per
  share-weighted average shares.......    12,517,000    24,557,000   25,457,000
 Effect of dilutive securities:
 a) Stock options.....................            --            --      316,000
 b) Warrants..........................            --            --      134,000
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
Denominator for diluted earnings per
 share-adjusted weighted average
 shares and assumed conversions.......    12,517,000    24,557,000   25,907,000
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item.................................  $      (1.64) $      (0.50) $      0.13
 Extraordinary item...................            --         (0.24)       (0.25)
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
 Income (loss) per common share.......  $      (1.64) $      (0.74) $     (0.12)
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share.....  $      (1.64) $      (0.74) $     (0.12)
                                        ============  ============  ===========

F-38

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

14. Net Income (Loss) per Share (continued)

The following amounts are shown here for informational and comparative purposes only since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

                                                     For the year ended
                                                        December 31,
                                                 --------------------------
                                                  1998    1999      2000
                                                 ------ --------- ---------
a) Stock options................................ 13,000   123,000   510,000
b) Warrants.....................................     --    10,000        --
c) Convertible preferred stock..................     -- 1,136,000 9,216,000

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, notes payable, long-term debt and preferred stock. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

The fair market value of the Company's notes payable and long-term debt approximates its carrying value and was based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans and similar items and maturities.

The fair value of the Company's preferred stock is not practicable to estimate as it is untraded; accordingly it is recorded at its redemption value

16. Related Party Transactions

The Company has been party to various rental and other agreements with companies affiliated through common ownership. The Company made office rental, equipment rental and other payments aggregating $483,000, $1,228,000, and $1,295,000 during the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, to the affiliated companies.

As of December 31, 2000, future rental commitments under outstanding agreements with the affiliated companies are approximately as follows:

2001......................................................... $ 1,080,000
2002.........................................................   1,076,000
2003.........................................................   1,101,000
2004.........................................................   1,001,000
2005.........................................................     935,000
Thereafter...................................................  10,293,000
                                                              -----------
                                                              $15,486,000
                                                              ===========

As further discussed in Note 6, the Company has issued warrants to two of the Company's principal stockholders in connection with its guarantees of previous credit agreements.

In December 1999, the Company acquired Select Air Corporation from a related party in exchange for consideration of $2,700,000, net of cash acquired.

In March 2000, the Company entered into three-year employment agreements with two of its principal shareholders. Under these agreements the two shareholders will receive a combined total annual salary of

F-39

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

16. Related Party Transactions

$1,500,000. Additionally, one such shareholder has a life insurance policy in which the Company will pay premiums for fiscal year 2000 of $2,000,000 and $1,250,000 each following fiscal year until 2010.

In April 2000, the Company sold all of the assets of Georgia Health Group, Inc., a clinic owned by the Occupational Health division for $5,000,000 to a company in which a principal stockholder has a majority owned interest.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases facilities and equipment from unrelated parties under operating leases. Minimum future lease obligations on long-term non-cancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2000 are approximately as follows:

2001........................................................ $ 44,325,000
2002........................................................   35,286,000
2003........................................................   22,702,000
2004........................................................   14,029,000
2005........................................................    8,704,000
Thereafter..................................................   10,846,000
                                                             ------------
                                                             $135,892,000
                                                             ============

Total rent expense for operating leases for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 was approximately $11,878,000, $36,982,000 and $68,731,000, respectively.

Other

A subsidiary of the Company has entered into a naming, promotional and sponsorship agreement in which the subsidiary pays $900,000 per year until the complex officially opens. The naming, promotional and sponsorship agreement is in effect for 25 years after the opening of the complex. The subsidiary is required to make payments in accordance with the contract terms over 25 years ranging from $1,400,000 to $1,963,000 per year and provide physical therapy and training services after the official opening. The official opening of the clinic within the complex is currently scheduled for June 2001.

Litigation

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of its business and have not been finally adjudicated, which include malpractice claims covered under the Company's insurance policy. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these actions will not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Laws and regulations governing the Medicare program are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations through the year ended December 31, 2000. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to government review and interpretation as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program.

F-40

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

18. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Non-cash investing and financing activities are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000:

       Description of Transaction            1998        1999         2000
       --------------------------        ------------ ----------- ------------
Acquisitions paid for in stock (Note
 2)..................................... $    785,000 $        -- $         --
Notes issued with acquisitions (Note
 2)..................................... $ 18,343,000 $ 7,783,000 $  3,207,000
Liabilities assumed with acquisitions
 (Note 2)............................... $105,286,000 $65,744,000 $    255,000
Long-term debt discount (Note 6)........ $  9,286,000 $ 5,209,000 $         --
Issuance of warrants (Note 6)........... $  1,086,000 $ 2,389,000 $  1,104,000
Related party acquisition (Note 16)..... $         -- $ 2,700,000 $         --
Credit facility refinancing (Note 6).... $         -- $        -- $187,000,000
Preferred stock dividends (Note 7)...... $  2,540,000 $ 5,175,000 $  8,780,000

19. Subsequent Event

On April 10, 2001, the Company completed an initial public offering of 9,000,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $9.50 per share. On April 20, 2001, the underwriters of the offering exercised an overallotment option and purchased an additional 1,350,000 shares at a price of $9.50 per share. The overallotment offering closed on April 25, 2001. The net proceeds of the initial offering and the overallotment offering of $89.4 million were used to repay senior debt under the term and revolving loan portions of the Company's credit facility and to redeem Class A Preferred Stock. All 52,838 shares of the Class A Preferred Stock were redeemed on April 10, 2001 for $52,838,000. In addition, the Company's Class B Preferred Stock automatically converted into 9,216,000 shares of common stock upon completion of the offering.

On May 2, 2001, the Company paid all accrued dividends on its Class A and Class B Preferred Stock. Payments of Class A and Class B Preferred dividends totaled $14.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

20. Financial Information for Subsidiary Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries

The Company conducts a significant portion of its business through subsidiaries. The Company has issued $175 million of senior subordinated notes. These notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain wholly-owned subsidiaries (the Subsidiary Guarantors). Certain of the Company's subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes (the Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries). The claims of creditors of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have priority over the rights of the Company to receive dividends or distributions from such subsidiaries.

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries at December 31, 2000 and 1999 and for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

During April and May of 2001, the Company has repurchased outstanding minority interests of certain subsidiaries for $10.8 million in cash and the issuance of 523,452 shares of common stock. To the extent the Company now owns 100% of the outstanding equity interests of these subsidiaries they have been included as Subsidiary Guarantors in the following condensed consolidating financial information.

F-41

Select Medical Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

On October 1, 2000, the Company transferred the operating assets of one of its subsidiaries into a newly organized partnership and simultaneously sold partnership units to unaffiliated investors. The operations of this business through a 100% owned subsidiary occurring before October 1, 2000 have been included as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The operations commencing on October 1, 2000 through a minority owned partnership are presented as a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

The equity method has been used by the Company with respect to investments in subsidiaries. The equity method has been used by Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to investments in Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Separate financial statements for Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented.

The table below sets forth the following Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries:

Canadian Back Institute
Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC.
Medical Information Management Systems, LLC.
Millenium Rehab Services, LLC.
Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC.
Select-Houston Partners, L.P.
Select Management Services, LLC.
Select Specialty Hospital-Biloxi, Inc.
TJ Corporation I, LLC.

There are professional corporations as described in Note 1 that meet the definition of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes that are not included on the following table because the Company does not own any of their equity interests.

F-42

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

                                                    December 31, 2000
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations    Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------    ------------
         Assets
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents...........       $     --        $  1,015     $ 2,136     $      --        $  3,151
 Accounts receivable,
  net...................           (300)        169,273      27,532            --         196,505
 Prepaid income taxes...         (6,599)          7,417         275            --           1,093
 Other current assets...          1,528          14,116       1,763            --          17,407
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current Assets....         (5,371)        191,821      31,706            --         218,156
Property and equipment,
 net....................          4,839          60,861      19,276            --          84,976
Investment in
 affiliates.............        213,618          26,704          --      (240,322)(a)          --
Intangible assets.......          5,953         204,735      40,711            --         251,399
Other assets............         10,861          20,183       1,225            --          32,269
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Assets............       $229,900        $504,304     $92,918     $(240,322)       $586,800
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========
    Liabilities and
  Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts........       $  1,511        $  9,939     $ 2,768     $      --        $ 14,218
 Current portion of
  long-term debt and
  notes payable.........          4,923          13,641         182            --          18,746
 Accounts payable.......          2,347          22,543       3,905            --          28,795
 Intercompany accounts..        (30,656)         30,981        (325)           --              --
 Accrued payroll........            582          20,839          45            --          21,466
 Accrued vacation.......          1,466           5,287         948            --           7,701
 Accrued restructuring..             --           4,701          --            --           4,701
 Accrued other..........          6,328           6,922       2,201            --          15,451
 Income taxes...........          1,591          (1,352)       (239)           --              --
 Due to (from) third
  party payors..........        (15,770)         21,690      (4,409)           --           1,511
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current
 Liabilities............        (27,678)        135,191       5,076            --         112,589
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion........         79,475         155,241      49,326            --         284,042
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total liabilities.......         51,797         290,432      54,402            --         396,631
Commitments and
 Contingencies
Minority interest in
 consolidated subsidiary
 companies..............             --           4,516       7,582            --          12,098
Preferred stock--Class
 A......................         65,481              --          --            --          65,481
Convertible Preferred
 stock--Class B.........         64,092              --          --            --          64,092
Stockholders' Equity:
 Common stock...........            257              --          --            --             257
 Capital in excess of
  par...................         73,069              --          --            --          73,069
 Accumulated deficit....        (23,757)         (5,330)      5,053           277 (b)     (23,757)
 Subsidiary investment..             --         214,686      25,913      (240,599)(a)          --
 Treasury stock, at
  cost..................         (1,039)             --          --            --          (1,039)
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive loss....             --              --         (32)           --             (32)
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Stockholders'
 Equity.................         48,530         209,356      30,934      (240,322)         48,498
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Liabilities and
 Stockholders' Equity...       $229,900        $504,304     $92,918     $(240,322)       $586,800
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========

(a) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries.
(b) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries' earnings.

F-43

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

                                           For the Year Ended December 31, 2000
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------   ------------
Net operating revenues..       $ 10,157        $698,416     $97,324           --        $805,897
                               --------        --------     -------                     --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services......             --         577,406      79,055           --         656,461
  General and
   administrative.......         28,431              --          --           --          28,431
  Bad debt expense......             --          26,934       2,401           --          29,335
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........          1,644          25,390       3,367           --          30,401
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Total costs and
 expenses...............         30,075         629,730      84,823           --         744,628
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        (19,918)         68,686      12,501           --          61,269
Other income and
 expense:
Intercompany charges....        (42,151)         40,606       1,545           --              --
Interest income.........           (644)           (295)         --           --            (939)
Interest expense........          9,856          21,803       4,467           --          36,126
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes, equity in
 earnings of
 subsidiaries and
 extraordinary item.....         13,021           6,572       6,489           --          26,082
Minority interest in
 consolidated
 subsidiaries...........             --           1,408       2,736           --           4,144
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes, equity in
 earnings of
 subsidiaries and
 extraordinary item.....         13,021           5,164       3,753           --          21,938
Income tax expense......          4,415           5,263         301           --           9,979
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........          3,353           3,198          --       (6,551)(a)          --
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....       $ 11,959        $  3,099     $ 3,452      $(6,551)       $ 11,959
Extraordinary item......          6,247              --          --           --           6,247
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net income (loss) ......       $  5,712        $  3,099     $ 3,452      $(6,551)       $  5,712
                               ========        ========     =======      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in net income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries.

F-44

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

                                              For the Year Ended December 31, 2000
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Select Medical
                             Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                                Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations   Consolidated
                             ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------   ------------
Operating activities
Net income (loss)..........        $ 5,712        $  3,099    $  3,452      $(6,551)(a)    $  5,712
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income to net cash
 provided by operating
 activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization.............          1,644          25,390       3,367           --          30,401
 Provision for bad debts...             --          26,934       2,401           --          29,335
 Minority interests........             --           1,408       2,736           --           4,144
 Extraordinary charge......          6,247              --          --           --           6,247
 Loss on sale of assets....            111              --          --           --             111
 Changes in operating
  assets and liabilities,
  net of effects from
  acquisition of
  businesses:
  Equity (loss) in
   earnings of
   subsidiaries............         (3,353)         (3,198)         --        6,551 (a)          --
  Intercompany.............         12,928         (32,020)     19,092           --              --
  Accounts receivable......         (1,050)        (22,117)    (13,797)          --         (36,964)
  Other current assets.....           (739)           (912)     (1,041)          --          (2,692)
  Other assets.............         13,269          (5,045)    (13,243)          --          (5,019)
  Accounts payable.........          1,478          (2,056)      1,958           --           1,380
  Due to (from) third-
   party payors............         (6,081)         (7,166)     (4,426)          --         (17,673)
  Accrued expenses.........            961          (3,442)      2,464           --             (17)
  Income taxes.............          3,426           4,581        (459)          --           7,548
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Net cash provided by (used
 in) operating activities..         34,553         (14,544)      2,504           --          22,513
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Investing activities
Purchases of property and
 equipment, net............         (2,354)        (16,118)     (3,958)          --         (22,430)
Escrow receivable..........             --          29,948          --           --          29,948
Disposal of assets held for
 sale......................             --          13,000          --           --          13,000
Proceeds from disposal of
 assets....................          2,452             495          --           --           2,947
Earnout payments...........             --          (3,430)         --           --          (3,430)
Acquisition of businesses,
 net of cash acquired......         (5,838)             --          --           --          (5,838)
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Net cash provided by (used
 in) investing activities..         (5,740)         23,895      (3,958)          --          14,197
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Financing activities
Net repayments on credit
 facility debt.............        (12,000)             --          --           --         (12,000)
Principal payments on
 seller and other debt.....        (13,344)        (14,233)         --           --         (27,577)
Proceeds from issuance of
 common stock..............          1,118              --          --           --           1,118
Purchase of treasury
 stock.....................           (210)             --          --           --            (210)
Redemption of preferred
 stock.....................            (11)             --          --           --             (11)
Proceeds from bank
 overdrafts................            197           4,751       2,305           --           7,253
Payment of deferred
 financing costs...........         (4,563)             --          --           --          (4,563)
Distributions to minority
 interests.................             --            (329)     (1,297)          --          (1,626)
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Net cash provided by (used
 in) financing activities..        (28,813)         (9,811)      1,008           --         (37,616)
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Effect of exchange rate
 changes on
 cash and cash equivalents..            --              --         (10)          --             (10)
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Net decrease in cash and
 cash equivalents..........             --            (460)       (456)          --            (916)
Cash and cash equivalents
 at beginning of period....             --           1,475       2,592           --           4,067
                                   -------        --------    --------      -------        --------
Cash and cash equivalents
 at end of period..........        $    --        $  1,015    $  2,136      $    --        $  3,151
                                   =======        ========    ========      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiary.

F-45

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

                                                    December 31, 1999
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations    Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------    ------------
         Assets
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents...........       $     --        $  1,475     $ 2,592     $      --        $  4,067
 Escrow Receivable......             --          29,948          --            --          29,948
 Accounts receivable,
  net...................         (1,350)        169,362      16,136            --         184,148
 Prepaid income taxes...             --             283          --            --             283
 Assets held for sale...             --          13,000          --            --          13,000
 Other current assets...            789          19,753         722            --          21,264
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current Assets....           (561)        233,821      19,450            --         252,710
Property and equipment,
 net....................          6,896          70,957       7,219            --          85,072
Investment in
 affiliates.............        309,558          32,766          --      (342,324)(a)          --
Intangible assets.......          7,458         219,911      30,710            --         258,079
Other assets............         11,140          12,745         972            --          24,857
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Assets............       $334,491        $570,200     $58,351     $(342,324)       $620,718
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========
    Liabilities and
  Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts........       $  1,314        $  5,189     $   463            --        $  6,966
 Current portion of
  long-term debt and
  notes payable.........          8,841          12,297         (11)           --          21,127
 Accounts payable.......            869          24,673       1,947            --          27,489
 Intercompany accounts..        (14,848)         15,811        (963)           --              --
 Accrued payroll........            394          17,541         (70)           --          17,865
 Accrued vacation.......            685           3,120         260            --            4065
 Accrued restructuring..             --           9,357          --            --           9,357
 Accrued other..........          6,336           8,745         540            --          15,621
 Income taxes...........          4,764          (4,709)        (55)           --              --
 Due to (from) third
  party payors..........         (9,689)         27,294          17            --          17,622
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Current
 Liabilities............         (1,334)        119,318       2,128            --         120,112
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion........        165,562         127,826      26,306            --         319,694
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total liabilities.......        164,228         247,144      28,434            --         439,806
Commitments and
 Contingencies
Minority interest in
 consolidated subsidiary
 companies..............             --           4,058       6,613            --          10,671
Preferred stock--Class
 A......................         60,398              --          --            --          60,398
Convertible Preferred
 stock--Class B.........         60,406              --          --            --          60,406
Stockholders' Equity:
 Common stock...........            255              --          --            --             255
 Capital in excess of
  par...................         79,502              --          --            --          79,502
 Accumulated deficit....        (29,469)         (8,429)      1,601         6,828 (b)     (29,469)
 Subsidiary investment..                        327,427      21,725      (349,152)(a)          --
 Treasury stock, at
  cost..................           (829)             --          --            --            (829)
 Accumulated other
  comprehensive loss....             --              --         (22)           --             (22)
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Stockholders'
 Equity.................         49,459         318,998      23,304      (342,324)         49,437
                               --------        --------     -------     ---------        --------
Total Liabilities and
 Stockholders' Equity...       $334,491        $570,200     $58,351     $(342,324)       $620,718
                               ========        ========     =======     =========        ========

(a) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries.
(b) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries' earnings.

F-46

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

                                           For the Year Ended December 31, 1999
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations   Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------   ------------
Net operating revenues..       $  6,771        $386,222     $62,982           --        $455,975
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services......             --         333,023      50,430           --         383,453
  General and
   administrative.......         21,420              --          --           --          21,420
  Bad debt expense......             --           7,800       1,058           --           8,858
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........          1,111          13,257       2,373           --          16,741
  Special Charge........             --           5,223          --           --           5,223
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Total costs and
 expenses...............         22,531         359,303      53,861           --         435,695
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        (15,760)         26,919       9,121           --          20,280
Other income and
 expense:
Intercompany charges....        (16,079)         15,058       1,021           --              --
Interest income.........           (238)           (124)         --           --            (362)
Interest expense........          7,509          11,169       2,783           --          21,461
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes, equity in
 earnings of
 subsidiaries and
 extraordinary item.....         (6,952)            816       5,317           --            (819)
Minority interest in
 consolidated
 subsidiaries...........             --           1,349       2,313           --           3,662
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes, equity in
 earnings of
 subsidiaries and
 extraordinary item.....         (6,952)           (533)      3,004           --          (4,481)
Income tax expense
 (benefit)..............             --           5,278          --       (2,467)(b)       2,811
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........           (340)          2,853          --       (2,513)(a)          --
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net income (loss) before
 extraordinary item ....       $ (7,292)       $ (2,958)    $ 3,004      $   (46)       $ (7,292)
Extraordinary item......          5,814              --          --           --           5,814
                               --------        --------     -------      -------        --------
Net income (loss).......       $(13,106)       $ (2,958)    $ 3,004      $   (46)       $(13,106)
                               ========        ========     =======      =======        ========

(a) Elimination of equity in net income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries.

(b) Represents the reduction in the consolidated tax expense that occurs through the filing of a consolidated tax return.

F-47

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

                                          For the Year Ended December 31, 1999
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical                   Non-
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary  Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries Eliminations  Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------
Operating activities
Net income (loss).......       $ (13,106)      $ (2,958)   $ 3,004       $  (46)(a)  $ (13,106)
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income (loss) to
 net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........           1,111         13,257      2,373           --         16,741
 Provision for bad
  debts.................              --          7,800      1,058           --          8,858
 Special charge.........              --          5,223         --           --          5,223
 Extraordinary item.....           5,814             --         --           --          5,814
 Gain on sale of
  assets................              --           (215)        --           --           (215)
 Minority interests.....              --          1,349      2,313           --          3,662
 Changes in operating
  assets and
  liabilities, net of
  effects from
  acquisition of
  businesses:
 Equity (loss) in
  earnings of
  subsidiaries..........             340         (2,853)        --        2,513 (a)         --
 Intercompany...........         (35,890)        20,866     15,024           --             --
 Accounts receivable....           4,335        (43,257)    (8,368)          --        (47,290)
 Other current assets...            (660)        (1,095)        27           --         (1,728)
 Other assets...........          (1,506)           909    (10,271)          --        (10,868)
 Accounts payable.......             717         (1,434)       746           --             29
 Due to (from) third-
  party payors..........          (9,689)        18,423        (19)          --          8,715
 Accrued expenses.......           1,753         (4,183)      (258)          --         (2,688)
 Income taxes...........           8,641         (4,617)       139       (2,467)(b)      1,696
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities.............         (38,140)         7,215      5,768           --        (25,157)
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Investing activities
Purchases of property
 and equipment, net.....            (568)        (6,761)    (3,567)          --        (10,896)
Proceeds of disposal of
 assets.................              --            988         --           --            988
Earnout payments........              --             --         --           --             --
Acquisition of
 businesses, net of cash
 acquired...............        (171,354)            --         --           --       (171,354)
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...        (171,922)        (5,773)    (3,567)          --       (181,262)
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance
 of debt................          68,194             --         --           --         68,194
Net repayments on credit
 facility debt..........          86,655             --         --           --         86,655
Principal payments on
 seller and other debt..          (5,393)        (4,671)        --           --        (10,064)
Proceeds from issuance
 of common stock........           1,041             --         --           --          1,041
Proceeds from issuance
 of preferred stock.....          59,361             --         --           --         59,361
Purchase of treasury....            (781)            --         --           --           (781)
Redemption of preferred
 stock..................            (214)            --         --           --           (214)
Proceeds from bank
 overdrafts.............           1,314          3,128        451           --          4,893
Payment of deferred
 financing costs........         (10,883)            --         --           --        (10,883)
Distributions to
 minority interests.....              --           (295)      (427)          --           (722)
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities.............         199,294         (1,838)        24           --        197,480
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Effect of exchange rate
 changes on cash and
 cash equivalents.......              --             --          5           --              5
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............         (10,768)          (396)     2,230           --         (8,934)
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....          10,768          1,871        362           --         13,001
                               ---------       --------    -------       ------      ---------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................       $      --       $  1,475    $ 2,592       $   --      $   4,067
                               =========       ========    =======       ======      =========

(a) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiary.
(b) Represents the reduction in the consolidated tax expense that occurs through the filing of a consolidated tax return.

F-48

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

                                           For the Year Ended December 31, 1998
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations  Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------  ------------
Net operating revenues..       $  3,269        $116,641     $29,133       $   --       $149,043
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of services......             --         102,805      26,105           --        128,910
  General and
   administrative.......         12,526              --          --           --         12,526
  Bad debt expense......             --           3,808         206           --          4,014
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........            216           3,277       1,449           --          4,942
  Special Charge........          4,326           5,831          --           --         10,157
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Total costs and
 expenses...............         17,068         115,721      27,760           --        160,549
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        (13,799)            920       1,373           --        (11,506)
Other income and
 expense:
  Intercompany charges..         (1,168)            771         397           --             --
  Interest income.......           (267)           (500)        361           --           (406)
  Interest expense......          1,609           2,663       1,110           --          5,382
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Income (loss) before
 minority interests,
 income taxes and equity
 in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........        (13,973)         (2,014)       (495)          --        (16,482)
Minority interest in
 consolidated
 subsidiaries...........             --           1,043         701           --          1,744
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and equity
 in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........        (13,973)         (3,057)     (1,196)          --        (18,226)
Income tax expense
 (benefit)..............           (937)            755          --           --           (182)
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries...........         (5,008)           (572)         --        5,580 (a)         --
                               --------        --------     -------       ------       --------
Net income (loss).......       $(18,044)       $ (4,384)    $(1,196)      $5,580       $(18,044)
                               ========        ========     =======       ======       ========

(a) Elimination of equity in net income (loss) from consolidated subsidiaries.

F-49

Select Medical Corporation

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

                                           For the Year Ended December 31, 1998
                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Select Medical
                          Corporation (Parent Subsidiary Non-Guarantor
                             Company Only)    Guarantors Subsidiaries  Eliminations  Consolidated
                          ------------------- ---------- ------------- ------------  ------------
Operating activities
Net income (loss).......       $ (18,044)      $ (4,384)    $(1,196)      $5,580 (a)  $ (18,044)
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income (loss) to
 net cash provided by
 operating activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........             216          3,277       1,449           --          4,942
 Provision for bad
  debts.................              --          3,808         206           --          4,014
 Special charge.........           4,326          5,831          --           --         10,157
 Minority interests.....              --          1,043         701           --          1,744
 Changes in operating
  assets and
  liabilities, net of
  effects from
  acquisition of
  businesses:
  Equity (loss) in
   earnings of
   subsidiaries.........           5,008            572          --       (5,580)(a)         --
  Intercompany..........         (28,595)        12,658      15,937           --             --
  Accounts receivable...          (2,985)        (5,561)     (8,967)          --        (17,513)
  Other current assets..             (78)         4,055        (748)          --          3,229
  Other assets..........           5,576         (1,327)     (5,788)          --         (1,539)
  Accounts payable......              96         (3,862)      1,175           --         (2,591)
  Due to (from) third-
   party payors.........              --         (1,315)         36           --         (1,279)
  Accrued expenses......           5,049        (11,519)        935           --         (5,535)
  Income taxes..........            (490)        (1,603)       (194)          --         (2,287)
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities.............         (29,921)         1,673       3,546           --        (24,702)
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Investing activities
Purchases of property
 and equipment, net.....            (749)        (2,499)     (3,175)          --         (6,423)
Earnout payments........              --             --          --           --             --
Acquisition of
 businesses, net of cash
 acquired...............        (203,058)            --          --           --       (203,058)
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...        (203,807)        (2,499)     (3,175)          --       (209,481)
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance
 of debt................         103,898             --          --           --        103,898
Net repayments on credit
 facility debt..........          31,173             --          --           --         31,173
Principal payments on
 seller and other debt..          (6,482)            --          --           --         (6,482)
Proceeds from the
 issuance of common
 stock..................          65,719             --          --           --         65,719
Proceeds from issuance
 of preferred stock.....          47,616             --          --           --         47,616
Purchase of treasury
 stock..................             (48)            --          --           --            (48)
Redemption of preferred
 stock..................             (19)            --          --           --            (19)
Proceeds from (repayment
 of) bank overdrafts....              --          2,109         (36)          --          2,073
Payment of deferred
 financing costs........          (1,314)            --          --           --         (1,314)
Distributions to
 minority interests.....              --           (318)         --           --           (318)
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities.............         240,543          1,791         (36)          --        242,298
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Effect of exchange rate
 changes on cash and
 cash equivalents.......              --             --          27           --             27
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Net increase in cash and
 cash equivalents.......           6,815            965         362           --          8,142
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....           3,953            906          --           --          4,859
                               ---------       --------     -------       ------      ---------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................       $  10,768       $  1,871     $   362       $   --      $  13,001
                               =========       ========     =======       ======      =========

(a) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiary.

F-50

Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors of
NovaCare, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related combined statements of operations, of NovaCare, Inc. net investment and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group ("the Group") at November 19, 1999 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles which are generally accepted in the United States. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

As discussed in Note 13, NovaCare, Inc. completed the sale of the Group to Select Medical Corporation on November 19, 1999.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia Pennsylvania
July 6, 2000

F-51

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Balance Sheet
(In thousands)

                                                                      As of
                                                                   November 19,
                                                                       1999
                                                                   ------------
                              Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................   $  1,705
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $53,493................     69,357
  Deferred income taxes...........................................      9,996
  Other current assets............................................     11,294
                                                                     --------
    Total current assets..........................................     92,352
Property and equipment, net.......................................     37,848
Excess cost of net assets acquired, net...........................    386,389
Investment in joint ventures......................................     14,419
Other assets......................................................      2,338
                                                                     --------
                                                                     $533,346
                                                                     ========
          Liabilities and NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of financing arrangements--third parties........   $ 13,307
  Current portion of financing arrangements--related parties......    166,743
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties..........    279,797
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses--third parties............     30,785
                                                                     --------
    Total current liabilities.....................................    490,632
Financing arrangements, net of current portion-third parties......     23,578
Deferred income taxes.............................................     14,767
Other.............................................................      1,190
                                                                     --------
    Total liabilities.............................................    530,167
Commitments and contingencies.....................................         --
NovaCare, Inc. net investment.....................................      3,179
                                                                     --------
                                                                     $533,346
                                                                     ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-52

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statement of Operations
(In thousands)

                                                              For the Period
                                                              July 1, 1999 to
                                                             November 19, 1999
                                                             -----------------
Net revenues................................................     $127,481
Cost of services............................................       84,792
                                                                 --------
  Gross profit..............................................       42,689
Selling, general and administrative expenses................       28,105
Selling, general and administrative allocated from related
 party......................................................        3,554
Provision for uncollectible accounts........................       41,964
Amortization of excess cost of net asset acquired...........        4,583
                                                                 --------
  Loss from operations......................................      (35,517)
Interest expense-related party..............................        5,366
Interest expense-third parties..............................        1,233
Royalty expense-related party...............................        5,596
                                                                 --------
  Loss before income taxes..................................      (47,712)
Income taxes................................................           --
                                                                 --------
  Net loss..................................................     $(47,712)
                                                                 ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-53

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statement of NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment
(In thousands)

                                                                  NovaCare, Inc.
                                                                  net investment
                                                                  --------------
Balance at June 30, 1999.........................................    $ 43,751
  Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. .........................       7,140
  Net loss.......................................................     (47,712)
                                                                     --------
Balance at November 19, 1999.....................................    $  3,179
                                                                     ========

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-54

Novacare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statement of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

                                                               For the Period
                                                               July 1, 1999 to
                                                                November 19,
                                                                    1999
                                                               ---------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss......................................................    $(47,712)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows used in
 operating activities:
  Loss from joint ventures....................................         100
  Depreciation and amortization...............................       9,350
  Provision for uncollectible accounts........................      41,964
  Minority interest...........................................          37
  Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from
   acquisitions:
    Accounts receivable.......................................     (12,259)
    Other current assets......................................      (2,275)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses--third parties......       2,702
    Other, net................................................         (69)
                                                                  --------
    Net cash flows used in operating activities...............      (8,162)
                                                                  --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired........      (7,159)
Additions to property and equipment...........................      (2,302)
Other, net....................................................         238
                                                                  --------
  Net cash flows used in investing activities.................      (9,223)
                                                                  --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of long-term debt and credit arrangements--third
 parties......................................................      (7,359)
Net advances from related party...............................      20,657
                                                                  --------
  Net cash flows provided by financing activities.............      13,298
                                                                  --------
  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents...................      (4,087)
  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............       5,792
                                                                  --------
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................    $  1,705
                                                                  ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-55

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations: NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group includes RehabClinics, Inc., NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc., NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc., NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc., CMC Center Corporation and Industrial Health Care Company (collectively "the Group") all of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of NC Resources, Inc., a Delaware holding company and a wholly- owned subsidiary of NovaCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent").

Business Profile: The Group is a provider of freestanding outpatient physical therapy and rehabilitation services and occupational health services. Outpatient physical therapy and rehabilitation services include: (i) general physical rehabilitation, which is designed to return injured and post-operative patients to their optimal functional capacity, (ii) sports medicine, which is designed to minimize the "downtime" of injured sports participants and safely return them to sports activities, (iii) enhanced performance training, which is designed to improve the muscular and cardiovascular performance of both professional caliber athletes and "weekend warriors" as well as the "senior citizen" population, (iv) industrial rehabilitation, which is designed to reduce work-related injuries and rehabilitate and strengthen injured patients to allow a rapid, safe and productive return to normal job activities and (v) hospital-based services, which involve providing inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation services on a contract basis to acute care hospitals. Occupational health services comprise treatment for work-related injuries and illnesses, physical and occupational rehabilitation therapy, pre-placement physical examinations and evaluations, case management, diagnostic testing and other employer-requested or government-mandated work related health care services.

Basis of Presentation: The financial statements of the Group include the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Group. The Parent's historical cost basis of assets and liabilities has been reflected in the Group's financial statements. The financial information in these financial statements is not necessarily indicative of results of operations, financial position and cash flows that would have occurred if the Group had been a separate stand-alone entity during the periods presented or of future results.

Principles of Combination: The combined financial statements include the accounts of the Group companies. Investments of 20% to 50% of the voting interest of affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the companies comprising the Group have been eliminated. The Group recognizes a minority interest in its balance sheet and statement of operations for the portion of majority-owned subsidiaries attributable to its minority owners.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. During the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 999, the Company recorded a $29,358 charge as a change in estimate to increase the allowance for doubtful accounts to record the accounts receivable at its net realizable value.

F-56

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

Concentration of Credit Risks: Financial instruments which subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade receivables from workers' compensation programs, health and managed care companies, self- pay individuals, Medicare, Medicaid and litigation settlements from various payors located throughout the United States. The Group generally does not require collateral from its customers. Such credit risk is considered by management to be limited due to the Group's broad customer base.

Statement of Cash Flows: The Group considers its holdings of highly liquid debt and money-market instruments to be cash equivalents if the securities mature within 90 days from the date of acquisition. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. There were no non-cash investing and financing activities for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999. There were no non-cash contributions for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999.

Net Revenues: Net revenues are reported at the net realizable amounts from customers and third-party payors and includes estimated retroactive revenue adjustments due to future audits, reviews, and investigations. Retroactive adjustments are considered in the recognition of revenue on an estimated basis in the period the related services are rendered, and such amounts are adjusted in future periods as adjustments become known or as years are no longer subject to such audits, reviews, and investigations. Net revenues generated directly from Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement programs represented 8% of the Group's combined net revenues for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range principally from three to seven years for property and equipment and 30 to 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the asset's estimated useful life. Property and equipment also include external and incremental internal costs incurred to develop major computer systems. Costs for computer software developed or purchased for internal use are capitalized and amortized over an estimated useful life ranging from five to ten years. Costs of software maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to existing systems are expensed as incurred.

Excess Cost of Net Assets Acquired and Other Intangible Assets: Assets and liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations accounted for under the purchase method are recorded at their respective fair values. Deferred taxes have been recorded to the extent of the difference between the fair value and the tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired consists of non-compete agreements and goodwill and is amortized on a straight- line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from five to 40 years, with an average life of approximately 37 years. The value assigned to non-compete agreements has been included in other assets.

The useful life for each class of intangible asset is as follows:

Goodwill........................................................ 40 years
Covenants not-to-compete........................................  5 years

F-57

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

Impairment of Long Lived Assets: Effective July 1, 1997, the Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" which establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long- lived assets, certain identified intangible assets and goodwill related to those assets to be held and used and for long-lived assets and certain intangible assets to be disposed of. In accordance with SFAS No. 121, the Group reviews the realizability of long-lived assets, certain intangible assets and goodwill whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate recorded cost may not be recoverable. The Group also reviews the overall recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis. The analyses are based primarily on estimated future undiscounted cash flows.

If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted) are less than the carrying amount of such assets, the Group recognizes an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount of the assets and their estimated fair value. In estimating future cash flows for determining whether an asset is impaired, and in measuring assets that are impaired, assets are grouped by geographic region, which is the lowest level of operational reporting used by management.

Other Assets: Other assets consist principally of non-compete agreements and security deposits. Non-compete agreements are principally agreements with former owners not to compete with the Group within a specified geographical area for a specified period of time. The asset is amortized over the life of the agreement.

Income Taxes: The Group is included in the consolidated Federal income tax return of the Parent. All tax payments are made by the Parent on behalf of the Group. The Group includes its portion of tax obligations in accounts payable and accrued expenses-related parties. Current and deferred tax benefit, included in these statements, was calculated as if the Group had filed consolidated income tax returns on a stand alone basis. Under a tax sharing agreement with the Parent, the Group is entitled to the tax benefits, attributable to the Group's losses, which are used in the Parent's consolidated return.

2. Related Party Transactions

The Group entered into several arrangements with the Parent where fees are charged to the Group for services provided. These services included selling, general and administrative and financing services. Upon a change of control of the Group, certain of these arrangements may be voided and the Group will no longer be subject to the related fees. The Group will, however, be responsible for obtaining independent financing and will incur selling, general and administrative expenses.

Trademarks: The Group is charged a fee of approximately 5.0% of revenues for the use of the "NovaCare" name and trademark. Fees are settled with the Parent on a quarterly basis in accordance with the trademark agreement.

Advances and Financing Arrangements: The Group participates in the Parent's centralized cash management system to finance operations and acquisitions. The Group's cash deposits are transferred to the Parent on a daily basis. The Parent funds the Group's disbursement bank accounts as required. When disbursements exceed deposits, the Parent advances the difference to the Group through an interest-free intercompany account. Assuming a LIBOR plus 1.5% borrowing rate, which approximates the Parent's borrowing rate, interest expense on net advances from the Parent would have been $8,826 for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999.

F-58

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

In addition, certain advances from the Parent to the Group are funded through a line of credit arrangement. The annual interest rate on the line of credit is the prime rate of the Parent's lending bank plus 1.5%. As of November 19, 1999, the interest rate for the Group was 9.25%. Interest due to the Parent is settled quarterly in accordance with the loan agreement. Interest expense related to this financing arrangement was $5,366 for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Allocated from Related Party: During fiscal 1999 and 1998, the Parent provided certain selling, general and administrative services to the Group, that included shared management, legal, information systems, finance and human resource services and leased office space. These costs were allocated to the Group from the Parent, based on number of personnel or fiscal 1999's net revenues. While Novacare has divested of certain of its businesses since June 30, 1999, the level of effort required by the Parent for each of the businesses was essentially the same for period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 as it was in fiscal 1999. During the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999, these allocated costs were $3,554.

The expenses allocated to the Group are not necessarily indicative of amounts that would have been incurred if the Group had been a separate, independent entity that either managed these functions or contracted the services from an unrelated third party. Allocations were based on methodologies considered reasonable by management. It is not practicable to estimate these costs on a stand-alone basis, if the Group were a separate company.

Benefits and Payroll Service Fees: Beginning in February 1997, the Group contracted with NovaCare Employee Services (NCES), a majority owned subsidiary of the Parent, to provide payroll and benefit services. Under the agreement, the Group reimburses NCES for all payroll and related benefit costs, in addition to an administrative fee. Administrative fees incurred, related to this agreement, were $1,963 for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999. The amount for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999, is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Additionally, payroll and related benefits expense disbursed by NCES for PROH approximated $65,932 for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999. As of November 19, 1999 the Group owed NCES $1,337 for payroll and related benefit costs. These amounts are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties.

Insurance Reserves: The Parent maintains insurance coverage for the Group, including workers' compensation and general business insurance. Insurance reserves have been specifically allocated to the Group and the amounts owed to the Parent for such reserves are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties. As of November 19, 1999, the Group owed the Parent $225 for general business insurance.

F-59

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

3. Provision for Restructure

During fiscal 1999, the Group recorded a provision for restructure totaling $30,225 consisting of:

Writedown of excess cost of net assets acquired, net.............. $28,300
Employee severance and related costs..............................   1,925
                                                                   -------
  Total........................................................... $30,225
                                                                   =======

During fiscal 1999, the Group decided to exit certain non-strategic markets. The markets consisted of 40 clinics. This decision resulted in a write-down of the value of the related assets to estimated net realizable value as these were held for disposal. The estimated net realizable value of the Group's assets held for disposal (principally excess cost of net assets acquired, net) was determined by reference to the Group's experience with purchases and sales of comparable assets over the past several years and in consultation with financial advisors. The clinics to be disposed of had annualized net revenues of approximately $16,600 and annualized operating profit of approximately $200. At November 19, 1999, five of the clinics have been sold for proceeds totaling $923. The net book value of the remaining assets to be sold is approximately $4,991. The decision to dispose of these clinics is being evaluated in light of the sale of the Group.

In addition, the Group implemented a revised physical therapist staffing model to provide therapist services at lower costs while maintaining quality care. The new staffing model calls for an estimated reduction of 364 physical therapists. At November 19, 1999, a reduction of 267 physical therapists has taken place, 193 through attrition and 74 through severance arrangements.

The activity in the Group's reserves for restructure is as follows:

                                                                Period
                                                            July 1, 1999 to
                                                             November 19,
                                                                 1999
                                                            ---------------
Beginning balance..........................................      $ 625
Payments...................................................       (532)
                                                                 -----
Ending balance.............................................      $  93
                                                                 =====

F-60

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

4. Acquisition Transactions

Information with respect to businesses acquired in purchase transactions was as follows:

                                                                  As of
                                                               November 19,
                                                                   1999
                                                               ------------
Excess cost of net assets acquired............................   $431,446
Less: accumulated amortization................................    (45,057)
                                                                 --------
                                                                 $386,389
                                                                 ========

Certain purchase agreements require additional payments to the former owners if specific financial targets are met. At November 19, 1999 aggregate contingent payments in connection with all acquisitions of approximately $24,529, in cash, have not been included in the initial determination of cost of the businesses acquired since the amount of such contingent consideration that may be paid in the future, if any, is not presently determinable. In connection with businesses acquired in prior years, the Group paid $7,110 cash in the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999.

5. Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment were as follows:

                                                                  As of
                                                               November 19,
                                                                   1999
                                                               ------------
Buildings.....................................................   $  1,232
Property, equipment and furniture.............................     43,558
Capitalized software..........................................     22,637
Leasehold improvements........................................     18,008
                                                                 --------
                                                                   85,435
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization...............    (47,587)
                                                                 --------
                                                                 $ 37,848
                                                                 ========

Depreciation expense, including depreciation expense allocated by the Parent, for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999, was $4,767.

F-61

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

6. Investment in Joint Ventures

The Group has 50% ownership interests in GP Therapy, Inc., LLC (a joint venture with Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corp), Mercy Joyner Associates (a joint venture with Mercy Regional Health Systems), Gill Balsano Consulting, LLC (a joint venture with a Health Care consulting firm), Langhorne PC (a joint venture with Delaware Valley Medical Corporation), and South Philadelphia PC (a joint venture with Mt. Sinai Hospital).

At November 19, 1999 the Group's investment in joint venture for GP Therapy, Inc., LLC was $10,644. The Group's investment in Mercy Joyner Associates, was acquired as part of a larger acquisition in fiscal year 1998. At November 19, 1999 the Group's investment in joint venture for Mercy Joyner Associates was $455. The Group's investment in Gill Balsano Consulting, LLC was transferred from the Parent in fiscal year 1999. At November 19, 1999 the Group's investment in Gill Balsano was $1,596. The Group's investment in the Langhorne PC and South Philadelphia PC were acquired as part of a larger acquisition in fiscal year 1998. At November 19, 1999 the Group's investment in joint venture for both the Langhorne PC and South Philadelphia PC was $1,724. The Group's share of the loss from joint ventures of $100 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

7. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses--Third Parties

Accounts payable and accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

                                                                  As of
                                                               November 19,
                                                                   1999
                                                               ------------
Accrued contingent earn-outs..................................   $ 3,077
Accrued compensation and benefits.............................     6,480
Accounts payable..............................................     7,072
Bank overdraft................................................     4,864
Accrued acquisition costs.....................................     3,748
Accrued interest..............................................     1,198
Accrued restructure costs.....................................        93
Other.........................................................     4,253
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $30,785
                                                                 =======

F-62

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

8. Financing Arrangements

Financing arrangements consisted of the following:

                                                                As of
                                                             November 19,
                                                                 1999
                                                             ------------
Line of credit--related party, due November 30, 1999........  $ 166,743
Subordinated promissory notes payable through 2007..........     35,277
Other.......................................................      1,608
                                                              ---------
                                                                203,628
Less: current portion of financing arrangements--related
 parties....................................................   (166,743)
Less: current portion of financing arrangements--third
 parties....................................................    (13,307)
                                                              ---------
                                                              $  23,578
                                                              =========

Subordinated promissory notes consist primarily of notes to former owners of businesses acquired and bear interest generally at 6%. The carrying values of the notes approximate fair value.

Financing arrangements with related party is comprised of a $180,000 line of credit with a subsidiary of the Parent. The Group periodically draws from the line and is charged interest at a rate of the Parent's lending bank's prime rate plus 1.5% on the daily outstanding balance (See Note 2). As of November 19, 1999, the interest rate for the Group was 9.25%. As of November 19, 1999 the Group had $13,257 available under this line of credit.

At November 19, 1999, aggregate annual maturities of financing arrangements were as follows for the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

Fiscal Year
-----------
2000............................................................. $180,050
2001.............................................................   12,731
2002.............................................................    5,163
2003.............................................................    2,976
2004.............................................................    1,404
Thereafter.......................................................    1,304
                                                                  --------
                                                                  $203,628
                                                                  ========

Interest paid on debt during the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 was $11,460.

F-63

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

9. Leases

The Group rents office and clinical space and transportation and therapy equipment under non-cancelable operating leases.

Future minimum lease commitments for all non-cancelable leases as of November 19, 1999 are as follows:

                                                                 Operating
Fiscal Year                                                       Leases
-----------                                                      ---------
2000............................................................  $26,553
2001............................................................   21,036
2002............................................................   15,281
2003............................................................    8,571
2004............................................................    3,693
Thereafter......................................................    4,608
                                                                  -------
Total minimum lease payments....................................  $79,742
                                                                  =======

Total rent expense for all operating leases during the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 was $12,308.

F-64

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

10. Income Taxes

The components of income tax benefit were as follows:

                                                               Period
                                                           July 1, 1999 to
                                                          November 19, 1999
                                                          -----------------
Current:
  Federal................................................       $ --
  State..................................................         --
                                                                ----
                                                                  --
                                                                ----
Deferred:
  Federal................................................         --
  State..................................................         --
                                                                ----
                                                                  --
                                                                ----
                                                                $ --
                                                                ====

The components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of November 19, 1999 were as follows:

                                                               As of
                                                            November 19,
                                                                1999
                                                            ------------
Accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax
 purposes..................................................   $ 12,054
Restructure reserves.......................................      6,557
Federal and state net operating loss.......................     13,784
                                                              --------
                                                                32,395
Less: valuation allowance..................................    (22,399)
  Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance....      9,996
Gross deferred tax liabilities, depreciation and capital
 leases....................................................    (14,767)
                                                              --------
  Net deferred tax liability...............................   $ (4,771)
                                                              ========

F-65

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

The reconciliation of the expected tax benefit (computed by applying the Federal statutory tax rate to income before income taxes) to the actual tax benefit was as follows:

                                                             Period
                                                         July 1, 1999 to
                                                        November 19, 1999
                                                        -----------------
Expected Federal income tax benefit....................     $(16,699)
State income tax benefit, less Federal benefit.........       (2,691)
Non-deductible nonrecurring items......................           25
Non-deductible amortization of excess cost of net
 assets acquired.......................................          574
Increase in valuation allowance........................       18,923
Other, net.............................................         (132)
                                                            --------
                                                            $     --
                                                            ========

The deferred tax consequences of temporary differences in reporting items for financial statement and income tax purposes are recognized, if appropriate. Realization of the future tax benefits related to the deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Group's ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Management has considered these factors in reaching its conclusion as to the valuation allowance for financial reporting purpose and the Group has recorded a full valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred tax assets which may not be realized.

11. Benefit Plans

Retirement Plans: Through the Parent, the Group participates in defined contribution 401(k) plans covering substantially all of its employees. The Group's portion of contributions made to the plans by the Parent for the period July 1, 1999 to November 19, 1999 were $442.

Stock Option Plans: Certain employees of the Group participate in the Parent's employee stock option plans. Under the plans, substantially all of the options granted under the plan vest ratably over five years and are granted for a term of up to ten years. The exercise price of the options equals the fair value of the Parent's common stock at the date of grant. The Parent has adopted the disclosure-only provision of SFAS 123. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for option grants under the plans by the Parent or the Group. Had compensation cost for options granted been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Group's net loss would not have been materially different from the amounts reported in these financial statements.

F-66

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

November 19, 1999
(In thousands)

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Group is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the amount of any liability related to these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Group's financial position or results of operations.

The Group has entered into a naming, promotional and sponsorship agreement in which the Group pays $900 per year until the complex officially opens. The naming, promotional and sponsorship agreement is in effect for 25 years after the opening of the complex. The Group is required to make payments in accordance with the contract terms over 25 years ranging from $1,400 to $1,963 per year after the official opening. At this time the Group cannot estimate the date of the official opening of the complex.

13. Sale of the Group

On November 19, 1999, the Parent completed the sale of the Group to Select Medical Corporation ("Select"). The sales price for the Group was $200,000, the cash proceeds of which were reduced by the amount of Group debt assumed by Select. Of the remainder, $36,800 of the purchase price was placed in escrow for two years in support of representations relating to minimum working capital, collectibility of accounts receivable, and certain contingent earnout payments and litigation matters. Following the closing of the Group sale and continuing through June 2000, Select presented to the Parent claims for disbursement of portions of the escrowed funds to Select. The Parent and Select disagreed on certain of these claims. On July 6, 2000, the Parent entered into a settlement agreement with regard to the accounts receivable representation, contingent earnout obligations and certain other differences and disagreements between the Parent and Select related to the Group purchase and sale agreement and the escrows established as part of that agreement. As a result of the settlement, the remaining funds in escrow accounts, including interest, were disbursed to the parties with $4.5 million being returned to the Parent. In addition, as part of the settlement, the Parent agreed to reimburse Select approximately $1.3 million in respect of certain of its obligations set forth in the purchase and sale agreement and up to $1.8 million for Medicare liabilities, if any, that relate to periods prior to the Group sale. The Parent collateralized certain future payments to Select with the Parent's accounts receivable that pertain primarily to the Parent's former long-term care services business. Also as part of the settlement agreement, certain of the representations, warranties and indemnifications in the Group purchase and sale agreement were released by the parties and certain provisions, principally relating to tax obligations, remain binding on the parties. In conjunction with the Group sale, the "NovaCare" name was also sold and the Parent changed its name to NAHC, Inc. effective March 28, 2000.

F-67

Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors of
NovaCare, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined statements of operations, of NovaCare, Inc. net investment and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group ("the Group") at June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Group will continue as a going concern. The Group has historically been dependent on NovaCare, Inc. (the "Parent") for financial support. Additionally, the Group is indebted to the Parent for significant currently payable amounts. As discussed in Note 13 to the combined financial statements, the Parent has $175 million of convertible subordinated debentures due on January 15, 2000. To enable the Parent to generate sufficient funds to make the required payment on the convertible debentures, the Parent's Board of Directors on August 5, 1999 voted to seek approval from its shareholders for the sale of the Parent's two remaining business units, including the Group, and the adoption of a restructuring proposal. In a proxy statement dated August 13, 1999 (as amended through September 10, 1999) the Parent's shareholders have been asked to consider and vote upon these proposals at a special meeting of shareholders to be held on September 21, 1999. All of the proposals were adopted by the shareholders at the special meeting. The adoption of these proposals could result in the ultimate liquidation of the Parent. Should these matters not be approved, or should the transactions not be consummated as set forth in the proxy statement, the Parent's management would need to seek other means to obtain sufficient funds to repay the convertible debentures when due. These matters, coupled with the Group's continuing operating losses, raise substantial doubt about the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are described in Note 13. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, PA
September 21, 1999

F-68

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Balance Sheets
(In thousands)

                                                               As of June 30,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1999     1998
                                                              -------- --------
                           Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $  5,792 $  2,037
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance at June 30, 1999 and
   1998 of $32,891 and $23,864, respectively.................   99,060   93,156
  Deferred income taxes......................................    8,561      439
  Other current assets.......................................    8,498    9,498
                                                              -------- --------
    Total current assets.....................................  121,911  105,130
Property and equipment, net..................................   40,065   40,422
Excess cost of net assets acquired, net......................  387,180  356,044
Investment in joint ventures.................................   15,120   13,062
Other assets.................................................    2,948    3,376
                                                              -------- --------
                                                              $567,224 $518,054
                                                              ======== ========
        Liabilities and NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of financing arrangements--third parties... $ 14,706 $ 13,620
  Current portion of financing arrangements--related
   parties...................................................  165,202       --
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties.....  268,128  186,330
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses--third parties.......   31,399   25,532
                                                              -------- --------
    Total current liabilities................................  479,435  225,482
Financing arrangements--related party........................       --  165,507
Financing arrangements, net of current portion--third
 parties.....................................................   29,226   35,319
Deferred income taxes........................................   13,332    9,865
Other .......................................................    1,480    2,052
                                                              -------- --------
    Total liabilities........................................  523,473  438,225
Commitments and contingencies................................       --       --
NovaCare, Inc. net investment................................   43,751   79,829
                                                              -------- --------
                                                              $567,224 $518,054
                                                              ======== ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-69

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statements of Operations
(In thousands)

                                                  For the Years Ended June
                                                            30,
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                   1999      1998      1997
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Net revenues.................................... $339,708  $281,550  $214,936
Cost of Services................................  234,350   193,860   152,860
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Gross profit..................................  105,358    87,690    62,076
Selling, general and administrative expenses....   56,743    40,360    29,947
Selling, general and administrative allocated
 from related party.............................   27,444    20,823     8,882
Provision for uncollectible accounts............   24,130    14,806    10,091
Amortization of excess cost of net assets
 acquired.......................................   11,865     9,138     6,464
Provision for restructure.......................   30,225        --        --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  (Loss) income from operations.................  (45,049)    2,563     6,692
Interest expense-related party..................   15,518    15,990    27,568
Interest expense-third parties..................    3,157     2,435     1,081
Royalty expense-related party...................   17,059    14,293    10,660
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Loss before income taxes......................  (80,783)  (30,155)  (32,617)
Income tax benefit..............................  (21,564)   (7,618)  (10,726)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Net loss...................................... $(59,219) $(22,537) $(21,891)
                                                 ========  ========  ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-70

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statements of NovaCare, Inc. Net Investment
(In thousands)

                                                                  NovaCare, Inc.
                                                                  net investment
                                                                  --------------
Balance at June 30, 1996.........................................    $(34,135)
  Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. .........................     143,134
  Net loss.......................................................     (21,891)
                                                                     --------
Balance at June 30, 1997.........................................      87,158
  Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. .........................      15,208
  Net loss.......................................................     (22,537)
                                                                     --------
Balance at June 30, 1998.........................................      79,829
  Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. .........................      23,141
  Net loss.......................................................     (59,219)
                                                                     --------
Balance at June 30, 1999.........................................    $ 43,751
                                                                     ========

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-71

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Combined Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

                                                 For the Years Ended June
                                                            30,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                  1999      1998       1997
                                                --------  ---------  --------
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss....................................... $(59,219) $ (22,537) $(21,891)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
 flows used in operating activities:
  (Income) loss from joint ventures............      514        (16)       78
  Depreciation and amortization................   25,974     20,697    15,487
  Provision for restructure....................   30,225
  Provision for uncollectible accounts.........   24,130     14,806    10,091
  Minority interest............................      117         69       105
  Deferred income taxes........................   (4,432)     6,251     3,849
  Changes in assets and liabilities, net of
   effects from acquisitions:
    Accounts receivable........................  (26,050)   (29,417)  (24,946)
    Other current assets.......................      417     (1,722)      (66)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses--
     third parties.............................  (13,982)    (5,289)   (8,427)
    Other, net.................................   (3,309)      (196)   (1,048)
                                                --------  ---------  --------
    Net cash used in operating activities......  (25,615)   (17,354)  (26,768)
                                                --------  ---------  --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash
 acquired......................................  (48,038)   (94,357)  (58,685)
Additions to property and equipment............  (19,906)    (8,170)  (17,269)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment...      913         --        52
Other, net.....................................      452         85       569
                                                --------  ---------  --------
  Net cash flows used in investing activities..  (66,579)  (102,442)  (75,333)
                                                --------  ---------  --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of long-term debt and credit
 arrangements--third parties...................  (14,878)    (6,591)   (5,015)
Net advances from related party................  110,827    122,363   110,143
                                                --------  ---------  --------
  Net cash flows provided by financing
   activities..................................   95,949    115,772   105,128
                                                --------  ---------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents...................................    3,755     (4,024)    3,027
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year...    2,037      6,061     3,034
                                                --------  ---------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year......... $  5,792  $   2,037  $  6,061
                                                ========  =========  ========

The accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-72

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations: NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group includes RehabClinics, Inc., NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc., NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc., NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc., CMC Center Corporation and Industrial Health Care Company (collectively "the Group") all of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of NC Resources, Inc., a Delaware holding company and a wholly- owned subsidiary of NovaCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent").

Business Profile: The Group is a provider of freestanding outpatient physical therapy and rehabilitation services and occupational health services. Outpatient physical therapy and rehabilitation services include: (i) general physical rehabilitation, which is designed to return injured and post-operative patients to their optimal functional capacity, (ii) sports medicine, which is designed to minimize the "downtime" of injured sports participants and safely return them to sports activities, (iii) enhanced performance training, which is designed to improve the muscular and cardiovascular performance of both professional caliber athletes and "weekend warriors" as well as the "senior citizen" population, (iv) industrial rehabilitation, which is designed to reduce work-related injuries and rehabilitate and strengthen injured patients to allow a rapid, safe and productive return to normal job activities and (v) hospital-based services, which involve providing inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation services on a contract basis to acute care hospitals. Occupational health services comprise treatment for work-related injuries and illnesses, physical and occupational health services comprise treatment for work-related injuries and illnesses, physical and occupational rehabilitation therapy, pre-placement physical examinations and evaluations, case management, diagnostic testing and other employer-requested or government-mandated work related health care services.

Basis of Presentation: The financial statements of the Group include the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Group. The Parent's historical cost basis of assets and liabilities has been reflected in the Group's financial statements. The financial information in these financial statements is not necessarily indicative of results of operations, financial position and cash flows that would have occurred if the Group had been a separate stand-alone entity during the periods presented or of future results.

Principles of Combination: The combined financial statements include the accounts of the Group companies. Investments of 20% to 50% of the voting interest of affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the companies comprising the Group have been eliminated. The Group recognizes a minority interest in its balance sheets and statements of operations for the portion of majority-owned subsidiaries attributable to its minority owners.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risks: Financial instruments which subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade receivables from workers' compensation programs, health and managed care companies, self- pay individuals, Medicare, Medicaid and litigation settlements from various payors located

F-73

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

throughout the United States. The Group generally does not require collateral from its customers. Such credit risk is considered by management to be limited due to the Group's broad customer base.

Statement of Cash Flows: The Group considers its holdings of highly liquid debt and money-market instruments to be cash equivalents if the securities mature within 90 days from the date of acquisition. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Non-cash investing and financing activities in fiscal years 1999 and 1998 of $10,355 and $24,875, respectively, consist principally of acquired debt and subordinated promissory notes issued to former owners at closing. There were no non-cash investing and financing activities in fiscal 1997. Non-cash contributions from the Parent in fiscal year 1997 were $102,595 for forgiveness of debt. There were no non-cash contributions in fiscal years 1999 and 1998.

Net Revenues: Net revenues are reported at the net realizable amounts from customers and third-party payors and includes estimated retroactive revenue adjustments due to future audits, reviews and investigations. Retroactive adjustments are considered in the recognition of revenue on an estimated basis in the period the related services are rendered, and such amounts are adjusted in future periods as adjustments become known or as years are no longer subject to such audits, reviews and investigations. Net revenues generated directly from Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement programs represented 8%, 9% and 10% of the Group's combined net revenues for fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997 respectively.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range principally from three to seven years for property and equipment and 30 to 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the asset's estimated useful life. Property and equipment also include external and incremental internal costs incurred to develop major computer systems. Costs for computer software developed or purchased for internal use are capitalized and amortized over an estimated useful life ranging from five to ten years. Costs of software maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to existing systems are expensed as incurred.

Excess Cost of Net Assets Acquired and Other Intangible Assets: Assets and liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations accounted for under the purchase method are recorded at their respective fair values. Deferred taxes have been recorded to the extent of the difference between the fair value and the tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired consists of non-compete agreements and goodwill and is amortized on a straight- line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from five to 40 years, with an average life of approximately 37 years. The value assigned to non-compete agreements has been included in other assets.

The useful life for each class of intangible assets is as follows:

Goodwill........................................................ 40 years
Covenants not-to-compete........................................  5 years

Impairment of Long Lived Assets: Effective July 1, 1997, the Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" which establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long- lived

F-74

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

assets, certain identified intangible assets and goodwill related to those assets to be held and used and for long-lived assets and certain intangible assets to be disposed of. In accordance with SFAS No. 121, the Group reviews the realizability of long-lived assets, certain intangible assets and goodwill whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate recorded cost may not be recoverable. The Group also reviews the overall recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis. These analyses are based primarily on estimated future undiscounted cash flows.

If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted) are less than the carrying amount of such assets, the Group recognizes an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount of the assets and their estimated fair value. In estimating future cash flows for determining whether an asset is impaired, and in measuring assets that are impaired, assets are grouped by geographic region, which is the lowest level of operational reporting used by management.

Other Assets: Other assets consist principally of non-compete agreements and security deposits. Non-compete agreements are principally agreements with former owners not to compete with the Group within a specified geographical area for a specified period of time. The asset is amortized over the life of the agreement.

Income Taxes: The Group is included in the consolidated Federal income tax return of the Parent. All tax payments are made by the Parent on behalf of the Group. The Group includes its portion of tax obligations in accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties. Current and deferred tax benefit, included in these statements, was calculated as if the Group had filed consolidated income tax returns for the Group on a stand alone basis. Under a tax sharing agreement with the Parent, the Group is entitled to the income tax benefits, attributable to the Group's losses, which are used in the Parent's consolidated return. Were the Group to apply the separate company tax return method the income taxes would have been an expense of $641, $2,192 and $1,182 and net loss as adjusted would have been $81,424, $32,347 and $33,799 for the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 & 1997, respectively.

2. Related Party Transactions

The Group entered into several arrangements with the Parent where fees are charged to the Group for services provided. These services included selling, general and administrative and financing services. Upon a change of control of the Group, certain of these arrangements may be voided and the Group will no longer be subject to the related fees. The Group will, however, be responsible for obtaining independent financing and will incur selling, general and administrative expenses.

Trademarks: The Group is charged a fee of approximately 5.0% of revenues for the use of the "NovaCare" name and trademark. Fees are settled with the Parent on a quarterly basis in accordance with the trademark agreement.

Advances and Financing Arrangements: The Group participates in the Parent's centralized cash management system to finance operations and acquisitions. The Group's cash deposits are transferred to the Parent on a daily basis. The Parent funds the Group's disbursement bank accounts as required. When disbursements exceed deposits, the Parent advances the difference to the Group through an interest-free

F-75

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

2. Related Party Transactions (continued)

intercompany account. Assuming a LIBOR plus 1.5% borrowing rate, which approximates the Parent's borrowing rate, interest expense on net advances from the Parent would have been $17,284, $10,137 and $4,242 for the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

In addition, certain advances from the Parent to the Group are funded through a line of credit arrangement. The annual interest rate on the line of credit is the prime rate of the Parent's lending bank plus 1.5%. As of June 30, 1999, the interest rate for the Group was 9.25%. Interest due to the Parent is settled quarterly in accordance with the loan agreement. Interest expense related to this financing arrangement was $15,518, $15,990 and $27,568 for fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Allocated from Related Party: During fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Parent provided certain selling, general and administrative services to the Group, that included shared management, legal, information systems, finance and human resource services and leased office space. These costs were allocated to the Group from the Parent, based on specific identification, net revenue or utilization. During 1999, 1998 and 1997, these allocated costs were $15,671, $16,294 and $7,306, respectively.

The expenses allocated to the Group are not necessarily indicative of amounts that would have been incurred if the Group had been a separate, independent entity that either managed these functions or contracted the services from an unrelated third party. Allocations were based on methodologies considered reasonable by management. It is not practicable to estimate these costs on a stand-alone basis if the Group were a separate company.

Benefits and Payroll Service Fees: Beginning in February 1997, the Group contracted with NovaCare Employee Services (NCES), a 67% owned subsidiary of the Parent, to provide payroll and benefit services. Under the agreement, the Group reimburses NCES for all payroll and related benefit costs, in addition to an administrative fee. Administrative fees incurred, related to this agreement, were $10,957, $3,986 and $952 for fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. These amounts are included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Allocated from Related Party. Additionally, payroll and related benefits expense disbursed by NCES for PROH approximated $175,000, $141,000 and $108,000 for fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. As of June 30, 1999 and 1998 the Group owed NCES $5,222 and $3,839 for payroll and related benefit costs. These amounts are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties.

Insurance Reserves: The Parent maintains insurance coverage for the Group, including workers' compensation and general business insurance. Insurance reserves have been specifically allocated to the Group and the amounts owed to the Parent for such reserves are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses--related parties. As of June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Group owed the Parent the following amounts:

                                                                         As of
                                                                       June 30,
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       1999 1998
                                                                       ---- ----
Workers compensation.................................................. $421 $273
General business......................................................  274  226
                                                                       ---- ----
                                                                       $695 $499
                                                                       ==== ====

F-76

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

3. Provision for Restructure

During fiscal 1999, the Group's operations recorded a provision for restructure totaling $30,225 consisting of:

Writedown of excess cost of net assets acquired, net............ $28,300
Employee severance and related costs............................   1,925
                                                                 -------
Total........................................................... $30,225
                                                                 =======

During fiscal 1999, the Group decided to exit certain non-strategic markets. The markets consisted of 40 clinics. This decision resulted in a write-down of the value of the related assets to estimated net realizable value as these were considered held for disposal. The estimated net realizable value of the Group's assets held for disposal (principally excess cost of net assets acquired, net) was determined by reference to the Company's experience with purchases and sales of comparable assets over the past several years and in consultation with financial advisors. The clinics to be disposed of had annualized net revenues of approximately $16,600 and annualized operating profit of approximately $200. At June 30, 1999, five of the clinics have been sold for proceeds totaling $923. The net book value of the remaining assets to be sold is approximately $4,991. The decision to dispose of these clinics is being evaluated in light of the possible sale of the Group.

In addition, the Group has implemented a revised physical therapist staffing model to provide therapist services at lower costs while maintaining quality care. The new staffing model calls for an estimated reduction of 364 physical therapists. At June 30, 1999, a reduction of 231 physical therapists has taken place, 173 through attrition and 58 through severance arrangements. The Group's plan will be fully implemented by December 31, 1999, utilizing the remaining restructure reserve.

The activity in the Group's reserves for restructure is as follows:

                                                              Years Ended June
                                                                    30,
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1999     1998
                                                              --------  -------
Beginning balance............................................ $  1,137  $ 3,217
Provision for restructure....................................   30,225       --
Payments.....................................................   (2,437)  (2,080)
Non-cash reductions, principally asset write-offs............  (28,300)      --
                                                              --------  -------
Ending balance............................................... $    625  $ 1,137
                                                              ========  =======

F-77

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

4. Acquisition Transactions

During the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 the Group acquired five and 48 businesses, respectively. The following unaudited pro forma combined results of the operations of the Group give effect to each of the acquisitions as if they occurred on July 1, 1997:

                                                        Years Ended June 30,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                           1999        1998
                                                        ----------  ----------
Net Revenues........................................... $  339,889  $  344,277
                                                        ==========  ==========
Loss before income taxes............................... $  (80,734) $  (29,945)
                                                        ==========  ==========
Net loss............................................... $  (59,170) $  (22,327)
                                                        ==========  ==========

The above pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisition been made as of July 1, 1997, or the results that may occur in the future.

Information with respect to businesses acquired in purchase transactions was as follows:

                                                             As of June 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             1999      1998
                                                          ---------- ----------
Excess cost of net assets acquired....................... $  427,654 $ 384,653
Less: accumulated amortization...........................   (40,474)  (28,609)
                                                          ---------- ---------
                                                          $  387,180 $ 356,044
                                                          ========== =========
                                                          Years Ended June 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             1999      1998
                                                          ---------- ----------
Cash paid (net of cash acquired)......................... $   40,089 $  78,164
Notes issued.............................................      4,825    24,875
Other consideration......................................      2,238     6,920
                                                          ---------- ---------
                                                              47,152   109,959
Liabilities assumed......................................     17,342    36,751
                                                          ---------- ---------
                                                              64,497   146,710
Fair value of assets acquired, principally accounts
 receivable and property and equipment...................    (5,091)  (29,488)
                                                          ---------- ---------
Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired...... $   59,403 $ 117,222
                                                          ========== =========

Certain purchase agreements require additional payments to the former owners if specific financial targets are met. Aggregate contingent payments in connection with all acquisitions at June 30, 1999 of approximately $34,884, in cash, have not been included in the initial determination of cost of the businesses acquired since the amount of such contingent consideration that may be paid in the future, if any, is not presently determinable. In connection with businesses acquired in prior years, the Group paid $5,711 and $10,423 cash in fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 respectively. Additionally, the Parent issued 43 and 130 shares of its common stock on behalf of the Group during the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively, in settlement of earn-out payments to former owners.

F-78

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

5. Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment were as follows:

                                                              As of June 30,
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1999      1998
                                                             --------  --------
Buildings................................................... $  1,232  $  1,232
Property, equipment and furniture...........................   46,752    41,808
Capitalized software........................................   16,066    12,916
Leasehold improvements......................................   17,314    14,927
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               81,364    70,883
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.............  (41,299)  (30,441)
                                                             --------  --------
                                                             $ 40,065  $ 40,442
                                                             ========  ========

Depreciation expense, including depreciation expense allocated by the Parent, for the fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $14,109, $11,559 and $9,023, respectively.

6. Investment in Joint Ventures

The Group has 50% ownership interests in GP Therapy, Inc., LLC (a joint venture with Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corp), Mercy Joyner Associates (a joint venture with Mercy Regional Health Systems), Gill Balsano Consulting, LLC (a joint venture with a Health Care consulting firm), Langhorne PC (a joint venture with Delaware Valley Medical Corporation), and South Philadelphia PC (a joint venture with Mt. Sinai Hospital).

At June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Group's investment in joint venture for GP Therapy, Inc., LLC was $10,728 and $10,889, respectively. The Group's investment in Mercy Joyner Associates, was acquired as part of a larger acquisition in fiscal year 1998. At June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Group's investment in joint venture for Mercy Joyner Associates was $378 and $231, respectively. The Group's investment in Gill Balsano Consulting, LLC was transferred from the Parent in fiscal year 1999. At June 30, 1999 the Group's investment in Gill Balsano was $2,078. The Group's investment in the Langhorne PC and South Philadelphia PC were acquired as part of a larger acquisition in fiscal year 1998. At June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Group's investment in joint venture for both the Langhorne PC and South Philadelphia PC was $1,936 and $1,942, respectively. The Group's share in the income (loss) from joint ventures of $514, $(16) and $78 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

F-79

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

7. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses--Third Parties

Accounts payable and accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

                                                                As of June 30,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1999    1998
                                                                ------- -------
Accrued contingent earn-outs................................... $ 7,256 $ 3,294
Accrued compensation and benefits..............................   5,809   5,034
Accounts payable...............................................   4,397   4,407
Bank overdraft.................................................   4,206   2,216
Accrued acquisition costs......................................   3,842     394
Accrued interest...............................................   2,026   1,843
Accrued restructure costs......................................     625   1,137
Other..........................................................   3,238   7,207
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $31,399 $25,532
                                                                ======= =======

8. Financing Arrangements

Financing arrangements consisted of the following:

                                                            As of June 30,
                                                          -------------------
                                                            1999       1998
                                                          ---------  --------
Line of credit--related party, due November 30, 1999..... $ 165,202  $165,507
Subordinated promissory notes (6% to 9%),
 Payable through 2007....................................    41,615    47,291
Other....................................................     2,317     1,648
                                                          ---------  --------
                                                            209,134   214,446
Less: current portion of financing arrangements-related
 parties.................................................  (165,202)       --
Less: current portion of financing arrangements-third
 parties.................................................   (14,706)  (13,620)
                                                          ---------  --------
                                                          $  29,226  $200,826
                                                          =========  ========

Subordinated promissory notes consist primarily of notes to former owners of businesses acquired. The carrying values of the notes approximate fair value.

Financing arrangements with related party is comprised of a $180,000 line of credit with a subsidiary of the Parent. The Group periodically draws from the line and is charged interest at a rate of the Parent's lending bank's prime rate plus 1.5% on the daily outstanding balance (See Note 2). As of June 30, 1999, the interest rate for the Group was 9.25%. As of June 30, 1999 the Group had $14,798 available under this line of credit.

F-80

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

At June 30, 1999, aggregate annual maturities of financing arrangements were as follows for the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

Fiscal Year
-----------
2000............................................................ $179,908
2001............................................................   13,157
2002............................................................   10,040
2003............................................................    3,333
2004............................................................    1,494
Thereafter......................................................    1,202
                                                                 --------
                                                                 $209,134
                                                                 ========

Interest paid on debt during the fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $18,132, $17,518 and $10,537, respectively.

9. Leases

The Group rents office and clinical space and transportation and therapy equipment under non-cancelable operating leases.

Future minimum lease commitments for all non-cancelable leases as of June 30, 1999 are as follows:

                                                                Operating
Fiscal Year                                                      Leases
-----------                                                     ---------
2000...........................................................  $27,807
2001...........................................................   21,378
2002...........................................................   16,557
2003...........................................................   10,191
2004...........................................................    4,208
Thereafter.....................................................    5,341
                                                                 -------
Total minimum lease payments...................................  $85,482
                                                                 =======

Total rent expense for all operating leases during fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $29,610, $22,071 and $16,514 respectively.

F-81

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

10. Income Taxes

The components of income tax benefit were as follows:

                                                      Years Ended June 30,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     1999      1998      1997
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Current:
  Federal......................................... $(17,500) $(14,676) $(15,143)
  State...........................................      950       776       260
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                    (16,500)  (13,900)  (14,883)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Deferred:
  Federal.........................................   (4,705)    4,890     3,235
  State...........................................     (309)    1,392       922
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                     (5,014)    6,282     4,157
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                   $(21,564) $ (7,618) $(10,726)
                                                   ========  ========  ========

The components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 were as follows:

                                                             As of June 30,
                                                            -----------------
                                                              1999     1998
                                                            --------  -------
Accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax
 purposes.................................................. $ (1,113) $   439
Restructure reserves.......................................    6,775       --
Federal and state net operating loss.......................    2,899       --
                                                            --------  -------
  Gross deferred tax assets................................    8,561      439
Depreciation and capital leases............................  (13,332)  (9,865)
                                                            --------  -------
  Gross deferred tax liabilities...........................  (13,332)  (9,865)
                                                            --------  -------
  Net deferred tax liability............................... $ (4,771) $(9,426)
                                                            ========  =======

The reconciliation of the expected tax benefit (computed by applying the Federal statutory tax rate to income before income taxes) to actual tax expense was as follows:

                                                    Years Ended June 30,
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                   1999      1998      1997
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Expected Federal income tax benefit ............ $(28,274) $(10,554) $(11,416)
State income taxes benefit, less Federal
 benefit........................................      416     1,679       870
Non-deductible nonrecurring items...............       95       428        61
Non-deductible amortization of excess
 cost of net assets acquired....................    6,025     1,358       988
Other, net......................................      174      (529)   (1,229)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
                                                 $(21,564) $ (7,618) $(10,726)
                                                 ========  ========  ========

F-82

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

11. Benefit Plans

Retirement Plans: Through the Parent, the Group participates in defined contribution 401(k) plans covering substantially all of its employees. The Group's portion of contributions made to the plans by the Parent for fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997 were $1,189, $1,056 and $841, respectively.

Stock Option Plans: Certain employees of the Group participate in the Parent's employee stock option plans. Under the plans, substantially all of the options granted under the plan vest ratably over five years and are granted for a term of up to ten years. The exercise price of the options equal the fair value of the Parent's common stock at the date of grant. The Parent has adopted the disclosure-only provision of SFAS 123. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for option grants under the plans by the Parent or the Group. Had compensation cost for options granted been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Group's net loss would not have been materially different from the amounts reported in these financial statements.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Group is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the amount of any liability related to these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Group's financial position or results of operations.

13. Parent's Restructure Proposal

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the combined financial statements for the three years ended June 30, 1999, the Group has reported substantial net operating losses; has significant excess of current liabilities over current assets at June 30, 1999; and, is dependent on the Parent to provide financial support.

The Parent has $175,000 of convertible subordinated debentures due on January 15, 2000. The Parent's ability to make its scheduled debt payments when due is dependent on a number of future actions, the outcome of which are uncertain. The Parent's management has proposed a financial restructuring plan to its shareholders in a proxy statement dated August 13, 1999, as amended through September 10, 1999. A special meeting of the Parent's shareholders was held on September 21, 1999 (the "Special Meeting") and the shareholders voted to approve (i) the sale of the Group, (ii) the sale of the Parent's interest in an affiliated company and (iii) the adoption of a restructuring proposal.

The Parent is in the process of seeking buyers for the Group. While to date no definitive agreement has been entered into with respect to the sale of the Group, the Parent received shareholder approval at the Special Meeting to proceed with the sale when a suitable buyer is identified and a definitive agreement (which meets all of the conditions of the proposal included in the proxy) is negotiated with such buyer. The sale of the Group could result in material adjustments to the assets and liabilities reflected in the accompanying combined financial statements.

F-83

NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group
(Wholly-owned by NovaCare, Inc.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements--(Continued)

June 30, 1999
(In thousands)

13. Parent's Restructure Proposal (continued)

The Parent's ability to repay the $175,000 convertible subordinated debentures is dependent on the sale of the Group or the Parent's ability to secure refinancing in the event the Group is not sold. The Parent is unable to predict the sale of the Group as set forth in the proxy or likelihood of successfully concluding any other available alternative. As a result, the Company is unable to predict the Parent's ability to continue to provide financial support to the Group.

F-84

Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Intensiva HealthCare Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intensiva HealthCare Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Intensiva HealthCare Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ KPMG LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
April 9, 1999

F-85

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

                                                      December 15,  December 31,
                                                          1998          1997
                                                      ------------  ------------
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents ......................... $        --     1,433,812
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $2,767,735 and $1,736,367, respective-
   ly................................................  52,138,563    31,876,315
  Inventories .......................................   1,023,466       781,317
  Prepaid expenses ..................................     848,937       855,429
                                                      -----------    ----------
    Total current assets ............................  54,010,966    34,946,873
Property and equipment, net .........................  10,531,377     6,882,957
Organizational and preopening costs, net ............     751,864       382,777
Other assets ........................................     673,620     1,047,842
                                                      -----------    ----------
                                                      $65,967,827    43,260,449
                                                      ===========    ==========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
  Bank overdraft .................................... $ 1,769,407            --
  Current portion of long-term obligations ..........     748,283       781,315
  Current portion of revolving credit facility ......  10,884,847     1,649,394
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............   9,413,078     7,589,180
  Accrued salaries, wages, and benefits .............   5,155,739     2,245,741
  Estimated third-party payor settlements ...........  21,534,681     2,652,585
                                                      -----------    ----------
    Total current liabilities .......................  49,506,035    14,918,215
                                                      -----------    ----------
Long-term obligations, less current portion .........   1,533,641     1,312,234
Revolving credit facility, less current portion .....          --     1,935,575
Deferred rent expense ...............................   1,516,001     1,301,984
                                                      -----------    ----------
    Total liabilities ...............................  52,555,677    19,468,008
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
  Series A, 3,465,000 shares authorized, none
   outstanding in 1998 and 1997......................          --            --
  Series B, 2,232,962 shares authorized, none
   outstanding in 1998 and 1997......................          --            --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 70,000,000 shares
   authorized, 10,086,079 and 9,969,045 shares issued
   and outstanding, respectively.....................      10,086         9,969
  Additional paid-in capital ........................  30,251,901    30,193,647
  Accumulated deficit ............................... (16,849,837)   (6,411,175)
                                                      -----------    ----------
    Total stockholders' equity ......................  13,412,150    23,792,441
                                                      -----------    ----------
                                                      $65,967,827    43,260,449
                                                      ===========    ==========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-86

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and year ended December 31, 1997

                                                      Period from
                                                    January 1, 1998
                                                        through      Year ended
                                                     December 15,   December 31,
                                                         1998           1997
                                                    --------------- ------------
Net patient service revenues ......................  $  98,848,514   69,589,496
Costs and expenses:
  Operating expenses ..............................     95,099,777   59,913,263
  General and administrative ......................      7,485,093    4,605,961
  Provision for doubtful accounts .................      1,818,152    1,951,890
  Depreciation and amortization ...................      2,835,004    1,565,004
                                                     -------------   ----------
    Total costs and expenses ......................    107,238,026   68,036,118
                                                     -------------   ----------
    Operating income (loss) .......................     (8,389,512)   1,553,378
Interest income ...................................             --      412,706
Interest expense ..................................     (1,203,126)    (235,171)
                                                     -------------   ----------
    Income (loss) before income taxes .............     (9,592,638)   1,730,913
Provision for income taxes ........................        846,024       93,557
                                                     -------------   ----------
    Net income (loss) .............................  $ (10,438,662)   1,637,356
                                                     =============   ==========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-87

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and year ended December 31, 1997

                                              Common stock
                                           ------------------
                          Preferred stock                     Additional                  Total
                         ----------------- Number of            paid-in  Accumulated   stockholders'
                         Series A Series B   shares   Amount    capital    deficit        equity
                         -------- -------- ---------- ------- ---------- -----------  --------------
Balance at December 31,
 1996 ..................  $  --       --    9,905,062 $ 9,905 30,184,544  (8,048,531)   22,145,918
Issuance of shares of
 common stock in
 connection with
 exercise of stock
 options ...............     --       --       63,983      64      9,103          --         9,167
Net income .............     --       --           --      --         --   1,637,356     1,637,356
                          -----     ----   ---------- ------- ---------- -----------   -----------
Balance at December 31,
 1997 ..................     --       --    9,969,045   9,969 30,193,647  (6,411,175)   23,792,441
Issuance of shares of
 common stock in
 connection with
 exercise of stock
 options ...............     --       --      117,034     117     58,254          --        58,371
Net loss ...............     --       --           --      --         -- (10,438,662)  (10,438,662)
                          -----     ----   ---------- ------- ---------- -----------   -----------
Balance at December 15,
 1998 ..................  $  --       --   10,086,079 $10,086 30,251,901 (16,849,837)   13,412,150
                          =====     ====   ========== ======= ========== ===========   ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-88

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and year ended December 31, 1997

                                                     Period from
                                                      January 1,
                                                         1998
                                                       through      Year ended
                                                     December 15,  December 31,
                                                         1998          1997
                                                     ------------  ------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss) ................................ $(10,438,662)   1,637,356
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
   cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization ..................    2,835,004    1,565,004
    Provision for doubtful accounts ................    1,818,152    1,951,890
    Increase in accounts receivable ................  (22,580,074) (25,344,570)
    Increase in inventories, prepaid expenses, and
     other assets ..................................     (363,816)    (784,274)
    Increase in accounts payable and accrued
     expenses ......................................    1,823,898    4,511,854
    Increase in accrued salaries, wages, and
     benefits ......................................    2,909,998    1,209,670
    Increase in estimated third-party payor
     settlements ...................................   19,381,770    1,748,872
    Increase in accrued rent differential ..........      214,017      216,684
                                                     ------------  -----------
      Net cash used in operating activities ........   (4,399,713) (13,287,514)
                                                     ------------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment ..............   (4,318,103)  (3,323,707)
  Organizational and preopening costs ..............     (965,436)    (542,742)
  Maturities of short-term investments .............           --   12,987,220
                                                     ------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing
       activities ..................................   (5,283,539)   9,120,771
                                                     ------------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Bank overdraft ...................................    1,769,407           --
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options ..........       58,371        9,167
  Net borrowings under revolving credit facility ...    7,299,878    3,584,969
  Debt issuance costs incurred .....................           --     (140,322)
  Payments on long-term obligations ................     (878,216)    (738,236)
                                                     ------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities ....    8,249,440    2,715,578
                                                     ------------  -----------
      Decrease in cash and cash equivalents ........   (1,433,812)  (1,451,165)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .....    1,433,812    2,884,977
                                                     ------------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ........... $         --    1,433,812
                                                     ============  ===========
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest ........................... $  1,203,126      235,171
  Cash paid for income taxes .......................      644,246       43,000
                                                     ============  ===========
Supplemental information--noncash investing and
 financing activities:
    Acquisition of software license through long-
     term obligation ............................... $         --      555,034
    Acquisition of equipment through capital leases
     ...............................................    1,066,591    1,156,824
                                                     ============  ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-89

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

(a) Description of Business

Intensiva HealthCare Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) was incorporated in Delaware on July 18, 1994. The Company operates a network of long-term care hospitals in certain health care markets across the United States.

On November 10, 1998, Select Medical Corporation of Mechanicsburg (a wholly owned subsidiary of Select Medical Corporation) (Select) initiated a cash tender offer of $9.625 per outstanding share of the Company's common stock. On December 15, 1998, Select acquired approximately 95% of the Company's outstanding common stock. The remaining 5% of the outstanding stock was acquired on December 18, 1998. Total cash tendered by Select for the Company's common stock was $97,078,511. Additionally, Select paid $4,688,712 to retire options vested under the Intensiva HealthCare Corporation Stock Option Plan and Intensiva HealthCare Corporation Directors Stock Option Plan and to retire warrants held by a third party. Approximately $1.8 million of costs incurred by the Company related to the sale of the Company's common stock to Select are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998. Effective December 16, 1998, the Company became part of the Select consolidated group of subsidiaries.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of interest-bearing money market accounts and debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

(d) Depository Receipts Account

The Company maintains a depository receipts account at a local financial institution to which substantially all cash receipts are received. In accordance with the terms of the revolving credit facility, the balance of the depository receipts account is swept daily by the lender to reduce the balance outstanding on the Company's revolving credit facility.

(e) Financial Instruments

Financial instruments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, current liabilities, long-term obligations, and revolving credit facility are reported at amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets that approximate fair value at the balance sheet dates.

(f) Inventories

Inventories, which consist principally of medical supplies, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method.

F-90

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(g) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. Property and equipment of the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the asset's undiscounted expected cash flows are not sufficient to recover its carrying amount. The Company measures an impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. Fair value of an asset is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows.

Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives for equipment range from 3-15 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset, approximately five years.

(h) Organizational and Preopening Costs

Organizational and preopening costs consist of legal, consulting, and other costs incurred by the Company during the development phase of a new hospital. These costs are capitalized and amortized to expense over a period of twelve months beginning when the new hospital is opened and begins to admit patients. Costs related to marketing and development of new hospitals at the corporate level are expensed as incurred.

(i) Other Assets

Other assets primarily consist of software license agreements with a book value of approximately $487,000 and $879,000 at December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively. The software licenses are being amortized into expense over the three-year estimated useful lives of the licenses.

(j) Bank Overdraft

The balance of the bank overdraft at December 15, 1998 represents outstanding checks written on the Company's operating and payroll bank accounts in excess of the cash balance of those accounts. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, sufficient funds were transferred to the Company's operating and payroll bank accounts from the revolving credit facility to satisfy outstanding obligations.

(k) Deferred Rent Expense

Certain of the leases on the Company's health care facilities include scheduled base rent increases over the terms of the leases. The total base rent payments are being charged to expense on the straight-line method over the term of the leases. Deferred rent expense represents the excess of rent expense over cash payments since inception of the leases.

(l) Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

F-91

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(m) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue as services are provided to patients.

The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provide for patient care reimbursement at rates that may differ from the customary charges for such care. During the qualification period to become certified as a long-term care hospital (which historically has been approximately six to seven months from the opening of the facility for the Company), the Medicare program reimburses the Company under either the Prospective Payment System, which provides for payment at predetermined amounts based on the discharge diagnosis, or under a cost- based methodology. Upon obtaining certification as a long-term care hospital, the Company's hospitals receive cost-based reimbursement, subject to certain limitations specific to long-term care hospitals, from the Medicare program. Payment for patient services covered by certain commercial insurance carriers, health maintenance organizations, and preferred provider organizations are based upon reimbursement agreements which include negotiated rates for specific services, discounts from established charges, and prospectively determined per diem rates.

Net patient service revenues and related accounts receivable are reported at the estimated net realizable amounts from patients, third- party payors, and others for services rendered. Retroactive adjustments are accrued on an estimated basis in the period the related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Final settlements are determined after submission of annual cost reports by the Company and audits thereof by the Medicare fiscal intermediary.

(n) Medicare Credit Risk and Payor Concentration

Approximately 69% and 77% of the Company's net patient service revenues for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, were derived from funds under the Medicare program, and approximately 68% and 75% of the Company's net accounts receivable at December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively, are from this payor source.

Sixteen of the Company's facilities, which have been certified by Medicare as long-term care hospitals at December 15, 1998, accounted for approximately $96 million of net patient services revenues in the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998. Significant reductions in the level of revenues attributable to these facilities may occur if the Company is unable to maintain the certification of these facilities as long-term care hospitals in accordance with Medicare rules and regulations, including the maintenance of an average length of stay of at least 25 days at each individual facility. Also, the Company's facilities operate in space leased from general acute care hospitals (host hospitals), consequently, all of its 22 facilities in operation at December 15, 1998 are subject to Medicare "hospital within hospitals" (HIH) rules and regulations. These rules and regulations are designed to ensure that the Company's facilities are organizationally and functionally independent of their host hospitals. For purposes of measuring independence, the Medicare rules and regulations include requirements that the Company's facilities either purchase no more than 15% of their total operating expenses from the host hospitals or receive no more than 25% of patient referrals from the host hospitals. Significant reductions in the Company's level of revenues attributable to its facilities may occur if the Company is unable to maintain its facilities' status as HIH's in accordance with Medicare rules and regulations.

F-92

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

Management believes that all its facilities are in compliance with the Medicare rules and regulations covering long-term care hospitals and HIH facilities. However, in light of the lack of regulatory guidance and scarcity of case law interpreting these regulations, there can be no assurance that the Company's facilities will have been found to be in compliance with these regulations and, if so, whether any sanctions imposed would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

(o) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

(p) Net Income (Loss) Per Share

In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128, Earnings Per Share, (SFAS 128). SFAS 128 replaces the previously reported primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per share. Unlike primary earnings per share, basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share is very similar to the previously reported fully diluted earnings per share. All earnings per share amounts for all periods have been presented to conform to SFAS 128 requirements.

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share was computed using net income
(loss) and the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents, if dilutive. The weighted average numbers of shares of common stock used in the computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 was 10,019,679. Common stock equivalents totaling 685,117 at December 15, 1998 are not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because they have an anti-dilutive effect. The weighted average numbers of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents used in the computation of basic and diluted income per share for the year ended December 31, 1997 were 9,929,598 and 10,463,800, respectively. The difference between the two amounts relates to the effect of dilutive stock options and warrants.

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related interpretations in accounting for its stock options. The Company has adopted the pro forma disclosures-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

(r) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, on January 1, 1998, which requires reporting of comprehensive income (earnings) and its components in the statements of operations and statements of equity, including net income as a component. Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.

F-93

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of Start-up Activities. SOP 98-5 requires costs of start-up activities and organizational costs to be expensed as incurred. The Company is required to adopt SOP 98-5 on January 1, 1999 as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The total amount of unamortized organizational and preopening costs at December 15, 1998 was $751,864.

(2) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

                                                    Period from
                                                  January 1, 1998
                                                      through      Year ended
                                                   December 15,   December 31,
                                                       1998           1997
                                                  --------------- ------------
Balance at beginning of period...................   $1,736,367      1,270,478
Provision for doubtful accounts..................    1,818,152      1,951,890
Accounts written-off.............................     (786,784)    (1,486,001)
                                                    ----------     ----------
Balance at end of period.........................   $2,767,735      1,736,367
                                                    ==========     ==========

(3) Property and Equipment Property and equipment are as follows:

                                                     December 15, December 31,
                                                         1998         1997
                                                     ------------ ------------
Leasehold improvements.............................. $ 6,207,343   4,329,372
Equipment...........................................   3,740,547   1,954,120
Equipment under capital leases......................   3,825,685   2,109,393
                                                     -----------   ---------
                                                      13,773,575   8,392,885
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......   3,242,198   1,509,928
                                                     -----------   ---------
Property and equipment, net                          $10,531,377   6,882,957
                                                     ===========   =========

(4) Sale Leaseback Agreement

In 1996, the Company entered into a sale leaseback agreement with a third party to take advantage of favorable borrowing rates and maintain liquidity. This third party received warrants to purchase 15,950 shares of the Company's common stock. As part of this agreement, the Company obtained a $1 million commitment from the third party to finance additional capital expenditures. In November 1998, this agreement was amended to extend an additional commitment of $500,000 through February 15, 1999. The long-term obligations under this arrangement are secured by certain equipment, bear interest at 8%, and are repayable monthly through July 2002. Borrowings outstanding of approximately $645,500 and $820,000 are included in capital lease obligations at December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively. The unutilized borrowing capacity under the additional commitment was approximately $219,000 and $413,000 at December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively. The warrants were retired by the Company in connection with the acquisition of the Company's common stock by Select (see note 1).

F-94

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(5) Long-term Obligations

Long-term obligations consist of the following:

                                                  December 15, December 31,
                                                      1998         1997
                                                  ------------ ------------
Capital lease obligations, interest rates ranging
 from 8% to 15%,
 payable monthly through 2002....................  $2,129,603   1,645,218
Notes payable, interest at 6.5%,
 payable monthly through June 1999...............     152,321     448,331
                                                   ----------   ---------
                                                    2,281,924   2,093,549
Less current portion.............................     748,283     781,315
                                                   ----------   ---------
                                                   $1,533,641   1,312,234
                                                   ==========   =========

Capital lease obligations are secured by various medical equipment at each facility, such as ventilators, x-ray machines, IV pumps, and cardiac monitors. The net book value of equipment under capital leases was approximately $2,400,000 and $1,700,000 at December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively. The notes payable relate to software license agreements.

The aggregate maturities of long-term obligations at December 15, 1998 are as follows:

1999                                        $1,000,244
2000                                           769,946
2001                                           524,037
2002                                           327,746
2003 and thereafter                            160,247
                                            ----------
                                             2,782,220
Less interest on capital lease obligations     500,296
                                            ----------
                                            $2,281,924
                                            ==========

(6) Revolving Credit Facility

In November 1997, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (Initial Loan Agreement) to obtain a $20 million revolving credit facility that was secured by a first security interest in the Company's accounts receivable and other assets. The Initial Loan Agreement provided for maximum borrowings up to the lesser of the activated loan amount or the borrowing base as defined in the Initial Loan Agreement, and bore interest at either the higher of (i) the prime rate or federal funds rate (whichever was greater) plus .25%, or (ii) the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. The Initial Loan Agreement included restrictive covenants involving limitations on capital expenditures and other borrowings, adherence to certain financial measurements, and restrictions on the payment of dividends. The unused availability on the Initial Loan Agreement at December 31, 1997 was approximately $8,212,000. The Initial Loan Agreement was terminated in April 1998, upon the execution of a second revolving credit facility with another lender.

The Second Loan and Security Agreement (Second Loan Agreement) was for a $20 million revolving credit facility with a term of three years. Under the Second Loan Agreement, the Company pays a monthly loan management fee of $2,000 as well as a monthly usage fee of 0.24% per annum on the average amount by which the available loan amount, as defined by the agreement, exceeds the outstanding principal balance. The

F-95

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

unused availability on the Second Loan Agreement at December 15, 1998 was approximately $9,115,000. The Second Loan Agreement includes restrictive covenants on other borrowings and transfer of ownership provisions. Advances under the New Loan agreement bear interest at 1% above the prime rate (8.75% at December 15, 1998), and are secured by a first security interest in the Company's accounts receivable and other assets.

As a result of the acquisition of the Company's common stock by Select, an event of default occurred under the Second Loan Agreement, with the lender electing to terminate the agreement. Accordingly, the balance outstanding on the Second Loan Agreement at December 15, 1998 of $10,884,847 was classified as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In January 1999, Select rendered payment in full to the lender including a termination fee of $600,000.

The Company paid interest at a weighted average interest rate of 11% and 8.75% for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

(7) Stockholders' Equity

The Company has two stock option plans which provide for the issuance of options to key employees and directors. Under the Intensiva HealthCare Corporation Stock Option Plan (1995 Plan), established in 1995, up to 785,400 options to purchase common shares may be issued to employees and directors. Under the Intensiva HealthCare Corporation Directors Stock Option Plan (1997 Plan), established in 1997, up to 60,000 options to purchase common shares may be issued to directors. Both plans require that the exercise price of options issued must be at least equal to the fair market value of the shares of stock at the date of grant and the term of the options may not exceed 10 years.

Aggregate information relating to stock option activity under the 1995 Plan and the 1997 Plan is as follows:

                                                      Period from
                                                    January 1, 1998
                                                        through      Year ended
                                                     December 15,   December 31,
                                                         1998           1997
                                                    --------------- ------------
Number of shares under stock options:
  Outstanding at beginning of period...............     687,367       575,850
  Granted..........................................     140,500       181,000
  Exercised........................................    (117,034)      (63,983)
  Forfeited........................................     (25,716)       (5,500)
                                                       --------       -------
  Outstanding at end of period.....................     685,117       687,367
  Exercisable at end of period.....................     353,766       267,973
                                                       ========       =======
Weighted average exercise price:
  Granted..........................................    $   5.97          7.21
  Exercised........................................        0.50          0.14
  Forfeited........................................        7.08          6.00
  Outstanding at end of period.....................        3.09          2.21
  Exercisable at end of period.....................        2.01          0.70

F-96

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

In accordance with the stock option plans, all employees were to become fully vested in their options upon a change in ownership. The vested options under the 1995 Plan and the 1997 Plan were settled by Select for $4,688,712 in connection with their acquisition of the Company (see note 1).

No compensation expense relating to stock option grants was recorded in 1998 and 1997 as the option exercise prices were equal to fair value of the Company's common stock at the respective dates of grant.

Pro forma information regarding net loss is required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The fair value was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                                                     December 15, December 31,
                                                         1998         1997
                                                     ------------ ------------
Risk-free interest rate.............................       4.7%         5.8%
Dividend yield......................................        --           --
Volatility factor...................................      0.64         0.77
Weighted average expected life......................   5 years      5 years
                                                       =======      =======

The Company's pro forma income (loss) compared to reported amounts are as follows:

                                                   Period from
                                                 January 1, 1998
                                                     through      Year ended
                                                  December 15,   December 31,
                                                      1998           1997
                                                 --------------- ------------
Net income (loss):
  As reported...................................  $ (10,438,662)  1,637,356
  Pro forma.....................................    (11,598,489)  1,509,944
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share:
  As reported...................................          (1.04)       0.16
  Pro forma:
    Basic.......................................          (1.16)       0.15
    Diluted.....................................          (1.16)       0.14
Weighted average fair value of options granted
 during the period..............................           3.47        4.77
                                                  =============   =========

(8) Employee Benefits

The Company sponsors a voluntary defined contribution 401(k) plan (the Plan) that is available to substantially all employees. Each participant may make an annual contribution to their account of an amount not to exceed 15% of their compensation, subject to certain limitations. The Company makes a matching contribution of 25% of participant contributions, and may make additional annual discretionary contributions to the Plan not to exceed 15% of the total compensation of all plan participants. Participants vest in the Company's matching portion at a rate of 20% per year. Expense for this Plan totaled approximately $250,000 and $106,500 for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

F-97

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(9) Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 consisted primarily of current state income taxes.

The difference between the effective income tax rate for financial statement purposes and the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% is as follows:

                                                     Period from
                                                   January 1, 1998
                                                       through      Year ended
                                                    December 15,   December 31,
                                                        1998           1997
                                                   --------------- ------------
  Expected provision (benefit) at statutory tax
   rate...........................................  $ (3,261,496)     588,510
  State taxes, net of federal tax benefit.........       514,955       93,557
  Transaction costs incurred by the Company re-
   lated to the acquisition by  Select............       617,055           --
  Change in valuation allowance...................     2,875,722     (623,050)
  Other...........................................        99,788       34,540
                                                    ------------    ---------
                                                    $    846,024       93,557
                                                    ============    =========

      The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets are as follows:

                                                    December 15,   December 31,
                                                        1998           1997
                                                   --------------- ------------
  Net operating loss carryforwards................  $  2,331,659      936,032
  Allowance for doubtful accounts and contractual
   allowances.....................................     3,543,120      590,365
  Accrued expenses................................       242,098      198,581
  Difference between book and tax basis deprecia-
   tion and amortization..........................       354,314      276,330
                                                    ------------    ---------
                                                       6,471,191    2,001,308
  Less valuation allowance........................     6,471,191    2,001,308
                                                    ------------    ---------
                                                    $         --           --
                                                    ============    =========

A valuation allowance is necessary for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the period in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company has approximately $6,900,000 of net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes, which, if unused, will begin to expire in the year 2009.

Compensation expense related to stock options in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes resulted in a $1,594,162 increase in net operating loss carryforwards with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital. A corresponding increase in the valuation allowance was recorded by the Company and charged to additional paid-in capital.

F-98

INTENSIVA HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 15, 1998 and December 31, 1997

(10) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company's health care facilities are located in space leased from acute care health care providers (host hospitals) under operating lease agreements with Host Hospitals of initial terms of five or more years, with varying renewal terms. The Company leases corporate office space under a noncancellable operating lease which expires in the year 2002.

Minimum annual lease payments on noncancellable operating leases with maturities in excess of one year are as follows: $8,889,280 in 1999, $9,043,049 in 2000, $8,779,123 in 2001, $6,939,253 in 2002, and $3,518,510 thereafter. Total rent expense was approximately $10,989,000 and $7,381,000 for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

(11) Year 2000

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a "00" date" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in system failures or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process transactions or engage in normal business activities. The Company has developed a Year 2000 remediation plan and has begun testing and converting its computer systems and applications in order to identify and solve significant Year 2000 issues. In addition, the Company is discussing with its vendors the possibility of any communication difficulties or other disruptions that may affect the Company.

F-99

Report of Independent Auditors

Board of Directors
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. (the "Company"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., as of June 29, 1998, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity of Parent, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. at June 29, 1998, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

November 18, 1998
Nashville, Tennessee

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

F-100

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 29, 1998
(In Thousands)

Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................ $   677
  Accounts receivable--less allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $11,937.............................................................  19,670
  Due from Parent's affiliate..........................................   4,002
  Inventories..........................................................   1,447
  Prepaid expenses and other...........................................     141
                                                                        -------
                                                                         25,937
Property and equipment, net............................................  20,162
Pre-opening costs......................................................   3,366
Other assets, net......................................................     540
                                                                        -------
                                                                        $50,005
                                                                        =======
Liabilities and equity of Parent
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................................................... $ 9,547
  Accrued wages and related liabilities................................   5,101
  Other accrued liabilities............................................     227
  Current portion of long-term obligations.............................     247
                                                                        -------
                                                                         15,122
Long-term obligations..................................................   2,110
Equity of Parent.......................................................  32,773
                                                                        -------
                                                                        $50,005
                                                                        =======

See accompanying notes.

F-101

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

Period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998
(In Thousands)

Net operating revenues................................................ $53,341
Operating and administrative expenses:
  Wages and related...................................................  30,026
  Other...............................................................  25,190
Depreciation and amortization.........................................   1,577
Management fees.......................................................     835
Interest..............................................................      91
                                                                       -------
                                                                        57,719
Loss before provision for income taxes................................  (4,378)
                                                                       -------
Provision for income taxes............................................      --
                                                                       -------
Net loss.............................................................. $(4,378)
                                                                       =======

See accompanying notes.

F-102

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity of Parent

Period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998
(In Thousands)

Balance at January 1, 1998............................................. $31,427
  Cash management activity--net........................................   2,666
  Allocation of Parent costs...........................................   3,058
  Net loss.............................................................  (4,378)
                                                                        -------
Balance at June 29, 1998............................................... $32,773
                                                                        =======

See accompanying notes.

F-103

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998
(In Thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss............................................................. $(4,378)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization......................................   1,577
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable, net..........................................  (7,423)
   Inventories.......................................................    (214)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................      (5)
   Accounts payable and other accrued expenses.......................   7,875
                                                                      -------
Net cash used in operating activities................................  (2,568)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures.................................................  (3,462)
Other, net...........................................................  (1,239)
                                                                      -------
Net cash used in investing activities................................  (4,701)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments on long-term obligations....................................    (130)
Net transfers from Parent............................................   5,724
                                                                      -------
Net cash provided by financing activities............................   5,594
                                                                      -------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents................................  (1,675)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.....................   2,352
                                                                      -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period........................... $   677
                                                                      =======
Supplemental information
  Interest payments.................................................. $    96
                                                                      =======

See accompanying notes.

F-104

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of those entities comprising American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. (the Company) at June 29, 1998. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beverly Enterprises, Inc. (Beverly or Parent). Beverly provides long-term healthcare in 31 states and the District of Columbia.

As more fully described in Note 9, the Company was acquired on June 30, 1998 by Select Medical Corporation.

The Company provides long-term acute care to chronically ill patients. The Company receives payment for patient services from the federal government primarily under the Medicare program, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and other private insurers and directly from patients.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventory consists principally of pharmaceuticals and other supplies and are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs (stated at cost less accumulated amortization of $2,133,000) is being amortized over 5 years using the straight-line method. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews the carrying value of its intangible assets in light of any events or circumstances that indicate they may be impaired or that the amortization period may need to be adjusted. If such circumstances suggest the intangible value cannot be recovered, calculated based on undiscounted cash flows over the remaining amortization period, the carrying value of the intangible will be reduced by such shortfall.

F-105

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities," (SOP 98-5) which is required to be adopted in financial statements for periods beginning after December 15, 1998. SOP 98-5 requires costs of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. Initial application of SOP 98-5 will require the Company to report all previously capitalized pre-opening costs as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Upon adoption the Company will be required to write-off all unamortized pre-opening costs.

Insurance

Beverly insures auto liability, general liability and workers' compensation risks, in most states, through insurance policies with third parties, some of which may be subject to reinsurance agreements between the insurer and Beverly Indemnity, Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Beverly. Beverly maintains reserves for estimated incurred losses not covered by third parties and charges premiums to the Company. Accordingly, no reserve for liability risks is recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Company files as part of the consolidated federal tax return of Beverly. The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Revenues

The Company's revenues are derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services. Approximately 67% of the Company's net operating revenues for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 were derived from funds under federal medical assistance programs, and approximately 43% of the Company's net accounts receivable at June 29, 1998 are due from such programs. These revenues and receivables are reported at their estimated net realizable amounts and are subject to audit and retroactive adjustment. Provisions for estimated third-party payor settlements are provided in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in the period of settlement. In the opinion of management, adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from such audits.

Equity of Parent and Transactions with Parent

Equity of parent represents the net investment in and advances to the Company by Beverly. It includes common stock, additional paid-in-capital, net earnings(loss) and net intercompany accounts with Beverly. There are no settlement terms or interest charges associated with intercompany account balances. Generally, this balance is increased by cash transfers from Beverly, management fees (allocated based on a percentage of revenues), certain direct expenses paid by Beverly such as payroll and net earnings. The balance is decreased by daily cash deposits to Beverly's bank accounts.

During the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998, the Company provided services to certain nursing homes affiliated with Beverly. The net revenue recognized for these services was $4,618,000.

F-106

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company has significant accounts receivable whose collectibility or realizability is dependent upon the performance of certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare. These receivables represent the only concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate provision has been made for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances as necessary.

2. Property and Equipment

Following is a summary of property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation, by major classification, at June 29, 1998 (in thousands):

Land............................................................ $ 1,204
Buildings and improvements......................................  12,052
Furniture and equipment.........................................  11,670
Construction in progress........................................   1,463
                                                                 -------
                                                                  26,389
Less accumulated depreciation...................................  (6,227)
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $20,162
                                                                 =======

The Company provides depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

                                                               Estimated
                                                                 Lives
                                                              -----------
Land improvements............................................    10 years
Buildings....................................................    35 years
Building improvements........................................ 3--15 years
Furniture and equipment...................................... 3--15 years

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 was $1,104,000.

3. Long-Term Obligations

Long-term obligations consist of the following at June 29, 1998 (in thousands):

7.75% Secured Promissory Note, $106 payable quarterly............ $2,346
Other............................................................     11
                                                                  ------
                                                                   2,357
Less amounts due within one year.................................   (247)
                                                                  ------
                                                                  $2,110
                                                                  ======

F-107

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

3. Long-Term Obligations (continued)

In connection with the purchase of one of the Company's facilities in September 1994, the Company entered into a $2,941,000 promissory note. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.75% over 11 years and is secured by the property and equipment purchased. These assets had a carrying value of $7,463,000 at June 29, 1998.

The Company, along with certain other Beverly affiliates, guarantees various long-term obligations of Beverly. In the event Beverly is unable to make repayments, the guarantors are obligated for the borrowings. At June 29, 1998 there is $195 million outstanding under these obligations. The Company's guarantee of these obligations was released effective June 30, 1998 in connection with the acquisition of the Company by Select Medical Corporation (Select).

Maturities of long-term obligations are as follows (in thousands): $247 in 1999, $280 in 2000, $303 in 2001, $327 in 2002, $353 in 2003 and $600 thereafter.

4. Operating Leases

Future minimum rental commitments required by all noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year as of June 29, 1998, are as follows (in thousands):

1999............................................................ $ 5,965
2000............................................................   3,748
2001............................................................   2,517
2002............................................................   2,093
2003............................................................     233
Thereafter......................................................      --
                                                                 -------
Total minimum rental commitments................................ $14,556
                                                                 =======

Rental expense for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 was approximately $3,070,000.

F-108

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

5. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The tax effects of temporary differences giving rise to the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 29, 1998 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred Compensation........................................... $     5
Capital leases..................................................    (151)
Developmental costs.............................................    (792)
Bad debt expenses...............................................   5,364
Depreciation and amortization...................................    (743)
Operating supplies..............................................    (322)
Prepaid expenses................................................      (4)
Net operating loss carryforwards................................   5,935
                                                                 -------
Net deferred tax asset..........................................   9,292
Valuation allowance.............................................  (9,292)
                                                                 -------
Net deferred tax asset.......................................... $    --
                                                                 =======

As of June 29, 1998, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $14,148,000 which expire between 2001 and 2018. The use of any federal net operating loss carryforwards will be limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

The Company had an annual effective tax rate of 0% for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998. A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes, computed at the statutory rate, to the Company's annual effective tax rate is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Federal tax.................................................... $(1,532)
State income taxes (net of federal)............................    (217)
Net operating loss utilized by parent..........................      --
Other..........................................................      13
Change in valuation allowance..................................   1,736
                                                                -------
                                                                $    --
                                                                =======

6. Retirement Plans

The Company participates in Beverly's defined contribution retirement plans, which cover substantially all employees. Benefits are determined primarily as a percentage of a participant's earned income. In addition, Beverly may make profit sharing contributions on behalf of certain employees. Retirement expense for the period from January 1, 1998 to June 29, 1998 was approximately $48,000.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

In May 1998, the Parent was served with a subpoena which was issued by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) in Texas in a qui tam case, which is under seal. The purpose of the subpoena was to allow the government to perform an investigation prior to making a decision as to whether it will intervene as a plaintiff

F-109

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--(Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

in the case. The Parent has shared information voluntarily and cooperated with the OIG in its investigation. In addition, the Parent has been notified that a federal grand jury in San Francisco is currently investigating practices which are the subject of the above civil investigation. To date, five current employees of the Parent have appeared as witnesses before the grand jury. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of this investigation, a determination that the Parent has violated these regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Parent's and Company's business or operating results. If the outcome were unfavorable, the Parent and Company could be subject to fines, penalties and damages and also could be excluded from Medicare and other government reimbursement programs which could have a material adverse effect on the Parent's and Company's financial condition or results of operations.

The Company currently has capital projects underway at various facilities. Total estimated expenditures for these capital projects are $2,489,000. Funds expended to date for the projects total approximately $1,358,000.

8. Impact of Year 2000 (Unaudited)

As with most other industries, hospitals use information systems that may misidentify dates beginning January 1, 2000 and result in system or equipment failures or miscalculations. Information systems include computer programs, building infrastructure components and computer-aided biomedical equipment. The Company has a Year 2000 strategy that includes phases for education, inventory and assessment of applications and equipment at risk, analysis and planning, testing, conversion/remediation/replacement and post-implementation. The Company can provide no assurance that applications and equipment the Company believes to be Year 2000 compliant will not experience difficulties or that the Company will not experience difficulties obtaining resources needed to make modifications to or replace the Company affected systems and equipment. Failure by the Company or third parties on which it relies to resolve Year 2000 issues could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and its ability to provide health care services. Consequently, the Company can give no assurances that issues related to Year 2000 will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

9. Subsequent Event

Effective June 30, 1998, Select purchased the Company for cash of approximately $65,300,000 and assumed debt of approximately $2,400,000. In connection with this transaction, Beverly has indemnified Select for previously filed cost reports and any pending litigation or legal proceedings including any adverse consequences related to the OIG matter discussed footnote 7 above.

F-110

[LOGO OF SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION]


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Under Section 145 of the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware, Select Medical Corporation has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Select Medical Corporation's bylaws (Exhibit 3.2) also provide for mandatory indemnification of its directors and executive officers, and permissive indemnification of its employees and agents, to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

Select Medical Corporation's certificate of incorporation (Exhibit 3.1) provides that the liability of its directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. Pursuant to Delaware law, this includes elimination of liability for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty of care to Select Medical Corporation and its stockholders. These provisions do not eliminate the directors' duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to Select Medical Corporation, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

Select Medical Corporation maintains a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance that insures the Company's directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances.

The Purchase Agreement (Exhibit 10.54) provides for indemnification by the initial purchasers of Select Medical Corporation and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

II-1


ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith unless otherwise indicated:

Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
  2.1   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 29, 1998 by and among
        Select Medical Corporation, Beverly Enterprises, Inc. and American
        Transitional Hospitals, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        2.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No.
        33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
  2.2   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 9, 1998 by and
        among Select Medical Corporation, Select Medical of Mechanicsburg,
        Inc. and Intensiva HealthCare Corporation, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
  2.3   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 1999 by and among
        Select Medical Corporation, NC Resources, Inc. and NovaCare, Inc.,
        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of the Company's
        Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed
        October 27, 2000.
  2.4   First Amendment dated as of November 19, 1999 to Stock Purchase
        Agreement dated as of October 1, 1999 by and among Select Medical
        Corporation, NC Resources, Inc. and NovaCare, Inc., incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of the Company's Registration
        Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
  2.5   First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 30,
        1998 by and among Select Medical Corporation, Beverly Enterprises,
        Inc. and American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.
  3.1   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 3.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
  4.1   Indenture governing 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
        among Select Medical Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors named
        therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., dated
        June 11, 2001.
  4.2   Form of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Note due 2009 (included in
        Exhibit 4.1)
  4.3   Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 11, 2001 by
        and among Select Medical Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors
        named therein, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
        Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston
        Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities,
        Inc.
  5.1*  Opinion of Dechert as to the legality of the notes being
        registered.
 10.1   Registration Agreement dated as of February 5, 1997 by and among
        Select Medical Corporation; Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V,
        L.P.; Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., Rocco A. Ortenzio
        and Robert A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
        of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-
        48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.2   Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 15, 1998 to Registration
        Agreement dated as of February 5, 1997 by and among Select Medical
        Corporation; Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P.; Welsh,
        Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert
        A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed October 27, 2000.

II-2


Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
 10.3   Amendment No. 2 dated as of November 19, 1999 to Registration
        Agreement dated as of February 5, 1997 by and among Select
        Medical; Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner Fund V, L.P.; Welsh,
        Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., Rocco A. Ortenzio and Robert
        A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed October 27, 2000.
 10.4   Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 among Select
        Medical Corporation, Canadian Back Institute Limited, The Chase
        Manhattan Bank, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, Banc of
        America Securities, LLC and CIBC, Inc., incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-
        1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.5   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 19, 1999 by and
        among Select Medical Corporation; Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
        VII, L.P.; WCAS Capital Partners III, L.P.; Thoma Cressey Fund VI,
        L.P.; and GTCR Fund VI, L.P., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No.
        33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.6   Employment Agreement dated as of December 16, 1998 between Select
        Medical Corporation and David W. Cross, incorporated by reference
        to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-
        1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.7   Other Senior Management Agreement dated as of June 2, 1997 between
        Select Medical Corporation and Frank Fritsch, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.8   Change of Control Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between
        Select Medical Corporation and S. Frank Fritsch, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.9   Change of Control Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between
        Select Medical Corporation and Martin F. Jackson, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.10  Employment Agreement dated as of December 21, 1999 between
        RehabClinics, Inc. and Edward R. Miersch, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.11  Change of Control Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between
        Select Medical Corporation and Edward R. Miersch, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.12  Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Robert A. Ortenzio, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.13  Amendment dated as of August 8, 2000 to Employment Agreement dated
        as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical Corporation and Robert
        A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed October 27, 2000.
 10.14  Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Rocco A. Ortenzio, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.15  Amendment dated as of August 8, 2000 to Employment Agreement dated
        as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical Corporation and Rocco
        A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed October 27, 2000.
 10.16  Split Dollar Agreement dated as of October 6, 2000 between Select
        Medical Corporation, Michael E. Salerno and Rocco A. Ortenzio,
        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Company's
        Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed
        October 27, 2000.

II-3


Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
 10.17  Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Patricia A. Rice, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.18  Amendment dated as of August 8, 2000 to Employment Agreement dated
        as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical Corporation and
        Patricia A. Rice, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of
        the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-
        48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.19  Other Senior Management Agreement dated as of March 28, 1997
        between Select Medical Corporation and Michael E. Tarvin,
        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's
        Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed
        October 27, 2000.
 10.20  Change of Control Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between
        Select Medical Corporation and Michael E. Tarvin, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.21  Employment Agreement dated as of May 22, 2000 between Select
        Medical Corporation and LeRoy S. Zimmerman, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.22  Office Lease Agreement dated as of May 18, 1999 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Old Gettysburg Associates I, incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Registration
        Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.23  First Addendum dated June 1999 to Office Lease Agreement dated as
        of May 18, 1999 between Select Medical Corporation and Old
        Gettysburg Associates I, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        10.25 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
        No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.24  Second Addendum dated as of February 1, 2000 to Office Lease
        Agreement dated as of May 18, 1999 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Old Gettysburg Associates I, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.25  Office Lease Agreement dated as of June 17, 1999 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Old Gettysburg Associates III,
        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Company's
        Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed
        October 27, 2000.
 10.26  Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of April 1, 1997 between Select
        Medical Corporation and Select Capital Corporation, incorporated
        by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company's Registration
        Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.27  First Amendment dated as of December 8, 1997 to Equipment Lease
        Agreement dated as of April 1, 1997 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Select Capital Corporation, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.28  Second Amendment dated as of January 28, 2000 to Equipment Lease
        Agreement dated as of April 1, 1997 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Select Capital Corporation, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.29  Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan, amended and restated
        February 22, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of
        the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-
        48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.30  First Amendment dated as of October 15, 2000 to Employment
        Agreement dated as of December 16, 1998 between Select Medical
        Corporation and David W. Cross, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.33 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.

II-4


Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
 10.31  Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement dated as of May
        7, 1997 between Select Medical Corporation, John Ortenzio, Martin
        Ortenzio, Select Investments II, Select Partners, L.P. and Rocco
        Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed October 27, 2000.
 10.32  Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 1, 2000 to Amended and
        Restated Senior Management Agreement dated May 7, 1997 between
        Select Medical Corporation and Rocco Ortenzio, incorporated by
        reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Company's Registration Statement
        on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed October 27, 2000.
 10.33  Naming, Promotional and Sponsorship Agreement dated as of October
        1, 1997 between NovaCare, Inc. and the Philadelphia Eagles Limited
        Partnership, assumed by Select Medical Corporation in a Consent
        and Assumption Agreement dated November 19, 1999 by and among
        NovaCare, Inc., Select Medical Corporation and the Philadelphia
        Eagles Limited Partnership, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
        10.36 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
        No. 33-48856) filed December 7, 2000.
 10.34  10% Promissory Note dated January 16, 1998 issued to Rocco A.
        Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed December 22, 2000.
 10.35  10% Promissory Note dated January 30, 1998 issued to Rocco A.
        Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed December 22, 2000.
 10.36  Cost Sharing Agreement, dated December 11, 2000, among Select
        Transport, Inc., Select Medical Corporation and Select Air II
        Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed December 22, 2000.
 10.37  Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January
        1, 2000 between Select Medical Corporation and Rocco A. Ortenzio,
        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Company's
        Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March
        7, 2001.
 10.38  Settlement Agreement dated as of July 6, 2000 by and among Select
        Medical Corporation, NC Resources, Inc, NAHC Inc., and NovaCare
        Holdings, Inc, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed March 30, 2001.
 10.39  First Amendment dated December 28, 2000 to the Credit Agreement
        dated as of September 22, 2000 among Select Medical Corporation,
        Canadian Back Institute Limited, The Chase Manhattan Bank, The
        Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, Banc of America Securities, LLC
        and CIBC, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of the
        Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-48856)
        filed March 30, 2001.
 10.40  Second Amendment dated January 18, 2001 to the Amended Credit
        Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 among Select Medical
        Corporation, Canadian Back Institute Limited, The Chase Manhattan
        Bank, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, Banc of America
        Securities, LLC and CIBC, Inc., incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.46 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.41  Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 23, 2001 to Employment
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Rocco A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.47 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.42  Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 23, 2001 to Employment
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Robert A. Ortenzio, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.48 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.

II-5


Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
 10.43  Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 23, 2001 to Employment
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Patricia A. Rice, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.49 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.44  Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 23, 2001 to Employment
        Agreement dated as of May 22, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and LeRoy S. Zimmerman, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.50 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.45  Amendment dated as of February 23, 2001 to Change of Control
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Edward R. Miersch, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.51 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.46  Amendment dated as of February 23, 2001 to Change of Control
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Martin F. Jackson, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.52 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.47  Amendment dated as of February 23, 2001 to Change of Control
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and S. Frank Fritsch, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.53 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.48  Amendment dated as of February 23, 2001 to Change of Control
        Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical
        Corporation and Michael E. Tarvin, incorporated by reference to
        Exhibit 10.54 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
        (Reg. No. 33-48856) filed March 30, 2001.
 10.49  Third Amendment dated May 31, 2001 to the Credit Agreement dated
        as of September 22, 2000 among Select Medical Corporation,
        Canadian Back Institute Limited, The Chase Manhattan Bank, The
        Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, Banc of America Securities, LLC
        and CIBC Inc.
 10.50  Amendment No. 3 dated as of April 24, 2001 to Employment Agreement
        dated as of March 1, 2000 between Select Medical Corporation and
        Rocco A. Ortenzio.
 10.51  First Amendment to Cost Sharing Agreement dated as of April 1,
        2001 by and among Select Medical Corporation, Select Transport,
        Inc. and Select Air II Corporation.
 10.52  Third Addendum dated as of May 17, 2001 to Office Lease Agreement
        dated as of May 18, 1999 between Select Medical Corporation and
        Old Gettysburg Associates I.
 10.53  Office Lease Agreement dated as of May 15, 2001 by and between
        Select Medical Corporation and Old Gettysburg Associates II.
 10.54  Purchase Agreement, dated June 11, 2001 by and among Select
        Medical Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, J.P.
        Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
        Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World
        Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc.
 12.1   Statement of Corporation of Ratio of Earnings of Fixed Charges.
 21.1   Subsidiaries of Select Medical Corporation.
 23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 23.3   Consent of KPMG LLP.
 23.4*  Consent of Dechert, included in Exhibit 5.1.
 23.5   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 24.1   Power of Attorney, included on the signature page hereof.

II-6


Exhibit
Number  Document
------- --------
 25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
 99.1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
 99.2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 99.3   Letter to holders of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
        concerning offer for all outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated
        Notes due 2009 in exchange for 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due
        2009 which have been registered under the Securities Act, as
        amended.
 99.4   Letter to brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and
        other nominees concerning offer for all outstanding 9 1/2% Senior
        Subordinated Notes due 2009 in exchange for 9 1/2% Senior
        Subordinated Notes due 2009 which have been registered under the
        Securities Act, as amended.
 99.5   Letter to clients concerning offer for all outstanding 9 1/2% Senior
        Subordinated Notes due 2009 in exchange for 9 1/2% Senior
        Subordinated Notes due 2009 which have been registered under the
        Securities Act, as amended.
 99.6   Guidelines for certification of taxpayer identification number on
        substitute Form W-9.


* To be filed by amendment

II-7


Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors of Select Medical Corporation:

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated February 16, 2001, except for paragraphs 8 and 2 of Note 7, Note 19 and Note 20, which are dated March 28, 2001, April 3, 2001, May 2, 2001 and June 11, 2001, respectively appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Form S-4. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
February 16, 2001, except for
paragraphs 8 and 2 of Note 7, Note 19 and Note 20
which are dated
March 28, 2001, April 3, 2001, May 2, 2001 and June 11, 2001, respectively

II-8


Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                          Balance                                         Balance
                            at     Charged to                               at
                         Beginning  Cost and                              End  of
Description               of Year   Expenses  Acquisitions (A) Write off   Year
-----------              --------- ---------- ---------------- ---------  -------
Year ended December 31,
 2000 allowance for
 doubtful accounts.....   $69,492   $29,335       $   --       $(23,310)  $75,517
Year ended December 31,
 1999 allowance for
 doubtful accounts.....  $ 15,701   $ 8,858       $53,989      $ (9,056)  $69,492
Year ended December 31,
 1998 allowance for
 doubtful accounts.....  $    773   $ 4,014       $16,431      $ (5,517)  $15,701
Year ended December 31,
 2000 income tax
 valuation allowance...  $ 38,941   $   --        $(3,745)     $    --    $35,196
Year ended December 31,
 1999 income tax
 valuation allowance...  $ 18,867   $   --        $20,074      $    --    $38,941
Year ended December 31,
 1998 income tax
 valuation allowance...  $    --    $   --        $18,867      $    --    $18,867

(A) Represents opening balance sheet reserves resulting from purchase accounting entries.

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post- effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-9


(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post- effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-10


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 26th day of June, 2001.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

Robert A. Ortenzio
By: _________________________________
Robert A. Ortenzio
President and Chief Operating
Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW BY ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio and Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in- fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in- fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

              Signature                          Title                   Date
              ---------                          -----                   ----

         Rocco A. Ortenzio             Chairman, Chief Executive     June 26, 2001
______________________________________  Officer (principal
          Rocco A. Ortenzio             executive officer)

         Robert A. Ortenzio            Director, Chief Operating     June 26, 2001
______________________________________  Officer
          Robert A. Ortenzio

         Martin F. Jackson             Chief Financial Officer       June 26, 2001
______________________________________  (principal financial
          Martin F. Jackson             officer)

         Scott A. Romberger            Controller (principal         June 26, 2001
______________________________________  accounting officer)
          Scott A. Romberger

                                       Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
          Russell L. Carson

II-11


              Signature                          Title                   Date
              ---------                          -----                   ----

          Bryan C. Cressey             Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
           Bryan C. Cressey

         Donald J. Edwards             Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
          Donald J. Edwards

                                       Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
            Meyer Feldberg

                                       Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
             James Dalton

                                       Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
           Leopold Swergold

         LeRoy S. Zimmerman            Director                      June 26, 2001
______________________________________
          LeRoy S. Zimmerman

II-12


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrants have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc. Abel Healthcare Network, Inc. Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.

Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.
American Transitional Hospitals,
Inc.
Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services,
Inc.
Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.
CCISUB, Inc.
Cenla Physical Therapy &
Rehabilitation Agency, Inc.
Center for Evaluation &
Rehabilitation, Inc.
Center for Physical Therapy & Sports
Rehabilitation, Inc.
CenterTherapy, Inc.
C.E.R.--West, Inc.
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.
CMC Center Corporation
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical
Therapy Inc.
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates,
Inc.
Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic,
Inc.
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T.,
Physical Therapy, Inc.
Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.
Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.
Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich
Physical Therapists, Inc.
Gallery Physical Therapy Center,
Inc.
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Georgia Physical Therapy of West
Georgia, Inc.
Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy
Associates, Inc.
Grove City Physical Therapy and
Sports Medicine, Inc.
Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation
Associates, Inc.
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.
Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.
Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.

II-13


Human Performance and Fitness, Inc. Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Intensiva Healthcare Corporation Intensiva Hospital of Greater St.


Louis, Inc.
Joyner Sports Science Institute,
Inc.
Joyner Sportsmedicine Institute,
Inc.
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services,
Inc.
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center,
Inc.
Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.
Mid Atlantic Health Group, Inc.
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.
New England Health Group, Inc.
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.
NovaCare Occupational Health
Services, Inc.
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation
East, Inc.
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation,
Inc.
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation
West, Inc.
NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.
Orthopedic and Sports Physical
Therapy of Cupertino, Inc.
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical
Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic
Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine,
Ltd.
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical
Therapy Corporation
Physical Focus, Inc.
Physical Rehabilitation Partners,
Inc.
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.
Physical Therapy Services of the
Jersey Cape, Inc.
Physio-Associates, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Greenville,
Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of North
Carolina, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount,
Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of South
Carolina, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.
Professional Therapeutic Services,
Inc.
Quad City Management, Inc.
RCI (Colorado), Inc.
RCI (Exertec), Inc.
RCI (Michigan), Inc.
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.

II-14


RCI (WRS), Inc.
RCI Nevada, Inc.
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.
Rehab Advantage, Inc.
RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.
RehabClinics, Inc.
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.
RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--California,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Colorado,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Delaware,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Florida,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Georgia,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Indiana,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Maryland,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Michigan,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Nevada,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--New Jersey,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of New
Mexico, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of North
Carolina, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Ohio, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Oklahoma,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--
Pennsylvania, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Texas,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Virginia,
Inc.
Rehab Provider Network--Washington,
D.C., Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin,
Inc.
Rehab World, Inc.
Rehab/Work Hardening Management
Associates, Ltd.
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical
Therapy, Inc.
SMC of Florida, Inc.
Select Air Corporation
Select Employment Services, Inc.
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.
Select Medical of New York, Inc.
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital--Akron,
Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital--Akron II,
Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital--Ann
Arbor, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital--Battle
Creek, Inc.

II-15


Select Specialty Hospital--Beech Grove, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Camp Hill, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Central Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Charleston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Cincinnati, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Columbus/University, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Dallas, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Denver, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Durham, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Erie, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Evansville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Flint, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Fort Smith, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Fort Wayne, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Greenburg, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Houston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Indianapolis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Jackson, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Johnstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Kansas City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Little Rock, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Louisville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Macomb County, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Memphis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Mesa, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Miami, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Milwaukee, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Morgantown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Nashville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--New Orleans, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--North Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Northwest Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Northwest Indiana, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Oklahoma City/East Campus Select Specialty Hospital--Oklahoma City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Omaha, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Phoenix, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Pittsburgh, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Pontiac, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Reno, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--San Antonio, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Sioux Falls, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Topeka, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- TriCities, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Tulsa, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--West Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital--Western Michigan, Inc.

II-16


Select Specialty Hospital--Wichita, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Wilmington, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Wyandotte, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital-- Youngstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc. Select Synergos, Inc. Select Unit Management, Inc. South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc. Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc. Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc. Southwest Medical Supply Company Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc. Southwest Therapists, Inc. Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc. Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc. Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc. Star Physical Therapy, Inc. S.T.A.R.T., Inc. Stephenson--Holtz, Inc. The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc. The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc. Treister, Inc. Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc. Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc. Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc. Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc. West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc. West Side Physical Therapy, Inc. West Suburban Health Partners, Inc. Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.

Michael E. Tarvin By: _________________________________ Michael E. Tarvin Vice President and Secretary

II-17


POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated for each of the Registrants listed above on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer
___________________________________________  (principal executive officer)
             Rocco A. Ortenzio

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President
___________________________________________  (principal financial officer)
             Martin F. Jackson

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President and Treasurer
___________________________________________  (principal accounting officer)
            Scott A. Romberger

II-18


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrants have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

P.T. Services Company P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc. P.T. Services, Inc.

Michael E. Tarvin By: _________________________________ Michael E. Tarvin Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated for each of the Registrants listed above on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer
___________________________________________  (principal executive officer)
             Rocco A. Ortenzio

           Robert A. Ortenzio               Director and President
___________________________________________
            Robert A. Ortenzio

            Michael E. Tarvin               Director, Vice President and Secretary
___________________________________________
             Michael E. Tarvin

            Kenneth L. Moore                Director, Vice President and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary
             Kenneth L. Moore

                                            Director and Executive Vice President
___________________________________________
            Michael P. Herbert

II-19


                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

                                            Director and Executive Vice President
___________________________________________
           Frederick L. Fabrizio

                                            Director and Executive Vice President
___________________________________________
           Larry A. Adelsperger

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President
___________________________________________  (principal financial officer)
             Martin F. Jackson

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President and Treasurer
___________________________________________  (principal accounting officer)
            Scott A. Romberger

II-20


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrants have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

SelectMark, Inc. Select Hospital Investors, Inc. SLMC Finance Corporation

Andrew Panaccione By: _________________________________ Andrew Panaccione Vice President and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated for each of the Registrants listed above on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

           Scott A. Romberger               Director and President
___________________________________________  (principal executive, financial and
            Scott A. Romberger               accounting officer)

             Karen Severino                 Director and Secretary
___________________________________________
              Karen Severino

            Andrew Panaccione               Director, Vice President and Treasurer
___________________________________________
             Andrew Panaccione

II-21


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C.

By: Select Medical of Ohio, Inc., Its Sole Member

Michael E. Tarvin By: _________________________________ Michael E. Tarvin Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  Sole Member
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the Sole Member
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the Sole Member
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-22


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

GP Therapy LLC

By: Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.,
its Sole Member

Michael E. Tarvin
By: _________________________________
Michael E. Tarvin
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  Sole Member
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the Sole Member
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the Sole Member
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-23


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.

By: Select Medical of Pennsylvania,
Inc., Its General Partner

Michael E. Tarvin
By: _________________________________
Michael E. Tarvin
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  General Partner
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the General Partner
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the General Partner
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-24


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

NovaCare Health Group, LLC

By: NovaCare Occupational Health
Services, Inc., its Sole Member

Michael E. Tarvin
By: _________________________________
Michael E. Tarvin
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  Sole Member
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the Sole Member
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the Sole Member
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-25


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.

By: RehabClinics, Inc., its Sole
Member

Michael E. Tarvin
By: _________________________________
Michael E. Tarvin
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  Sole Member
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the Sole Member
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the Sole Member
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-26


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

Select Specialty Hosptial--Camp Hill, L.P.

By: Select Specialty Hospital, Inc., its General Partner

Michael E. Tarvin By: _________________________________ Michael E. Tarvin Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  General Partner
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the General Partner
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the General Partner
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-27


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mechanicsburg, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of June, 2001.

TJ Partnership I

By: RehabClincs (PTA), Inc., Its
General Partner

Michael E. Tarvin
By: _________________________________
Michael E. Tarvin
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Rocco A. Ortenzio, Robert A. Ortenzio or Michael E. Tarvin, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubsitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 26, 2001.

                Signatures                                     Title
                ----------                                     -----

            Rocco A. Ortenzio               Director and Chief Executive Officer of the
___________________________________________  General Partner
             Rocco A. Ortenzio               (principal executive officer)

            Martin F. Jackson               Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
___________________________________________  the General Partner
             Martin F. Jackson               (principal financial officer)

           Scott A. Romberger               Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
___________________________________________  Secretary of the General Partner
            Scott A. Romberger               (principal accounting officer)

II-28


Exhibit 2.5
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 1998 is among BEVERLY ENTERPRISES, INC., a Delaware corporation (`Seller"), SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and AMERICAN TRANSITIONAL HOSPITALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

Recitals

A. Sellers, Buyer and the Company are parties to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of May 29, 1998. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned such terms in the Agreement.

B. The parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. SunCare Respiratory Services, Inc. Respiratory Therapy Covenant
Not to Compete. Buyer and the Company acknowledge that Seller has certain contractual obligations pursuant to that certain RT Covenant Not to Compete (the "SunCare Covenant Not to Compete") among Spectra Healthcare Alliance, Inc. ("Spectra"), the Seller and SunCare Respiratory Services, Inc., a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto. Each of Buyer and the Company hereby agree to be bound by and take all actions contemplated by the provisions of Section IX of the SunCare Covenant Not to Compete, and agrees not to take or omit to take any action that would cause any breach or violation under the SunCare Covenant Not to Compete. Nothing contained herein shall create any rights in third parties, and there shall be no third party beneficiaries hereof.

2. Estimated Closing Consolidated Net Working Capital. Section 1.2(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "the last day of the full month immediately preceding the month in which the Closing occurs" in the sixth and seventh lines thereof and inserting "March 31, 1998" in place thereof.

3. Cooperation. Section 6.10 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Each party shall cooperate with the other in connection with (i) the filing of any Medicare and/or Medicaid cost reports required to be filed after the Closing Date; (ii) the determination of any liability or right relating to such rights and (iii) subject to Section 6.8, the conduct or defense of any investigation, audit or other proceeding. Subject to Section 6.11 hereof, Buyer, ATH, the Subsidiaries and Seller, and their respective affiliates,


shall preserve all information, returns, books, records, documents and supporting materials, and shall provide access to employees and former employees, until the later of the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation and extensions thereof, or the conclusion of all litigation.

4. Effect; Ratification. The amendments set forth herein are effective solely for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not be deemed to be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Agreement. This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Agreement and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Agreement, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart constituting an original but all together constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Severability. Any provision contained in this Amendment that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions of this Amendment in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Tennessee with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions, which shall not apply.

8. Effect of Headings and Captions. The captions of Articles and Sections of this Amendment have been inserted solely for convenience of reference, and shall not control or affect the meaning of construction of any of the provisions of this Amendment.

[remainder of page intentionally blank]

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed on their respective behalf, by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By: Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin
Title: Vice President

BEVERLY ENTERPRISES, INC.

By: David G. Merrell

Name: David G. Merrell
Title: Vice President

AMERICAN TRANSITIONAL HOSPITALS, INC

By: David G. Merrell

Name: David G. Merrell
Title: Vice President

-3-

Exhibit 4.1

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARITIES HERETO

and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee


INDENTURE

Dated as of June 11, 2001


9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009


                                                 ARTICLE 1

                          DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101.      Definitions........................................................................    1
Section 102.      Other Definitions..................................................................   33
Section 103.      Rules of Construction..............................................................   34
Section 104.      Incorporation by Reference of TIA..................................................   35
Section 105.      Conflict with TIA..................................................................   35
Section 106.      Compliance Certificates and Opinions...............................................   35
Section 107.      Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.............................................   36
Section 108.      Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates..................................................   37
Section 109.      Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company..............................................   39
Section 110.      Notices to Holders; Waiver.........................................................   40
Section 111.      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents...........................................   40
Section 112.      Successors and Assigns.............................................................   40
Section 113.      Separability Clause................................................................   40
Section 114.      Benefits of Indenture..............................................................   40
Section 115.      Governing Law......................................................................   40
Section 116.      Legal Holidays.....................................................................   41
Section 117.      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and
                  Stockholders.......................................................................   41
Section 118.      Exhibits and Schedules.............................................................   41
Section 119.      Counterparts.......................................................................   41

                                                ARTICLE 2

                                                NOTE FORMS

Section 201.      Forms Generally....................................................................   41
Section 202.      Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication....................................   43
Section 203.      Restrictive and Global Note Legends................................................   44

                                                ARTICLE 3

                                                THE NOTES

Section 301.      Title and Terms....................................................................   46
Section 302.      Denominations......................................................................   46
Section 303.      Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating..................................   46
Section 304.      Temporary Notes....................................................................   47
Section 305.      Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange................................   48

i

Section 306.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes........................................   49
Section 307.      Payment of Interest Rights Preserved...............................................   49
Section 308.      Persons Deemed Owners..............................................................   50
Section 309.      Cancellation.......................................................................   51
Section 310.      Computation of Interest............................................................   51
Section 311.      CUSIP Numbers......................................................................   51
Section 312.      Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.............................................   51
Section 313.      Special Transfer Provisions........................................................   54
Section 314.      Payment of Additional Interest.....................................................   58

                                                ARTICLE 4

                                                COVENANTS

Section 401.      Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.........................................   58
Section 402.      Maintenance of Office or Agency....................................................   58
Section 403.      Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust.............................................   59
Section 404.      SEC Reports........................................................................   60
Section 405.      Statement as to Default............................................................   60
Section 406.      Limitation on Indebtedness.........................................................   61
Section 407.      Limitation on Layering.............................................................   65
Section 408.      Limitation on Restricted Payments..................................................   65
Section 409.      Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
                  Restricted Subsidiaries............................................................   70
Section 410.      Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.................................   72
Section 411.      Limitation on Affiliate Transactions...............................................   75
Section 412.      Limitation on Liens................................................................   76
Section 413.      Future Subsidiary Guarantors.......................................................   77
Section 414.      Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control.........................................   77
Section 415.      Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.....................   79
Section 416.      Limitation on Lines of Business....................................................   80
Section 417.      Payments for Consent...............................................................   80
Section 418.      Corporate Existence................................................................   80
Section 419.      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims..................................................   81

                                                ARTICLE 5

                                            SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 501.      When the Company May Merge, etc....................................................   81
Section 502.      Successor Company Substituted......................................................   82

ii

                                                ARTICLE 6

                                                 REMEDIES

Section 601.      Events of Default..................................................................   82
Section 602.      Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.................................   85
Section 603.      Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee.........................................   85
Section 604.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...................................................   86
Section 605.      Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.............................   86
Section 606.      Application of Money Collected.....................................................   86
Section 607.      Limitation on Suits................................................................   87
Section 608.      Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and
                  Interest...........................................................................   87
Section 609.      Restoration of Rights and Remedies.................................................   88
Section 610.      Rights and Remedies Cumulative.....................................................   88
Section 611.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver.......................................................   88
Section 612.      Control by Holders.................................................................   88
Section 613.      Waiver of Past Defaults............................................................   89
Section 614.      Undertaking for Costs..............................................................   89
Section 615.      Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws............................................   89

                                                ARTICLE 7

                                               THE TRUSTEE

Section 701.      Certain Duties and Responsibilities................................................   90
Section 702.      Notice of Defaults.................................................................   91
Section 703.      Certain Rights of Trustee..........................................................   91
Section 704.      Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes..................................   92
Section 705.      May Hold Notes.....................................................................   93
Section 706.      Money Held in Trust................................................................   93
Section 707.      Compensation and Reimbursement.....................................................   93
Section 708.      Conflicting Interests..............................................................   94
Section 709.      Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility............................................   94
Section 710.      Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor..................................   94
Section 711.      Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.............................................   95
Section 712.      Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business........................   96
Section 713.      Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company..............................   96
Section 714.      Appointment of Authenticating Agent................................................   96

iii

                                                ARTICLE 8

                          HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801.      The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders......................   97
Section 802.      Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.............................   97
Section 803.      Reports by Trustee.................................................................   98

                                                ARTICLE 9

                                     AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901.      Without Consent of Holders.........................................................   98
Section 902.      With Consent of Holders............................................................   98
Section 903.      Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers....................................  100
Section 904.      Revocation and Effect of Consents..................................................  100
Section 905.      Conformity with TIA................................................................  101
Section 906.      Notation on or Exchange of Notes...................................................  101

                                                ARTICLE 10

                                           REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001.     Right of Redemption................................................................  101
Section 1002.     Applicability of Article...........................................................  102
Section 1003.     Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee..............................................  102
Section 1004.     Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.......................................  102
Section 1005.     Notice of Redemption...............................................................  103
Section 1006.     Deposit of Redemption Price........................................................  103
Section 1007.     Notes Payable on Redemption Date...................................................  104
Section 1008.     Notes Redeemed in Part.............................................................  104

                                                ARTICLE 11

                                        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture............................................  104
Section 1102.     Application of Trust Money.........................................................  106

iv

                                                ARTICLE 12

                                    DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201.     The Company's Option to Elect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance....................  106
Section 1202.     Defeasance and Discharge...........................................................  106
Section 1203.     Covenant Defeasance................................................................  107
Section 1204.     Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance....................................  107
Section 1205.     Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other
                  Miscellaneous Provisions...........................................................  109
Section 1206.     Reinstatement......................................................................  109
Section 1207.     Repayment to the Company...........................................................  110

                                                ARTICLE 13

                                          SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 1301.     Guarantees Generally...............................................................  110
Section 1302.     Continuing Guarantees..............................................................  112
Section 1303.     Release of Subsidiary Guarantees...................................................  112
Section 1304.     Agreement to Subordinate...........................................................  113
Section 1305.     Waiver of Subrogation..............................................................  113
Section 1306.     Notation Not Required..............................................................  113
Section 1307.     Successors and Assigns of the Subsidiary Guarantors................................  113
Section 1308.     Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees....................................  113
Section 1309.     Notices............................................................................  114

                                                ARTICLE 14

                                              SUBORDINATION

Section 1401.     Agreement To Subordinate...........................................................  114
Section 1402.     Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy...............................................  114
Section 1403.     Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness..........................................  115
Section 1404.     Acceleration of Payment of Notes...................................................  115
Section 1405.     When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over..............................................  116
Section 1406.     Subrogation........................................................................  116
Section 1407.     Relative Rights....................................................................  116
Section 1408.     Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers.......................................  116
Section 1409.     Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.................................................  116
Section 1410.     Distribution or Notice to Representative...........................................  117

v

Section 1411.     Article 14 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate...........  117
Section 1412.     Trust Moneys and Permitted Junior Securities Not Subordinated......................  117
Section 1413.     Trustee Entitled To Rely...........................................................  117
Section 1414.     Trustee To Effectuate Subordination................................................  118
Section 1415.     Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness...........................  118
Section 1416.     Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions.............  118
Section 1417.     Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced..............................................  118

                                                ARTICLE 15

                                  SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 1501.     Agreement To Subordinate...........................................................  119
Section 1502.     Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy...............................................  119
Section 1503.     Default on Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness................................  119
Section 1504.     Acceleration of Payment of Notes...................................................  120
Section 1505.     When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over..............................................  121
Section 1506.     Subrogation........................................................................  121
Section 1507.     Relative Rights....................................................................  121
Section 1508.     Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Subsidiary Guarantors.........................  121
Section 1509.     Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.................................................  122
Section 1510.     Distribution or Notice to Representative...........................................  122
Section 1511.     Article 15 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate...........  122
Section 1512.     Trust Moneys Not Subordinated......................................................  123
Section 1513.     Trustee Entitled To Rely...........................................................  123
Section 1514.     Trustee To Effectuate Subordination................................................  123
Section 1515.     Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.................  123
Section 1516.     Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions.............  124
Section 1517.     Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced..............................................  124

Exhibit A     Form of Note
Exhibit B     Form of Supplemental Indenture
Exhibit C     Form of Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate
Exhibit D     Form of Regulation S Certificate
Exhibit E     Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

Schedule 1    Existing Joint Ventures
Schedule 2    Seller Notes

vi

Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318 inclusive of theTrust Indenture Act of 1939:

Trust Indenture Act Section                                                        Indenture Section
---------------------------                                                        -----------------
ss.310(a)(1).........................................                                            709
       (a)(2)........................................                                            709
       (a)(3)........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (a)(4)........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (b)...........................................                                            708

ss.311(a)............................................                                            713
       (b)...........................................                                            713
       (b)(2)........................................                                            803
                                                                                                 803

ss.312(a)............................................                                            801
                                                                                                 802
       (b)...........................................                                            802
       (c)...........................................                                            802

ss.313(a)............................................                                            803
       (b)...........................................                                            803
       (c)...........................................                                            803
                                                                                                 803
       (d)...........................................                                            803

ss.314(a)............................................                                            404
       (a)(4)........................................                                            102
                                                                                                 405
       (b)...........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (c)(1)........................................                                            102
       (c)(2)........................................                                            102
       (c)(3)........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (d)...........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (e)...........................................                                            102

ss.315(a)............................................                                            701
       (b)...........................................                                            702
                                                                                                 803
       (c)...........................................                                            701
       (d)...........................................                                            701

vii

Trust Indenture Act Section                                                        Indenture Section
---------------------------                                                        -----------------
       (d)(1)........................................                                            701
       (d)(2)........................................                                            701
       (d)(3)........................................                                            701
       (e)...........................................                                            614

ss.316(a)............................................                                            101
                                                                                                 612
       (a)(1)(A).....................................                                            602
                                                                                                 612
       (a)(1)(B).....................................                                            613
       (a)(2)........................................                                 Not Applicable
       (b)...........................................                                            608
       (c)...........................................                                            104

ss.317(a)(1).........................................                                            603
       (a)(2)........................................                                            604
       (b)...........................................                                            403

ss.318(a)............................................                                            107


This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

viii

INDENTURE, dated as of June 11, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Indenture"), among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee.

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes. On the date hereof, all Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries, are Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for its guarantee of the Notes, as provided in this Indenture. Each Subsidiary Guarantor has received good and valuable consideration for its execution and delivery of this Indenture and its guarantee of the Notes.

All things necessary to make the Original Notes, when executed and delivered by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligation of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of each of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor as of the date hereof, in accordance with the terms of the Original Notes and this Indenture, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER
PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101. Definitions.

"Additional Assets" means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;


provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business.

"Additional Notes" means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304, 305,

                                                               -----------  ---
306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008).
---  ------  ------    ----

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

"Asset Disposition" means any direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition") by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(2) the sale of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that in each case is disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

(5) transactions governed by and permitted under Article 5;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

2

(7) for purposes of Section 410 only, the making of a disposition governed by and subject to Section 408;

(8) any disposition or series of related dispositions of assets with an aggregate fair market value, and for net proceeds, of less than $1.0 million; and

(9) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and any license, lease or sublease of other property, in each case that is in the ordinary course of business and does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Attributable Indebtedness" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

"Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series.

"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum

of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

"Bank Indebtedness" means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred after the Issue Date, payable under or in respect of the Senior Credit Agreement and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement, including principal, any premium, interest (including interest accruing after or that would accrue but for the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof at the rate specified therein whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

"Board of Directors" means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person.

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City.

3

"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities exchangeable for or convertible into such equity.

"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having one of the two highest credit ratings obtainable from both S&P and Moody's;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers' acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized in the United States of America, the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof in one of the two highest categories obtainable from both S&P and Moody's, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof in one of the two highest categories obtainable from both S&P and Moody's, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the

4

two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

(6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests solely in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (5) above.

"Change of Control" means:

(1) any "person" or "group" of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Company held by an entity, if such person or group "beneficially owns" (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such entity; or

(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

(4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

"Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (formerly Cedelbank).

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Company" means, Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

5

"Company Request," "Company Order" and "Company Consent" mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the name of the Company by two Officers of the Company.

"Consolidated Coverage Ratio" means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated

EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company have been delivered to the Trustee in accordance with Section 404 to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be computed based on (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness

during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was

created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

(b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new

6

Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Asset Disposition:

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries have been completely and unconditionally released from all liability with respect to such Indebtedness after such sale);

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, that constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit, division or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that

7

would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition or Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

"Consolidated EBITDA" for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes;

(3) consolidated depreciation expense;

(4) consolidated amortization of intangibles;

(5) minority interest in consolidated subsidiary companies (minus the amount of any mandatory cash distribution with respect to any minority interest other than in connection with a proportionate discretionary cash distribution with respect to the interest held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); and

(6) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation).

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such

8

Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

"Consolidated Income Taxes" means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority, which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

(2) amortization of debt discount;

(3) non-cash interest expense;

(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees);

(7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

(8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable in cash, Cash

Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries, payable to a Person other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (excluding, in the case of the Company, dividends paid

9

prior to the Issue Date on its Class A or Class B preferred stock outstanding on April 4, 2001), times (b) a fraction, the numerator of

which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and

(9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust; provided, however, that there will be excluded therefrom any such interest expense of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the related Indebtedness is not Guaranteed or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (4), (5) and (6) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below); and

(b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(2) any net income (loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

10

(3) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (4), (5) and (6) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

(b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(4) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(5) any extraordinary gain or loss; and

(6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at 61 Broadway, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10006.

11

"Currency Agreement" means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

"Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

"Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" means any obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Bank Indebteness.

"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means the Bank Indebtedness.

"Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock that is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date (a) on

which the Notes mature or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding.

"Domestic Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of, or conducts a majority of its business or operations in, the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

"EBITDA" for any period means, without duplication, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a combined basis, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such net income (loss), in each case determined in accordance with GAAP: (1) total interest expense, whether paid or

accrued, (2) taxes imposed upon income or profits included in such net income

(loss), (3) depreciation expense, (4) amortization of intangibles and (5) other

non-cash charges reducing such net income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation).

12

"Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering for cash by the Company of its common stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its common stock, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with any secondary public offering).

"Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement" means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 11, 2001, among Select Medical Corporation, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc.

"Exchange Notes" means the Company's 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009, containing terms identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and shall be registered under the Securities Act, and
(ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon shall be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

"Existing Joint Venture Subsidiary" means any Domestic Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business and is not "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X (Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by the Company, and is listed on Schedule 1 to this Indenture.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States

of America as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

13

"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the following whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, without duplication:

(1) the Bank Indebtedness Incurred by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2) all Guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(3) all obligations consisting of principal of, premium on, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor.

Guarantor Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing after, or that would accrue but for, the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Subsidiary Guarantor at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) any Indebtedness with respect to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that the obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are not superior in right of, or are subordinate to, payment of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

14

(2) any obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to another Subsidiary or to the Company;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Subsidiary Guarantor;

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including, without limitation, any Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor;

(6) any obligations in respect of Capital Stock or Attributable Indebtedness;

(7) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture; or

(8) any Indebtedness described in the last paragraph of the definition of the term "Indebtedness."

"Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally in right of payment with the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and is not subordinated in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is not Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Guarantor Subordinated Obligations" means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee (including without limitation each of the seller notes identified on Schedule 2).

"Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

"Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

15

"Incur" means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms "Incurred" and "Incurrence" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied within 10 days of Incurrence);

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (or services), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or completion of such services;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(6) all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of

determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other

Persons;

(8) Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

16

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

In addition, "Indebtedness" of any Person shall include Indebtedness of a type described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a "Joint Venture");

(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a "General Partner"); and

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

"Initial Additional Notes" means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act.

"Initial Notes" means the Company's 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009, issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008).

17

"Interest Payment Date" means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.

"Interest Rate Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

"Investment" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) including (a) any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any bank deposit (other than a time deposit) in the ordinary course of business, to the extent the same may be deemed an extension of credit to the depository bank) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, any other Person, and (b) all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of Section 408,

(1) "Investment" will include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (computed excluding any liability or obligation owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company's

"Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in

such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, as evidenced by a resolution in writing delivered to the Trustee) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

18

(3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, as evidenced by a resolution in writing delivered to the Trustee) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of (computed excluding any liability or obligation owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary).

"Issue Date" means the first date on which the Notes are originally issued.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or

charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

"Moody's" means Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and its successors.

"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses reasonably incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with and as required by the terms of any Lien upon such assets;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of reasonable and appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition (provided that upon any reduction or reversal of any such

19

reserve, the amount of such resolution or reversal shall constitute Net Available Cash).

"Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges reasonably incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

"New Joint Venture Subsidiary" means any Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date that (1) is a Domestic

Subsidiary, (2) is not engaged in any business other than a Related Business,

(3) is not "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X

(Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by the Company and (4) has no

Capital Stock owned by any Person other than the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor, a physician, a physician group, or one or more other medical professionals.

"Non-Guarantor Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a)

provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a

guarantor or otherwise);

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(3) in the case of Indebtedness having a principal amount in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, the express terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective property or assets.

"Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

20

"Notes" means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, and the Exchange Notes.

"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer or the Secretary of the Company.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

"Original Notes" means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

"Outstanding" when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

21

"Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company (including the Company and any of its Domestic Subsidiaries) to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company.

"Permitted Holder" means any of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VII, L.P., Golder, Thoma, Cressey, Rauner, Inc., GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, and their respective investment fund Affiliates.

"Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

(1) the Company;

(2) a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the primary business of such Person is a Related

Business;

(3) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related Business;

(4) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(5) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(6) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(7) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

22

(9) Investments arising from the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 410;

(10) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

(11) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 406;

(12) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;

(13) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

(14) assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the consideration therefor consists solely of common stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock).

"Permitted Junior Securities" means (1) Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) debt securities of the Company or any Subsidiary

Guarantor that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness and Guarantor Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the Indenture.

"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under worker's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for Indebtedness) or operating leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposit of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety, performance or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law and arising in the ordinary course of business, including carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

23

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(4) encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) leases and subleases of real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(7) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(8) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

(b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

(9) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are

24

not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(12) Liens securing the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; and

(13) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

"Place of Payment" means a city or any political subdivision thereof referred to in Article 3 and initially designated under Section 402.

"Predecessor Notes" of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

"Preferred Stock" as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

25

"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness:

(1) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds or similar Indebtedness, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed; and

(2) incurred to finance the acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements;

provided, however, that any Lien arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property on which such asset is attached; and provided further, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

"QIB" or "Qualified Institutional Buyer" means a "qualified institutional buyer," as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

"Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased means the date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

"Redemption Price" when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased means the price at which it is to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinance", "refinances", and "refinanced" shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:

(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being

refinanced is earlier than or the same as the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of

the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

26

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay reasonable fees in connection therewith); and

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

provided that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted

Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

"Related Business" means any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, any other business of providing health care services, and any business that is related, ancillary or complementary to any thereof.

"Related Business Assets" means assets used or useful in a Related Business.

"Representative" means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) of an issue of Senior Indebtedness; provided that when used in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement, the term "Representative" shall refer to the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Agreement (so long as there shall be an administrative agent).

"Resale Restriction Termination Date" means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the original

27

issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto).

"Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee means any vice president or assistant vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller working in its Corporate Trust Office or any other officer of the Trustee working in its Corporate Trust Office customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

"Restricted Security" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Senior Credit Agreement" means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2000 among the Company, Canadian Back Institute Limited, the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent for the US Facilities, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent for the Canadian Facilities, Banc of America Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent) or commercial paper facilities to which the Company is a party with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original credit agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

28

"Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company, the following, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter issued, created, Incurred or assumed, without duplication:

(1) the Bank Indebtedness Incurred by the Company, and

(2) all obligations consisting of principal of, premium on, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on, and fees and other amounts relating to, all other Indebtedness of the Company.

Senior Indebtedness includes interest accruing after, or that would accrue but for, the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(1) any Indebtedness with respect to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that the obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are not superior in right of, or are subordinate to, payment of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

(2) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary;

(3) any liability for Federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company, including, without limitation, any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations;

(6) any obligations in respect of Capital Stock or Attributable Indebtedness;

(7) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture; or

(8) any Indebtedness described in the last paragraph of the definition of the term "Indebtedness."

29

"Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank equally with the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company that is not Senior Indebtedness.

"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The

McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes (including without limitation each of the seller notes identified on Schedule 2).

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity

(1) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership and joint venture interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b)

such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c)

one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

(2) that is a third party professional corporation or similar entity controlled by the Company with which the Company or any Subsidiary has an exclusive management arrangement under which it manages the business of such entity, provided that any such entity shall be treated as a consolidated Subsidiary of Select for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Net Income.

Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

"Subsidiary Guarantee" means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any

30

supplemental indenture hereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by this Indenture.

"Subsidiary Guarantor" means each Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa-7bbbb) as

in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, then "TIA" means, to the extent such amendment to the TIA is required by such amendment to be incorporated into this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

"Trust Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

(3) such designation and the Investment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary complies with
Section 408;

31

(4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 406(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

"U.S. Government Obligation" means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an

obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any

depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is

32

specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

"Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or other governing body.

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares required by applicable law) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

Section 102. Other Definitions.

                                                                                       Defined in
Term                                                                                      Section
----                                                                                   ----------
"Act"...........................................................................              108
 ---
"Affiliate Transaction".........................................................              411
 ---------------------
"Agent Members".................................................................              312
 -------------
"Asset Sale Offer"..............................................................              410
 ----------------
"Asset Sale Offer Amount".......................................................              410
 -----------------------
"Asset Sale Offer Period".......................................................              410
 -----------------------
"Asset Sale Purchase Date"......................................................              410
 ------------------------
"Authentication Order"..........................................................              303
 --------------------
"Bankruptcy Law"................................................................              601
 --------------
"Blockage Notice"...............................................................             1403
 ---------------
"Change of Control Offer".......................................................              414
 -----------------------
"Change of Control Payment Date"................................................              414
 ------------------------------
"Covenant Defeasance"...........................................................             1203
 -------------------
"Custodian".....................................................................              601
 ---------
"Defaulted Interest"............................................................              307
 ------------------
"Defeasance"....................................................................             1202
 ----------
"Defeased Notes"................................................................             1201
 --------------
"Event of Default"..............................................................              601
 ----------------
"Excess Proceeds"...............................................................              410
 ---------------
"Expiration Date"...............................................................              108
 ---------------
"Global Notes"..................................................................              201
 ------------
"Guaranteed Obligations"........................................................             1301
 ----------------------
"IAI"...........................................................................              201
 ---

33

"Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note".................................              201
 ---------------------------------------------
"Institutional Accredited Investor Physical Note"...............................              201
 -----------------------------------------------
"Non-payment Default"...........................................................             1403
 -------------------
"Note Register" and "Note Registrar" ...........................................              305
 -------------       --------------
"Notice of Default".............................................................              601
 -----------------
"Offer".........................................................................              410
 -----
"Pari Passu Notes"..............................................................              410
 ----------------
"pay the Notes".................................................................             1503
 -------------
"pay its Subsidiary Guarantee"..................................................             1403
 ----------------------------
"Payment Blockage Period".......................................................             1403
 -----------------------
"Payment Default"...............................................................             1403
 ---------------
"Permitted Joint Venture".......................................................              408
 -----------------------
"Physical Notes"................................................................              201
 --------------
"Private Placement Legend"......................................................              203
 ------------------------
"Regular Record Date"...........................................................              301
 -------------------
"Regulation S Global Note"......................................................              201
 ------------------------
"Regulation S Note Exchange Date"...............................................              313
 -------------------------------
"Regulation S Physical Notes"...................................................              201
 ---------------------------
"Restricted Payment"............................................................              408
 ------------------
"Rule 144A Global Note".........................................................              201
 ---------------------
"Rule 144A Physical Note".......................................................              201
 -----------------------
"Subsidiary Guarantor Blockage Notice"..........................................             1503
 ------------------------------------
"Subsidiary Guarantor Non-payment Default"......................................             1503
 ----------------------------------------
"Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Blockage Period"..................................             1503
 --------------------------------------------
"Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default"..........................................             1503
 ------------------------------------
"Successor Company".............................................................              501
 -----------------

Section 103. Rules of Construction. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in this Indenture;

(2) "or" is not exclusive;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(4) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(5) all references to "$" or "dollars" shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

34

(6) the words "include," "included" and "including" as used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase "without limitation," if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase "but

----------                                                           ---
not limited to";
--------------
        (7)   words in the singular include the plural, and words in the
plural include the singular; and

        (8)   any reference to a Section or Article refers to such Section
or Article of this Indenture.

Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of TIA. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them therein. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

"indenture securities" means the Notes.

"indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

"obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

Section 105. Conflict with TIA. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed
(i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any other obligor upon the Notes to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or such other obligor upon the Notes, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an

35

Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with; together with, if applicable, such other certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officers' Certificates, if to be given by one or more Officers, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application as to which the furnishing of any Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in
Section 405) shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of one or more Officers may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless any such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or

36

representations by, an Officer or Officers stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or

instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in this Section 108.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other entity, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or other entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person's authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done

37

or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) (i) The Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in subclause
(e)(ii) of this Section 108. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in
Section 110.

(ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration

referred to in Section 602, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 612, in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record

38

date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company's expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110.

(iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108, the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as the "Expiration Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Company or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this
Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 120/th/ day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 120/th/ day after the applicable record date.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

Section 109. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at State Street Bank and Trust Company, 61 Broadway, 15/th/ Floor, New York, NY, 1006, Attention: Jean Clarke (telephone:
(212) 612-3040; facsimile: (212) 612-3202) or at any other address furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first- class postage prepaid, to the Company at 4716 Old Gettysburg Road, P.O. Box 2034, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055, attention of Michael E. Tarvin, Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel (facsimile
(717) 975-9981) or at any other address furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

39

Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 112. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 113. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 114. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture, except as provided in Article 14 and Article 15.

Section 115. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE

40

NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

Section 116. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity.

Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules. All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

Section 119. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 2

NOTE FORMS

Section 201. Forms Generally. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article 2 and Exhibit A annexed hereto, which Exhibit is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or Depository rule or usage, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of

41

this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

Initial Notes and any Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (each, a "Rule 144A Global Note"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (each, a "Regulation S Global Note"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note, if any, may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Notes resold to institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs ("IAIs") in the United States of America, upon the

effectiveness of such resale, shall be represented by one or more permanent global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (each, an "Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note, if any, may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313, Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests
(x) in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated

Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A and shall contain the Private Placement Legend as set forth in Section 203 (the "Rule 144 Physical Notes"), (y) in an Regulation S Global Note (if any), on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "Regulation S Physical Notes") or (z) in an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note (if any), shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "Institutional Accredited Investor Physical Notes"), respectively, as hereinafter provided.

42

The 144A Physical Notes, the Regulation S Physical Notes, the Institutional Accredited Investor Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the "Physical Notes." The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note are sometimes collectively referred to as the "Global Notes."

Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A and, subject to Section 312(b), shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes.

The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream" and "Customer Handbook" of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream) shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 202. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication. This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.


as Trustee

By___________________________
Authorized Officer

Dated:

If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to
Section 714, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


As Trustee

By_________________________________

43

As Authenticating Agent

By_________________________________
Authorized Officer

Dated:

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends. Each Global Note and Physical Note shall bear the following legend set forth below (the "Private Placement Legend") on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed in accordance with Section 313(5):

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN

44

"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC") TO THE ISSUER OR

ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE INDENTURE.

45

Article 3

THE NOTES

Section 301. Title and Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited, except as provided in Section 406 and except as may be limited by applicable law. The Initial Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $175,000,000. All the Original Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class, and none of the Original Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. Additional Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) may vote as a class with the other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the "9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009" of the Company. The final Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be June 15, 2009. Interest on the Outstanding principal amount of Notes will accrue at the rate of 9 1/2% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 in each year, commencing on December 15, 2001, to holders of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1, respectively (each such June 1 and December 1, a "Regular Record Date"). Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date; and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the date of issuance of such Additional Notes; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date.

The principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (the "Place of Payment"); provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.

Section 302. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its chairman of the Board of Directors, its chief executive officer, its president, or one of its executive vice presidents or senior vice

46

presidents, in each case, attested by its Secretary or one of its assistant secretaries. The signature of such Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper Officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $175,000,000 and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Company and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through
(iii) above, upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate of the Company (an "Authentication Order"). Such Officers' Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Company may include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 304. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Officers executing such temporary Notes consider appropriate for temporary Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the

47

Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor.

Section 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby appointed "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may change the Note Registrar without prior notice to the Holders, and the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as Note Registrar, in which event the Note Register may be kept at an office of the Company or any such Domestic Subsidiary.

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes under this Section 305, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304 or 906 not involving any transfer.

48

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 306, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301.

Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall

49

forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them

50

may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307) interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 309. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 309, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order.

Section 310. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 311. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers.

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

(a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary.

Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, beneficial interests in any Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless transferred in accordance with Section 313(3).

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all

51

purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes, unless (i) the Company has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and
(ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Sections 305 and 313. Rule 144A Physical Notes, Regulation S Physical Notes or Institutional Accredited Investor Physical Notes, shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Rule 144A Global Note, the relevant Regulation S Global Note or the relevant Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note, respectively, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the applicable Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be a "Clearing Agency" registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (iii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes under this Indenture or (iv) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Note Registrar has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes (with appropriate registration and delivery instructions).

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 312, the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations.

(d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 312, the applicable Global Note shall be deemed

52

to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of U.S. Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note), Regulation S Physical Notes (in the case of any Regulation S Global Note) or Institutional Accredited Investor Physical Notes (in the case of any Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note) as the case may be, of authorized denominations.

(e) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. Any beneficial interest in

one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in the Global Note from which the interest is being transferred and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred to a Person taking delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary's procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313, the Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such other Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer of the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(f) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 312 shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313, bear the Private Placement Legend. Any request to remove the Private Placement Legend shall be subject to the terms of Section 313(5).

(g) The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes or the Trustee, in the discretion of any of them, may treat as the Act of a Holder any instrument or writing of any Person that is identified by the Depositary as the owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Note, provided that the fact and date of the execution of such instrument or writing is proved in accordance with Section 108(b).

53

Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions.

(1) Transfers of Rule 144A Global Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Global Note that is a Restricted Security or a beneficial interest therein prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date:

(a) a transfer of a Rule 144A Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in accordance with the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(b) a transfer of a Rule 144A Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

(c) a transfer of a Rule 144A Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

(2) Transfers of Institutional Accredited Investor Global Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note that is a Restricted Security or a beneficial interest therein prior to Resale Restriction Termination Date:

(a) a transfer of an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in accordance with the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note, that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that

54

the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(b) a transfer of an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

(c) a transfer of an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D from the proposed transferor and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

(3) Transfer of Regulation S Global Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Global Note Global Note that is a Restricted Security or a beneficial interest therein prior to the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S:

(a) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in accordance with the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(b) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

55

(c) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non- U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

After the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, interests in the Regulation S Global Note Global Note may be transferred without requiring certification set forth in Exhibit C, Exhibit D or any additional certification. The Trustee and Note Registrar shall be entitled to request and receive, and may rely upon conclusively, a certificate or other written confirmation from the Company as to the date of expiration of such distribution compliance period; and until it receives such certification or confirmation, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that such distribution compliance period has not expired.

(4) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes. No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313.

A beneficial owner of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note until a date, which must be after the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, on which the Company receives a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit E from such beneficial owner (a "Certificate of Beneficial Ownership"). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the "Regulation S Note Exchange Date." The Trustee and Note Registrar shall be entitled to request and receive, and may rely upon conclusively, a certificate or other written confirmation from the Company as to the date of the Registration S Note Exchange Date, and until it receives such certification or confirmation, the Trustee and Note Registrar shall be entitled to presume that the Regulation S Note Exchange Date has not occurred.

(5) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend, unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction

Termination Date with respect to such Notes, or (ii) upon written request of the

Company after there is delivered to the Note Registrar an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, or (iii) with respect to a Regulation S Global Note or Regulation S

Physical Note only, with the agreement of the Company on or after the Regulation S Note

56

Exchange Date with respect to such Note, or (iv) such Notes are sold or

exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(6) Other Transfers. The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Company so to do, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313, such registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313, upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Company may require to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

A Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313. A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in compliance with this Section 313.

(7) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to this Section 313). The Company shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to deliver to the Company, at the Company's expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar.

In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Company shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer.

Neither the Trustee nor the Note Registrar shall be under any obligation or duty to determine or inquire as to compliance with the Securities Act (including any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) or any state securities laws that may be applicable in connection with or with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) or to

57

monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture with respect to transfers of interests in any security (including any transfers between or among beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note); except that the Trustee shall be under a duty to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, if any, as are expressly required in the applicable circumstance, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance on their face with the express requirements hereof. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for (i) the actions or omissions of the Depositary, or for the accuracy of the books or records of the Depositary and (ii) transfers, of which it has no knowledge, between or among beneficial owners of interests in the same Global Note.

Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest.

(a) Under certain circumstances the Company will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes.

(b) Under certain circumstances the Company may be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as the initial Place of Payment and appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains the Place of Payment.

58

Section 403. Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403, that such Paying Agent will

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any Subsidiary Guarantor or other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest;

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

59

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid in the appropriate proportion to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 404. SEC Reports.

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act or the SEC, the Company will file with the SEC, and provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes with, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder) within the time periods specified therein. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless provide such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein.

The Trustee shall not be under a duty to review or evaluate such reports and information, delivery to the Trustee being for the purpose of making such reports and information available to it and to Holders of Notes who may request such information.

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial, statements, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 405. Statement as to Default. The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate, stating that to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is or is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace

60

or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the TIA, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall comply with TIA (S) 314(a)(4). At least one of the individuals signing any certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 405 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of such

Person, in compliance with TIA (S) 314(a)(4).

     Section 406.  Limitation on Indebtedness.
                   --------------------------

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence:

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least (a) 2.25 to 1.00; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness.

(b) Section 406(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount up to $260.0 million at any one time outstanding less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments made as a result of the receipt of proceeds of Asset Dispositions, which repayments (in the case of the revolving credit facility thereunder) permanently reduce the commitments thereunder;

(2) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,

(A) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be; and

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and

61

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(3) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (including any Exchange

Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes but excluding any Additional Notes), (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in

clauses (1), (2), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) of this Section 406(a)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred

in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (3) or clause (4) or Incurred pursuant to Section 406(a);

(4) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or
(b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 406(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4);

(5) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under (x)

Currency Agreements that are related to business transactions of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, or (y) Currency Agreements or Interest Rate Agreements that

are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration, currencies and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of the Indenture;

(6) the Subsidiary Guarantees and other Guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed (a) ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or any

Subsidiary Guarantee, then the related Guarantee shall rank equally in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees or (b) is a Subordinated

Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees;

62

(7) Indebtedness incurred to insurance carriers in respect of workers' compensation claims or self-insurance obligations, or to issuers of performance, bid, surety and similar bonds or letters of credit or guarantees supporting performance of contracts (other than for borrowed money), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(8) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, or for contingent earn-out payments based on performance of any business acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (in the case of any such disposition) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;

(10) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred to finance the acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any assets in the ordinary course of business that, together with all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), does not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent the proceeds thereof are immediately used after the Incurrence thereof to purchase Notes tendered in an offer to purchase made as a result of a Change of Control;

(12) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary in Canada under any working capital facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Cdn. $5.0 million outstanding at any time; and

(13) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above, Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause
(13) and then outstanding, will not exceed $35.0 million.

63

(c) The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations or any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations unless such refinancing Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee unless such refinancing Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations (in the case of the Company) or Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor). No Restricted Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 406:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 406(a) or (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that (a) any Indebtedness classified as Incurred pursuant to clause (13) of Section 406(b) may subsequently be reclassified as Incurred pursuant to Section
406(a) from and after the first date on which the Company could Incur such Indebtedness under such Section 406(a) if deemed Incurred on such date, and
(b) all Indebtedness incurred or outstanding under the Senior Credit

Agreement on the Issue Date shall, be deemed Incurred exclusively pursuant to clause (1) of Section 406(b); and

(2) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or fluctuations in exchange rates or commodity prices will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value of the

Indebtedness in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with

any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

64

(e) The Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 406, the Company shall be in default of Section 406).

Section 407. Limitation on Layering. The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including the Notes. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to all Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 408. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

(B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a pro rata basis);

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company, or any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);

65

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (4) of this Section 408(a) shall be referred to herein as a "Restricted Payment"), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result from the Restricted Payment); or

(B) the Company is not able to incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 406(a) after giving effect to such

Restricted Payment; or

(C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of:

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company have been delivered to the Trustee in accordance with Section 404 (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

(ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans

66

from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination);

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); and

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

(A) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, or repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of "Investment") not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

(b) Section 408(a) will not prohibit:

(1) any purchase or redemption of Capital Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or

67

an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that (a) such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale will be excluded from clause (4)(C)(ii) of Section 408(a);

(2) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(3) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 410; provided, however, that such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(4) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 408; provided, however, that such dividends will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(5) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom) loans or advances to employees or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company the proceeds of which are used to purchase Capital Stock of the Company other than Disqualified Stock (or repurchases of such Capital Stock in exchange for cancellation of such loans or advances), in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; provided, however, that (a) the amount of such loans and advances will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds from any such sale of Capital Stock of the Company will be excluded from clause (4)(C)(ii) of
Section 408(a);

(6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof, provided, however, that such repurchases will be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(7) any purchase or redemption of (a) Disqualified Stock of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company that qualifies as

68

Refinancing Indebtedness or (b) Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary

made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Company that qualifies as Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, in each case under this clause (7) that (i) such Refinancing Indebtedness is not issued or sold

to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination, (ii) at the time of such exchange, no Default or Event

of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and
(iii) such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the

amount of Restricted Payments;

(8) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 414 below (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that (a) at the time of such purchase or redemption, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom), (b) the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 406(a) after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, (c) such purchase or redemption is not made, directly or indirectly, from the proceeds of (or made in anticipation of) any Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary and (d) such purchase or redemption will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(9) purchases of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries from minority holders, provided that upon giving effect to any such purchase of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that such purchases will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), an Investment in a minority interest in a Person not engaged in any business other than a Related Business, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (10), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $10.0 million outstanding at any one time (the amount of such Investment outstanding at any time to be equal to its original cost minus the net proceeds realized by the Company upon repurchase, repayment or redemption thereof, or sale thereof to an unaffiliated purchaser, but not less than zero) (any such Person, a "Permitted Joint Venture"); provided, however, that such Investments (a) will
be included in the calculation of the amount of

69

Restricted Payments and (b) will be excluded in calculating any net reduction-in Restricted Investments for purposes of clause (4)(C)(iv) of Section 408(a);

(11) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate; and

(12) the repayment of the Company's 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2008 and November 19, 2009 with the net proceeds from the initial sale of the Notes.

The amount of all Restricted Payments, other than cash, shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the Board of Directors acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered in writing to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 408 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

Section 409. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) This Section 409 will not prohibit:

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the

70

Indenture and the Senior Credit Agreement and any governing agreements or instruments of Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries, in each case as in effect on such date;

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company, or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date;

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in
Section 409(b)(i) or (ii) or this Section 409(b)(iii) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in Section 409(b)(i) or (ii) or this Section 409(b)(iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or amendment are not less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in Section 409(b)(i) or (ii) on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(iv) in the case of clause (3) of this Section 409, any encumbrance or restriction:

(a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other contract;

(b) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under the Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements;

(c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(d) imposed by purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, on the property so acquired;

71

(v) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary contained in any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is in effect on the date such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company (and is not incurred in contemplation of such transaction);

(vii) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; and

(viii) encumbrances or restrictions arising under provisions in governing joint venture agreements or instruments of any New Joint Venture Subsidiaries, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the governing joint venture agreements or instruments of Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries referred to in
Section 409(b)(i) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Section 410. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary

Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

(A) first, to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness), to prepay, repay

72

or purchase Senior Indebtedness, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or, if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, Indebtedness (other than any Preferred Stock or any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness) of such Foreign Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (A), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; and

(B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above, to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash.

(b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 410(a) will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." On the 361st day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer ("Asset Sale Offer") to all Holders of Notes and, to the extent required by the terms of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, to all holders of other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition ("Pari

Passu Notes"), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Sale Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000 at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to (x) in the case of the Notes, 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and (y) in the case of the Pari Passu Notes, 100% of the lesser of the then accreted value (if applicable) and the principal amount of the Pari Passu Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders of the Notes and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds the Company shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of

73

tendered Notes and the lesser of the then aggregate accreted value and the aggregate principal amount of the tendered Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(c) The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Asset Sale Offer Period"). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period (the "Asset Sale Purchase Date"), the Company will purchase the principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the "Asset Sale Offer Amount") or, if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.

If the Asset Sale Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

On or before the Asset Sale Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Sale Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers' Certificate from the Company will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Purchase Date.

74

(d) For the purposes of this Section 410, securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee in such Asset Disposition that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, will be deemed to be cash.

(e) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 410, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Section 411. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (such transaction or transactions, an "Affiliate Transaction") unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of members of such Board having no direct or indirect financial or other interest in such Affiliate Transaction (and each such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above; and

(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is not less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.

(b) Section 411(a) will not apply to:

75

(1) any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted to be made pursuant to Section 408;

(2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans and other fees, compensation, benefits and indemnities paid or entered into by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to or with officers, directors or employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(5) any transaction between the Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor or between Subsidiary Guarantors;

(6) any transaction with a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture in the ordinary course of business that complies with the requirements of clause (1) of Section 411(a);

(7) the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party on the Issue Date and identified on a schedule to the Indenture on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in compliance with Section 411(a); and

(8) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

Section 412. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date of the Indenture or acquired after that date, securing any Indebtedness that ranks equally with, or is subordinate or junior to, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee in right of payment, unless contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Lien effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in the case of a Lien on any Restricted Subsidiary's property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or prior to, in the case of Liens with

76

respect to Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

Section 413. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. After the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is not then a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than any Foreign Subsidiary, any New Joint Venture Subsidiary or any Existing Joint Venture Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit B providing a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on a senior subordinated basis.

The Company will cause any Domestic Subsidiary that becomes "100% owned" (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(1) of Regulation S-X (Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 210)) by the Company after the Issue Date to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Section 413.

Notwithstanding the exception to the first paragraph of this Section 413, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall create or acquire any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless after giving effect to such creation, acquisition or designation, all Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole on a combined basis (including such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall not account for more than 25% of EBITDA, and shall not have total assets in an amount exceeding 17% of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a combined basis (including any unconsolidated Subsidiaries, and adjusted to eliminate any intercompany balances) as at the end of and for, the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which consolidated financial statements of the Company have been delivered to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 404, giving effect to such creation, acquisition or designation on a pro forma basis as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The Company will cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with all of the provisions of, and to fully perform all of its obligations under, this Indenture applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

Section 414. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000) of such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

77

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice (the "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase its Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the "Change of Control Payment");

(2) the repurchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); and

(3) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 properly tendered under the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted, together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after a Regular Record Date or any other interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

Prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer, and as a condition to such mailing, (i) all Senior Indebtedness must be repaid in full, or the Company must

offer to repay all Senior Indebtedness and repay all Senior Indebtedness held by holders who accept such

78

offer or (ii) the requisite holders of each issue of Senior Indebtedness shall

have consented to such Change of Control Offer being made to the extent such consent is required under the terms of such Senior Indebtedness and shall have waived any event of default under such Senior Indebtedness, caused by the Change of Control. The Company will effect such repayment or obtain such consent and waiver within 30 days following any Change of Control.

If required by applicable law, the Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above are applicable in the event of a Change of Control, whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable to such Change of Control.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 414. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

Section 415. Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, (including, but not limited to, by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction) any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or to issue any of the Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than, if required by applicable law, shares of its Voting Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to, or merge or consolidate or engage in any similar transaction with, any Person except:

(1) to or into the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; or

(2) for the sale of all of the Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in compliance with Section 410.

79

Section 416. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Related Business.

Section 417. Payments for Consent. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

Section 418. Corporate Existence. Subject to the other provisions of this Article 4, Article 5 and Article 13, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the corporate rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence (except that of the Company), right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably determine in good faith that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders, and provided, further, the Company may merge in accordance with Section 501. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) provided that the surviving entity in any such transaction is or shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to Section 413, any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may merge or consolidate (including any charter amendments required solely to effect such merger or consolidation) with any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; (ii) provided that the surviving entity in any such transaction is or shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor, and provided further that such surviving Subsidiary Guarantor expressly assumes all of the obligations under (a) the Indenture and included Subsidiary Guarantee and (b) the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, of any Subsidiary Guarantor that does not survive the transaction, by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge or consolidate (including any charter amendments required solely to effect such merger or consolidation) with any other Subsidiary Guarantor; (iii) provided that the surviving entity in any such transaction is or shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may merge or consolidate (including any charter amendments required solely to effect such merger or consolidation) with any Subsidiary Guarantor; and (iv) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may amend their organizational documents in any way not inconsistent with this Indenture or disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

80

Section 419. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or lien upon the property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

Article 5

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 501. When the Company May Merge, etc. The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 406;

(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any party to any such consolidation or merger, in which case clause (i) shall apply) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Company's obligations in

81

respect of the Indenture and the Notes and its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and each such supplemental indenture complies with this Indenture.

For purposes of this Section 501, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 501 will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges

into or transfers all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or (2)

the Company consolidates or merges with or into or transfers all or substantially all its assets to an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits.

Section 502. Successor Company Substituted. Upon any transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 501, in which the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Article 6

REMEDIES

Section 601. Events of Default. Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when due or payable, and such default continues for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 14;

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of

82

acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 14;

(3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with Article 5 or Section 414 of this Indenture;

(4) the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under Article 4 (in each case, other than a failure or breach that constitutes a Default or Event of Default governed by clause (1), (2) or (3) above) and such failure or breach continues for 30 days after the Notice of Default specified below;

(5) the Company fails to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture or under the Notes (in each case, other than a failure or breach that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default governed by clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) above) and such failure or breach continues for 60 days after the Notice of Default specified below;

(6) there is a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness before the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness; or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity;

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been such a default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

(7) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (as defined below):

(A) commences a voluntary case;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

83

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian (as defined below) of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of their property; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(9) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

(10) any Subsidiary Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

84

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Default under clause (4) or (5) of this
Section 601 will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company (and the Trustee in the case of a notice by Holders) of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause
(4) or (5) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default."

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate of any Default or Event of Default under clause (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) or (10) of this Section 601, which notice shall contain the status thereof and a description of the action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereof.

Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 601) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a "notice of acceleration," may, and the Trustee at the request of the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or
(8) of Section 601 occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and any accrued interest on all Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may waive all past or existing Defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if
(1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under this Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 601(1) or 601(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together

85

with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707.

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section
707. The Trustee may take any other action with respect to such claims,

including participating as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 606. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

     First:    to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section
     -----                                                         -------
707;
---

                                 86

     Second:   to holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent required by
     ------

Article 14;

Third: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

     Fourth:   to the Company.
     ------

Section 607.   Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive
               -------------------

payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders.

Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

87

Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 612. Control by Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 612 shall

88

be in lieu of (S) 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such (S) 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past or existing Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default

(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of (S) 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such (S) 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 614. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note.

Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay

89

or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Article 7

THE TRUSTEE

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof.

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not

limit the effect of paragraph (a) of this Section 701; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any

90

action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612.

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 701 and 703 hereof.

Section 702. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 701:

(1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person's board of directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full force and effect on the date of such certificate;

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

91

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(8) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes or this Indenture; and

(9) any permissive right or authority granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as a mandatory duty.

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Company, any Subsidiary

92

Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes in connection with the registration of any Notes and any Note Guarantees issued hereunder are and will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 705. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713, may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

Section 706. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company agrees,

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee's part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one firm acting as such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

93

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The indemnification and agreement to hold harmless granted to the Trustee by the Company in this Section 707 shall survive termination of this Indenture.

Section 708. Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by such Act, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company and the Trustee.

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 709 and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter

specified in this Article.

Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711.

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by
Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

If at any time:

94

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (A) the Company by a board resolution may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company by a board resolution shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of
Section 711, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711, then, subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 110. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the

95

retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 711, the Company's obligations under Section 707 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee with regard to

expenses and liabilities incurred by it and compensation earned by it prior to such replacement or otherwise under the Indenture.

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article 7.

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 7, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any Subsidiary Guarantor or other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any such other obligor).

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or

96

execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

Article 8

HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS
BY TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801. The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(1) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801.

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, any other obligor upon the Notes or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA.

Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

97

Section 803. Reports by Trustee. If such report is required by TIA Section 313, within 60 days after each June 1 beginning with June 1, 2002 the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such June 1 that complies with Section 313(a). The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such other reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Article 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901. Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) any Subsidiary Guarantor may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency,

(2) to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture,

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code,

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes,

(5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company,

(6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture, or

(7) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

Section 902. With Consent of Holders. Subject to Section 608, the Company, the Trustee and (if applicable) any Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for

98

Notes), and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) may, subject to Section 613, waive any past or existing Default or Event of Default or compliance by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to
Section 613, may not:

(i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

(ii) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be required to be redeemed or repurchased as described in Section 1001 or any similar provision, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in such
Section 1001 or similar provision or any related definition or otherwise;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of, premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder's Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes; or

(vii) make any change in the amendment provisions described in this
Section 902 or the waiver provisions described in Section 613.

Notwithstanding Section 901 and the foregoing provisions of this Section 902, no amendment to Article 14 or Article 15, respectively, or the definitions relating thereto that adversely affects the rights of any Holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, respectively, at the time outstanding may be made unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent in writing to such amendment.

99

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or

waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 901 or this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Note

affected thereby, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental indenture or effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors' rights or remedies generally and the general principles of equity (including, without limitation, standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder's Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers' Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of the second paragraph of Section 902. In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver

100

shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note.

Section 905. Conformity with TIA. Every amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.

Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Article 10

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001. Right of Redemption.

(a) Except as set forth in this Section 1001, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 15, 2005. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, and from time to time on and after June 15, 2005 and prior to maturity. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address in accordance with Section 1005. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 and to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month p eriod commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

Period                                     Redemption
------
                                             Price
                                          ------------
2005...............................            104.750%
2006...............................            103.167%
2007...............................            101.583%
2008 and thereafter................            100.000%

101

(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2004, the Company at its option may redeem the Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a Redemption Price of 109.5% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 and to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of the Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption and such redemption must occur within 90 days after the closing of the Equity Offering. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address in accordance with Section 1005.

Section 1002. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes as permitted by Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article 10.

Section 1003. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date initially fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis,

by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

The Company shall certify to the Trustee, from time to time, if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange and absent receipt of any such certification from

102

the Company, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume in good faith that the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange.

Section 1005. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register.

Any such notice shall state:

(1) the expected Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price,

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed,

(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date,

(5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and

(6) the CUSIP and other security identification numbers, if any, subject to Section 311 hereof.

Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption

103

Price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article 10, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price herein specified and from and after such date (unless Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the Redemption Price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006, the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph of this Section 1007, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof).

Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

Article 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense

104

of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(1) either

(A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than
(i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation; or

(B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

(2) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee an amount in United States dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and

(4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officers' Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)).

105

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 1101, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102, shall survive.

Section 1102. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE 12

DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201. The Company's Option to Elect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at its option, at any time, elect to have discharged the obligations of the Company with respect to the Outstanding Notes and to have terminated the obligations of any or all Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be, in each case and to the extent as set forth in this Article 12, and elect to have either Section
                                -----------                             -------
1202 or Section 1203 be applied to all of the  Outstanding  Notes (the "Defeased
----    ------------                                                    --------

Notes"), upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 1204. Either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1202, the Company shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in
Section 1204 below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "Outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b)

below, and the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from

the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company's obligations

with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304, 305,

106

306, 402 and 403, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the

Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee's rights under Section 707, and (d) this Article 12. Subject to compliance with this Article 12, the Company may, at its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes.

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1203, (a) the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 404 and Sections 406 through 417 and the provisions of clause (iii) of Section 501 shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (3) (with respect to

clause (iii) of Section 501), (4) and (5) (with respect to Section 404, Sections 406 through 417, inclusive, and any such covenants provided pursuant to Section
901(5)), inclusive, (6), (7) or (8) (with respect only to Restricted Subsidiaries), (9) or (10) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be "Outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed "Outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 601, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust (i) cash, in United States dollars in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the one Business Day before the due date of any payment, cash in amount or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes on (in the case of

107

principal and premium) and to (in the case of interest) the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes;

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Section 601(8) or 601(9) is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the ninety-first day after the date of such deposit;

(3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from a firm of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by,

the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue Date, there

has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred;

(5) In the case of an election under Section 1203, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from a firm of outside counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from a firm of outside counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the
Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203, as the case may be, have been complied with.

From and after the time of any deposit pursuant to clause (1) of the first paragraph of this Section 1204, the money or U.S. Government Obligations so deposited shall not be subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the subordination provisions of Article 14 or Article 15.

108

Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor trustee under Article 7, collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205, Section 1412 and Section 1512, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes.

Anything in this Article 12 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 hereof that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article 7, the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion.

Section 1206. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or

governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any other obligor upon the Notes under this Indenture, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be; provided, however, that if the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, then the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

109

Section 1207. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE 13

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally.

(a) Subsidiary Guarantees. Any Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time party hereto, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior subordinated basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the "Guaranteed Obligations").

Any term or provision of this Indenture notwithstanding, each Subsidiary Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Further Agreements of Subsidiary Guarantors.

(i) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303) its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture, and its Subsidiary Guarantee. Such Subsidiary Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article 13 and

110

Article 15, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Subsidiary Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Subsidiary Guarantee notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided

in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Subsidiary Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Guaranteed Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture.

(ii) Until terminated in accordance with Section 1303, each Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under any Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Company or any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Subsidiary Guarantee.

(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Subsidiary Guarantee and the waiver set forth in Section 1305 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

111

(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor also hereby agrees to pay any and all out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees. Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until

payment in full of the principal amount of all outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 1303, (ii) be binding upon such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

Section 1303. Release of Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302 any Subsidiary Guarantee will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303:

(a) Any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) concurrently with any sale or disposition (whether

by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, other than by lease) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction, to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if (x)

the sale or other disposition is in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including Sections 410 and 415) and (y) all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Senior Credit Agreement and related documentation, and under any other agreements relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries, terminate upon consummation of such transaction, (ii) upon legal defeasance of the Company's

obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture; as and to the extent provided in Article 11 or Article 12, (iii) subject to clause (b)(ii) of Section 1301, upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding and all other Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing, or (iv) upon its merger with or consolidation into another Subsidiary Guarantor

in compliance with the last sentence of Section 418.

A Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed released and relieved of its obligations under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement without any further action required on the part of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor upon the designation by the Company of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

112

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.

Section 1304. Agreement to Subordinate. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article 15, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and each Subsidiary Guarantee is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to a Subsidiary Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 1306. Notation Not Required. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge thereof.

Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of the Subsidiary Guarantors. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees. The Company shall cause each Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 413, to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory

to the Trustee, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article 13. Concurrently therewith, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from a firm of outside Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that,

113

subject to the applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors' rights or remedies generally and the general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity such supplemental indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Section 1309. Notices. Notice to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Subsidiary Guarantor in care of the Company at the address, and place and in the manner provided in Section 109.

ARTICLE 14

SUBORDINATION

Section 1401. Agreement To Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 14, to the prior payment in full (when due) of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 14 shall be subject to Section 1411.

Section 1402. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its properties or an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshalling of the Company's assets or liabilities:

(1) holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before Noteholders shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution, if any, of the assets or securities of the Company; and

(2) until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled

114

but for this Article 14 shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their respective interests may appear.

Section 1403. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Company may not pay principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions of Article 12 and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, "pay the Notes") if (i) any Designated Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due in cash or Cash Equivalents or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and the

maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms (either such event, a "Payment Default") unless, in either case,
(x) the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has

been rescinded in writing or (y) such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been

paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the Company may pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative for the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace period (a "Non-payment Default"), the Company may not pay the Notes for the period specified as follows (a "Payment Blockage Period"). The Payment Blockage Period shall commence upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of such Non-payment Default from the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and shall end on the earliest to occur of the following events: (i) 179 days shall

have elapsed since such receipt of such Blockage Notice, (ii) the Non-payment

Default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing (and no other Payment Default or Non-payment Default is then continuing), (iii) such

Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have been discharged or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents or (iv) such Payment Blockage Period shall have been

terminated by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice. The Company shall promptly resume payments on the Notes, including any missed payments, after such Payment Blockage Period ends, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, or any Payment Default otherwise exists. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any 360 consecutive day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.

Section 1404. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify the

115

holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration.

Section 1405. When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution is made to Noteholders that because of provisions of this Article 14 should not have been made to them, the Noteholders who received the distribution are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

Section 1406. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of such subrogation, a distribution made under this Article 14 to holders of Senior Indebtedness that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 14 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, on the other hand.

Section 1407. Relative Rights. This Article 14 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or

(ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

Section 1408. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

Section 1409. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes. Failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Notwithstanding Section 1403, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 14.

116

The Company, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, or a Representative or holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Indebtedness (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or Representative thereof.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 14 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 14 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707.

Section 1410. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

Section 1411. Article 14 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 14 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Subject to Section 1404, nothing in this Article 14 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

Section 1412. Trust Moneys and Permitted Junior Securities Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments (i) from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in

trust under Article 12 by the Trustee or (ii) in the form of Permitted Junior Securities, for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 14, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount or such Permitted Junior Securities, as the case may be, to the Company or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company.

Section 1413. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 14, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which

any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1402 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (iii) upon the

Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or

117

distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article
14. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is

required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 14, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 14, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 701 and 703 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the

Trustee pursuant to this Article 14.

Section 1414. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article 14 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 1415. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 14 or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 14 or Article 15 and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

Section 1416. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1417. Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article 14 shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other Sections of this Indenture.

118

ARTICLE 15

SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 1501. Agreement To Subordinate. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that all payments pursuant to such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee made by or on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 15, to the prior payment in full (when due) of all existing and future Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. Such Subsidiary Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Guarantor Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and only Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 15 shall be subject to Section 1513.

Section 1502. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor or in a reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its properties or an assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshalling of such Subsidiary Guarantor's assets of liabilities,

(i) holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (including interest accruing after, or which would accrue but for, the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed) before the Noteholders are entitled to receive any payment or distributions if any, of the assets or securities of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and

(ii) until the Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution from such Subsidiary Guarantor to which Noteholders would be entitled but for this Article 15 will be made to holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

Section 1503. Default on Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. No Subsidiary Guarantor may make any payment pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or defease any Notes (collectively, "pay its Subsidiary Guarantee") if (i) any Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is not paid when due in cash or Cash

119

Equivalents or (ii) any other default on Designated Guarantor Senior

Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms (either such event, a "Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default") unless, in either case, (x) the Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or

waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded in writing or (y) such

Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, that, a Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative for the Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace period (a "Subsidiary Guarantor Non-payment Default"), a Subsidiary Guarantor may not pay its Subsidiary Guarantee for the period specified as follows (a "Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Blockage Period"). The Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Blockage Period shall commence upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Subsidiary Guarantor) of written notice (a "Subsidiary Guarantor Blockage Notice") of such Designated Guarantor Non-payment Default from the Representative for Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Blockage Period and shall end on the earliest to occur of the following events: (i) 179 days

shall have elapsed since such receipt of such Subsidiary Guarantor Blockage Notice, (ii) the Subsidiary Guarantor Non-payment Default giving rise to such

Blockage Notice is no longer continuing (and no other Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default or Subsidiary Guarantor Non-payment Default is then continuing),
(iii) such Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall have been discharged

or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents or (iv) such Subsidiary Guarantor

Payment Blockage Period shall have been terminated by written notice to the Trustee and such Subsidiary Guarantor from the Person or Persons who gave such Subsidiary Guarantor Blockage Notice. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall promptly pay its Subsidiary Guarantee, after such Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Blockage Period ends, unless the holders of such Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, or any Subsidiary Guarantor Payment Default otherwise exists. Not more than one Subsidiary Guarantor Blockage Notice to a Subsidiary Guarantor in the aggregate may be given in any 360 consecutive day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor during such period.

Section 1504. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall promptly

120

notify the holders of the Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (or the Representative of such holders) of the acceleration. If a demand for payment is made on such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 13, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (or their Representatives) of such demand.

Section 1505. When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution from a Subsidiary Guarantor is made to Holders that because of the provisions of this Article 15 should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

Section 1506. Subrogation. After all Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of such subrogation, a distribution made under this Article 15 to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, its creditors other than the holders of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, and Holders, a payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor on such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 15 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantors, on the other hand.

Section 1507. Relative Rights. This Article 15 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between a Subsidiary Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor to pay the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with the terms of its respective Subsidiary Guarantee; or

(ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders.

Section 1508. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Subsidiary Guarantors. No right of any holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the payments pursuant to such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Subsidiary Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

121

Section 1509. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to it that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee. Failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the payments pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding Section 1503, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments pursuant to such Subsidiary Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 15. The Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, or a Representative or holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or any Subsidiary Guarantor may give the notice; provided that, if an issue of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or Representative thereof.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 15 with respect to any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 15 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707.

Section 1510. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of a Note Subsidiary Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

Section 1511. Article 15 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Parent Guarantee or a Subsidiary Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 15 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 15 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to

accelerate the maturity of the Notes or make a demand for payment on a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 13 or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee.

122

Section 1512. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments (i) from money or the proceeds of

U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 12 by the Trustee or
(ii) in the form of Permitted Junior Securities, for the payment of principal,

premium, if any, or interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 15, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to any Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other creditor of any Subsidiary Guarantor.

Section 1513. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 15, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which

any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1502 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (iii) upon the

Representatives for the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 15. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 15, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 15, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 701 and 703 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 15.

Section 1514. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor as provided in this Article 15 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 1515. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Guarantor Senior

123

Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 15 or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 15 and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

Section 1516. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Guarantor Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1517. Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article 15 shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other Sections of this Indenture.

124

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Senior Vice President

SELECTMARK, INC.,

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: Vice President

SELECT HOSPITAL INVESTORS, INC.,

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: Vice President

SLMC FINANCE CORPORATION,

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: CFO

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON
SCHEDULE I HERETO OTHER THAN SELECTMARK,
INC., SELECT HOSPTAL INVESTORS, INC. AND
SLMC FINANCE CORPORATION

By Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Vice President

125

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY, as Trustee

By: Ward A. Spooner

Name: Ward A. Spooner Title: Vice President

126

SCHEDULE I

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc. Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.
Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.
Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.
Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C. Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.
C.E.R. - West, Inc.
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.
CCISUB, Inc.
CMC Center Corporation
Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc. Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc. Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc. CenterTherapy, Inc.
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc. Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.

127

Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.
Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc. Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc. Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.
GP Therapy, L.L.C.
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.
Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.
Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Intensiva Healthcare Corporation
Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc. Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.
Joyner Sportmedicine Institute, Inc.
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc. Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.
MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.

128

New England Health Group, Inc.
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.
NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.
NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.
NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc. P.T. Services Company
P.T. Services, Inc.
P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Ltd.
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation Physical Focus, Inc.
Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.
Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc. Physio - Associates, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.

129

Pro Active Therapy of South Carolina, Inc. Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.
Quad City Management, Inc.
RCI (Colorado), Inc.
RCI (Exertec), Inc.
RCI (Michigan), Inc.
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.
RCI (WRS), Inc.
RCI Nevada, Inc.
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.
Rehab Advantage, Inc.
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.

130

Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc. Rehab World, Inc.
Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd. RehabClinics, Inc.
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.
RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.
RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc. S.T.A.R.T., Inc.
Select Air Corporation
Select Employment Services, Inc.
Select Hospital Investors, Inc.
SelectMark, Inc.
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.
Select Medical of New York, Inc.
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.

131

Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P. Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus/University, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc.

132

Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc.

133

Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.
Select Synergos, Inc.
Select Unit Management, Inc.
SLMC Finance Corporation
SMC of Florida, Inc.
South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc. Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.
Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.
Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.
Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.
Southwest Therapists, Inc.
Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc. Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc. Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc. Star Physical Therapy, Inc.
Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.
The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc. The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc. TJ Partnership I
Treister, Inc.
Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc. Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.
Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.
Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.

134

West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.
Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.

135

Exhibit A

FORM OF NOTE/1/

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION,

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009

No. CUSIP No./2,3/

$_____________

[Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (and its successors and assigns), and (the "Company," which term shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Indenture hereinafter referred to) promises] to pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $([___________] United States Dollars) on June 15, 2009 [(or such lesser or greater amounts as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse here)]/4/.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:________________________________
Name:
Title:


/1/ Insert any applicable legends from Article 2.
/2/ Include appropriate CUSIP Number for Initial Note that is not registered under the Securities Act.
/3/ Include appropriate CUSIP Number for Exchange Note or Initial Note that is registered under the Securities Act.
/4/ Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

136

[SEAL]

Attest:


137

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

By:__________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated: ________________________

138

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2009

1. Interest

The Company promises to pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 in each year, commencing December 15, 2001 at the rate of 9 1/2% per annum
[(subject to adjustment as provided below)]/5/ [, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Note was surrendered in exchange for this Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Note from time to time during such periods]/6/, until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.]/7/ [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from [June 11, 2001]/8/.]/9/ Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360- day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.


/5/ Include only for Initial Note when additional interest provisions, set forth in the next paragraph, are included. /6/ Include only for Exchange Note.
/7/ Include only for Original Notes.
/8/ Insert first date of issuance of Additional Note and its Predecessor Notes. /9/ Include only for Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in the exchange therefor).

139

[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement"), dated June 11, 2001, among Select Medical Corporation, each of the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc. Pursuant and subject to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, until [(i) the

date on which this Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Security (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement), (ii) the date on which this Note has been effectively registered

under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement), or (iii) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public

pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act: From and including the date on which a Registration Default (as defined below) shall occur to but excluding the date on which such Registration Default has been cured, additional interest will accrue on the Note in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Note held by such Holder. Any such additional interest shall be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of this Note. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of such additional interest will cease. For purposes of the foregoing, each of the following events, as more particularly defined in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, is a "Registration Default": (i) the Exchange Offer Registration

Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to 75 days after the Issue Date,
(ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration

Statement (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement), as the case may be, is not declared effective within 150 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretation of the SEC's staff, if later, within 60 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation),
(iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to 180 days

after the Issue Date, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and

declared effective within 150 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretation of the SEC's staff, if later, within 60 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation) but shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within 30 days by an additional Registration Statement (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) filed and declared effective./[10] 11/

/10/ Include only for Initial Note when required by the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

140

2. Method of Payment

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note will be payable, and this Note may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially will be an office of an Affiliate of the Trustee in New York, New York); at the option of the Company, however, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Holder as such address appears in the Note Register; and in addition, if a Holder of at least one million United States Dollars ($1,000,000) in aggregate principal amount of Notes has given wire transfer instructions to us prior to the record date for a payment, the Company will make such payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, such Holder's Note in accordance with those instructions. [Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, this Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available Funds to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such global Note]/12/.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, the Trustee, will initially act as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar without prior notice and the Company and any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Note Registrar.

4. Indenture

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 of the Company (herein called the "Notes"), issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 11, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Indenture," which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among Select Medical Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture) and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other guarantor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms.


/11/ For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.
/12/ Include only if Note is issued in global form.

141

Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which may vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note is entitled to the benefits of a certain senior subordinated Subsidiary Guarantee by the Subsidiary Guarantors (and future Subsidiary Guarantors) made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article Thirteen of the Indenture and to the Subsidiary Guarantees for terms relating to such Subsidiary Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

5. Optional Redemption

(a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, and from time to time on and after June 15, 2005 and prior to maturity. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

Period                                                Redemption
------
                                                        Price
                                                      ----------
2005.............................................        104.750%
2006.............................................        103.167%
2007.............................................        101.583%
2008 and thereafter..............................        100.000%

(b) In addition, before June 15, 2004, the Company at its option may on any one or more occasions redeem the Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 109.50% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of the Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes

142

(including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption and each such redemption must occur within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

6. No Sinking Fund

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

7. Subordination

The Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes may be paid. In addition, the Subsidiary Guarantees are or shall be, as the case may be, subordinated to Subsidiary Guarantor Senior Indebtedness. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantor Senior Indebtedness must be paid before any Subsidiary Guarantee may be paid. The Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give such provisions effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

8. Put Provisions

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000) of such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of such purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein. No service charge shall be made for any transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during

a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for

143

redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange

any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon a Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions, (i) the Indenture may be amended with the

consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (ii) any past or existing default or compliance with any

provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). In certain instances provided in the Indenture, the Indenture may be amended without the consent of any Holder.

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Notes may be declared due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

15. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any subsidiary thereof shall have any liability for

144

any obligation of the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor on the Notes under this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

16. Governing Law

THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed hereon.

145

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

[TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated:______________________            ______________________________
                                        NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive
                                                 officer]/14/


_____________________

/14/ Include only for an Initial Note or an Initial Additional Note that bears the Private Placement Legend, in accordance with the Indenture.

146

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 410 or 414 of the Indenture, check the box: [ ].

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 410 or 414 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount):

$

Date: __________________ Signed: ___________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

Signature Guarantee:_______________________________________

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

147

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of       Amount of decreases   Amount of            Principal amount       Signature
Exchange      in Principal          increases in         of this Global Note    of authorized
              Amount of this        Principal            following such         officer or
              Global Note           Amount of this       decreases or           Trustees of
                                    Global Note          increases              Securities
                                                                                Custodian

148

Exhibit B

Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [_________] (this "Supplemental Indenture"), among [name of [New Note Subsidiary Guarantor[s]1] (the "New
Subsidiary Guarantor[s]"), the Company Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the "Company"), the then existing Note Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the "Existing Subsidiary Guarantors"), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee") under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of June 11, 2001, as amended (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the "Indenture"), providing for the issuance of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 of the Company (the "Notes");

WHEREAS, Section 413 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to or may cause the New Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Note Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article Thirteen of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, [the][each] New Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such New Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company and on [the] [such] New Subsidiary Guarantor's access to working capital through the Company's access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Subsidiary Guarantor[s], the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:


/1/ Insert as appropriate

149

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words "herein," "hereof" and "hereby" and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Subsidiary Guarantee. [The] [Each] New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with [all] [any] other New Subsidiary Guarantor[s] and all Existing Subsidiary Guarantors, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Note obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article Thirteen of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantee of each New Subsidiary Guarantor is subject to the subordination provisions of the Indenture.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge. [The] [Each] New Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] New Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] New Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article Thirteen of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound

150

hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

151

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTOR],/2/ as New Subsidiary Guarantor

By:________________________________
Name:
Title:

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By:________________________________
Name:
Title:

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:________________________________
Name:
Title:


/2/ Add a signature block for each New Subsidiary Guarantor.

152

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with
Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors

[Date]

Select Medical Corporation
c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company
2 Avenue De Lafayette
5th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $_________ principal amount of the 9 /1/2/% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 of the Company Medical Corporation ("the Company").

Upon transfer, the notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name: ___________________________________

Address: ________________________________

Taxpayer ID Number: _____________________

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional "accredited investor", within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor at least $250,000 principal amount of the notes, and we are acquiring the notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such notes prior to the date

153

that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such notes or any predecessor thereto, which we refer to as the resale restriction termination date, only (a) to the Company or its subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional investor, or QIB, under Rule 144A that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000 or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the resale restriction termination date. If any resale or other transfer of the notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the resale restriction termination date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the resale restriction termination date of the notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the trustee.

TRANSFEREE:________________________

BY:________________________________

154

Exhibit D

Form of Regulation S Certificate

Regulation S Certificate

Select Medical Corporation
c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
6th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re: SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION (the "Company")
9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "Notes")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $_____ aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S ("Regulation S") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows:

1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable.

4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

155

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before the Regulation S Note Exchange Date referred to in the Indenture, dated as of June 11, 2001, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, or we are an officer or director of the Company or a distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S.

6. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,

[NAME OF SELLER]

By:__________________________
Name:
Title:
Address:

Date of this Certificate: _________________, 200_

156

Exhibit E

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

Select Medical Corporation
c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
6th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
Attention: Corporate Trust Department

Re: SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION
9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "Notes")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to $___________ principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore global note certificate (the "Regulation S Global Note"). Pursuant to Section 313(4) of the Indenture dated as of June 11, 2001

relating to the Notes (the "Indenture"), we hereby certify that (1) we are the

beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes

could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S ("Regulation S") promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") or (ii)
a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Regulation S Physical Note representing the undersigned's interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,

[Name of Holder]

By:__________________________ Authorized Signature

157

Schedule 1

Existing Joint Venture Subsidiaries

Canadian Back Institute Limited
CBI Brampton Limited Partnership
CBI Calgary Limited Partnership
CBI Fraser Valley Limited Partnership
CBI Holdings Ltd.
CBI Physiotherapists Corporation
CBI Professional Services Inc.
CBI South Calgary Limited Partnership
CBI Vancouver Limited Partnership
CBI Victoria Limited Partnership
CBI Windsor Limited Partnership
Dynamic Rehabilitation Inc.
Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC
Medical Information Management Systems, LLC Millenium Rehab Services, L.L.C.
1263568 Ontario Limited (London Group)
Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC
Rehab Health, Inc.
Select Houston Partners, L.P.
S.T.A.R. Rehab, Inc.
Select Management Services, LLC
Select Specialty Hospital - Biloxi, Inc. TJ Corporation I, L.L.C.

158

Schedule 2

Seller Notes

1. NovaCare Orthotics & Prosthetics East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due August 29, 2002 principal amount $350,000 issued to Active Prosthetics and Orthotics, Inc.
2. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due August 31, 2001 principal amount $80,000 issued to Theodore C Moore.
3. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 30, 2002 principal amount $87,500 issued to Larry Berger.
4. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 30, 2002 principal amount $87,500 issued to William White.
5. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 21, 2002 principal amount $100,000 issued to Stewart Services Corporation.
6. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 21, 2002 principal amount $100,000 issued to The Meadows 1997 Charitable Remainder Unitrust.
7. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 15, 2002 principal amount $550,000 issued to Spine-Hand-Arm Rehabilitation & Ergonomics, Inc.
8. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due April 30, 2002 principal amount $700,000 issued to the Donald A. Chu Living Trust.
9. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 21, 2002 principal amount $100,000 issued to The Walder 1997 Charitable Remainder Unitrust.
10. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 30, 2002 principal amount $200,000 issued to Susan L. Erwin.
11. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due February 28, 2002 principal amount $75,000 issued to Phillip A. Sauer, PT.
12. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due February 27, 2003 principal amount $275,000 issued to Borden Family Investments, L.L.C.
13. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due February 28, 2003 principal amount $300,000 issued to Richard Reed and Donna Reed.
14. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due July 13, 2003 principal amount $150,000 issued to Charles Orofino.
15. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 31, 2001 principal amount $241,267.50 issued to Donna and Salvatore LaFata.
16. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 31, 2001 principal amount $16,267.50 issued to Yvonne Bacci.

159

17. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 31, 2001 principal amount $192,465 issued to Maurice W. Beels.
18. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due June 30, 2001 principal amount $12,500 issued to Scott G. Knoche.
19. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due June 30, 2001 principal amount $150,000 issued to David Brummel.
20. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due June 30, 2001 principal amount $87,500 issued to the Gregory G. Swartz Trust.
21. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due August 31, 2001 principal amount $75,000 issued to Mary Lou Fricke Neal.
22. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 31, 2002 principal amount $350,000 issued to Peter Tailov.
23. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6.5% Subordinated Promissory Note due February 28, 2002 principal amount $2,250,000 issued to Health Trax Rehabilitation Systems, Inc.
24. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due March 21, 2002 principal amount $330,000 issued to Wayne D. Bryant.
25. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due March 21, 2002 principal amount $220,000 issued to Michael D. Wah.
26. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due March 24, 2002 principal amount $250,000 issued to Macon Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Center, P.C.
27. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due May 30, 2002 principal amount $400,000 issued to Northville Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation P.C.
28. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6.5% Subordinated Promissory Note due May 31, 2002 principal amount $800,000 issued to Mark Mortland.
29. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 10, 2002 principal amount $350,000 issued to Kenneth Lochbaum.
30. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 30, 2002 principal amount $500,000 issued to Associates in Physical Therapy, Inc.
31. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 24, 2002 principal amount $400,000 issued to Mark Butler.
32. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due May 30, 2002 principal amount $1,100,000 issued to Subbash Kapur, Trustee of the Subbash Kapur Living Trust.
33. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 25, 2002 principal amount $100,000 issued to Al Saveri L.P.T., P.C.
34. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 26, 2002 principal amount $1,175,000 issued to Kurt Gelfand.

160

35. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 26, 2002 principal amount $1,175,000 issued to Kurt Gelfand.
36. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due November 28, 2002 principal amount $1,100,000 issued to Rochester Knee and Sports Therapy, Inc.
37. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 29, 2002 principal amount $150,000 issued to Liberty Physical Rehabilitation Center, Inc.
38. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 29, 2002 principal amount $200,000 issued to Boardwalk Physical Rehabilitation Center, Inc.
39. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due December 31, 2002 principal amount $925,000 issued to Carroll County Physical Therapy, LLP.
40. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due March 31, 2002 principal amount $250,000 issued to Greater Baltimore Sports Medicine and Rehabilitation Center, L.L.C.
41. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due January 30, 2003 principal amount $325,000 issued to Two Rivers Center, Inc.
42. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due January 30, 2003 principal amount $150,000 issued to Orthosport Rehabilitation.
43. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due February 27, 2003 principal amount $500,000 issued to Elena Wahbeh Foster.
44. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due April 29, 2003 principal amount $300,000 issued to Nickie Siegel & Associates, P.A.
45. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due April 30, 2003 principal amount $75,000 issued to Joseph Vierzbicki.
46. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due July 31, 2003 principal amount $200,000 issued to Robert E. Mangine and Marsha Eifert-Mangine.
47. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due August 31, 2003 principal amount $125,000 issued to Advance Rehab Center, Inc.
48. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due July 28, 2001 principal amount $5,000,000 issued to John E. Skvarla III and J. Wayne Cannady as representatives to be held in trust for the benefit of the shareholders of Pro Active, Inc.
49. Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc. 10% Subordinate Promissory Note due April 21, 2002 principal amount $90,000 issued to Sheryl Rakes.

161

50. Rehabclinics, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 30, 2001 principal amount $1,321,279.79 issued to Physical Therapy and Sport Services, P.C.
51. NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc. 6% Subordinated Promissory Note due September 30, 2001 principal amount $9,000,000 issued to Liberty Mutual Managed Care, Inc.

52. NC Resources, Inc. Subordinated Promissory Note due February 1, 2002 principal amount $2,700,000 issued to Mark I. Congress, M.D.

162

EXHIBIT 4.3

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

$175,000,000

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

June 11, 2001

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.
FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
c/o J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
270 Park Avenue, 4th floor
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ("JP Morgan"), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc. (collectively, together with JPMorgan, the "Initial Purchasers"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated June 6, 2001 (the "Purchase Agreement"), $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 11, 2009 (the "Securities") to be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule I and signatories hereto (collectively, the "Guarantors"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders (including the Initial Purchasers) of the Securities, the Exchange Securities (as defined herein) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined herein) (collectively, the "Holders"), as follows:


1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall
(i) prepare and, not later than 75 days following the date of original issuance of the Securities (the "Issue Date"), file with the Commission a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Securities (the "Registered Exchange Offer") who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the "Exchange Securities") that are identical in all material respects to the Securities, except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Securities and the provisions related to the matters described in Section 3 hereof, (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 150 days after the Issue Date and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than 180 days after the Issue Date and (iii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the "Exchange Offer Registration Period"). The Exchange Securities will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the "Exchange Securities Indenture") between the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee or such other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee (the "Exchange Securities Trustee"), such indenture to be identical in all material respects to the Indenture, except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Securities (as described above) and the provisions related to the matters described in Section 3 hereof.

Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Securities that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution,
(c) acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) and to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission's staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an "Exchanging Dealer"), is required to deliver a prospectus containing substantially the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the "Exchange Offer Procedures" section and the "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" section and in Annex C hereto in the "Plan of Distribution" section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

2

If, prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Holder holds any Securities acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or any Holder is not entitled to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Holder, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to any such Holder, in exchange for the Securities held by such Holder (the "Private Exchange"), a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the "Private Exchange Securities") that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Securities, except for the transfer restrictions relating to such Private Exchange Securities. The Private Exchange Securities will be issued under the same indenture as the Exchange Securities, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Private Exchange Securities to bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

(a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders;

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(e) otherwise comply in all respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

(a) accept for exchange all Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

(b) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

(c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Securities Trustee, as the case may be, promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

3

The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.

The Indenture or the Exchange Securities Indenture, as the case may be, shall provide that the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class from one another on any matter.

Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Securities, from the Issue Date.

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company in writing that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business,
(ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to

4

such prospectus, does not, as of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2. Shelf Registration. If (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff the Company and the Guarantors are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) any Securities validly tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer are not exchanged for Exchange Securities within 180 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities or Private Exchange Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Securities in exchange for tendered Securities, or (vi) the Company so elects, then the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 30 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2) with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (hereafter, a "Shelf Registration Statement" and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a "Registration Statement") provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities held by it covered by the Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for a period ending on the earlier of (i) two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (ii) the date on which the Securities become eligible for resale without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such case, such period being called the "Shelf Registration Period"). The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any

5

prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the "Holders' Information")) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and
(iii) any prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders' Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3. Additional Interest.

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities will suffer damages if the Company and the Guarantors fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, if (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to 75 days after the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to 30 days after required to be filed or requested to be filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not declared effective within 150 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretation of the Commission's staff, if later, within 60 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation), (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to 180 days after the Issue Date, or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective within 150 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretation of the Commission's staff, if later, within 60 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation) but shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company and the Guarantors are obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within 30 days by an additional Registration Statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), the Company and the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay additional interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, during the period of one or more such Registration Defaults, in an amount equal to $ 0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder until (i) the applicable Registration Statement is filed, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, as the case may be. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease. As used herein, the term "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Security or Private Exchange Security, until the earliest to occur of: (i) the date on which such Security has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Security or Private Exchange Security has

6

been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which such Security or Private Exchange Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
3(a), neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to pay additional interest to a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).

(b) The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent under the Indenture immediately upon the happening of each and every Registration Default. The Company and the Guarantors shall pay the additional interest due on the Transfer Restricted Securities by depositing with the Paying Agent (which may not be the Company for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Securities, sums sufficient to pay the additional interest then due. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Securities to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

(c) The parties hereto agree that the additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitutes a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by reason of the failure of (i) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective or (iii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

4. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as any Initial Purchaser may reasonably propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the "Exchange Offer Procedures" section and the "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" section and in Annex C hereto in the "Plan of Distribution" section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; and (iii) if requested by any Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

7

(b) The Company shall advise each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses
(ii) -(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

(i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein in order that the statements or material facts therein are true and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

(d) The Company will furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(e) The Company will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company consents,

8

subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(f) The Company will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(g) The Company will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid. Any information designated in good faith by the Company as confidential shall be kept confidential by the Inspector or their agents and representatives.

(h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided that the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(i) The Company and the Guarantors will cooperate with the Holders of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing prior to sales of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

9

(j) If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(l) The Company and the Guarantors will comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; provided that in no event shall such earning statement be delivered later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

(m) The Company and the Guarantors will cause the Indenture or the Exchange Securities Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

(n) The Company may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(o) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities until such Holder's receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing (the "Advice") by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice under Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the period that the Company is

10

required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the "Effectiveness Period"), such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

(p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements
(including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold and any underwriter participating in any disposition of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (an "Inspector") in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.

(r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable, in customary form, (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) and (iii) its independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors will bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) chosen by the

11

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to be sold pursuant to each Registration Statement (the "Special Counsel") acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith.

6. Indemnification.

(a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a Holder) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders' Information; and provided, further, that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from any related preliminary prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action received Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or with respect to such Holder results from the fact that both (A) a copy of the final prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the related preliminary prospectus was corrected in the final prospectus unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the final prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(d), 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g).

(b) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Guarantor and their respective affiliates, their respective

12

officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the Company), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders' Information furnished to the Company by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying

13

party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering and sale of the Securities, on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, on the other, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and such Holder on the other with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and a Holder on the other with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Company as set forth in the table on the cover of the Offering Memorandum, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the information supplied by

14

the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand or to any Holders' Information supplied by such Holder on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this
Section 7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

8. Rules 144 and 144A. So long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder's securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Guarantors covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

9. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve

15

such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to JPMorgan, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc.;

(ii) if to an Initial Purchaser, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(iii) if to the Company or the Guarantors, initially at the address of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

(c) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate

16

counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term "business day" means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, (b) the term "subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term "affiliate" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(h) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or any of the Guarantors or by any Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages (other than the recovery of damages for a breach by the Company or any Guarantor of their obligations under Sections 1 or 2 hereof for which additional interest has been paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof), will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company, each Guarantor and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(i) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities, it shall not grant to any person the right to request the Company to register any debt securities of the Company under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(j) No Piggyback on Registrations. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors nor any of its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Company in any Shelf Registration or Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Securities.

(k) Severability. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the

17

remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

18

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours,

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Senior Vice President

SELECTMARK, INC.

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: Vice President

SELECT HOSPITAL INVESTORS, INC.

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: Vice President

SLMC FINANCE CORPORATION

By Andrew Panaccione

Name: Andrew Panaccione Title: CFO

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON
SCHEDULE I HERETO OTHER THAN SELECTMARK,
INC., SELECT HOSPTAL INVESTORS, INC. AND
SLMC FINANCE CORPORATION

By Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Vice President

19

Accepted:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By Steve Tulip

Authorized Signatory

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.
FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

By Steve Tulip

Authorized Signatory

20

SCHEDULE I

GUARANTORS

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc. Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.
Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.
Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.
Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C. Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.
C.E.R. - West, Inc.
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.
CCISUB, Inc.
CMC Center Corporation
Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc. Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc. Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc. CenterTherapy, Inc.
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc. Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.
Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.


Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc. Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc. Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.
GP Therapy, L.L.C.
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.
Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.
Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Intensiva Healthcare Corporation
Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc. Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.
Joyner Sportmedicine Institute, Inc.
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc. Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.
MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.
New England Health Group, Inc.
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.
NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.


NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.
NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc. P.T. Services Company
P.T. Services, Inc.
P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Ltd.
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation Physical Focus, Inc.
Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.
Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc. Physio - Associates, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc. Pro Active Therapy of South Carolina, Inc. Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.
Quad City Management, Inc.
RCI (Colorado), Inc.
RCI (Exertec), Inc.


RCI (Michigan), Inc.
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.
RCI (WRS), Inc.
RCI Nevada, Inc.
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.
Rehab Advantage, Inc.
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc. Rehab World, Inc.
Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd. RehabClinics, Inc.
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.


RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.
RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc. S.T.A.R.T., Inc.
Select Air Corporation
Select Employment Services, Inc.
Select Hospital Investors, Inc.
SelectMark, Inc.
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.
Select Medical of New York, Inc.
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.
Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P. Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus/University, Inc.


Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc.


Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.
Select Synergos, Inc.
Select Unit Management, Inc.
SLMC Finance Corporation
SMC of Florida, Inc.
South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc. Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.
Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.
Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.
Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.
Southwest Therapists, Inc.
Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc. Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc. Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc. Star Physical Therapy, Inc.
Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.


The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc. The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc. TJ Partnership I
Treister, Inc.
Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc. Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.
Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.
Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.
West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.
Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.


ANNEX A

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution"


ANNEX B

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See "Plan of Distribution".


ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until _______________, 200_, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Company and the Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the- counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company and the Guarantors will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


ANNEX D

[_] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:
Address:

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an

"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.


Exhibit 10.49

THIRD AMENDMENT dated as of May 31, 2001
(this "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement") as amended by the First Amendment dated as of December 28, 2000 and the Second Amendment dated as of January 18, 2001, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL" and, together with the

Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders (such term and each other capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement) approve amendments to certain provisions of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the undersigned Lenders are willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to approve such amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the Borrowers and the undersigned Lenders hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendments. Effective as of the Amendment Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Clause (d) of the definition of "Prepayment Event" in
Section 1.01 is amended by inserting the words "(but in any event the term "Prepayment Event" shall include Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.05(d)(iii))" at the end of such clause.

(b) The following definition is inserted in an appropriate alphabetical position in Section 1.01:

"Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness" means Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company (a) that shall contain covenants and events of default in the aggregate not less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated May [ ], 2001 (the "Offering Memorandum") relating to

2

the offering of senior subordinated notes by the Company, (b) that shall contain subordination provisions in the aggregate at least as favorable to the Lenders as those set forth in the Offering Memorandum and (c) that shall mature no earlier than, and, except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, require no amortization, redemption, repurchase, prepayment or defeasance earlier than, six months following the latest of the US Term Maturity Date, the Canadian Term Maturity Date and the Revolving Maturity Date and (d) 100% of the Net Proceeds of which shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.11(c).

(c) Section 2.11(c) is amended by amending and restating in its entirety the last sentence of such Section as follows:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in the event that Net Proceeds of the Planned IPO are received by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary, the prepayment requirements of this Section 2.11(c) with respect to such Net Proceeds shall be limited to the prepayment of US Term Loans in an amount equal to the sum of (i) US$24,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of the excess of such Net Proceeds over US$138,000,000 and (b) in the event that Net Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness are received by or on behalf of the Company, the prepayment requirements of this Section 2.11(c) with respect to such Net Proceeds shall be as follows: (i) first, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, US$90,000,000 shall be applied to repay the Senior Subordinated Notes; (ii) second, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, an amount not less than US$35,000,000 shall be applied to prepay US Term Loans; (iii) third, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, the lesser of the amount outstanding of the Revolving Borrowings on such date and the amount of any remaining Net Proceeds shall be applied to prepay Revolving Borrowings (which prepayment shall not reduce the Revolving Commitments hereunder unless the Company shall elect to reduce such Commitments pursuant to Section 2.08(b)); and (iv) thereafter, any remaining Net Proceeds may be retained by the Company for general corporate purposes.

(d) Section 2.20 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 2.20. Increase in Revolving Commitments. The Company may, by written notice to the

3

US Agent, executed by the Company and one or more financial institutions (any such financial institution referred to in this Section being called a "Prospective Revolving Lender"), which may include any Lender, cause the Revolving Commitments of the Prospective Revolving Lenders to be increased (or cause Revolving Commitments to be extended by the Prospective Revolving Lenders, as the case may be) in an amount for each Prospective Revolving Lender set forth in such notice, provided, however, that (a) the aggregate amount of the Lenders' Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such increase shall in no event exceed US$185,000,000, (b) each Prospective Revolving Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the US Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (c) each Prospective Revolving Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall become a party to this Agreement by completing and delivering to the US Agent a duly executed Accession Agreement. Increases and new Revolving Commitments created pursuant to this Section shall become effective (A) in the case of Prospective Revolving Lenders already parties hereunder, on the date specified in the notice delivered pursuant to this
Section and (B) in the case of Prospective Revolving Lenders not already parties hereunder, on the effective date of the Accession Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of any Accession Agreement to which any Prospective Revolving Lender is a party, (i) such Prospective Revolving Lender shall thereafter be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and shall be entitled to all rights, benefits and privileges accorded a Lender hereunder and subject to all obligations of a Lender hereunder and (ii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the Revolving Commitment of the additional Lender as provided in such Accession Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of any increase pursuant to this Section in the Revolving Commitment of a Lender already a party hereunder, Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the increased Revolving Commitment of such Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in the aggregate Revolving Commitments (or in the Revolving Commitment of any Lender) shall become effective under this Section unless, on the date of such increase, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied (with all references in such paragraphs to a Borrowing being deemed to be references to such increase) and the US Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Company.

4

Following any increase of a Lender's Revolving Commitment or any extension of a new Revolving Commitment pursuant to this paragraph, any Revolving Loans outstanding prior to the effectiveness of such increase or extension shall continue outstanding until the ends of the respective Interests Periods applicable thereto, and shall then be repaid or refinanced with new Revolving Loans made pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03.

(e) Section 5.15 is amended by deleting in its entirety paragraph (a) thereof and deleting "(b)" appearing immediately prior to the words "The Company and CBIL shall pay and perform".

(f) Section 6.05(d) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(d) (i) the Senior Subordinated Notes; (ii) any other Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company the proceeds of which are solely applied to repay the Senior Subordinated Notes; provided that the terms of any such other Subordinated Indebtedness (including maturity, amortization, redemption, repurchase or prepayment requirements, covenants and events of default and subordination provisions) shall (x) be in the aggregate not less favorable to the Company than those of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (y) contain subordination provisions at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the Senior Subordinated Notes and (z) mature no earlier than, and require no amortization, redemption, repurchase or prepayment earlier than, the Senior Subordinated Notes; and (iii) Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$225,000,000;

(g) Section 6.15 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 6.15. Subordinated Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make or agree to make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of the principal of or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,

5

defeasance, cancellation or termination of the Senior Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Indebtedness, except (i) scheduled and other mandatory payments of interest and principal in respect thereof (other than any prepayments of the Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 with the proceeds of any offering or issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness), (ii) the prepayment of the Senior Subordinated Notes with the proceeds of other Subordinated Indebtedness, including Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness, permitted under Section 6.05(d) and (iii) after an Initial Public Offering, the prepayment of Senior Subordinated Notes with up to US$25,000,000 (or US$45,000,000 if such Initial Public Offering is the Planned IPO) of the Net Proceeds from such Initial Public Offering, provided that, in the case of clauses
(ii) and (iii) above, (A) the Net Proceeds from such Initial Public Offering are applied first to prepay US Term Loans and, unless such Initial Public offering is the Planned IPO, amounts owed in respect of Canadian Term Loans and outstanding B/As in accordance with Section 2.11(c), (B) the Net Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness are applied to prepay Senior Subordinated Notes, US Term Loans and Revolving Borrowings in accordance with
Section 2.11(c) and (C) the Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.5 to 1.0 (calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to the application of such Net Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.11 and to any prepayment of Senior Subordinated Notes); provided that, in any case, no payment shall be made in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Indebtedness that is prohibited by the subordination provisions applicable thereto. Notwithstanding the forgoing proviso, it is agreed that any prepayment of the Senior Subordinated Notes with proceeds from an issuance of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness permitted by clause (ii) of the preceding sentence or with proceeds from an Initial Public Offering permitted by clause (iii) of the preceding sentence shall not be received in trust for, held for the benefit of, or paid over, delivered or transferred to, the Lenders.

SECTION 2. Increase in Revolving Commitments of Certain Existing Lenders. In the event that the Amendment Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 below) shall have occurred, effective as of the date on which US Term Loans are prepaid with Net Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.11(c) of the Credit Agreement, each of the US Term Lenders that executes a separate signature block appearing on its signature page

6

hereto set forth therein for such purpose agrees that its Revolving Commitment shall be automatically increased without any further action on the part of any Person on such date in an amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal amount of such US Term Lender's outstanding US Term Loans prepaid on such date with the Net Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness plus (ii) in the case of CIBC, Inc. and First Union National Bank, the additional amount appearing on such US Term Lender's signature page hereto. On the date of such prepayment, Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to be modified to reflect the increase in the Revolving Commitment of each such US Term Lender, subject to such US Term Lender's indicating its agreement to the terms of this Section 2 on its signature page hereto (and the last sentence of the definition of "Revolving Commitment" shall be deemed to be modified to reflect the resulting increase in the aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2). Following any increase of any of the Lenders' Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2, any Revolving Loans outstanding prior to the effectiveness of such increase shall continue outstanding until the ends of the respective Interest Periods applicable thereto, and shall then be repaid or refinanced with new Revolving Loans made pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants to each of the Lenders that, after giving effect to the amendments contemplated hereby, (a) the representations and warranties of such Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the earlier date) and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 4. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the "Amendment Effective Date") when the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received copies hereof that, when taken together, bear (i) the signatures of the Borrowers and the Required Lenders, (ii) the signatures of US Term Lenders having outstanding US Term Loans representing more than 50% of the total outstanding US Term Loans on the Amendment Effective Date, (iii) the signatures of Canadian Term Lenders having outstanding Canadian Term Loans and outstanding accepted B/As representing more


7

than 50% of the sum of the total outstanding Canadian Term Loans and accepted B/As on the Amendment Effective Date and (iv) the signatures of each Lender increasing its Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of this Amendment.

(b) The Company shall have received gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Qualified Subordinated Indebtedness of at least $125,000,000.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Company, confirming compliance as of the Amendment Effective Date with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, expenses and other consideration presented for payment on or before the date hereof.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the occurrence of the Amendment Effective Date and shall distribute to the Borrower and the Lenders an updated Schedule 2.01 on the date when such Schedule may be modified pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

SECTION 5. Applicable Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. No Other Amendments. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any party under, the Credit Agreement, nor alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein.

SECTION 7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by

8

facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

SECTION 8. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the undersigned Lenders have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION,

by: Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Senior Vice President

CANADIAN BACK INSTITUTE LIMITED,

by: Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Vice President

10

To approve the Amendment:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
individually and as US Agent
and US Collateral Agent,

by: Dawn Lee Lum

Name: Dawn Lee Lum Title: Vice President

To increase the Revolving Commitment of The Chase Manhattan Bank pursuant to
Section 2 of the Amendment:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
individually,

by: Dawn Lee Lum

Name: Dawn Lee Lum Title: Vice President

To approve the Amendment:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF
CANADA, individually and as
Canadian Agent and Canadian
Collateral Agent,

by: Chris (illegible) Collins

Name:


Title:


To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

Name of Institution:

Bank of America, N.A.

by Kevin Wagley

Name: Kevin Wagley Title: Principal

by ________________________________ Name:


Title:

To approve the increase in the
above named institution's Revolving
Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of
the Amendment:

by ________________________________
Name:
Title:

by ________________________________
Name:
Title:


To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

Name of Institution:

Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation

by Chris Berosak

Name: Chris Berosak Title: Vice President

by ________________________________ Name:


Title:

To approve the increase in the
above named institution's Revolving
Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of
the Amendment:

by Chris Berosak

Name: Chris Berosak Title: Vice President

by ________________________________ Name:


Title:


To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

Name of Institution:

PNC Bank National Association

by Marie T. Boyer

Name: Marie T. Boyer Title: Vice President

by ________________________________ Name:


Title:

To approve the increase in the
above named institution's Revolving
Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of
the Amendment:

by Marie T. Boyer

Name: Marie T. Boyer Title: Vice President

by ________________________________ Name:


Title:


To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

Name of Institution:

Societe Generale

by Richard Bernal

Name: Richard Bernal Title: Director, Corporate Banking

by________________________________ Name:


Title:

To approve the increase in the
above named institution's Revolving
Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of
the Amendment:

by Richard Bernal

Name: Richard Bernal Title: Director, Corporate Banking

by________________________________ Name:


Title:


To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

CIBC, INC.

by Douglas J. (illegible)

Name: Douglas J. (illegible) Title: Executive Director

To approve the increase in the above named institution's Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of the Amendment, and an additional US$5,000,000 increase in such Revolving Commitment:

by Douglas J. (illegible)

Name: Douglas J. (illegible) Title: Executive Director

To approve the Third Amendment dated as of May 31, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 22, 2000 (the "Credit Agreement"), as amended, among Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Canadian Back Institute Limited, an Ontario corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("CBIL"

and, together with the Company, the "Borrowers"), the Lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as US Agent and US Collateral Agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent and Canadian Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities, LLC, as Syndication Agent, and CIBC, Inc., as Documentation Agent:

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

by Jeanette A. Griffin

Name: Jeanette A. Griffin Title: Vice President

To approve the increase in the above named institution's Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2 of the Amendment, and an additional US$15,000,000 increase in such Revolving Commitment:

by Jeanette A. Griffin

Name: Jeanette Griffin Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT 10.50

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This is an Amendment, dated April 24, 2001 (the "Amendment") to the Employment Agreement made as of the 1st day of March, 2000 by and between SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Employer"), and ROCCO A. ORTENZIO, an individual (the "Employee").

Background

A. The Employer and the Employee executed and delivered that certain Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000, that certain Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement dated as of August 8, 2000, and that certain Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement dated as of February 23, 2001 (as amended, the "Employment Agreement"). The Employer and the Employee now desire to further amend the Employment Agreement as hereinafter provided.

B. Accordingly, and intended to be legally bound hereby, the Employer and the Employee agree as follows:

Agreement

1. The phrase "employed by the Employer" which appears in the first sentence of Section 3.07 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

"an employee, director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Employer, or an affiliate of the Employer"

In addition, the following new paragraph is added to the end of
Section 3.07:

"The obligation of the Employer to pay the premiums described in this
Section 3.07 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement so long as the Employee continues to serve the Employer, or any affiliate of the Employer, as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or independent contractor."

2. Except as amended hereby, the Employment Agreement shall continue in effect in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By: Michael E. Tarvin

Michael E. Tarvin, Senior Vice President

Rocco A. Ortenzio
Rocco A. Ortenzio

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.51

FIRST AMENDMENT TO COST SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is made as of the 1st day of April, 2001, by and among SELECT TRANSPORT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("ST"), having an address at 4718 Old Gettysburg Road, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055, SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("SMC"), having an address at 4716 Old Gettysburg Road, P.O. Box 2034, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055, and SELECT AIR II CORPORATION, a Pennsylvania corporation ("SAII"), having an address at 4718 Old Gettysburg Road, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055.

BACKGROUND

A. ST, SMC and SAII executed and delivered that certain Cost Sharing Agreement dated December 11, 2000 (the "Agreement"), pursuant to which the parties agreed to share certain costs relating to the operation of a hanger and aircraft located at Harrisburg International Airport. All capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

B. ST, SMC and SAII now desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, covenant and agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 2. The percentage "40%" which is set forth in the second sentence of Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby changed to "25%".

2. No Other Modifications. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed the day and year first above written.

SELECT TRANSPORT, INC., a Delaware corporation

By: Michael E. Salerno
Michael E. Salerno Treasurer

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION., a Delaware
corporation

By: Michael E. Tarvin

Michael E. Tarvin Senior Vice President

SELECT AIR II CORPORATION, a Pennsylvania corporation

By: Michael E. Salerno
Michael E. Salerno Vice President

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.52

Old Gettysburg Associates
4718 Old Gettysburg Road
Mechanicsburg, Pa 17055

Third Addendum To Lease Agreement

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT (this "Third Amendment") is made as of the 17th day of May, 2001, by and between OLD GETTYSBURG ASSOCIATES, a Pennsylvania general partnership ("Landlord"), and SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

BACKGROUND:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement dated June 15, 1999 (the "Lease"), and the First and Second Amendments pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant hired from Landlord, approximately 12,400 rentable square feet of space in the building located at 4718 Old Gettysburg Road, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

B. Tenant and Landlord desire to extend the term of the Lease Agreement.

C. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The Lease Term shall be extended through December 31, 2014.

2. All other terms and conditions contained in the Lease and not amended hereby remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Third Amendment to be duly executed as of May ___, 2001.

Landlord:

Old Gettysburg Associates
a Pennsylvania general partnership

Witness: Linda F. Kilmore          By: Michael E. Salerno         Date: 5/22/01
        ------------------------      --------------------------       ---------
                                          Michael E. Salerno
                                          Agent for Owner

Tenant:

Select Medical Corporation
a Delaware Corporation

Attest: Michael Tarvin            By:  Scott A. Romberger         Date: 5/17/01
        ------------------------      --------------------------       ---------
           Michael Tarvin                 Scott A. Romberger
           Secretary                      Vice President

-2-

Exhibit 10.53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page
                                                                                     ----
ARTICLE 1  PREMISES...............................................................      2
ARTICLE 2  TERM...................................................................      2
ARTICLE 3  DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES TO TENANT.....................................      2
ARTICLE 4  ACCEPTANCE OF THE PREMISES AND BUILDING BY TENANT......................      2
ARTICLE 5  RENTAL.................................................................      3
ARTICLE 6  OPERATING EXPENSES.....................................................      3
ARTICLE 7  SERVICES BY LANDLORD...................................................      6
ARTICLE 8  UTILITIES..............................................................      6
ARTICLE 9  USE....................................................................      8
ARTICLE 10 LAWS, ORDINANCES AND REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES................      8
ARTICLE 11 OBSERVANCE OF RULES AND REGULATIONS....................................      9
ARTICLE 12 ALTERATIONS............................................................      9
ARTICLE 13 LIENS..................................................................      9
ARTICLE 14 ORDINARY REPAIRS.......................................................     10
ARTICLE 15 INSURANCE..............................................................     10
ARTICLE 16 DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE..........................................     12
ARTICLE 17 CONDEMNATION...........................................................     13
ARTICLE 18 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING..............................................     13
ARTICLE 19 INDEMNIFICATION........................................................     14
ARTICLE 20 SURRENDER OF THE PREMISES..............................................     15
ARTICLE 21 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES..................................................     16
ARTICLE 22 SUBORDINATION..........................................................     16
ARTICLE 23 PARKING................................................................     17
ARTICLE 24 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES...................................................     17
ARTICLE 25 WAIVER BY TENANT.......................................................     20
ARTICLE 26 SECURITY DEPOSIT.......................................................     20
ARTICLE 27 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND LEGAL EXPENSES.....................................     20
ARTICLE 28 NOTICES................................................................     21
ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS..........................................................     21


OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS Lease, dated as of the date specified in the Basic Lease Information which is attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, is made between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 1

Premises

Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord for the Term (as defined below) and subject to the provisions hereof, to each of which Landlord and Tenant mutually agree, the Premises, which Premises is more particularly described in the floor plans in Exhibit A hereto, together with its appurtenances, including the right to use, in common with others, the lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators, off-street parking and loading areas (for loading and unloading of materials and supplies), and other public portions of the Building, which Building is situated on the real property described in Exhibit B hereto. The Premises shall constitute part of the "Rentable Area," which shall be determined and defined by Landlord using standards adopted by Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA). For purposes of this Lease, the Rentable Area of the Building and the Rentable Area of the Premises are as provided in the foregoing Basic Lease Information. The term "Common Areas" shall mean all of the common facilities now or hereafter under, over, in or adjacent to the Building designed and intended for use by all Tenants in the Building in common facilities now or hereafter under, over, in or adjacent to the Building designed and intended for use by all Tenants in the Building in common with Landlord and each other.

ARTICLE 2

Term

Section 2.01. The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall begin on the Commencement Date. The Commencement Date shall be the earlier of the date:

(a) specified in the Basic Lease Information provided Landlord has delivered the Premises with the Building Standard Leasehold Improvements as set forth on Exhibit C substantially completed: or

(b) of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant's business (i.e. not occupancy for construction purposes)(the "Commencement Date").

Unless sooner terminated, the Term shall end at midnight on the Expiration Date specified in the Basic Lease Information

Section 2.02. Provided Tenant performs all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, including Tenant's covenant for the payment of Rental as defined below, Tenant shall, during the Term, peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without disturbance from Landlord; subject, however, to the terms of this Lease and any deeds of trust, restrictive covenants, ground leases, easements, and other encumbrances to which this Lease now or may become subject and subordinate.

ARTICLE 3

Delivery of the Premises to Tenant

Before the Commencement Date, Landlord shall substantially complete the floor(s) or portions thereof on which the Premises are located and shall construct the Leasehold Improvements, if any, to be constructed or installed by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Exhibit C hereto. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver the Premises to Tenant by the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, except that the Rental shall be waived for the period between the Commencement Date and the date when Landlord can deliver possession and Landlord shall extend the Term. Tenant may not enter or occupy the Premises until it is tendered by Landlord, unless Tenant's entry relates to construction work in the Premises. The Premises shall be deemed completed and possession delivered when the Premises is completed to accommodate Tenants use. The terms of Exhibit C hereto shall govern the construction and installation of all Leasehold Improvements. The term "Building Standard Leasehold Improvements" as used herein shall mean those Leasehold Improvements which conform to Building Standard. The term "Non-Building Standard Leasehold Improvements" as used herein shall mean all Leasehold Improvements which exceed or deviate from Building Standard. The terms "Building Standard" and "Non-Building Standard" as used herein shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit C hereto.

ARTICLE 4

Acceptance of the Premises and Building by Tenant

Taking possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant:

(a) accepts the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which they are Leased;

(b) accepts the Building and every part and appurtenance thereof as being in a good and satisfactory condition; and

(c) waives any defects in the Premises and its appurtenances, except for the completion of those items, if any, on any punchlist and on Exhibit C attached hereto.

Landlord shall not be liable, except for negligence or willful misconduct, to Tenant or any of its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees for any injury or damage to person or property due to the condition or design of or any defect in the Building or its mechanical systems and equipment which may exist or occur, and Tenant, for itself and its agents, employees, licensees, and invitees, expressly assumes all risks of injury or damage to person or property, either proximate or remote, resulting from the condition of the Premises or the Building.

-2-

ARTICLE 5

Rental

Section 5.01. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord as Rental for the Premises, in lawful money of the United States, 1/12 of the Annual Base Rental specified in the Basic Lease Information, payable monthly in advance, without notice or demand, on the first day of each calendar month- In the event of any late payment, Tenant agrees to pay a late charge for special handling equal to 5% of the Rental due. Rental shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset, at the address of Landlord specified in the Basic Lease Information or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing. The first monthly installment of Rental shall be paid on the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of a calendar month, then the monthly Rental for the first and last fractional months of the Term shall be appropriately prorated. The term "Rental" as used herein means the sum of Annual Base Rental, Proportionate Share of Operating Expense Excess (as defined in. Section 6.01), Parking Rental (as defined in Exhibit D hereof), and all other suns, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute Rental for the purposes of Section 502(b)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code U.S.C.
502(b)(7). A service charge of 10% of the amount of any checks returned stamped "NSF" will be due and payable, in addition to the overdue installments to cover Landlord's extra cost and expense in handling and processing. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rental due hereunder, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment as Rental be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rental or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or by law.

Section 5.02. Upon the first anniversary of the Commencement Date of this Lease, and upon each and every anniversary date thereafter, the then current Annual Base Rental shall be increased by the Annual Base Rental Rate Increase (cumulative) as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

ARTICLE 6

Operating Expenses

Section 6.01. From the Commencement Date until the Fiscal Year End following the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay on a monthly basis in advance, without demand, on the first day of each calendar month, as part of the Annual Base Rental, Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses (as defined in article 6 and 7) in excess of the Initial Operating Expense Allowance ("Operating Expense Excess"). Such payments shall be calculated and made as follows:

(a) Before the beginning of each Fiscal Year during the Term, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with Landlord's reasonable estimate of the Operating Expenses and any

-3-

anticipated Operating Expense Excess for such Fiscal Year. On the first day of each month during such Fiscal Year, Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of such Fiscal Year's estimated Operating Expense Excess in monthly installments of 1/12th of Tenant's Proportionate Share of the estimated annual Operating Expense Excess of such Fiscal Year.

(b) By the first day of March of each Fiscal Year during Tenant's occupancy (beginning with the Fiscal Year following the Commencement Date), or as soon thereafter as possible, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord's actual Operating Expense Excess for the previous Fiscal Year or fraction thereof if the Commencement Date occurred after the first day of the previous Fiscal Year. If the actual Operating Expense Excess is greater than Landlord's estimate, a lump sum payment, considered Rental for all purposes, shall be made by Tenant, within 30 days of the delivery of that statement, equal to Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Expense Excess over the Landlord's estimate for the previous Fiscal Year. If the actual Operating Expense Excess is less than Landlord's estimate, a lump sum payment shall be made by Landlord, within 30 days of delivery of that statement, equal to Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Expense Excess under Landlord's estimate. The effect of this reconciliation payment or adjustment is that the Tenant shall pay during each Fiscal Year during the Term, in addition to the Annual Base Rental, Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses in excess of an amount equal to that Fixed years allowance. Said amount is based upon 12 months of building operation with all tenants utilizing all services provided by Landlord pursuant to Article 7 and Article 8.

(c) The Annual Operating Expense Allowance shall be increased each fiscal year by the Annual Operating Expense Allowance Increase (cumulative) as specified in the Basic Lease Information.

(d) With respect to the last Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year, as the case may be, during the Term, an adjustment will be made between Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 6.02, at the appropriate time after the Expiration Date. The provisions of the paragraph (d) shall survive termination of this Lease with respect to such adjustment and any payments owing by either party to the other after termination hereof.

Section 6.02. As used herein, "Operating Expense" means all expenses, costs, and disbursements of every kind which Landlord pays or incurs in connection with the ownership, operation (including, without limitation, the costs of utilities), and maintenance of the Building, Parking Areas, and exterior areas contained within the boundaries described in Exhibit B upon which the Building is situated. All Operating Expenses shall be determined according to generally accepted accrual accounting principles which shall be consistently applied. Operating Expenses shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a) Wages, salaries, and fees of all personnel or entities (exclusive of Landlord's executive personnel) directly engaged in the operation, maintenance, repair, or

-4-

security of the Building, including taxes, insurance, and benefits relating thereto. As to personnel not involved exclusively with the administration and operation of the Building, only those portions of such expenses reasonably allocable to the Building shall be included.

(b) All supplies and materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Building, except for special lighting, relamping and ballasts within any Tenant space.

(c) Expenses of all maintenance, janitorial, security, and service agreements for the Building and the equipment therein, including, without limitation, alarm service, janitorial services, exterior window cleaning, elevator maintenance, landscaping, parking facility maintenance, roadway and utility maintenance and cleaning, etc.

(d) Expenses of all insurance relating to the Building for which Landlord is responsible hereunder, or which Landlord considers reasonably necessary for the operation of the Building, including, without limitation, the cost of property, casualty and liability insurance applicable to the Building and Landlord's personal property used in connection therewith, and the cost of business interruption or rental insurance.

(e) All taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges, now or hereafter applicable to the Building, or any portion thereof, or to Landlord's personal property used in connection therewith, and dues (including those levied by any Association managing all common areas and easements) attributable to the Building or its operation, exclusive of any inheritance, gift, franchise, income, corporate, or profit taxes which may be assessed against Landlord.

(f) Expenses of repairs and general maintenance (excluding repairs and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to Tenants of the Building).

(g) Landlord's Costs related to fees paid to individuals or companies engaged in rendering legal, accounting or technical services including efforts to reduce Building Ad Valorem Tax expenses.

(h) All utility costs to Landlord of the Building (exclusive, however, of such special utility services as are provided in Section 8.02 hereof), including, without limitation, water, power, fuel, healing, lighting, air conditioning, and ventilation.

Operating Expenses shall not include specific costs especially billed to and paid by specific Tenants such as above Building Standard janitor service, above Building Standard utility service, or other services above Building Standard.

Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, fixtures, or Tenant finish placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Tenant is liable hereunder; provided that Tenant shall have the right to contest

-5-

such taxes if Tenant shall have furnished Landlord with security sufficient in Landlord's reasonable determination.

ARTICLE 7

Services by Landlord

While Tenant is occupying the Premises and is not in default under this Lease, Landlord shall, at its expense, but subject to the provisions of Articles 6 and 8 hereof, furnish the Premises with:

(a) passenger elevator service (where applicable) in common with other Tenants for access to and from the Premises, reasonably limited after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays;

(b) janitorial cleaning services as are customarily provided to Tenants in comparable office buildings in the greater Harrisburg area; and

(c) the utility services provided for in Article 8 below.

ARTICLE 8

Utilities

Section 8.01. While Tenant is occupying the Premises and is not in default under this Lease, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services:

(a) potable water

(b) heating, ventilating, and/or air conditioning in season on business days from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

(c) electric lighting for public areas and special Services Areas of the Building

all of which services shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord and paid for by Landlord as part of the Operating Expense Allowance. If Tenant requires air conditioning or heating outside the hours and days specified above, Landlord shall furnish it only at Tenant's request, and Tenant will bear the entire charge therefor which will be an amount equal to the rate charged to Landlord, at that time, plus a reasonable fee to cover Landlord's overhead costs, with a two-hour minimum. With respect to such after hours costs, Landlord acknowledges that the current after hours charge is $35.00 per hour. Whenever machines or equipment that generate abnormal heat are used in the Premises by Tenant which affect the temperature or humidity otherwise maintained by the central air conditioning system, Landlord will have the right to install supplemental air conditioning units in the Premises, and the full total cost thereof, will be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant

-6-

shall be responsible for the cost of special lighting relamping and ballasts within the Premises after initial installation of such items.

Section 8.02. While Tenant is occupying the Premises and is not in default under this Lease, Landlord will furnish sufficient power for lighting and for typewriters, dictaphones, personal computers, calculating machines, and other normal office machines of similar low electrical consumption, all of which power shall be paid for by Landlord as a part of the Operating Expense Allowance. Tenant agrees that Landlord's aforesaid obligation does not include the provision of power for:

(a) special mainframe type computers and/or electronic data processing equipment,

(b) special lighting which has electrical consumption in excess of the Building Standard lighting, or

(c) any item that consumes more than 0.5 kilowatts at rated capacity or requires a voltage other than 120 volt single phase

and such consumption by Tenant shall be deemed excessive usage for which Tenant shall pay Landlord upon receipt of an invoice for the cost to Landlord of such usage. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, Tenant acknowledges that the Building electrical feeders have normal design limitations, such that

(i) in no event shall lighting have a design load greater than an average of 2.00 watts per Usable square foot, and

(ii) collectively, Tenant's equipment and lighting shall not have an electrical design load greater than an average of 3.75 watts per Usable square foot.

Upon the existence of Tenant's excess electrical requirements, Landlord may, at its option, upon not less than 30 days prior written notice to Tenant, discontinue electric services to the Premises until Tenant reduces its power consumption to the permissible limits. Landlord will not be liable in any way to Tenant for failure or defect in the supply or character of electric energy or any other utility service furnished to the Premises because of any requirement, act, or omission of the public utility servicing the Building. All installations of electrical fixtures, appliances, and equipment within the Premises shall be subject to Landlord's prior approval. Landlord's obligation to furnish utility services shall be subject to the rules and regulations of any municipal or other governmental authority regulating the business of providing utility services. When Tenant's use of the Premises consumes power in excess of the Building Standard lighting and for typewriters, dictaphones, calculating machines and other normal office machines of similar low consumption, then the usage of such additional consumption shall be determined, at Landlord's election, either

(i) by a survey performed by a reputable consultant selected by Landlord (and paid for by Tenant when such additional consumption is proven), or

-7-

(ii) by separate meter in the Premises to be installed, maintained and read by Landlord at Tenant's sole expense.

Section 8.03. Failure to furnish, or any stoppage of, the services provided for in Article 7 above and in this Article 8 resulting from any cause will not make Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person, property, or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rental, nor relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Lease. Landlord will, with reasonable diligence, repair any malfunction of the Building Improvements or facilities, but Tenant will have no claim for rebate, abatement of Rental, or damages because of any malfunctions or interruptions in service.

ARTICLE 9

Use

The Premises shall be used for general office purposes, and for no other purpose and Tenant agrees to use and maintain the Premises in a clean, careful, safe, lawful, and proper manner.

ARTICLE 10

Laws, Ordinances and Requirements of Public Authorities

Tenant shall, at its sole expense,

(i) comply with all laws, orders, ordinances, and regulations of federal, state, county, and municipal authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises,

(ii) comply with any direction made pursuant to law of any public officer or officers requiring abatement of any nuisance, or imposing any obligation, order, or duty upon Landlord or Tenant arising from Tenant's use of the Premises or from conditions which have been created by or at the insistence of Tenant or required by reason of a breach of any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, and

(iii) indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost, claim, or expense which Landlord may incur or suffer by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with its obligations under clauses (i) or (ii) above. If Tenant receives written notice of violation of any such law, order, ordinance, or regulation, it shall promptly notify Landlord thereof.

-8-

ARTICLE 11

Observance of Rules and Regulations

Tenant and its employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with all Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease (Exhibit F). Landlord shall at all times have the right to make reasonable exchanges in and additions to such Rules and Regulation. Any failure by Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations now or hereafter in effect, either against Tenant or any other Tenant in the Building, shall not constitute a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure or refusal by any other Tenant, guest, invitee, visitor, or occupant of the Building to comply with any of the Rules and Regulations, but Landlord shall, after receipt of notice, take reasonable action to assure compliance.

ARTICLE 12

Alterations

Section 12.01. Tenant may not, at any time during the Term, without Landlord's prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), make any alterations to the Premises. All alternations shall be made at Tenant's expense, either by Tenant's contractors which have been approved in writing by Landlord, or at Landlord's option, by Landlord's contractors on terms reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, including a fee of 15% of the actual costs to Landlord for performing such work to cover Landlord's overhead.

Section 12.02. All Leasehold Improvements (whether Building Standard or Non- Building Standard), alterations, and other physical additions made or installed by or for Tenant in or to the Premises shall be and remain Landlord's property, except Tenant's furniture, furnishings, personal property, and moveable trade fixtures and shall not be removed without Landlord's written consent.

ARTICLE 13

Liens

Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Buildings, and the property on which the Building is located, free from any liens arising from any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of Tenant. Nothing contained in this Lease' shall be construed as Landlord's consent to any performance of labor or furnishing of any materials for any specific improvements, alteration, or repair of, or to, the Premises, that would result in any liens against the Premises or liability of the Landlord. If, based upon acts of Tenant, any lien is filed against the Premises, the Building, the Property on which the Building is located, or Tenant's Leasehold interests therein, Tenant shall discharge same within 10 days after its filing. If Tenant fails to

-9-

discharge such lien within such period, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may, at its election, discharge the lien by either paying the amount claimed to be due, obtaining the discharge by deposit with a court or a title company, or by bonding. Tenant shall pay on demand any amount paid by Landlord for reasonable attorneys' fees and other legal expenses of Landlord incurred in defending any such action or in obtaining the discharge of such lien, together with all necessary disbursements in connection therewith, to double the amount of the lien claim plus a sufficient amount to cover any penalties, interest, attorneys' fees, court costs, and other legal expenses resulting from such contest. This bond shall name Landlord and such other parties as Landlord may direct as beneficiaries thereunder.

ARTICLE 14

Ordinary Repairs

Tenant shall, at all times during the Term hereof and at Tenants sole cost and expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear, fire and other casualty excepted. Subject to Article 20, section 20.02 herein, Tenant shall, at the end of the term hereof, surrender the Premises, as repaired, to Landlord in the same condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to make such repairs promptly, Landlord may, at its option, make such repairs, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand Landlord's actual costs in making such repairs plus a fee of (15%) to cover Landlord's overhead.

ARTICLE 15

Insurance

Section 15.01. Tenant shall, during the Term, at its sole expense, keep in force, with Tenant, Landlord, and the mortgagees and ground lessors of Landlord named as additional insured thereunder (except with respect to Worker's Compensation coverage) all as their respective interests may appear, the following insurance:

(a) All Risk Insurance (including fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, extended perils, sprinkler leakage and debits removal) upon property of every description and kind owned by Tenant and located in the Building or for which Tenant is legally liable or installed by or on behalf of Tenant including, without limitation, fittings, installations, fixtures, removable trade fixtures, Non- Building Standard Leasehold Improvements (as defined in Exhibit C), and alterations, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof. If there is a dispute as to the amount which comprises full replacement cost, the decision of Landlord or the mortgagees of Landlord shall be conclusive and binding.

(b) Commercial liability insurance coverage to include death, personal injury, bodily injury (not less than $1,000,000 limits), broad form property damage (not less than $1,000,000 limits), fire sprinkler hazard, operations hazard, owner's protective coverage, contractual liability, and products and completed operations

-10-

liability, with combined single liability limits not less than $1,000,000. Such coverage shall insure against all liability of Tenant and its authorized representatives and visitors arising out of, and in connection with, Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises.

(c) Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance, with a waiver of subrogation endorsement, in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord.

(d) Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or the mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time in form, in amounts, and for insurance risks against which a prudent Tenant of a comparable size and in a comparable business would protect itself.

All policies shall be issued by insurers with a Best's Insurance Reports rating of A or better and shall be in form satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant agrees that certificates of insurance on the Landlord's standard form, or certified copies of each such insurance policy, naming Landlord and its mortgagees as additional insured, will be delivered to Landlord not later than 5 days prior to the date that Tenant takes possession of any part of the Premises. All policies shall contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify Landlord and the mortgagees of Landlord in writing, by Registered US. Mail, not less than 30 days before any material change, reduction in coverage, cancellation, or other termination thereof. All insurance shall be primarily as to Landlord and not participating with any other available insurance. So long as Tenant is not in default, proceeds of Tenant's insurance shall be available to repair or replace the insured fixtures and equipment.

Section 15.02. During the Term, Landlord shall insure the Building (but excluding Non-Building Standard Leasehold Improvements and any other property which Tenant is obligated to insure under Section 15.01 hereof) against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof, and shall provide public liability insurance in such amounts and with such deductions as Landlord considers appropriate. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, take out and carry any other form or forms of insurance as it or Landlord's mortgagees may reasonably determine appropriate. Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums, as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord. Landlord will not be required to carry insurance of any kind on any Non-Building Standard Leasehold Improvements, on Tenant's furniture or furnishings, or on any of Tenant's fixtures, equipment, improvements, or appurtenances under this Lease; and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace same.

Section 15.03. Tenant shall not keep in the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any reasonable insurance policy periodically in force covering the Building. If Tenant's occupancy results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried by Landlord, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as additional Rental within 10 days after being billed therefor. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises and the Building.

-11-

Section 15.04. If any of Landlord's insurance policies shall be cancelled or cancellation shall be threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced, or if the premiums on any of Landlord's insurance policies are increased or threatened to be increased, in any way because of Tenant's use of the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the cause thereof within 48 hours after notice, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Lease or enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay the cost thereof to Landlord as additional Rental. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of Tenant or of others located on the Premises resulting from such entry. If Landlord is unable to remedy such condition, then Landlord shall have all of the remedies provided for in this Lease in. the event of a default by Tenant.

Section 15.05. All policies covering real or personal property which either party obtains affecting the Premises shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured before the occurrence of injury or loss. Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance containing such a waiver of subrogation clause or endorsement to the extent of the injury or loss covered thereby.

ARTICLE 16

Damage by Fire or Other Cause

Section 16.01. Subject to Sections 16.02 and 16.03 hereof, if the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty so as to affect the Premises, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord, who shall (but only if the proceeds from Landlord's insurance available to Landlord

(i) are free from collection by Landlord's mortgagee, ground or primary lessor, and

(ii) are sufficient)

have the damage repaired with reasonable speed at the expense of Landlord, subject to delays which may arise by reason of adjustment of loss under the insurance policies and to other delays beyond Landlord's reasonable control. Provided such damage was not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or Tenant's employees or invitees, an abatement in the Rental hereunder shall be allowed as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by such damage until such time as Landlord determines that such damaged portion of the Premises has been made tenantable for Tenant's use.

Section 16.02. If the Premises are damaged or destroyed by any cause whatsoever, and if, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, the Premises cannot be rebuilt or made fit for Tenant's purposes within 120 days of the damage or destruction, or if the proceeds from insurance remaining after payment of any such proceeds to Landlord's mortgagee, ground, or primary lessor, are insufficient to repair or restore the damage by destruction, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by giving Tenant, within 60 days after such damage or destruction, notice of termination, and thereupon Rental and any other payments for which Tenant is liable under this

-12-

Lease shall be apportioned and paid to the date of such damage and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises, provided, however, that those provisions of this Lease which are designated to cover matters of termination and the period thereafter shall survive the termination hereof.

Section 16.03. If either

(a) the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in Landlords reasonable opinion it would not be economically feasible to repair or restore such damage or destruction, or

(b) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the damage or destruction to the Building cannot be repaired or restored within 60 days after such damage or destruction,

Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by giving Tenant, within 60 days after such damage, notice of such termination requiring Tenant to vacate the Premises 60 days after delivery of the notice of termination, and thereupon Rental and any other payments shall be apportioned and paid to the date on which possession is relinquished and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises according to such notice of termination, provided, however, that those provisions of this Lease which are designed to cover matters of termination and the period thereafter shall survive the termination hereof.

Section 16.04. No damages shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business, or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises, or the Building. Landlord shall use its best efforts to have such repairs made promptly so as not to unnecessarily interfere with Tenant's occupancy.

Section 16.05. The provisions of this Article shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Building, the Building Standard Leasehold Improvements, the Non-Building Standard Leasehold Improvements, the alterations, or the Premises by fire or other casualty.

ARTICLE 17

Condemnation

If the Premises shall be taken or condemned, in whole or in part, for any public purpose to such an extent as to render said Premises untenantable, this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord or Tenant, forthwith terminate. All proceeds from any taking or condemnation shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, except to the extent of any proceeds awarded to Tenant on account of moving and relocation expenses and depreciation to and removal of Tenant's physical property.

-13-

ARTICLE 18

Assignment and Subletting

Section 18.01. If Tenant should desire to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises (or any part thereof), Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least 60 days in advance thereof. Landlord shall then have a period of 30 days following receipt of such notice within which to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord elects either

(a) to terminate this Lease as to the space so affected by Tenant in its notice, in which event Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Lease which expressly survive the termination hereof, shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder as to such space;

(b) to permit Tenant to assign or sublet such space, subject however, to the subsequent written approval of the proposed assignee or subTenant by Landlord, and provided that if the Rental rate agreed upon between Tenant and its proposed subtenant is greater than the Rental rate that Tenant must pay Landlord hereunder, then 100% of such excess Rental shall be considered additional Rental owed by Tenant to Landlord, and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in the same manner that Tenant pays Annual Base Rental; or

(c) to refuse to consent to Tenant's assignment or subleasing of such space and to continue this Lease in full force and effect as to the entire Premises, in which case, any judgment against Landlord for unreasonable denial shall be limited to specific performance of approval of said assignment or sublease.

No assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Any attempted assignment or sublease by Tenant in violation of the terms and provisions of this Section 18.01 shall be void. In no event shall Tenant solicit assignees or sublessees in other Buildings owned by Landlord, or at less than a fair market rate.

Section 18.02. Landlord may sell, transfer, assign, and convey all or any part of the Building and any and all of its rights under this Lease, provided Landlord's successor in interest assumes Landlord's obligations hereunder, and in the event Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's successor in interest for performance of such obligations.

ARTICLE 19

Indemnification

Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for damage to any property or injury to, or death of, any person in, upon, or about the Building, the Premises or Parking Facilities arising at any time and from any and all causes whatsoever other than solely by reason of the negligence or willful

-14-

misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, representatives, or contractors, and Tenant agrees that it will defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless, Landlord from and against all claims, demands, actions, damages, loss, costs, liabilities, expenses, and judgements suffered by, recovered from, or asserted against Landlord on account of any damage to any property or injury to, or death of, any person arising from the use of the Building, the Premises, or the Parking Facilities by Tenant or its employees or invitees, except such as is caused solely by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, representatives, or contractors. Tenant's foregoing indemnity obligation shall include reasonable attorneys' fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord. The provisions of this Article 19 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any damage, injury, or death occurring before such termination. If Landlord is made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Tenant or relating to this Lease or to the Premises, and provided that in any such litigation, Landlord is not finally adjudicated to be at fault, then Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and court costs, incurred by or imposed upon Landlord because of any such litigation, and the amount of all such costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and court costs, shall be a demand obligation owing by Tenant to Landlord, and shall be considered as additional Rental.

ARTICLE 20

Surrender of the Premises

Section 20.01. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease for any cause whatsoever, Tenant shall peacefully vacate the Premises in as good order and condition as the same were at the beginning of the Term or may thereafter have been improved by Landlord or Tenant, subject only to reasonable use and wear thereof, and repairs which are Landlord's obligation hereunder.

Section 20.02. Landlord may require Tenant to remove any Non-Building Standard Leasehold Improvements, alterations, and physical additions installed in the Premises upon termination of this Lease. In the event Landlord so elects, and Tenant fails to remove the aforementioned items, Landlord may remove and store same at Tenant's cost, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand, the cost of restoring the Premises to Building Standard, ordinary wear and tear excepted Tenant agrees to remove, at Tenant's expense, all of its furniture, furnishings, personal property, and moveable trade fixtures by the Expiration Date, and shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing all damage done to the Premises or the Building by such removal.

Section 20.03. Should Tenant continue to hold the Premises after the termination of this Lease, whether the termination occurs by lapse of time or otherwise, such holding over shall, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing, constitute and be construed as a tenancy at will at a daily Rental equal to 1/30th of an amount equal to 2 times the monthly Rental Rate for the Premises as of the date of termination, and subject to all of the other terms set forth herein except any right to renew or expand this Lease. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damage which Landlord suffers because of any holding over by Tenant, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all claims made by any other Tenant or prospective Tenant against Landlord resulting from delay by Landlord in delivering possession of the Premises to such other Tenant or prospective Tenant.

-15-

ARTICLE 21

Estoppel Certificates

Tenant agrees to furnish, when requested by Landlord or the holder of any deed of trust covering the Building, the Land, or any interest of Landlord therein, a certificate signed by Tenant certifying to such parties as Landlord may designate to the extent true matters with respect to the terms and status of this Lease and the Premises, stating that Tenant, as of the date of such certificate, has no charge, lien, or claim of offset under this Lease or otherwise against Rentals or other charges due or to become due hereunder; and such other matters as may be requested by Landlord or the holder of any such deed of trust. To the extent any such statements requested are not true, Tenant shall explain such facts in writing. Landlord agrees periodically to furnish, when reasonably requested in writing by Tenant, certificates signed by Landlord containing substantially the same information as described above.

ARTICLE 22

Subordination

Section 22.01. This Lease is subject and subordinate to any deeds of trust, mortgages, or other security instruments, and any other supplements or amendments thereto, which presently or may in the future cover the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein, and to any increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions of any of such deeds of trust, mortgages, or security instruments. Landlord agrees to use his best efforts to obtain for Tenant a "non-disturbance" agreement from the holder or beneficiary of any deeds of trust, mortgages or other security instruments that in the future may cover the Building and the Land or any interest of Landlord therein. This provision is declared by Landlord and Tenant to be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination of this Lease. Tenant shall, however, upon demand, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord any further instruments and certificates evidencing such subordination as Landlord may require. This Lease is further subject and subordinate to

(a) all ground or primary Leases in existence at the date hereof and to any supplements, modifications, and extensions thereof heretofore or hereafter made, and

(b) utility easements and agreements, covenants, restrictions, and other encumbrances which do not materially adversely effect Tenant's intended use of the Premises, both existing and future.

Section 22.02. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing provisions of Section 22.01 hereof, any such mortgagee or ground or primary lessor shall have the right at any time to subordinate any such ground or primary Leases, deeds of trust, mortgages, or other security instruments to this Lease on such terms and subject to such conditions as such mortgagee or ground or primary lessor may consider appropriate in its discretion. At any time, before or after

-16-

the institution of any proceedings for the foreclosure of any such deeds of trust, mortgages, or other security instruments or termination of any ground or primary Lease, or sale of the Building under any such deeds of trust, mortgages. or other security instruments or termination of any ground or primary Lease, Tenant shall attorn to such ground or primary lessor or such purchaser upon any such sale or the grantee under any deed in lieu of such foreclosure and shall recognize such ground or primary lessor or such purchaser or grantee as Landlord under this Lease The agreement of Tenant to attorn contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive any such termination of any ground or primary Lease, foreclosure sale, trustee's sale, or conveyance in lieu thereof. Tenant shall upon demanded at any time, before or after any such termination execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord's mortgagee or ground or primary lessor any written instruments and certificates evidencing such attornment as Landlord's mortgagee or ground or primary lessor may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 23

Parking

Landlord will permit Tenant to use the areas designated by Landlord ("Parking Facilities") for parking of vehicles in common with other Tenants in the Building during the Term as more fully provided for in Exhibit D hereto.

ARTICLE 24

Default and Remedies

Section 24.01. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall, at Landlord's option, constitute an event of default of this Lease:

(a) if Tenant shall fail to pay any Rental or other sums payable by Tenant hereunder within 10 days of written notice thereof from Landlord (provided, however, if such event of default shall occur more than once in every 6 months period, Landlord shall not be required to provide any written notice of default and an event of default shall occur as and when such Rental or other sums becomes due and payable);

(b) if Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other term hereof or any of the Rules and Regulations and such failure shall continue for more than 30 days after notice thereof from Landlord;

(c) if Tenant fails to take occupancy within 30 days following substantial completion;

(d) if Tenant deserts or vacates any substantial portion of the Premises;

(e) if any petition is filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this Lease under any section or chapter of the present or any future Federal Bankruptcy Code or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state thereof;

-17-

(f) if Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this Lease becomes insolvent or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors;

(g) if Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(h) if a receiver, custodian, or trustee is appointed for Tenant or for any of the assets of Tenant which appointment is not vacated within 30 days of the date of such appointment.

Section 24.02. If an event of default occurs, at any time thereafter Landlord may do one or more of the following without any additional notice or demand:

(a) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without notice and without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and its effects without being liable to prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, whether through inability to relet the Premises or otherwise, including any loss of Rental for the remainder of the Term. Any such loss of Rental shall be offset by any Rental received by Landlord as a result of reletting the Premises during the remainder of the Term.

(b) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant's event of default shall be considered a total breach of Tenant's obligations under this Lease and Tenant immediately shall become liable for such damages for such breach amount, equal to the total of:

(1) the costs of recovering the Premises;

(2) the unpaid Rental earned as of the date of termination, plus interest thereon at a rate per annum from the due date equal to 5% percent over the Prime Rate; provided, however, that such interest shall never exceed the Highest Lawful Rate;

(3) the amount of the excess of

(i) the total Rental and other benefits which Landlord would have received under the Lease for the remainder of the Term, at the rates then in effect, together with all other expenses occurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant's default, over

(ii) the Fair Market Rate of the balance of the Terms as of the time of such breach,

-18-

which excess shall be discounted at the rate of 8% per annum to the then present value; and

(4) all other sums of money and damages owing by Tenant and Landlord.

(c) Enter upon and take possession of the Premises as Tenant's agent without terminating this Lease and without being liable to prosecution or any claim for damages therefor, and Landlord may relet the Premises as Tenant's agent and receive the Rental therefor, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the cost of renovating, repairing, and altering the Premises for a new Tenant or Tenants and any deficiency that may arise by reason of such reletting; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no duty to relet the Premises and Landlord's failure to relet the Premises shall not release or affect Tenant's liability for Rental or for damages.

(d) Do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under this Lease and may enter the Premises without being liable to prosecution or any claim for damages therefor, to accomplish this purpose. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any expenses which Landlord incurs in thus effecting compliance with this Lease on Tenant's behalf, and Landlord shall not be liable for any damages suffered by Tenant from such action, whether caused by the negligence of Landlord or otherwise.

Section 24.03. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall constitute an acceptance of an attempted surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises or to terminate this Lease shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by Landlord. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such reletting or re-entry or taking possession, Landlord may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease for a previous default. Landlord's acceptance of Rental. following an event of default hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such event of default. No waiver by Landlord of any breach of this Lease shall constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any time of the terms hereof. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any other breach of the Lease.

Section 24.04. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord. Nor shall any custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms of this Lease be construed to waive or lessen Landlord's right to insist upon strict performance of the terms of this Lease. The rights granted to Landlord in this Lease shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy which Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity or by statue, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the current or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies.

-19-

ARTICLE 25

Waiver by Tenant

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant waives for itself and all claiming by, through, and under it, including creditors of all kinds

(a) any right and privilege which it or any of them may have under any present or future constitution, statute, or rule of law to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the Term after termination of Tenant's right of occupancy by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, under the terms of this Lease, or after the termination of the Term as herein provided,

(b) the benefits of any present or future constitution, statute, or rule of law which exempts property form liability for debt or for distress for rent, and

(c) the provisions of law relating to notice and/or delay in levy of execution in case of eviction of a Tenant for non-payment of rent.

ARTICLE 26

Security Deposit

The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord, without interest, as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Security Deposit to remedy any default in. any obligation of Tenant hereunder, and such use shall survive the termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall promptly, on demand, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, any remaining portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Term, Landlord shall assign the Security Deposit to the transferee who shall then become obligated to Tenant for its return, and thereafter Landlord shall have no further liability for its return.

ARTICLE 27

Attorney's Fees and Legal Expenses

In any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other with respect to this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party's reasonable attorneys' fees, investigation costs, and other legal expenses and court costs incurred by such party in such action or proceeding as the court may find to be reasonable. The prevailing party shall be the one who receives the net judgment in its behalf at the end of any action.

-20-

ARTICLE 28

Notices

Any notice or document required to be delivered hereunder shall be considered delivered, whether actually received or not, when hand delivered to the address of the other party, or 48 hours after deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses specified in the Basic Lease Information, or at such other address as they have subsequently specified by written notice.

ARTICLE 29

Miscellaneous

Section 29.01. Where this Lease requires Tenant to reimburse Landlord the cost of any item, if no such cost has been stipulated, such cost will be the reasonable and customary charge therefor periodically established by Landlord. Failure to pay any such cost shall be considered as a failure to pay Rental.

Section 29.02. Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease except such brokers or agents as may be identified in Item 23 of the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any costs, expenses, or liability for commission or other compensation or charges claimed by any person, broker or agent (other than those identified in the Basic Lease Information), claiming through association with Tenant with respect to this Lease.

Section 29.03. As used herein, the terms "business days" means Monday through Friday (except for holidays); "normal business hours" means 7:00 a.m. to 6:00
p.m. on business days; and "holidays" means those holidays designated by Landlord which holidays shall be consistent with those holidays designated by Landlords of comparable office Buildings in the immediate area and town.

Section 29.04. Every agreement contained in this Lease is, and shall be construed as, a separate and independent agreement. If any term of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be invalid and unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected.

Section 29.05. There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the Leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof by reason of the fact that the same person may acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, this Lease or the Leasehold state hereby created or any interest in this Lease or in any interest in such fee estate. In the event of a voluntary or other surrender of this Lease, or a mutual cancellation hereof, Landlord may, at its option, terminate all subLeases, or treat such surrender or cancellation as an assignment of such subLeases.

-21-

Section 29.06. Any liability of Landlord to Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to Landlord's interest in. the Building and. the Land, and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency.

Section 29.07. Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action, other than the payment of money, to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which is beyond the control of such party.

Section 29.08. The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not enlarge or limit the scope or meaning of the various and several articles hereof. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 29.09. If there be more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed Tenant shall be joint and several, and all agreements and covenants herein contained shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and to the extent permitted under this Lease, assigns of the parties hereto. If there is a guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder, Tenant's obligations shall be joint and several obligations of Tenant and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant hereunder before proceeding against such guarantor, nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guarantee for any reason including without limitation, any amendment, renewal, expansion or diminution of this Lease, any forbearance by Landlord or waiver of any of Landlord's rights, the failure to give Tenant or such guarantor any notices, or the release of any party liable for the payment of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

Section 29.10. Neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents or brokers have made any representations or promises with respect to the Premises or the Building except as herein expressly set forth and all reliance with respect to any representations or promises is based solely on those contained herein.

Section 29.11. This Lease sets forth the entire agreement between the parties and cancels all prior negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements, and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter of this Lease. No amendment or modification of this Lease shall be binding or valid unless expressed in a writing executed by both parties hereto.

Section 29.12. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights with respect thereto unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers the same to Tenant.

Section 29.13. If Tenant signs as a corporation, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly organized and existing corporations that Tenant has and is qualified to do business In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, that the corporation has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all

-22-

persons signing on behalf of the corporation were authorized to do so by appropriate corporation actions. If Tenant signs as a partnership, trust, or other legal entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has complied with all applicable laws, rules, and governmental regulations relative to its right to do business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, that such entity has the full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the Tenant were authorized to do so by any and all necessary or appropriate partnership, trust, or other actions.

Section 29.14. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Building or of any ground or underlying Lease, any lender shall request reasonable modifications in the Lease as a condition for such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay, or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect either the Leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises.

Section 29.15. This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any action brought to enforce or interpret this Lease shall be brought in the court of appropriate jurisdiction in Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. Should any provision of this Lease require judicial interpretation, it is agreed that the Court interpreting or considering same shall not apply the presumption that the terms hereof shall be more strictly construed against a party by reason of the rule or conclusion that a document should be construed more strictly against the party who itself or through its agent prepared the same, it being agreed that all parties hereto have participated in the preparation of this Lease and that legal counsel was consulted by each party before the execution of this Lease.

Section 29.16. Any elimination or shutting off of light, air, or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building, modification of the amenities to the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

Section 29.17. Landlord may, upon reasonable notice (except in the case of emergencies) enter upon the Premises at reasonable hours to inspect same or clean or make repairs or alterations (but without any obligation to do so, except as expressly provided for herein) and to show the Premises and to show the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers, and, during the last 6 months of the Term of the Lease, to show them to prospective Tenants at reasonable hours and, if they are vacated, to prepare them for re-occupancy. Landlord shall cause its officers, agents and representatives to exercise care with any such entry not to unreasonably interfere with the operation and normal office routine of Tenant (except in the case of emergency).

Section 29.18. Landlord may elect to relocate Tenant to other space in the Building containing at least the same amount of Rentable Area as contained in the Premises (`Substitution Space). If such relocation occurs, the description of the Premises set forth in this Lease shall, without farther act on the part of Landlord or Tenant, be deemed amended so that the Substitution Space shall be deemed the Premises hereunder, and all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and shall apply to the Substitution Space. The cost of relocating Tenant and altering the Substitution Space to make it comparable to the Premises shall be borne by Landlord The Annual Base Rental for the Substitution Space shall be the amount specified under item 14 of the Basic Lease Information.

-23-

Section 29.19. The exhibits and numbered riders attached to this Lease are by this reference incorporated fully herein. The term "this Lease" shall be considered to include all such exhibits and riders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have set their hands and seals to this Lease Agreement the day and year first above written.

Landlord:

Old Gettysburg Associates
a Pennsylvania general partnership

Witness: Linda L. Kilmore           By: Michael E. Salerno
        -----------------------        --------------------------
                                          Michael E. Salerno
                                          Agent for Owner


                                    Tenant:

                                    Select Medical Corporation
                                    a Delaware Corporation


Attest:  Michael Tarvin             By: Scott A. Romberger
        -----------------------        --------------------------
          Michael Tarvin                  Scott A. Romberger
          Secretary                       Vice President

-24-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page
                                                                                     ----
ARTICLE 1  PREMISES...............................................................      1
ARTICLE 2  TERM...................................................................      1
ARTICLE 3  DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES TO TENANT.....................................      2
ARTICLE 4  ACCEPTANCE OF THE PREMISES AND BUILDING BY TENANT......................      2
ARTICLE 5  RENTAL.................................................................      3
ARTICLE 6  OPERATING EXPENSES.....................................................      3
ARTICLE 7  SERVICES BY LANDLORD...................................................      6
ARTICLE 8  UTILITIES..............................................................      6
ARTICLE 9  USE....................................................................      8
ARTICLE 10 LAWS, ORDINANCES AND REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES................      8
ARTICLE 11 OBSERVANCE OF RULES AND REGULATIONS....................................      9
ARTICLE 12 ALTERATIONS............................................................      9
ARTICLE 13 LIENS..................................................................      9
ARTICLE 14 ORDINARY REPAIRS.......................................................     10
ARTICLE 15 INSURANCE..............................................................     10
ARTICLE 16 DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE..........................................     12
ARTICLE 17 CONDEMNATION...........................................................     13
ARTICLE 18 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING..............................................     13
ARTICLE 19 INDEMNIFICATION........................................................     14
ARTICLE 20 SURRENDER OF THE PREMISES..............................................     15
ARTICLE 21 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES..................................................     16
ARTICLE 22 SUBORDINATION..........................................................     16
ARTICLE 23 PARKING................................................................     17
ARTICLE 24 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES...................................................     17
ARTICLE 25 WAIVER BY TENANT.......................................................     20
ARTICLE 26 SECURITY DEPOSIT.......................................................     20
ARTICLE 27 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND LEGAL EXPENSES.....................................     20
ARTICLE 28 NOTICES................................................................     21
ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS..........................................................     21



EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 10.54

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

$175,000,000

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

June 6, 2001

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.
FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
C/O J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
270 Park Avenue, 4th floor
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Select Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Securities"). The Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as of June 11, 2001 (the "Indenture") between the Company, each of the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule I hereto (each a "Guarantor" and together, the "Guarantors") and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Securities will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by guarantees (the "Guarantees", and each a "Guarantee") of the Guarantors. The Company hereby confirms its agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ("JPMorgan") and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc. (collectively, together with JPMorgan, the "Initial Purchasers") concerning the purchase of the Securities from the Company by the several Initial Purchasers.


The Securities will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in reliance upon an exemption therefrom. The Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum dated May 29, 2001 (the "Preliminary Offering Memorandum") and will prepare an offering memorandum dated the date hereof (the "Offering Memorandum") setting forth information concerning the Company, the Guarantors and the Securities. Copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum have been, and copies of the Offering Memorandum will be, delivered by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Any references herein to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements thereto, unless otherwise noted. The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum in connection with the offering and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with Section 2.

Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, be entitled to the benefits of an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company will agree to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement under the Securities Act (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") registering an issue of senior subordinated notes of the Company (the "Exchange Securities") and guarantees of each of the Guarantors which are identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest) and the Guarantors and under certain circumstances, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the "Shelf Registration Statement").

Prior to or on the Closing Date (i) the Company's Amended and Restated Credit Agreement will be amended (the "Credit Agreement Amendment") and (ii) the Company will repay all outstanding principal and interest on its 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Senior Subordinated Note Repayment"). The Credit Agreement Amendment and the Senior Subordinated Note Repayment are collectively referred to herein as the "Related Transactions".

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Offering Memorandum.

1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the
Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Initial Purchasers on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3) that:

2

(a) Each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, did not, and on the Closing Date the Offering Memorandum will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company and the Guarantors make no representation or warranty as to information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to the Initial Purchasers furnished to the Company or the Guarantors by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser specifically for use therein as specified in section 16 hereof (the "Initial Purchasers' Information").

(b) Each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, contains all of the information that, if requested by a prospective purchaser of the Securities, would be required to be provided to such prospective purchaser pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 2, compliance with the agreements set forth herein, compliance by the Initial Purchasers with the offering and transfer procedures and restrictions described in the Transaction Documents, and the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in accordance with the Transaction Documents by purchasers to whom the Initial Purchasers initially resell the Securities, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum, to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act") (it being understood that no representation is made as to any resale subsequent to the initial resale of the Securities).

(d) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in any material adverse changes in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the

3

earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect").

(e) (1) Each subsidiary of the Company set forth on Schedule III hereto (which lists all (a) Guarantors and (b) other subsidiaries of the Company that are either operating entities or holding companies, each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto, (a) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary that is a corporation has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned, by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity, and (b) all of the ownership interests of each such Subsidiary that is not a corporation have been duly authorized and are owned, by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Schedule I hereto and the subsidiaries listed on Schedule V hereto (which lists all subsidiaries of the Company that are not guaranteeing the Securities).

(2) Except to the extent disclosed in the Offering Memorandum under the caption "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and in the Company's consolidated financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum, each of the specialty acute care hospitals, outpatient rehabilitation clinics and occupational health centers (collectively, the "Facilities") described in the Offering Memorandum as owned by the Company is owned or leased and operated by a Subsidiary of which the Company directly or indirectly owns 100% of the outstanding ownership interests. Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no material encumbrances or restrictions on the ability of any Subsidiary (i) to pay any dividends or make any distributions on such Subsidiary's capital stock,
(ii) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in,

4

the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iii) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Subsidiary.

(f) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum in the column entitled "Actual" under the caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Offering Memorandum or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Offering Memorandum or repurchases of an immaterial number of shares of the Company's capital stock held by former employees). The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company that were not subsequently waived. The shares of capital stock of the Company issued or to be issued in connection with the exercise of any put right held by any prior owner of a Facility that was subsequently acquired by the Company, have been issued in compliance, in all material respects, with all federal and state securities laws. Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of the Company's or any of its subsidiaries' capital stock or other ownership interests.

(g) (i) The Company and each of the Guarantors has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Indenture (including the Guarantee set forth therein), the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Securities and (ii) the Company has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver the Credit Agreement Amendment
((i) and (ii) above are collectively referred to as, the "Transaction Documents") and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all corporate action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly taken.

(h) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors.

(i) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable

5

against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(j) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. On the Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder.

(k) The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, as issuer and each of the Guarantors, as guarantors, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company, as issuer, and each of the Guarantors, as guarantors, in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; the Securities conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Offering Memorandum and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the Transaction Documents.

(l) The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when the Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee and due authentication of the Securities by the Trustee), will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

6

(m) The Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and the related guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (assuming the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee) will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, as issuer and each of the Guarantors, as guarantors, enforceable against the Company, as issuer and each of the Guarantors, as guarantors, in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(n) Each of the Transaction Documents not referred to in the preceding clauses (h) through (l) has been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with their terms by each of the parties thereto will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(o) Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.

(p) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities and compliance by the Company and each of the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such actions result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the

7

Company (or other comparable organizational documents) or any of its subsidiaries or any statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any such court or arbitrator or governmental agency or body under any such statute, judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities and compliance by the Company and each of the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, filings, registrations or qualifications which shall have been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date and as may be required to be obtained or made under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

(q) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission. The consolidated financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum, together with the related notes, comply in all material respects with the requirements applicable to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act (except that certain supporting schedules and exhibits are omitted), present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group, Intensiva Healthcare Corporation and Subsidiaries, and American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. (collectively, the "Acquired Entities"), at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company, its consolidated subsidiaries and the Acquired Entities and for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The selected consolidated financial data and the summary consolidated financial information of the Company included in the Offering Memorandum present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum. The statement of operations data and balance sheet data of Sports Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, PA ("SORS") for December 31, 1996 and the year then ended and the period January 1, 1997 through February 6, 1997 included in the Offering Memorandum under the heading "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" (the "SORS Financial Information") was derived from the compiled financial statements of SORS. The combined financial statements of SORS for the above referenced periods
(i) fairly

8

present the financial position of SORS at the dates indicated and the statement of operations data for the periods specified and (ii) were prepared in conformity with GAAP, except for the absence of footnotes, statements of cash flows and the exclusion of certain per share information. There are no material adjustments that would be required to be made to the SORS Financial Information if the above referenced financial statements of SORS were reissued to be in conformity with GAAP. The pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Offering Memorandum present fairly the information shown therein and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein; the as adjusted financial information included in the Offering Memorandum has been properly compiled on the basis described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

(r) There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending (other than any sealed "qui tam" actions of which the Company has no knowledge), or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any subsidiary which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Offering Memorandum, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) No action has been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which prevents the issuance of the Securities or suspends the sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which would prevent or suspend the issuance or sale of the Securities or the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum in any jurisdiction; no action, suit or proceeding is pending against or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any governmental agency, body or official, domestic or foreign, which could reasonably be expected to interfere with or adversely affect the issuance of the Securities or in any manner draw into question the validity or enforceability of any

9

of the Transaction Documents or any action taken or to be taken pursuant thereto; and the Company has complied with any and all requests by any securities authority in any jurisdiction for additional information to be included in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.

(t) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws (or other comparable organizational documents), (ii) in default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject (except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect) or (iii) in violation in any material respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court decree to which it or its property or assets may be subject.

(u) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all required permits, licenses, provider numbers, certificates, approvals (including without limitation, certificate of need approvals), consents, orders, certifications (including, without limitation, certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), accreditations (including, without limitation, accreditation by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations) and other authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by, and have made all required declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them (including, without limitation, Government Licenses as are required (i) under such federal and state healthcare laws as are applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) with respect to those facilities operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that participate in the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs, to receive reimbursement thereunder), except where the failure to possess such Government Licenses or to make such declarations would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material

10

Adverse Effect. All of the long-term acute care hospitals operated by the Company and its subsidiaries and all of the Company's and its subsidiaries' outpatient clinics that operate as "rehabilitation agencies" are "providers of service" as defined in the Social Security Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and are eligible to participate in the Medicare and (to the extent disclosed in the Offering Memorandum) Medicaid programs.

(v) The accounts receivable of the Company and its subsidiaries have been adjusted to reflect material changes in the reimbursement policies of third party payors such as Medicare, Medicaid, private insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, managed care systems and other third party payors (including, without limitation, Blue Cross plans). The accounts receivable, after giving effect to the allowance for doubtful accounts, relating to such third party payors do not materially exceed amounts the Company and its subsidiaries are entitled to receive.

(w) Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any officers, directors or stockholders, employees or other agents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the hospitals operated by them, has engaged in any activities which are prohibited under Federal Medicare and Medicaid statutes including, but not limited to, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1320a-7 (Program Exclusion), (S) 1320a-7a (Civil Monetary Penalties), 1320a-7b (the Anti-kickback Statute), (S) 1395nn and 1396b (the "Stark" law, prohibiting certain self-referrals), or any other federal healthcare law, including, but not limited to, the federal TRICARE statute, 10 U.S.C. (S) 1071 et seq., the Federal Civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. (S)(S) 3729-32, Federal Criminal False Claims Act, 18 U.S.C. (S) 287, False Statements Relating to Health Care Matters, 18 U.S.C. (S) 1035, Health Care Fraud, 18 U.S.C. (S) 1347, or the federal Food, Drug & Cosmetics Act, 21 U.S.C. (S) 360aaa, or any regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes, or related state or local statutes or regulations or any rules of professional conduct, including but not limited to the following: (i) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made a false statement or representation of a material fact in any applications for any benefit or payment under the Medicare or Medicaid program or from any third party (where applicable federal or state law prohibits such payments to third parties); (ii) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made any false statement or representation of a material fact for use in determining rights to any benefit or payment under the Medicare or Medicaid program or from any third party (where applicable federal or state law prohibits such payments to third parties); (iii) failing to disclose knowledge by a claimant of the occurrence of any event affecting the initial or continued right to any benefit or payment under the Medicare or Medicaid program or from any third party (where applicable federal or state law prohibits such payments to third parties) on its own behalf or on behalf of another,

11

with intent to secure such benefit or payment fraudulently; (iv) knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind (a) in return for referring an individual to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicare or Medicaid or any third party (where applicable federal or state law prohibits such payments to third parties), or (b) in return for purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchasing, leasing or ordering of any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicare or Medicaid or any third party (where applicable federal or state law prohibits such payments to third parties); (v) knowingly and willfully referring an individual to a person with which they have ownership or certain other financial arrangements (where applicable federal law prohibits such referrals); and (vi) knowingly and willfully violating any enforcement initiative instituted by any governmental agency (including, without limitation, the Office of the Inspector General and the Department of Justice), except for any such activities which are specifically described in the Offering Memorandum or which would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) Neither of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of the Facilities operated by any of them has failed to file with applicable regulatory authorities any statement, report, information or form required by any applicable law, regulation or order, except where the failure to be so in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, all such filings or submissions were in compliance with applicable laws when filed and no deficiencies have been asserted by any regulatory commission, agency or authority with respect to any such filings or submissions, except for any such failures to be in compliance or deficiencies which would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) The Company and its subsidiaries have timely filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns that are required to be filed or has duly requested extensions thereof and all such tax returns are true, correct and complete, except to the extent that any failure to file or request an extension, or any incorrectness would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have timely paid all taxes shown as due on such filed tax returns (including any related assessments, fines or penalties), except to the extent that any such taxes are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, or to the extent that any failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and adequate charges, accruals and

12

reserves have been provided for in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(q) above in accordance with GAAP in respect of all Federal, state, local and foreign taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company and its subsidiaries has not been finally determined or remains open to examination by applicable taxing authorities except (A) for taxes incurred after the date of the financial statements referred to in Section 1(q) or (B) where the failure to provide for such charges, accruals and reserves would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a "United States real property holding corporation" within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

(z) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) an "investment company" or a company "controlled by" an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or (ii) a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a holding company or an "affiliate" thereof within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(bb) The Company and each of its subsidiaries and each of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by them are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the healthcare industry; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or any of the hospitals owned, leased or operated by them has been refused any material insurance coverage sought or applied for since January 1, 1999; and the Company has no reason to believe that it or any of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by it or any of its subsidiaries, will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain coverage consistent with such coverage in all material respects from insurers with comparable financial strength and claims paying ability ratings as may be necessary to continue its operations except where the failure to renew or maintain such coverage would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

13

The officers and directors of the Company are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes are prudent and customary for officers' and directors' liability insurance of a public company and as the Company believes would cover claims which would reasonably be expected to be made in connection with the issuance of the Securities; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain coverage consistent with such coverage in all material respects from insurers with comparable financial strength and claims paying ability ratings as may be necessary to cover its officers and directors.

(cc) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary to carry on the business now operated by them in all material respects, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are described in the Offering Memorandum or (b) do not, singly or in the aggregate, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, affect the value of such property or interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Offering Memorandum, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company or any of its subsidiaries has any notice of any claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease,

14

except where the failure to be in full force and effect or such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary's principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ff) No "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")) or "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each such employee benefit plan is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code; the Company and each of its subsidiaries have not incurred and do not expect to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any pension plan for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries would have any liability; and each such pension plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(gg) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or any of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by them is in violation of any material federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, standard, guide, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances (including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde insulation, petroleum or petroleum products) (collectively, "Hazardous Materials") or to the manufacture, processing,

15

distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries and each of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by them have all material permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by them except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect and (D) there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of the Facilities owned, leased or operated by them relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws except for such events or circumstances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(hh) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor to the best knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(ii) On and immediately after the Closing Date, the Company (after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities and to the other transactions related thereto as described in the Offering Memorandum) will be Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term "Solvent" means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of the Company is not less than the total amount required to pay the probable liabilities of the Company on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, the Company is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, assuming the sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum, the Company is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and the Company is not engaged in any business or transaction, and is not about to engage in any business or

16

transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which the Company is engaged. In computing the amount of such contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

(jj) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns any "margin securities" as that term is defined in Regulations G and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"), and none of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Securities to be considered a "purpose credit" within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

(kk) Other than as provided for or contemplated by this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or the Initial Purchasers for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

(ll) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

(mm) None of the Company, nor any of its affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S")), and all such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S to the extent applicable.

(nn) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act), which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

(oo) None of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Securities, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.

17

(pp) Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any of their respective directors, officers or affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that could be reasonably expected to, cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities in violation of Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

(qq) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(rr) Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no outstanding loans, advances, or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to or for the benefit of any of the executive officers or directors of the Company or any of the members of the families of any of them that would be required to be so disclosed under the Securities Act, the regulations thereunder of Form S-1 pursuant to the Securities Act.

(ss) The statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Memorandum is derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes to be accurate, reasonable and reliable in all material respects and the statistical and market- related data included in the Offering Memorandum agrees with the sources from which it was derived in all material respects.

(tt) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs, management or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (C) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (D) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than pursuant to issuances of common stock in connection with the exercise of options or put rights) or long-term debt of the Company or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

18

2. Purchase and Resale of the Securities.

(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, and each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser on Schedule II hereto at a purchase price equal to 97.50% of the principal amount thereof. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Securities except upon payment for all of the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.

(b) The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they propose to offer the Securities for resale upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Offering Memorandum. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and it is purchasing the Securities pursuant to a private sale exempt from registration under the Securities Act, (ii) it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act ("Regulation D") or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and (iii) it has solicited and will solicit offers for the Securities only from, and has offered or sold and will offer, sell or deliver the Securities, as part of their initial offering, only (A) within the United States to persons whom it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers ("Qualified Institutional Buyers"), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), or if any such person is buying for one or more institutional accounts for which such person is acting as fiduciary or agent, only when such person has represented to it that each such account is a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice has been given that such sale or delivery is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and in each case, in transactions in accordance with Rule 144A and (B) outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S").

(c) In connection with the offer and sale of Securities in reliance on Regulation S, each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that:

(i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

19

(ii) such Initial Purchaser has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (A) as part of their distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Securities and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act;

(iii) none of such Initial Purchaser or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) with respect to the Securities, and all such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S;

(iv) at or prior to the confirmation of sale of any Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or other person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

"The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Securities and the date of original issuance of the Securities, except in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S"; and

(v) it has not and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.

Terms used in this Section 2(c) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

20

(d) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not offered or sold and prior to the date six months after the Closing Date will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 and the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue of the Securities to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996, as amended, or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

(e) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees that, prior to or simultaneously with the confirmation of sale by such Initial Purchaser to any purchaser of any of the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser from the Company pursuant hereto, such Initial Purchaser shall furnish to that purchaser a copy of the Offering Memorandum (and any amendment or supplement thereto that the Company shall have furnished to such Initial Purchaser prior to the date of such confirmation of sale). In addition to the foregoing, each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 5(d) and (e), counsel for the Company and for the Initial Purchasers, respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers and their compliance with their agreements contained in this Section 2, and each Initial Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

(f) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers may sell Securities to any affiliate of an Initial Purchaser and that any such affiliate may sell Securities purchased by it to an Initial Purchaser.

3. Delivery of and Payment for the Securities.

(a) Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at the offices of Debevoise and Plimpton, New York, New York, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on June 11, 2001, or at such other time or date, not later than seven full business days thereafter, as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company (such date and time of payment and delivery being referred to herein as the "Closing Date").

21

(b) On the Closing Date, payment of the purchase price for the Securities shall be made to the Company by wire or book-entry transfer of same- day funds to such account or accounts as the Company shall specify prior to the Closing Date or by such other means as the parties hereto shall agree prior to the Closing Date against delivery to the Initial Purchasers of the certificates evidencing the Securities. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder. Upon delivery, the Securities shall be in global form, registered in such names and in such denominations as JPMorgan on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have requested in writing not less than two full business days prior to the Closing Date. The Company agrees to make one or more global certificates evidencing the Securities available for inspection by JPMorgan on behalf of the Initial Purchasers in New York, New York no later than 1 P.M. on the day prior to the Closing Date.

4. Further Agreements of the Company. Each of the Company and the Guarantors agree with each of the Initial Purchasers:

(a) to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested, confirm such advice in writing, of the happening of any event which makes any statement of a material fact made in the Offering Memorandum untrue or which requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented from time to time) in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum, of any suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and to use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or suspending any such qualification and, if any such suspension is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time;

(b) to furnish promptly to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as may be reasonably requested;

(c) prior to making any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum, to furnish a copy thereof to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers and not to effect any such amendment or supplement to which the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after a reasonable period to review;

22

(d) if, at any time prior to completion of the resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers or counsel for the Company, to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum in order that the Offering Memorandum will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law, to promptly prepare such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or so that the Offering Memorandum, as so amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law;

(e) for so long as the Securities are outstanding and are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, to furnish to holders of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders, upon request of such holders or such prospective purchasers, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company is then subject to and in compliance with Section13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (the foregoing agreement being for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders);

(f) for so long as the Securities are outstanding, to furnish to the Initial Purchasers copies of any annual reports, quarterly reports and current reports filed by the Company with the Commission on Forms 10-K, 10- Q and 8-K, or such other similar forms as may be designated by the Commission, and such other documents, reports and information as shall be furnished by the Company to the Trustee or to the holders of the Securities pursuant to the Indenture or the Exchange Act or any rule or regulation of the Commission thereunder;

(g) to promptly take from time to time such actions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long as required for the resale of the Securities; and to arrange for the determination of the eligibility for investment of the Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request; provided that the Company and its subsidiaries shall not be obligated to qualify as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction in which they are not so qualified or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

23

(h) to assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be designated Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") Market securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") relating to trading in the PORTAL Market and for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC");

(i) not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act;

(j) except following the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, and not to authorize or knowingly permit any person acting on their behalf to, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act; and not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities under circumstances where such offer, sale, contract or disposition would cause the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to cease to be applicable to the offering and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum;

(k) for a period of 90 days from the date of the Offering Memorandum, not to offer for sale, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file a registration statement for, or announce any offer, sale, contract for sale of or other disposition of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than the Securities) without the prior written consent of JP Morgan, it being understood that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Company or any subsidiary from issuing seller notes to the seller in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary as permitted under the Indenture or making borrowings under the Credit Agreement;

(l) during the period from the Closing Date until three years after the Closing Date or, if earlier, the completion of the Exchange Offer, without the prior written consent of the Initial Purchasers, not to, and not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule144 under the Securities Act) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by them, except for Securities purchased by the Company or any of its affiliates and resold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act;

24

(m) not to, for so long as the Securities are outstanding or, if earlier, until such time as the Securities are not "restricted securities" (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), be or become, or be or become owned by, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act, and not to be or become, or be or become owned by, a closed-end investment company required to be registered, but not registered thereunder;

(n) in connection with the offering of the Securities, until JPMorgan on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have notified the Company of the completion of the resale of the Securities, not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers (as defined in Regulation M under the Exchange Act) not to, either alone or with one or more other persons, bid for or purchase, for any account in which it or any of its affiliated purchasers has a beneficial interest, any Securities, or attempt to induce any person to purchase any Securities; and not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers not to, make bids or purchase for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or of raising the price of the Securities;

(o) in connection with the offering of the Securities, to make its officers, employees, independent accountants and legal counsel reasonably available upon request by the Initial Purchasers;

(p) to furnish to each of the Initial Purchasers on the date hereof a copy of the independent accountants' report included in the Offering Memorandum signed by the accountants rendering such report;

(q) to do and perform all things required to be done and performed by it under this Agreement that are within its control prior to or after the Closing Date, and to use its best efforts to satisfy all conditions precedent on its part to the delivery of the Securities;

(r) to not take any action prior to the execution and delivery of the Indenture which, if taken after such execution and delivery, would have violated any of the covenants contained in the Indenture;

(s) to not take any action prior to the Closing Date which would require the Offering Memorandum to be amended or supplemented pursuant to
Section 4(d);

(t) prior to the Closing Date, not to issue any press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the

25

ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Initial Purchasers are notified), without the prior written consent of the Initial Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Initial Purchasers, such press release or communication is required by law; and

(u) to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities in all material respects as set forth in the Offering Memorandum under the heading "Use of Proceeds".

5. Conditions of Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The respective obligations of the several Initial Purchasers hereunder are subject to the accuracy, on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant hereto, to the performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) The Offering Memorandum (and any amendments or supplements thereto) shall have been printed and copies distributed to the Initial Purchasers as promptly as practicable on or following the date of this Agreement or at such other date and time as to which the Initial Purchasers may agree; and no stop order suspending the sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been commenced or shall be pending or threatened.

(b) None of the Initial Purchasers shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date that the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents and the Offering Memorandum, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be satisfactory in all material respects to the Initial Purchasers, and the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers all documents and information that they or their counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

26

(d) Dechert shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers their written opinion, as counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, addressed to the Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex B hereto.

(e) Michael E. Tarvin shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers his written opinion, as general counsel to the Company, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers substantially to the effect set forth in Annex C hereto.

(f) Reed Smith shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers their written opinion, as special regulatory counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex D hereto.

(g) Tory's shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers their written opinion, as special Canadian counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex E hereto.

(h) The Initial Purchasers shall have received from Debevoise & Plimpton, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents and information as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(i) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the "Initial Letter") of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex F hereto.

(j) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the "Bring-Down Letter") of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date (A) confirming that they are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission, (B) stating, as of the date of the Bring-Down Letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since

27

the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Offering Memorandum, as of a date not more than three business days prior to the date of the Bring-Down Letter), that the conclusions and findings of such accountants with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the Initial Letter are accurate and (C) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the Initial Letter.

(k) The Company shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a certificate, dated the Closing Date, of its chief executive officer, its chief operating officer and its chief financial officer stating that as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (including without limitation Section 1(a)), the Company and the Guarantors have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date, and subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements contained in the Offering Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any change, or any development including a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

(l) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of the Company concerning the financial information of SORS contained in the Offering Memorandum, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex G hereto.

(m) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a certificate of Michael E. Tarvin, Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex H hereto.

(n) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement which shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each of the Guarantors.

(o) The Indenture shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, and the Securities shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee.

28

(p) The Securities shall have been approved by the NASD for trading in the PORTAL Market.

(q) If any event shall have occurred that requires the Company under
Section 4(d) to prepare an amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum, then such amendment or supplement shall have been prepared, the Initial Purchasers shall have been given a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon, and copies thereof shall have been delivered to the Initial Purchasers reasonably in advance of the Closing Date.

(r) There shall not have occurred any invalidation of Rule144A under the Securities Act by any court or any withdrawal or proposed withdrawal of any rule or regulation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act by the Commission or any amendment or proposed amendment thereof by the Commission which in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers would materially impair the ability of the Initial Purchasers to purchase, hold or effect resales of the Securities as contemplated hereby.

(s) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than pursuant to issuances of common stock in connection with the exercise of options or put rights) or long-term debt or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(t) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction, restraining order or order of any other nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued as of the Closing Date which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.

(u) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Securities or any of the Company's other debt securities or preferred stock by a "nationally recognized

29

statistical rating organization", as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading), its rating of the Securities or any of the Company's other debt securities or preferred stock.

(v) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or market by the Commission, by any such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange (including without limitation, the Nasdaq National Market) or in the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or (ii) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York state authorities or (iii) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (iv) a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) the effect of which, in the case of this clause (iv), is, in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(w) The Credit Agreement Amendment has been executed and delivered by all of the parties thereto.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Debevoise & Plimpton.

6. Termination. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be terminated by the Initial Purchasers, in their absolute discretion, by notice given to and received by the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities if, (i) prior to that time, any of the events described in
Section 5(v) shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) as of the Closing Date, any of the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5 shall not have been satisfied in all respects.

30

7. Defaulting Initial Purchasers.

(a) If, on the Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser defaults on its obligation to purchase the Securities that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Securities by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Initial Purchaser, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non- defaulting Initial Purchasers to purchase such Securities on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser, either the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers or the Company may postpone the Closing Date for up to five full Business Days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Initial Purchasers may be necessary in the Offering Memorandum or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term "Initial Purchaser" includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule II hereto that, pursuant to this Section 7, purchases Securities that a defaulting Initial Purchaser agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements, if any, for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Initial Purchaser's pro rate share (based on the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder in relation to the principal amount of Securities that all non-defaulting Initial Purchasers agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers for which such arrangement have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to arrangements, if any, for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased exceeds one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, the Company or the Guarantors, except that the Company and each of the Guarantors will continue to be liable

31

for the payment of expenses as set forth in Sections 8 and 12 hereof and except that the provisions of Sections 9 or 10 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser of any liability it may have to the Company, the Guarantors or any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser for damages caused by its default.

8. Reimbursement of Initial Purchasers' Expenses. If (a) this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 6 or 7, (b) the Company shall fail to tender the Securities for delivery to the Initial Purchasers for any reason permitted under this Agreement or (c) the Initial Purchasers shall decline to purchase the Securities for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Initial Purchasers for such out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) as shall have been reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase and resale of the Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7 by reason of the default of one or more of the Initial Purchasers, neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Initial Purchaser on account of such expenses.

9. Indemnification.

(a) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(a) and Section 10 as an Initial Purchaser), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of the Securities), to which that Initial Purchaser may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any information provided by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to Section 4(e) or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Initial Purchaser promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Initial Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided,

32

however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Initial Purchasers' Information; and provided, further, that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 9(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any such Initial Purchaser to the extent that the sale to the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action was an initial resale by such Initial Purchaser and any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or with respect to such Initial Purchaser results from the fact that both (A) to the extent required by applicable law, a copy of the Offering Memorandum was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum was corrected in the Offering Memorandum unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the Offering Memorandum was a result of non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(b).

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Guarantors and their respective affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(b) and Section 10 as the Company), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Initial Purchasers' Information, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to

33

Section 9(a) or 9(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 9. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party,
(2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 9(a) and 9(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No

34

indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

The obligations of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers in this Section 9 and in Section 10 are in addition to any other liability that the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, may otherwise have, including in respect of any breaches of representations, warranties and agreements made herein by any such party.

10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or 9(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers with respect to the Securities purchased under this Agreement, on the other, bear to the total gross proceeds from the sale of the Securities under this Agreement. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand or to any Initial Purchasers' Information on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omissions. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 10 were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into

35

account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 10 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 10, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial Purchaser with respect to the Securities purchased by it under this Agreement exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers' obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 10 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations and not joint.

11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Initial Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantors and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except as provided in Sections 9 and 10 with respect to affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and controlling persons of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and in Section 4(e) with respect to holders and prospective purchasers of the Securities. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 11, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

12. Expenses. The Company and each of the Guarantors agrees with the Initial Purchasers to pay (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Securities and any taxes payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum and any amendments or supplements thereto; (c) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (d) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and delivery of the certificates evidencing the Securities, including stamp duties and transfer taxes, if any, payable upon issuance of the Securities; (e) the fees and expenses of the Company's counsel and independent accountants; (f) the fees and expenses of qualifying the Securities under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 4(g) and of preparing, printing and distributing Blue Sky Memoranda (including related fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers); (g) any fees charged by rating agencies for rating the Securities; (h) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any paying agent (including related fees and expenses of any counsel to such parties); (i) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection

36

with the application for the inclusion of the Securities on the PORTAL Market and the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer by DTC; and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 12; provided, however, that except as provided in this Section 12 and Section 8, the Initial Purchasers shall pay their own costs and expenses.

13. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, each of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, each of the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents or controlling persons.

14. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

(a) if to the Initial Purchasers, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 270 Park Avenue, 4th floor, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Steven A. Tulip (telecopier no.: (212) 270-0994) with a copy to Debevoise & Plimpton, 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York, attention of David A. Brittenham, facsimile (212) 909-6836; or

(b) if to the Company, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Memorandum, Attention: Michael E. Tarvin, Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel (telecopier no.: (717) 975-9981) with a copy to Dechert, 4000 Bell Atlantic Tower, 1717 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, attention of Christopher G. Karras, Facsimile (215) 994-2222;

provided that any notice to an Initial Purchaser pursuant to Section 9(c) shall also be delivered or sent by mail to such Initial Purchaser at its address set forth on the signature page hereof. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by JPMorgan.

15. Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term "business day" means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for

37

trading, (b) the term "subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term "affiliate" has the meaning set forth in Rule405 under the Securities Act.

16. Initial Purchasers' Information. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Initial Purchasers' Information consists solely of the following information in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum: the statements concerning the Initial Purchasers contained in the (i) the second sentence of the fourth paragraph on the front cover page, and (ii) the third paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth sentences of the eighth paragraph, the ninth paragraph and the tenth paragraph under the heading "Plan of Distribution".

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by telecopier) and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed agreement counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

20. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

38

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

By: Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Senior Vice President

SELECTMARK, INC.

By: Andrew T. Panaccione

Name: Andrew T. Panaccione Title: Vice President

SELECT HOSPITAL INVESTORS, INC.

By: Andrew T. Panaccione

Name: Andrew T. Panaccione Title: Vice President

SLMC FINANCE CORPORATION

By: Andrew T. Panaccione

Name: Andrew T. Panaccione Title: Treasurer

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON
SCHEDULE I HERETO OTHER THAN
SELECTMARK, INC., SELECT HOSPITAL
INVESTORS, INC. AND SLMC FINANCE
CORPORATION

By Michael E. Tarvin

Name: Michael E. Tarvin Title: Vice President

39

Accepted:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By Steve Tulip

Authorized Signatory

Address for notices pursuant to Section 9(c):
1 Chase Plaza, 25th floor
New York, New York 10081
Attention: Legal Department

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.
FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

By Steve Tulip

Authorized Signatory

Address for notices pursuant to Section 9(c):
Attention:

40

SCHEDULE I

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc. Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.
Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.
Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.
Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C. Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.
C.E.R. - West, Inc.
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.
CCISUB, Inc.
CMC Center Corporation
Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc. Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc. Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc. CenterTherapy, Inc.
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc. Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.


Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.
Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc. Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.
Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc. Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.
GP Therapy, L.L.C.
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.
Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.
Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Intensiva Healthcare Corporation
Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc. Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.
Joyner Sportmedicine Institute, Inc.
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc. Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.
MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.

2

New England Health Group, Inc.
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.
NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.
NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc. NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc. NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.
NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc. P.T. Services Company
P.T. Services, Inc.
P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Ltd.
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation Physical Focus, Inc.
Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.
Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc. Physio - Associates, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.

3

Pro Active Therapy of South Carolina, Inc. Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.
Quad City Management, Inc.
RCI (Colorado), Inc.
RCI (Exertec), Inc.
RCI (Michigan), Inc.
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.
RCI (WRS), Inc.
RCI Nevada, Inc.
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.
Rehab Advantage, Inc.
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc. Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.

4

Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc. Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc. Rehab World, Inc.
Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd. RehabClinics, Inc.
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.
RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.
RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc. S.T.A.R.T., Inc.
Select Air Corporation
Select Employment Services, Inc.
Select Hospital Investors, Inc.
SelectMark, Inc.
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.
Select Medical of New York, Inc.
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.

5

Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P. Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus/University, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc.

6

Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc.

7

Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc. Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.
Select Synergos, Inc.
Select Unit Management, Inc.
SLMC Finance Corporation
SMC of Florida, Inc.
South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc. Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.
Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.
Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.
Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.
Southwest Therapists, Inc.
Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc. Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc. Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc. Star Physical Therapy, Inc.
Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.
The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc. The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc. TJ Partnership I
Treister, Inc.
Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc. Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.
Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.
Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.
West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.
West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.

8

West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.
Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.

9

SCHEDULE II

                                                                  Principal
                                                                  Amount
Initial Purchasers                                                of Securities
------------------                                                -------------
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.                                       $   78,750,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated                    35,000,000
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation                                26,250,000
CIBC World Markets Corp.                                              17,500,000
First Union Securities Inc.                                           17,500,000
          Total                                                   $  175,000,000


SCHEDULE III

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc.

Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.

Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.

Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.

Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.

Atlantic Health Group, Inc.

Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C.

Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.

Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.

Canadian Back Institute Limited*

CBI Brampton Limited Partnership*

CBI Calgary Limited Partnership*

CBI Fraser Valley Limited Partnership*

CBI Holdings Ltd.*

CBI Physiotherapists Corporation*

CBI Professional Services Inc.*

CBI South Calgary Limited Partnership*

CBI Vancouver Limited Partnership*

CBI Victoria Limited Partnership*

CBI Windsor Limited Partnership*

C.E.R. - West, Inc.

C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.

CCISUB, Inc.

CMC Center Corporation


Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc.

Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc.

Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc.

CenterTherapy, Inc.

Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.

Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.

Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.

Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.

Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc.

Dynamic Rehabilitation Inc.*

Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.

Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.

Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc.

Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.

Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc.

Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.

GP Therapy, L.L.C.

Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.

Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.

Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.

Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.

Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc.

Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.

Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.

Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.

Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.

2

Intensiva Healthcare Corporation

Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc.

Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.

Joyner Sportmedicine Institute, Inc.

Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC*

Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.

Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.

Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

Medical Information Management Systems, LLC*

Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.

MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.

Millenium Rehab Services, L.L.C.*

Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.

New England Health Group, Inc.

New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.

Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.

NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.

NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc.

NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.

NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.

1263568 Ontario Limited (London Group)*

Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.

Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc.

P.T. Services Company

3

P.T. Services, Inc.

P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.

Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic Rehabilitation &

Sports Medicine, Ltd.

Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation

Physical Focus, Inc.

Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.

Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.

Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.

Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc.

Physio - Associates, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy Services of South Carolina, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy Services of Virginia, Inc.

Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.

Quad City Management, Inc.

RCI (Colorado), Inc.

RCI (Exertec), Inc.

RCI (Michigan), Inc.

RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.

RCI (WRS), Inc.

RCI Nevada, Inc.

Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.

Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.

4

Rehab Advantage, Inc.

Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC*

Rehab Health, Inc.*

Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc.

Rehab World, Inc.

Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd.

RehabClinics, Inc.

RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.

RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.

RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.

5

RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.

RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.

RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.

RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.

RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.

Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc.

S.T.A.R. Rehab, Inc.*

S.T.A.R.T., Inc.

Select Air Corporation

Select Employment Services, Inc.

Select Hospital Investors, Inc.

Select - Houston Partners, L.P.*

Select Management Services, LLC*

SelectMark, Inc.

Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.

Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.

Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.

Select Medical of New York, Inc.

Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.

Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.

Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.

Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Biloxi, Inc.*

Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc.

6

Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P.

Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus/University, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc.

7

Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.

Select Synergos, Inc.

Select Unit Management, Inc.

SLMC Finance Corporation

SMC of Florida, Inc.

8

South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc.

Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.

Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.

Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.

Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.

Southwest Therapists, Inc.

Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc.

Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc.

Star Physical Therapy, Inc.

Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.

The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc.

The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

TJ Corporation I, L.L.C.*

TJ Partnership I

Treister, Inc.

Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc.

Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.

Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.

Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.

West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.

Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.

*Non-Guarantor Subsidiary

9

SCHEDULE IV

Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc.

Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.

Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.

Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.

American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.

Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.

Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.

Atlantic Health Group, Inc.

Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, L.L.C.

Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.

Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.

Canadian Back Institute Limited**

CBI Brampton Limited Partnership*

CBI Calgary Limited Partnership**

CBI Fraser Valley Limited Partnership*

CBI Holdings Ltd.*

CBI Physiotherapists Corporation*

CBI Professional Services Inc.*

CBI South Calgary Limited Partnership**

CBI Vancouver Limited Partnership*

CBI Victoria Limited Partnership**

CBI Windsor Limited Partnership*

C.E.R. - West, Inc.

C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.

CCISUB, Inc.

CMC Center Corporation


Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc.

Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc.

Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc.

CenterTherapy, Inc.

Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.

Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.

Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.

Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.

Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc.

Dynamic Rehabilitation Inc.*

Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.

Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.

Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc.

Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.

Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc.

Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.

GP Therapy, L.L.C.

Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.

Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.

Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.

Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.

Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc.

Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.

Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.

Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.

Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.

2

Intensiva Healthcare Corporation

Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc.

Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.

Joyner Sportmedicine Institute, Inc.

Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC*

Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.

Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.

Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

Medical Information Management Systems, LLC*

Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.

MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.

Millenium Rehab Services, L.L.C.*

Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.

New England Health Group, Inc.

New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.

Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.

NovaCare Health Group, L.L.C.

NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc.

NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc.

NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.

NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.

1263568 Ontario Limited (London Group)*

Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.

Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc.

P.T. Services Company

3

P.T. Services, Inc.

P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.

Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Ltd.

Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation

Physical Focus, Inc.

Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.

Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.

Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.

Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc.

Physio - Associates, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy Services of South Carolina, Inc.

Pro Active Therapy Services of Virginia, Inc.

Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.

Quad City Management, Inc.

RCI (Colorado), Inc.

RCI (Exertec), Inc.

RCI (Michigan), Inc.

RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.

RCI (WRS), Inc.

RCI Nevada, Inc.

Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.

Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.

4

Rehab Advantage, Inc.

Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC*

Rehab Health, Inc.**

Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.

Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc.

Rehab World, Inc.

Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd.

RehabClinics, Inc.

RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.

RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.

RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.

5

RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.

RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.

RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.

RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.

RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.

Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc.

S.T.A.R. Rehab, Inc.*

S.T.A.R.T., Inc.

Select Air Corporation

Select Employment Services, Inc.

Select Hospital Investors, Inc.

Select - Houston Partners, L.P.*

Select Management Services, LLC*

SelectMark, Inc.

Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.

Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.

Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.

Select Medical of New York, Inc.

Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.

Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.

Select Software Ventures, L.L.C.

Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Biloxi, Inc.*

Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc.

6

Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P.

Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus/University, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc.

7

Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc.

Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.

Select Synergos, Inc.

Select Unit Management, Inc.

SLMC Finance Corporation

SMC of Florida, Inc.

8

South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.

South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc.

Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.

Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.

Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.

Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.

Southwest Therapists, Inc.

Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc.

Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc.

Star Physical Therapy, Inc.

Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.

The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc.

The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

TJ Corporation I, L.L.C.*

TJ Partnership I

Treister, Inc.

Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc.

Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.

Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.

Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.

West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.

West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.

Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.

All of the above-listed entities have pledged their capital stock or other ownership interest pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, unless denoted with an *. The entities denoted with an * are not wholly-owned by the Company. Entities denoted with ** have pledged their capital stock or ownership interest pursuant

9

to the Company's Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to the extent permitted by Canadian law

10

SCHEDULE V

Canadian Back Institute Limited

CBI Brampton Limited Partnership

CBI Calgary Limited Partnership

CBI Fraser Valley Limited Partnership

CBI Holdings Ltd.

CBI Physiotherapists Corporation

CBI Professional Services Inc.

CBI South Calgary Limited Partnership

CBI Vancouver Limited Partnership

CBI Victoria Limited Partnership

CBI Windsor Limited Partnership

Dynamic Rehabilitation Inc.

Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC

Medical Information Management Systems, LLC

Millenium Rehab Services, L.L.C.

1263568 Ontario Limited (London Group)

Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC

Rehab Health, Inc.

S.T.A.R. Rehab, Inc.

Select - Houston Partners, L.P.

Select Management Services, LLC

Select Specialty Hospital - Biloxi, Inc.

TJ Corporation I, L.L.C.


ANNEX B

[Form of Opinion of Dechert]

Dechert shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers their written opinion, as counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth below:

(i) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(ii) the Company has corporate power and corporate authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

(iii) the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions listed on Exhibit A hereto.

(iv) the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Offering Memorandum (except for subsequent issuances pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Offering Memorandum or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Offering Memorandum or repurchases of an immaterial number of shares of the Company's capital stock held by former employees); the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights (that were not subsequently waived) of any securityholder of the Company existing by virtue of the DGCL, the restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, the restated by-laws of the Company or any contract to which the Company is a party identified in a certificate of the General Counsel of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit B (which purports to identify all material contracts or group of similar contracts that are material in the aggregate to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party); and the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been issued in compliance, in all material respects, with all federal securities laws.

(v) based solely on a certificate from the Secretary of State or similar government official of the respective jurisdiction of incorporation or organization

B-1

of each subsidiary of the Company that is either an operating entity or holding company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (each a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Subsidiaries"), each Subsidiary (a) has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum and (b) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (which purports to identify all jurisdictions in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect). Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 2 hereto, (x)(i) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary that is a corporation has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) to our knowledge, is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries and (y)(i) all of the ownership interests of each such Subsidiary that is not a corporation have been duly authorized and (ii) to our knowledge, are owned, by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries.

(vi) except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement identified on a schedule provided by the General Counsel of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit C (referencing agreements that impose encumbrances or restrictions), on the ability of any Subsidiary (a) to pay any dividends or make any distributions on such Subsidiary's capital stock, (b) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in, the Company or any such Subsidiary, or (c) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any such Subsidiary.

(vii) to our knowledge, (a) except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no material legal or governmental proceedings or investigations pending or threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any of its properties is subject, and (b) there are no legal or governmental proceedings or investigations pending, or threatened in writing, that would materially affect the issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder or question the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents.

(viii) the information in the Offering Memorandum under "Description of Notes", "Management-Employment Agreements", "Management - Select Medical

B-2

Corporation 1997 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan", "Related Party Transactions", and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences", to the extent that it constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, summaries of the Company's restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws or legal conclusions and, to our knowledge, the information with respect to contracts and other documents to which the Company is a party (or provisions thereof) referred to in the Offering Memorandum, has been reviewed by us and is correct in all material respects.

(ix) the Indenture conforms in all material respects with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder;

(x) each of the Company and each of the Guarantors has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder; and all corporate action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly taken;

(xi) each of the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, assuming the Registration Rights Agreement is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Initial Purchasers, the Registration Rights Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except to the extent that the indemnification provisions thereof may be unenforceable;

(xii) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, assuming that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee, constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, by general equitable principles (whether considered in a

B-3

proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

(xiii) the Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when the Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee and due authentication of the Securities by the Trustee), will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms;

(xiv) the Securities have been duly authorized and issued by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein (assuming the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee and the due authentication of the Securities by the Trustee) and will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, as issuer, and each of the Guarantors, as guarantors, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

(xv) the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement (assuming the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee and the authentication of the Exchange Securities by the Trustee) will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

(xvi) the Credit Agreement Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming the Credit Agreement Amendment is the valid and legally binding obligation of the other parties thereto)

B-4

constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

(xvii) each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum and the Securities conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum;

(xviii) to our knowledge, the Company is not in violation of its restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by- laws, and to our knowledge, none of the U.S. Subsidiaries is in violation of its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or analogous organizational documents. To our knowledge, no default by the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists in the due performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument that is described or referred to in the Offering Memorandum.

(xix) no filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification of or with any United States, New York, Pennsylvania or with respect to the DGCL, Delaware court or governmental authority or agency (other than as may be required under the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, as to which we express no opinion) is necessary or required in connection with the due authorization, execution and delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the compliance by each Guarantor with the terms of the Securities, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities and compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, filings, registrations, orders or qualifications (i) which shall have been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date and (ii) as may be required to be obtained or made under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

(xx) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of each of the Transaction Documents, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities and compliance by the Company

B-5

and each of the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or any other agreement or instrument of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the Certificate of the General Counsel of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit B, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws or analogous organizational documents of the Company or any U.S. Subsidiary, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree, known to us, of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations;

(xxi) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated in the Purchase Agreement and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Offering Memorandum an "investment company" or a company "controlled by" an investment company as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act;

(xxii) neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement nor the sale, issuance, execution or delivery of the Securities will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board; and

(xxiii) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and the performance of the agreements of the Company and each of the Guarantors and of the Initial Purchasers contained in the Purchase Agreement, compliance by the Initial Purchasers with the offering and transfer procedures and restrictions described in the Transaction Documents, and the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in accordance with the Transaction Documents by purchasers to whom the Initial Purchasers initially resell the Securities, no registration of the Securities under the Securities Act or qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act is required in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and

B-6

the Offering (it being understood that no opinion shall be expressed as to any resale subsequent to the initial resale of the Securities).

As for the purposes of paragraphs (v) and (x), with respect to Subsidiaries or Guarantors not incorporated or organized in Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts or Delaware, we will assume with your permission that the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership law of the jurisdiction of corporation or organization for such entities is identical to that of Delaware.

As for the purposes of paragraphs (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv), with respect to the due authorization of any of the Transaction Documents or Exchange Securities by any Subsidiary or Guarantor not incorporated or organized in Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, Massachusetts or Delaware, we will assume with your permission that the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership law of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization for such entities is identical to that of Delaware.

[The following statement shall be set forth in a separate letter]

We have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and representatives of the Initial Purchasers and their counsel during which the contents of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum and related matters were discussed and reviewed and, although we do not pass upon and do not assume responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Offering Memorandum (except as expressly provided in our separate opinion to you dated today), on the basis of the information that was developed in the course of the services referred to above, considered in the light of our understanding of the applicable law, that, nothing has come to our attention that would lead us to believe that the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, (except for financial statements, footnotes and schedules, other financial data and statistical information derived from the financial statements included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we need make no statement), as of the date thereof and as of the Closing Date, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

B-7

ANNEX C

[Form of Opinion of Michael E. Tarvin]

(i) To my knowledge, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the subsidiaries of the Company set forth below is owned by the Company.

Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. Athens Sports Medicine Clinic, Inc.
CCISUB, Inc.
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc. Center for Evaluation and Rehabilitation, Inc. Center for Physical Therapy & Sports Rehabilitation, Inc. Center Therapy, Inc.
CMC Center Corporation
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.
Georgia Novacare Ventures, Inc.
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc. Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc. Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc. Joyner Sportsmedicine Institute, Inc. Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc. NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc. Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc. Pro Active Therapy, Inc.
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.
RCI (WRS), Inc.
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.
Redcal Information Systems, LLC
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.
Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC RehabClinics, Inc.
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.
Robert M. Bacci, R. P. T. Physical Therapy Associates

C-1

SelectMark, Inc.
Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc. Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P. South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc. Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc. Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.
Southwest Therapists, Inc.
Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc. Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.
Wayzata Physical Therapy Centers, Inc. West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc. West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.
West Suburban Health Partners, Inc.

B-2

ANNEX D

[Form of Opinion of Reed Smith]

(i) The information in the Offering Memorandum under "Risk Factors --If our hospitals fail to maintain their exemption from the Medicare prospective payment system or fail to maintain their status as a "hospital within a hospital," our profitability may decline", "Risk Factors --We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may result in increased costs or sanctions that reduce our net operating revenues and profitability", "Risk Factors --If there are changes in the rates or methods of government reimbursements for our services, our services, our net operating revenues and income could decline", "Our Business--Government Regulations", to the extent that it describes any Health Care Laws, has been reviewed by me and fairly presents the information set forth therein in all material respects.

(ii) Each of the 56 specialty acute care hospitals described in the Offering Memorandum as owned or operated by the Company or its subsidiaries is duly licensed as a hospital by the state in which it is located and is certified to participate in the federal Medicare program. This opinion is based solely upon our examination of originals or copies of such licenses and certifications presented to us by the Company, and a Certificate of the General Counsel of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A to the effect that such licenses and certifications are currently in effect.

(iii) We have reviewed the Certificate of the General Counsel of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit A concerning the outpatient therapy clinics owned, leased or operated by the Company or its subsidiaries. In the course of our representation of the Company as special regulatory counsel, nothing has come to our attention that would lead us to believe that the Certificate is not accurate.

(iv) Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, in the course of our representation of the Company as special regulatory counsel, we have not become aware of any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, relating to any Health Care Law, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party, brought by any court or governmental agency or body, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification (collectively, "Approvals") of or with any (A) United States governmental authority or agency, is necessary or required under any federal Health Care Law, or (B) any Pennsylvania governmental authority or agency is necessary or required under any Pennsylvania Health Care Law in connection with the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement or for the offering, issuance, sale or

D-1

delivery of the Securities. Without having investigated the laws of states other than Pennsylvania for purposes of this opinion, based on our experience as special regulatory counsel representing other issuers owning and operating other health care businesses, and our ongoing representation of the Company as special regulatory counsel, we are not aware of any Approvals under any Health Care Laws required to be obtained or made in connection with the execution delivery and performance of the Purchase Agreement, that, if not obtained or made, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

In the course of our representation of the Company as special regulatory counsel, nothing has come to our attention that would lead us to believe that the information contained in the Offering Memorandum under "Risk Factors --If our hospitals fail to maintain their exemption from the Medicare prospective payment system or fail to maintain their status as a "hospital within a hospital," our profitability may decline", "Risk Factors --We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may result in increased costs or sanctions that reduce our net operating revenues and profitability", "Risk Factors --If there are changes in the rates or methods of government reimbursements for our services, our services, our net operating revenues and income could decline", "Our Business-- Government Regulations" included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

For purposes of this opinion, the term "Health Care Laws" shall mean those statutes, rules and regulations, judicial decisions, decrees or orders specifically regulating health care providers, as such, of the type owned and operated by the Company and its subsidiaries as described under the headings "Risk Factors --If our hospitals fail to maintain their exemption from the Medicare prospective payment system or fail to maintain their status as a "hospital within a hospital," our profitability may decline", "Risk Factors -We conduct business in heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may result in increased costs or sanctions that reduce our net operating revenues and profitability", "Risk Factors --If there are changes in the rates or methods of government reimbursements for our services, our net operating revenues and income could decline", "Our Business --Government Regulations" in the Prospectus, including, without limitation, (a) health care licensure, permit and certificate of need requirements, (b) Title XVIII, XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act; (c) the Anti-Kickback Amendments (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, (d) the Stark Laws (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, (e) the False Claims Act, (f) Title II of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, (g) Title IV of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, (h) any initiatives under Operation Restore Trust and (i) state statutes, rules and regulations concerning matters similar to (b) through (h) above, but specifically

D-2

excluding statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions, rules and regulations of counties, towns, municipalities or special political subdivisions.

D-3

ANNEX E

[Form of Opinion of Tory's]

(i) Each of Canadian Back Institute ("CBI") and Rehab Health Inc. ("Rehab Health") is incorporated and existing under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario).

(ii) Each of CBI Calgary Limited Partnership, CBI Etobicoke Limited Partnership, CBI Scarborough Limited Partnership, CBI South Calgary Limited Partnership, CBI Toronto Limited Partnership, CBI Victoria Limited Partnership, (collectively, the "Limited Partnerships") has been formed and exists as a limited partnership under the Limited Partnership Act (Ontario).

(iii) CBI has the corporate power and capacity to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of the Limited Partnerships, the business of the Limited Partnerships) and to own its properties and assets.

(iv) Rehab Health has the corporate power and capacity to carry on its business as presently conducted and to own its properties and assets.

E-1

Exhibit 12

                                                                                                                          Pro Forma
                                                         Year Ended                  Pro Forma    Three Months Ended     as Adjusted
                                                        December 31,                as Adjusted   March 31,   March 31,   March 31,
                                           1997       1998        1999       2000       2000        2000        2001         2001
                                         --------   --------    --------   --------   --------    --------    --------     --------
Pre-tax income (loss) from
continuing operations before
adjustment for minority interests in
consolidated subsidiaries or income
or loss from equity investees (A)          3,255    (16,482)       (819)    26,082     31,049       6,465      11,441       12,290
                                        ========   ========    ========   ========   ========    ========    ========     ========
Fixed charges:
Interest expense and amortization of
debt discount and premium on all
indebtedness                                 183      5,382      21,461     36,126     31,102       8,847       8,016        7,148

Rentals:
Buildings - 33%                              450      2,865       8,899     18,394     18,394       4,437       4,752        4,752

Office and other equipment - 33%              74      1,094       3,428      4,516      4,516       1,007       1,260        1,260

Preferred stock dividend
requirements of consolidated
subsidiaries (A)                             445      2,515      13,874     16,110          0       3,528       3,780            0
                                        --------   --------    --------   --------   --------    --------    --------     --------
Total fixed charges                        1,152     11,856      47,662     75,146     54,012      17,819      17,808       13,160
                                        ========   ========    ========   ========   ========    ========    ========     ========
Pre-tax income (loss) from
continuing operations before
adjustment for minority interests in
consolidated subsidiaries or income
or loss from equity investees plus
fixed charges, less preferred stock
dividend requirements of
consolidated subsidiaries                  3,962     (7,141)     32,969     85,118     85,061      20,756      25,469       25,450
                                        ========   ========    ========   ========   ========    ========    ========     ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges         3,440   (B)(C)      (B)(C)         1.13       1.57        1.16        1.43         1.93
                                        ========   ========    ========   ========   ========    ========    ========     ========


(A) The preferred stock dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries is included in fixed charges (i.e., the denominator of the ratio calculation) but excluded from the numerator of the ratio calculation because such amount was not deducted in arriving at the pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations, as defined.

(B) Due to the Company's losses in 1998 and 1999, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The Company would have had to generate additional earnings of approximately $19.0 million and $14.7 million in 1998 and 1999, respectively, to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

(C) Included in earnings for 1998 and 1999 were special charges of $10.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively, relating to asset impairments and litigation settlement costs. If such charges were not taken the Company would have needed to generate additional earnings of $8.8 million and $9.5 in 1998 and 1999, respectively, to achieve a coverage of 1:1.


Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries

U.S. Subsidiaries                                                      State of Incorporation
-----------------                                                      ----------------------
Abel Center for Rehabilitation Therapies, Inc.                                 Oregon
Abel Healthcare Network, Inc.                                                  Oregon
Affiliated Physical Therapists, Ltd.                                           Arizona
Allegany Hearing and Speech, Inc.                                              Maryland
American Transitional Hospitals, Inc.                                          Delaware
Athens Sport Medicine Clinic, Inc.                                             Georgia
Ather Sports Injury Clinic, Inc.                                               California
Atlantic Health Group, Inc.                                                    Delaware
Atlantic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.                                         New Jersey
Boca Rehab Agency, Inc.                                                        Delaware
Buendel Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                 Florida
C.E.R. - West, Inc.                                                            Michigan
CCISUB, Inc.                                                                   North Carolina
CMC Center Corporation                                                         California
Cenla Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Agency, Inc.                           Louisiana
Center for Evaluation & Rehabilitation, Inc.                                   Michigan
Center for Physical Therapy and Sports Rehabilitation, Inc.                    New Mexico
CenterTherapy, Inc.                                                            Minnesota
Champion Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                Pennsylvania
C.O.A.S.T. Institute Physical Therapy, Inc.                                    California
Connecticut NovaCare Ventures, Inc.                                            Connecticut
Coplin Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.                                       Minnesota
Crowley Physical Therapy Clinic, Inc.                                          Louisiana
Douglas Avery & Associates, Ltd.                                               Virginia
Douglas C. Claussen, R.P.T., Physical Therapy, Inc.                            California
Elk County Physical Therapy, Inc.                                              Pennsylvania
Fine, Bryant & Wah, Inc.                                                       Maryland
Francis Naselli, Jr. & Stewart Rich Physical Therapists, Inc.                  Pennsylvania
Gallery Physical Therapy Center, Inc.                                          Minnesota
Georgia NovaCare Ventures, Inc.                                                Georgia
Georgia Physical Therapy of West Georgia, Inc.                                 Georgia
Georgia Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                 Georgia
Greater Sacramento Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.                           California
Grove City Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.                          Pennsylvania
Gulf Breeze Physical Therapy, Inc.                                             Florida
Gulf Coast Hand Specialists, Inc.                                              Florida
Hand Therapy and Rehabilitation Associates, Inc.                               California
Hand Therapy Associates, Inc.                                                  Arizona
Hangtown Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                California

-1-

U.S. Subsidiaries                                                      State of Incorporation
-----------------                                                      ----------------------


Hawley Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                  California
Human Performance and Fitness, Inc.                                            California
Indianapolis Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine, Inc.                        Indiana
Intensiva Healthcare Corporation                                               Delaware
Intensiva Hospital of Greater St. Louis, Inc.                                  Missouri
Joyner Sports Science Institute, Inc.                                          Pennsylvania
Joyner Sportsmedicine Institute, Inc.                                          Pennsylvania
Kentucky Rehabilitation Services, Inc.                                         Kentucky
Kesinger Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                California
Lynn M. Carlson, Inc.                                                          Arizona
Mark Butler Physical Therapy Center, Inc.                                      New Jersey
Metro Rehabilitation Services, Inc.                                            Michigan
Michigan Therapy Centre, Inc.                                                  Michigan
MidAtlantic Health Group, Inc.                                                 Delaware
Monmouth Rehabilitation, Inc.                                                  New Jersey
New England Health Group, Inc.                                                 Massachusetts
New Mexico Physical Therapists, Inc.                                           New Mexico
Northside Physical Therapy, Inc.                                               Ohio
NovaCare Occupational Health Services, Inc.                                    Delaware
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation East, Inc.                                  Delaware
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation, Inc.                                       Kansas
NovaCare Outpatient Rehabilitation West, Inc.                                  Delaware
NovaCare Rehabilitation, Inc.                                                  Minnesota
Ortho Rehab Associates, Inc.                                                   Florida
Orthopedic and Sports Physical Therapy of Cupertino, Inc.                      California
P.T. Services Company                                                          Ohio
P.T. Services, Inc.                                                            Ohio
P.T. Services Rehabilitation, Inc.                                             Ohio
Peter Trailov R.P.T. Physical Therapy Clinic, Orthopaedic
  Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Ltd.                                       Illinois
Peters, Starkey & Todrank Physical Therapy Corporation                         California
Physical Focus, Inc.                                                           Delaware
Physical Rehabilitation Partners, Inc.                                         Louisiana
Physical Therapy Enterprises, Inc.                                             Arizona
Physical Therapy Institute, Inc.                                               Louisiana
Physical Therapy Services of the Jersey Cape, Inc.                             New Jersey
Physio-Associates, Inc.                                                        Pennsylvania
Pro Active Therapy of Ahoskie, Inc.                                            North Carolina
Pro Active Therapy of Gaffney, Inc.                                            South Carolina

-2-

U.S. Subsidiaries                                                      State of Incorporation
-----------------                                                      ----------------------

Pro Active Therapy of Greenville, Inc.                                         North Carolina
Pro Active Therapy of North Carolina, Inc.                                     North Carolina
Pro Active Therapy of Rocky Mount, Inc.                                        North Carolina
Pro Active Therapy of South Carolina, Inc.                                     South Carolina
Pro Active Therapy of Virginia, Inc.                                           Virginia
Pro Active Therapy, Inc.                                                       North Carolina
Professional Therapeutic Services, Inc.                                        Ohio
Quad City Management, Inc.                                                     Iowa
RCI (Colorado), Inc.                                                           Delaware
RCI (Exertec), Inc.                                                            Delaware
RCI (Michigan), Inc.                                                           Delaware
RCI (S.P.O.R.T.), Inc.                                                         Delaware
RCI (WRS), Inc.                                                                Delaware
RCI Nevada, Inc.                                                               Delaware
Rebound Oklahoma, Inc.                                                         Oklahoma
Redwood Pacific Therapies, Inc.                                                California
Rehab Advantage, Inc.                                                          Delaware
Rehab Managed Care of Arizona, Inc.                                            Delaware
Rehab Provider Network - California, Inc.                                      California
Rehab Provider Network - Delaware, Inc.                                        Delaware
Rehab Provider Network - Georgia, Inc.                                         Georgia
Rehab Provider Network - Indiana, Inc.                                         Indiana
Rehab Provider Network - Maryland, Inc.                                        Maryland
Rehab Provider Network - Michigan, Inc.                                        Michigan
Rehab Provider Network - New Jersey, Inc.                                      New Jersey
Rehab Provider Network - Ohio, Inc.                                            Ohio
Rehab Provider Network - Oklahoma, Inc.                                        Oklahoma
Rehab Provider Network - Pennsylvania, Inc.                                    Pennsylvania
Rehab Provider Network - Virginia, Inc.                                        Virginia
Rehab Provider Network - Washington, D.C., Inc.                                District of Columbia
Rehab Provider Network of Colorado, Inc.                                       Colorado
Rehab Provider Network of Florida, Inc.                                        Florida
Rehab Provider Network of Nevada, Inc.                                         Nevada
Rehab Provider Network of New Mexico, Inc.                                     New Mexico
Rehab Provider Network of North Carolina, Inc.                                 North Carolina
Rehab Provider Network of Texas, Inc.                                          Texas
Rehab Provider Network of Wisconsin, Inc.                                      Wisconsin
Rehab World, Inc.                                                              Delaware
Rehab/Work Hardening Management Associates, Ltd.                               Pennsylvania
RehabClinics (COAST), Inc.                                                     Delaware
RehabClinics (GALAXY), Inc.                                                    Illinois
RehabClinics (New Jersey), Inc.                                                Delaware
RehabClinics (PTA), Inc.                                                       Delaware
RehabClinics (SPT), Inc.                                                       Delaware

-3-

U.S. Subsidiaries                                                      State of Incorporation
-----------------                                                      ----------------------

RehabClinics Abilene, Inc.                                                     Delaware
RehabClinics Dallas, Inc.                                                      Delaware
RehabClinics Pennsylvania, Inc.                                                Pennsylvania
RehabClinics, Inc.                                                             Delaware
Rehabilitation Network, Inc.                                                   Oregon
Robert M. Bacci, R.P.T. Physical Therapy, Inc.                                 California
S.T.A.R.T., Inc.                                                               Massachusetts
Select Air Corporation                                                         Delaware
Select Employment Services, Inc.                                               Delaware
Select Hospital Investors, Inc.                                                Delaware
SelectMark, Inc.                                                               Delaware
Select Medical of Kentucky, Inc.                                               Delaware
Select Medical of Maryland, Inc.                                               Delaware
Select Medical of New Jersey, Inc.                                             Delaware
Select Medical of New York, Inc.                                               Delaware
Select Medical of Ohio, Inc.                                                   Delaware
Select Medical of Pennsylvania, Inc.                                           Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron, Inc.                                        Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Akron II, Inc.                                     Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Ann Arbor, Inc.                                    Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Battle Creek, Inc.                                 Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Beech Grove, Inc.                                  Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Biloxi, Inc.                                       Mississippi
Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, Inc.                                    Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Central Detroit, Inc.                              Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Charleston, Inc.                                   Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Cincinnati, Inc.                                   Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Columbus, Inc.                                     Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital -Columbus/University, Inc.                           Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Dallas, Inc.                                       Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Denver, Inc.                                       Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Durham, Inc.                                       Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Erie, Inc.                                         Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Evansville, Inc.                                   Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Flint, Inc.                                        Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Smith                                         Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Fort Wayne, Inc.                                   Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Greensburg, Inc.                                   Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, Inc.                                      Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Indianapolis, Inc.                                 Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Jackson, Inc.                                      Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Johnstown, Inc.                                    Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Kansas City, Inc.                                  Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Knoxville, Inc.                                    Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Little Rock, Inc.                                  Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Louisville, Inc.                                   Delaware

-4-

U.S. Suubsidiaries                                        State of Incorporation
------------------                                        ----------------------

Select Specialty Hospital - Macomb County, Inc.                     Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Memphis, Inc.                           Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Mesa, Inc.                              Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Miami, Inc.                             Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Milwaukee, Inc.                         Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Morgantown, Inc.                        Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Nashville, Inc.                         Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - New Orleans, Inc.                       Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - North Knoxville, Inc.                   Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Detroit, Inc.                 Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Northwest Indiana, Inc.                 Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City/East Campus, Inc.         Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Oklahoma City, Inc.                     Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Omaha, Inc.                             Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Philadelphia/AEMC, Inc.                 Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Phoenix, Inc.                           Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Pittsburgh, Inc.                        Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Pontiac, Inc.                           Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Reno, Inc.                              Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - San Antonio, Inc.                       Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Sioux Falls, Inc.                       Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Topeka, Inc.                            Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - TriCities, Inc.                         Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Tulsa, Inc.                             Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - West Columbus, Inc.                     Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Western Michigan, Inc.                  Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Wichita, Inc.                           Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Wilmington, Inc.                        Missouri
Select Specialty Hospital - Wyandotte, Inc.                         Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Youngstown, Inc.                        Missouri
Select Specialty Hospitals, Inc.                                    Delaware
Select Synergos, Inc.                                               Delaware
Select Unit Management, Inc.                                        Delaware
SLMC Finance Corporation                                            Delaware
SMC of Florida, Inc.                                                Delaware
South Jersey Physical Therapy Associates, Inc.                      New Jersey
South Jersey Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine Center, Inc.        New Jersey
Southpointe Fitness Center, Inc.                                    Pennsylvania
Southwest Emergency Associates, Inc.                                Arizona
Southwest Medical Supply Company, Inc.                              New Mexico
Southwest Physical Therapy, Inc.                                    New Mexico
Southwest Therapists, Inc.                                          New Mexico
Sporthopedics Sports and Physical Therapy Centers, Inc.             California
Sports & Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services, Inc.                   Florida
Sports Therapy and Arthritis Rehabilitation, Inc.                   Delaware

-5-

U.S. Subsidiaries                                                         State of Incorporation
-----------------                                                         ----------------------
Star Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                         Florida
Stephenson-Holtz, Inc.                                                              California
The Center for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Inc.                            New Mexico
The Orthopedic Sports and Industrial Rehabilitation Network, Inc                    Pennsylvania
Treister, Inc.                                                                      Ohio
Union Square Center for Rehabilitation & Sports Medicine, Inc.                      California
Valley Group Physical Therapists, Inc.                                              Pennsylvania
Vanguard Rehabilitation, Inc.                                                       Arizona
Wayzata Physical Therapy Center, Inc.                                               Minnesota
West Penn Rehabilitation Services, Inc.                                             Pennsylvania
West Side Physical Therapy, Inc.                                                    Ohio
West Suburban Health Partners                                                       Minnesota
Yuma Rehabilitation Center, Inc.                                                    Arizona

-6-

Canadian Subsidiaries                                                  Province of Incorporation
---------------------                                                  -------------------------
Canadian Back Institute Limited                                               Ontario
1263568 Ontario Limited                                                       Ontario
Dynamic Rehabilitation, Inc.                                                  Ontario
Eastern Rehabilitation, Inc.                                                  Ontario
Rehab Health, Inc.                                                            Ontario
S.T.A.R. Rehab Inc.                                                           Saskatchewan

U.S. Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies                      State of Formation
-------------------------------------------------                      ------------------

Avalon Rehabilitation & Healthcare, LLC                                       Delaware
G.P. Therapy L.L.C.                                                           Georgia
Kentucky Orthopedic Rehabilitation, LLC                                       Delaware
Medical Information Management Systems, LLC                                   Delaware
Millennium Rehab Services, LLC                                                Delaware
NovaCare Health Group, LLC                                                    Delaware
NW Rehabilitation Associates, L.P.                                            Delaware
Rehab Advantage Therapy Services, LLC                                         Delaware
Select Management Services, LLC                                               Delaware
Select - Houston Partners, L.P.                                               Delaware
Select Software Ventures, LLC                                                 Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Camp Hill, L.P.                                   Delaware
Select Specialty Hospital - Houston, L.P.                                     Delaware
TJ Corporation I, L.L.C.                                                      Delaware
TJ Partnership I                                                              Florida

Canadian Limited Partnerships                                          Province of Declaration of Partnership
-----------------------------                                          --------------------------------------
CBI Barrie Limited Partnership                                                Ontario
CBI Burnaby Limited Partnership                                               Ontario
CBI Cambridge Limited Partnership                                             Ontario
CBI Edmonton Limited Partnership                                              Ontario
CBI Gatineau Limited Partnership                                              Ontario
CBI Halifax Limited Partnership                                               Ontario
CBI Kitchener Limited Partnership                                             Ontario
CBI Lethbridge Limited Partnership                                            Ontario
CBI London East Limited Partnership                                           Ontario
CBI London Limited Partnership                                                Ontario
CBI Mississauga Limited Partnership                                           Ontario
CBI Montreal Limited Partnership                                              Ontario
CBI Niagara Limited Partnership                                               Ontario
CBI Ottawa Limited Partnership                                                Ontario
CBI Ottawa West Limited Partnership                                           Ontario
CBI Port Coquitlam Limited Partnership                                        Ontario
CBI Regina Limited Partnership                                                Ontario
CBI Richmond Limited Partnership                                              Ontario

-7-

CBI Sarnia Limited Partnership                               Ontario
CBI St. Clair West Limited Partnership                       Ontario
CBI Sudbury Limited Partnership                              Ontario
CBI Surrey Limited Partnership                               Ontario

                               Part II - Other Equity Investments

U.S. Minority Interests                               State of Formation
-----------------------                               ------------------

DVMC/U.S. Regional Partnership                               Pennsylvania
Garrett Rehab Services, LLC                                  Maryland
Mercy/Joyner Associates                                      Pennsylvania
Mt. Sinai/U.S. Regional                                      Pennsylvania
Optima Rehabilitation Services, Ltd.                         Ohio
Optima Rehabilitation Services II, Ltd.                      Ohio
Work Horizons, Ltd.                                          Ohio

Canadian Minority Interests                           Province of Incorporation
---------------------------                           -------------------------

CBI Physical Therapy Inc.                                    Ontario
CBI Physiotherapists Corp.                                   Ontario
CBI Professional Services Inc.                               Ontario

Foreign Minority Interests                            Country of Incorporation
--------------------------                            ------------------------
Raffles Insurance Limited                                    Cayman Islands


                                      -8-


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our reports dated February 16, 2001, except for paragraph 8 and 2 of Note 7, Note 19 and Note 20 which are dated March 28, 2001, April 3, 2001, May 2, 2001 and June 11, 2001 respectively, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Select Medical Corporation, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data" in such registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Harrisburgh, Pennsylvania

June 22, 2001


Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated November 18, 1998, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of American Transitional Hospitals, Inc. included in this Registration Statement (Form S-4 dated June 25, 2001) and related Prospectus of Select Medical Corporation for the registration of $175 million in 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009.

Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

June 22, 2001


Exhibit 23.3

Independent Auditors' Consent

The Board of Directors
Select Medical Corporation:

We consent to the inclusion of our report dated April 9, 1999, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Intensive HealthCare Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 15, 1998, and December 31, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 15, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, in the registration statement on Form S-4 of Select Medical Corporation, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about June 22, 2001 and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

KPMG LLP

St.Louis, Missouri

June 22, 2001


Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our reports dated July 6, 2000 and September 21, 1999 relating to the combined financial statement of NovaCare Physical Rehabilitation and Occupational Health Group, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

June 22, 2001


Exhibit 25.1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE
TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

             Massachusetts                                 04-1867445
    (Jurisdiction of incorporation or                   (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national bank)              Identification No.)

            225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts               02110
             (Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)

Maureen Scannell Bateman, Esq. Executive Vice President and General Counsel 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (617) 654-3253


(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

(NAME OF ISSUER)

(Select Medical Corporation)

          (Delaware)                                   (23-2872718)
(State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

                          (ADDRESS OF ISSUER)
         (4716 Old Gettysburg Road, Mechanicsburg, PA) (17055)

(TYPE OF SECURITIES)

(9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009)


GENERAL

Item 1. General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervisory authority to which it is subject.

Department of Banking and Insurance of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C., Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the Obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee or of its parent, State Street Corporation.

(See note on page 2.)

Item 3. through Item 15. Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of eligibility.

1. A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect.

A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee, as now in effect, is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with the Registration Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940) and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business, if not contained in the articles of association.

A copy of a Statement from the Commissioner of Banks of Massachusetts that no certificate of authority for the trustee to commence business was necessary or issued is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with the Registration Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940) and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, if such authorization is not contained in the documents specified in paragraph (1) or (2), above.

A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-
1) filed with the Registration Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940) and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

4. A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto.

A copy of the by-laws of the trustee, as now in effect, is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 4 to the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with the Registration Statement of Eastern Edison Company (File No. 33-37823) and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

1

5. A copy of each indenture referred to in Item 4. if the obligor is in default.

Not applicable.

6. The consents of United States institutional trustees required by
Section 321(b) of the Act.

The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act is annexed hereto as Exhibit 6 and made a part hereof.

7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority is annexed hereto as Exhibit 7 and made a part hereof.

NOTES

In answering any item of this Statement of Eligibility which relates to matters peculiarly within the knowledge of the obligor or any underwriter for the obligor, the trustee has relied upon information furnished to it by the obligor and the underwriters, and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information.

The answer furnished to Item 2. of this statement will be amended, if necessary, to reflect any facts which differ from those stated and which would have been required to be stated if known at the date hereof.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Boston and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 22nd day of June, 2001.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Ward Spooner
By: ____________________________________
NAME Ward Spooner
TITLE Vice President

2

EXHIBIT 6

CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in connection with the proposed issuance by Select Medical Corporation. of its 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009, we hereby consent that reports of examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Ward Spooner
By: ___________________________________
NAME Ward Spooner
TITLE Vice President

Dated: June 22, 2001

3

EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of State Street Bank and Trust Company, Massachusetts and foreign and domestic subsidiaries, a state banking institution organized and operating under the banking laws of this commonwealth and a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business March 31, 2001 published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act and in accordance with a call made by the Commissioner of Banks under General Laws, Chapter 172, Section 22(a).

                                                                                                                   Thousands of
ASSETS                                                                                                             Dollars
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
        Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin...................................................          897,105
        Interest-bearing balances............................................................................       17,983,011
Securities...................................................................................................       16,720,906
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in domestic offices of the bank
        and its Edge subsidiary..............................................................................       15,060,119
Loans and lease financing receivables:
        Loans and leases, net of unearned income ............................................................        6,262,440
        Allowance for loan and lease losses..................................................................           57,674
        Allocated transfer risk reserve......................................................................                0
        Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowances..............................................        6,204,766
Assets held in trading accounts..............................................................................        3,067,581
Premises and fixed assets....................................................................................          570,144
Other real estate owned......................................................................................                0
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries...................................................................           22,733
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding.................................................          167,024
Intangible assets............................................................................................          456,769
Other assets.................................................................................................        1,512,531
                                                                                                                    ----------

Total assets ................................................................................................       62,662,689
                                                                                                                    ----------

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
        In domestic offices..................................................................................       12,418,125
                 Noninterest-bearing.........................................................................        7,272,865
                 Interest-bearing............................................................................        5,145,260
        In foreign offices and Edge subsidiary...............................................................       25,631,712
                 Noninterest-bearing.........................................................................           96,103
                 Interest-bearing ...........................................................................       25,535,609
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in domestic offices of the bank
        and of its Edge subsidiary...........................................................................       16,541,928
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury.....................................................................                0
Trading liabilities..........................................................................................       12,336,011
Other borrowed money.........................................................................................          184,267
Subordinated notes and debentures............................................................................                0
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding.....................................................          167,024
Other liabilities ...........................................................................................        1,566,844

Total liabilities............................................................................................       58,845,911
                                                                                                                    ----------
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries...............................................................           49,273

EQUITY CAPITAL
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus................................................................                0
Common stock ................................................................................................           29,931
Surplus......................................................................................................          567,089
Retained Earnings............................................................................................        3,140,648
        Accumulated other comprehensive income...............................................................           29,837
Other equity capital components..............................................................................                0
Undivided profits and capital reserves/Net unrealized holding gains (losses).................................                0
        Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities...............................                0
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments..........................................................                0
Total equity capital.........................................................................................        3,767,505
                                                                                                                    ----------

Total liabilities, minority interest and equity capital......................................................       62,662,689
                                                                                                                    ----------

4

I, Frederick P. Baughman, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Frederick P. Baughman

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true and correct.

Ronald E. Logue David A. Spina

Truman S. Casner


Exhibit 99.1

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON _____________, 2001, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF
EXISTING NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON
THE EXPIRATION DATE

SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

9 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

TO: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
THE EXCHANGE AGENT

                   By Mail:                                By Hand before 4:30 p.m.
   State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.       State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.
             2 Avenue De Lafayette                           2 Avenue De Lafayette
                   5th Floor                                     5th Floor
       Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724                Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
             Attention: Sandy Wong                            Attention: Sandy Wong

By Overnight Courier and on the Expiration Date                  By Facsimile:
         only by Hand after 4:30 p.m.:                          (617) 662-1545
   State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.
             2 Avenue De Lafayette                           Confirm by Telephone:
                  5th Floor                                     (617) 662-1452
       Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
             Attention: Sandy Wong

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE
LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS
ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CARE-
FULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

HOLDERS WHO WISH TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE NEW NOTES FOR THEIR EXISTING NOTES
PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT WITHDRAW) THEIR
EXISTING NOTES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated ____________, 2001 (the "Prospectus") of Select Medical Corporation (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together constitute the Company's Offer to Exchange (the "Exchange Offer") $175,000,000 principal amount of its 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Existing Notes"), of which $175,000,000 principal amount is outstanding, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. Other capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

For each Existing Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Existing Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Existing Note. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Existing Notes surrendered in exchange therefor. Holders of Existing Notes accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any other payments or accrued


interest on the Existing Notes. The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Company shall notify holders of the Existing Notes of any extension by means of a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders if: (i) certificates representing Existing Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by Holders; (ii) tender of Existing Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" by any financial institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Existing Notes or (iii) tender of Existing Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person: (i) in whose name Existing Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder, or (ii) whose Existing Notes are held of record by DTC (or its nominee) who desires to deliver such Existing Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

Holders of Existing Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC can execute the tender through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP"), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent's DTC account. DTC will then send an Agent's Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or Agent's Message relating thereto as described herein under Instruction 1, "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 11 herein.


HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR
EXISTING NOTES MUST COMPLETE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN ITS
ENTIRETY. PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          DESCRIPTION OF 9 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009 (EXISTING NOTES)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Aggregate
                                                                              Principal Amount          Principal Amount
    Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)         Certificate        Represented by        Tendered (If Less Than
               (Please fill in, if blank)                    Number(s)*        Certificate(s)                All)**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     *   Need not be completed by Holders tendering by book-entry transfer.

     **  Unless indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount Tendered," any tendering Holder of Existing Notes will be
         deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the column labeled "Aggregate Principal
         Amount Represented by Certificate(s)." If the space provided above is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and
          principal amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Existing Notes.
All other tenders must be integral multiples of $1,000.


  ------------------------------------------------------------        ----------------------------------------------------------
                 SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                                      SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
                (See Instructions 4, 5, and 6)                                    (See Instructions 1, 5, 6 and 7)

       To be completed ONLY if certificates for Exchange                    To be completed ONLY if certificates for Existing
  Notes issued in exchange for Existing Notes accepted for            Notes in a principal amount not tendered or not accepted
  exchange, or Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted            for exchange, are to be sent to someone other than the
  for exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone               undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other
  other than the undersigned or, if such Existing Notes are           than that shown above.
  being tendered by book-entry transfer, to someone other
  than DTC or to another account maintained by DTC.

  Issue certificate(s) to:                                            Mail certificate(s) to:

  Name________________________________________________                Name________________________________________________


  Address_____________________________________________                Address_____________________________________________

         _____________________________________________                       _____________________________________________

                     (Include Zip Code)                                                  (Include Zip Code)

         _____________________________________________                       _____________________________________________
       (Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.)                    (Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.)

  DTC Acct. No. ______________________________________

  ------------------------------------------------------------        ----------------------------------------------------------

[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
    TRANSFER TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Name of Tendering Institution___________________________________________________________

    DTC Book-Entry Account No. __________________     Transaction Code No. _________________

[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
    NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
    COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)_________________________________________________________

    Window Ticket Number (if any)___________________________________________________________

    Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery _____________________________________


    IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Account Number _____________________         Transaction Code Number _____________________

[_] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND ARE RECEIVING NEW NOTES FOR
    YOUR OWN ACCOUNT IN EXCHANGE FOR EXISTING NOTES THAT WERE ACQUIRED AS A
    RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES.

    Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________

    Address: _________________________________________________________________________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Existing Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of Existing Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Existing Notes tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company and as Trustee under the Indenture for the Existing Notes and Exchange Notes) with respect to the tendered Existing Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates for such Existing Notes to the Company, or transfer ownership of such Existing Notes on the account books maintained by DTC and deliver all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company and (ii) present such Existing Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Existing Notes, all in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Existing Notes tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Existing Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Holder receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, that neither the Holder nor any such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and that neither the Holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Existing Notes that were


acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the Existing Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, trustees in bankruptcy or other legal representatives of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal Rights" section of the Prospectus.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Existing Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

If any tendered Existing Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Existing Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at such different address as may be indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Existing Notes accepted for exchange and return any Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in the case of the Existing Notes tendered through DTC, by credit to the undersigned's account at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please send the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Existing Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s), unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Existing Notes accepted for exchange and return any Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Existing Notes from the name of the registered Holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Existing Notes so tendered.

Holders of Existing Notes who wish to tender their Existing Notes and (i) whose Existing Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Existing Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer, prior to the Expiration Date, may tender their Existing Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 1 regarding the completion of the Letter of Transmittal printed below.


SIGNATURE PAGE

PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

X__________________________________________   __________________________, 2000
                                                        Date

X__________________________________________   __________________________, 2000
       Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s)             Date
          or Authorized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone Number: ______________________________

The above lines must be signed by the registered Holder(s) of Existing Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Existing Notes or, if the Existing Notes are tendered by a participant in DTC, as such participant's name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Existing Notes, or by a person or persons authorized to become registered Holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If Existing Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint Holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must
(i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person's authority to act. See Instruction 4 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal printed below.

Name(s): _______________________________________________________________________


(Please Print)

Capacity:_______________________________________________________________________


(Title)

Address:________________________________________________________________________


(Include Zip Code)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (if required by Instruction 4):


(Authorized Signature)


(Title)


(Name of Firm)

Dated:__________________________, 2000


INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Existing Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by Holders, either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all physically tendered Existing Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Existing Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Holders whose certificates for Existing Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Existing Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined in Instruction 4 below), (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), substantially in the form provided by the Company, setting forth the name and address of the Holder of Existing Notes and the amount of Existing Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Existing Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Existing Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE EXISTING NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDERS, BUT THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF EXISTING NOTES ARE SENT BY MAIL, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE TO PERMIT THE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

See "The Exchange Offer" section in the Prospectus.

2. Tender by Holder. Only a Holder of Existing Notes may tender such Existing Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Existing Notes who is not the registered Holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered Holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his or her Existing Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Existing Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder.


3. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Existing Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any Existing Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the box entitled "Description of 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Existing Notes)" above. The entire principal amount of Existing Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of a Holder's Existing Notes is not tendered, then Existing Notes for the principal amount of Existing Notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Existing Notes accepted for exchange will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address (unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal) promptly after the Existing Notes are accepted for exchange.

4. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Endorsements and Powers of Attorney; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder of the Existing Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

If any tendered Existing Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If any tendered Existing Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of certificates.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Existing Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be reissued, to a person or persons other than the registered Holder(s), then endorsements of any certificate(s) transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers or powers of attorney, in each case signed exactly as the name or names on the registered Holder(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) or power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates, bond powers or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted.

Endorsements on certificates for Existing Notes or signatures on bond powers or powers of attorney required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a firm which is a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program (an "Eligible Institution").

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Existing Notes are tendered (i) by a registered Holder of Existing Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any DTC participant whose name appears on a security position listing as the Holder of such Existing Notes) who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.


5. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which Exchange Notes or substitute Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal (or in the case of a tender of Existing Notes through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Existing Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Existing Notes accepted for exchange or Existing Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such Holder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Exchange Notes or Existing Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.

6. Tax Identification Number. Federal income tax law requires that a Holder whose Existing Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payer) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN"), which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, such Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), and payments made with respect to the Exchange Notes or Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding at a 31% rate. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. Exempt Holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9."

To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide his, her or its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 included below in this Letter of Transmittal, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a TIN) and that the Holder is exempt from backup withholding because (i) the Holder has not been notified by the IRS that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (ii) the IRS has notified the Holder that he, she or it is no longer subject to backup withholding. In order to satisfy the Company that a foreign individual qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must submit a statement signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such statements may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Existing Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the substitute Form W-9 for information on which TIN to report. If you do not provide your TIN to the Company within 60 days, backup withholding may begin and continue until you furnish your TIN to the Company.

7. Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Existing Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person(s) other than the registered Holder(s) of the Existing Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Existing Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder(s) or on any other person(s)) will be payable by the tendering Holder(s). If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder(s).

Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Existing Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

8. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to amend, waive or modify conditions to the Exchange Offer in the case of any Existing Notes tendered (and to refuse to do so).


9. No Conditional Transfers. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders of Existing Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Existing Notes for exchange.

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Existing Notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

10. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Existing Notes. Any tendering Holder whose Existing Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses indicated herein for further instructions.

11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number" on Substitute Form W-9 may be directed to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses specified in the Prospectus

(DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE BELOW)

Account Number:______________________ Transaction Code Number:________________

              Certificate                                    Existing                                   Existing
              Surrendered                                 Notes Tendered                             Notes Accepted
              -----------                                 --------------                             --------------
-----------------------------------------      --------------------------------------      -----------------------------------

-----------------------------------------      --------------------------------------      -----------------------------------

-----------------------------------------      --------------------------------------      -----------------------------------

Delivery Prepared by:___________________________________________________________

Checked by:_____________________________________________________________________

Date:___________________________________________________________________________


PAYER'S NAME: SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE                         Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you
                                   enter in Part 1 below. See instructions if your name has changed.)

FORM  W-9
Department of the Treasury         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service Payer's   Address_________________________________________________________________________
Request for TIN                    City, state and ZIP code________________________________________________________
                                   List account number(s) here (optional)__________________________________________
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Part 1 PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TAXPAYER                        Social Security number
                                   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ("TIN") IN THE BOX
                                   AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND
                                   DATING BELOW.                                    or TIN____________________________
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Part 2 Check the box if you are not subject to backup withholding under the provisions
                                   of section 3408(a)(1)(c) of the Internal Revenue Code because (1) you have not been
                                   notified that you are subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all
                                   interest or dividends or (2) the Internal Revenue Service has notified you that you are
                                   no longer subject to backup withholding [_].
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   CERTIFICATION -- UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I                    Part 3
                                   CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THIS FORM IS
                                   TRUE, CORRECT AND COMPLETE.                                       AWAITING TIN [_]
                                   Signature___________________________   Date__________
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.


EXHIBIT 99.2
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR

9 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

OF
SELECT MEDICAL CORPORATION

As set forth in the Prospectus dated ___________ (the "Prospectus") of Select Medical Corporation (the "Company") and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Company's offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") all of its outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Existing Notes") for its 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if certificates for the Existing Notes are not immediately available or if the Existing Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below). This form may be delivered by an Eligible Institution by hand or transmitted by facsimile transmission, overnight courier or mail to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON _____________, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF EXISTING NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To: State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.


The Exchange Agent

                    By Mail:                                By Hand before 4:30 p.m.
 State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.           State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.
             2 Avenue De Lafayette                           2 Avenue De Lafayette
                   5th Floor                                     5th Floor
        Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724                Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
             Attention: Sandy Wong                            Attention: Sandy Wong

By Overnight Courier and on the Expiration Date                   By Facsimile:
          only by Hand after 4:30 p.m.:                          (617) 662-1545
          on the Expiration Date only:
   State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A.                  Confirm by Telephone
             2 Avenue De Lafayette                               (617) 662-1452
                   5th Floor
        Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
             Attention: Sandy Wong

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal to be used to tender Existing Notes is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the space provided therefor in the Letter of Transmittal.


The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, ________________________ (fill in number of Existing Notes) Existing Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED BELOW.

Certificate No(s). for Existing Notes (if available):           Name(s) of Record Holder(s):

__________________________________                              ________________________________

__________________________________                              ________________________________


Principal Amount of Exiting Notes:                              PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE

_____________________________________                           Address:
                                                                ________________________________

                                                                ________________________________
If Existing Notes will be delivered by
book-entry transfer at the Depositor
Trust Company, Depository Account No.:

_______________________________________                         Area code and Tel. No._______________



                                                                Signature(s):

                                                                ___________________________________

                                                                ___________________________________

                                                                Dated:________________________ , 1999


This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Existing Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for Existing Notes covered hereby or on a DTC security position listing naming it (them) as the owner of such Existing Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person(s) must provide the following information:

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S), TITLE(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s):_______________________________________________________________________

Capacity(ies):_________________________________________________________________

Address(es):___________________________________________________________________


GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" as defined in Rule l7Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby (a) represents that the tender of Existing Notes effected hereby complies with Rule l4e-4 under the Exchange Act and (b) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent a certificate or certificates representing the Existing Notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Existing Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus), and a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) together with any required signatures and any other required documents, at one of the Exchange Agent's addresses set forth above, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND EXISTING NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED FORTH ABOVE AND THAT ANY FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN FINANCIAL LOSS TO THE UNDERSIGNED.

Name of Firm:
             ______________________________         ______________________________________________
                                                                 Authorized Signature


Address:                                            Name:
        ___________________________________              _________________________________________
                                  Zip Code                       Please Print or Type


Area Code
and Tel. No.:______________________________         Date: __________________________________, 1998

NOTE: DO NOT SEND EXISTING NOTES WITH THIS FORM; EXISTING NOTES SHOULD BE
SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT THEY ARE RECEIVED BY THE

EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.


Exhibit 99.3

TO HOLDERS OF 9 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

Select Medical Corporation is offering to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to $175,000,000 of its newly registered 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 ("New Notes") for its outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 ("Existing Notes").

Briefly, you may either:

a. Tender all or some of your Existing Notes, along with a completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, and receive registered New Notes in exchange; or

b. Retain your Existing Notes.

All tendered Existing Notes must be received on or prior to ___________, 2001 at 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, (the "Expiration Date"), as shown in the accompanying Prospectus.

Please review the enclosed Letter of Transmittal and Prospectus carefully. If you have any questions on the terms of the Exchange Offer or questions regarding the appropriate procedures for tendering your Existing Notes and the Letter of Transmittal, please call [ ] or write State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., 2 Avenue De Lafayette, 5th Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1724.


EXHIBIT 99.4
Select Medical Corporation

Offer for all Outstanding

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 in Exchange for 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, As Amended

To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.

Select Medical Corporation (the "Company") is offering upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated ___________, 2001 (the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for its outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "Existing Notes"). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 11, 2001, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc.

We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Existing Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Existing Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Existing Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated ______________, 2001,

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients,

3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if certificates for Existing Notes are not immediately available or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis,

4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Existing Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer, and

5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.


Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00
p.m., New York City time on ____________, 2001, unless extended by the Company (the "Expiration Date"). Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Existing Notes should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

If holders of Existing Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their certificates for Existing Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Existing Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., the Exchange Agent for the Existing Notes, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.

Very truly yours,

Select Medical Corporation

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Enclosures


EXHIBIT 99.5
Offer for all Outstanding
Offer for all Outstanding

9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 in Exchange for 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 of Select Medical Corporation which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, As Amended

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated _________, 2001 (the "Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Select Medical Corporation (the "Company") to exchange its 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "New Notes"), for its outstanding 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "Existing Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 11, 2001, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, CIBC World Markets Corp. and First Union Securities, Inc.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Existing Notes carried by us in your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Existing Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Existing Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Existing Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ____________, 2001, unless extended by the Company (the "Expiration Date"). Any Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

Your attention is directed to the following:

1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Existing Notes.

2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer - Conditions of the Exchange Offer".

3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Existing Notes from the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.

4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on _________, 2001, unless extended by the Company.

If you wish to have us tender your Existing Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information only and may not be used directly by you to tender Existing Notes.


INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Select Medical Corporation with respect to its Existing Notes.

This will instruct you to tender the Existing Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

Please tender the Existing Notes held by you for any account as indicated below:

                                                            Aggregate Principal Amount of Existing Notes
                                                            --------------------------------------------
9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009..............

[_] Please do not tender any Existing Notes held by you for my account.

Dated:___________________, 2001


Signature(s)



Please print name(s) here



Address(es)


Area Code and Telephone Number


Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s)

None of the Existing Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless specific contrary instructions are given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the

Existing Notes held by us for your account.


EXHIBIT 99.6

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer.-- Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.


                                          Give the
For this type of account:                 SOCIAL
                                          SECURITY
                                          number of --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.   An individual's account              The individual

2.   Two or more individuals              The actual owner of the
     (joint account)                      account or, if combined
                                          funds, any one of the
                                          individuals (1)

3.   Husband and wife                     The actual owner of the
     (joint account)                      account or, if joint funds,
                                          either person (1)

4.   Custodian account of a               The minor (2)
     minor (Uniform Gift to
     Minors Act)

5.   Adult and minor (joint               The adult or, if the minor
     account)                             is the only contributor, the
                                          minor (1)

6.   Account in the name of               The ward, minor or
     guardian or committee for a          incompetent person (3)
     designated ward, minor or
     incompetent person

7.   a. The usual revocable               The grantor-trustee (1)
        savings trust account
        (grantor is also trustee)

     b. So-called trust account           The actual owner (1)
        that is not a legal or
        valid trust under State
        law

8.   Sole proprietorship account          The Owner (4)

9.   A valid trust, estate or             The legal entity
     pension trust                        (Do not furnish the
                                          identifying number of the
                                          personal representative or
                                          trustee unless the legal
                                          entity itself is not
                                          designated in the account
                                          title.) (5)

10.  Corporate account                    The corporation

11.  Religious, charitable, or            The organization
     educational organization
     account

12.  Partnership account held in          The partnership
     the name of the business

13.  Association, club or other           The organization
     tax-exempt organization

14.  A broker or registered               The broker or nominee
     nominee

15.  Account with the                     The public entity
     Department of Agriculture
     in the name of a public
     entity (such as a state or
     local government, school
     district, or prison) that
     receives agricultural
     program payments


(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
(3) Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such person's social security number.
(4) Show the name of the owner.
(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you do not have a taxpayer identification number or you do not know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for individuals), or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for businesses and all other entities), at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and apply for a number.

Payee and Payments Exempt from Backup Withholding

The following is a list of payees exempt from backup withholding and for which no information reporting is required. For interest and dividends, all listed payees are exempt except item (9). For broker transactions, payees listed in items (1) through (13) and a person registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker are exempt. Payments subject to reporting under sections 6401 and 6041A are generally exempt from backup withholding only if made to payees described in items (1) through (7), except a corporation (other than certain hospitals described in Regulations section 1.6041-3(c)) that provides medical and health care services or bills and collects payments for such services is not exempt from backup withholding or information reporting. Only payees described in items (1) through (5) are exempt from backup withholding for barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends.

(1) An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2).

(2) The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

(3) A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.

(4) A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.

(5) An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

(6) A corporation.

(7) A foreign central bank of issue.

(8) A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the


United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.

(9) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

(10) A real estate investment trust.

(11) An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12) A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

(13) A financial institution.

(14) A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or listed in the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List.

(15) A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947. Payments of dividends and patronage dividends that generally are exempt from backup withholding include the following:

. Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

. Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident alien partner.

. Payments of patronage dividends where the amount is not paid in money.

. Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

. Payments made to a nominee.

Payments of interest are exempt from backup withholding include the following:

. Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

. Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under section 852).

. Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.


. Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.

. Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

. Payments made to nominee.

Exempt payees described above should file substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF YOU ARE A NON-RESIDENT ALIEN OR A FOREIGN ENTITY NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING, FILE WITH PAYER A COMPLETED INTERNAL REVENUE FORM W-8 (CERTIFICATE OF FOREIGN STATUS).

Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049 and 6050A.

Privacy Act Notice. -- Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payors who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend and certain other payments to the payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. -- If you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding. -- If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. -- Willfully falsifying certifications of affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT

OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.